A Collection of Chinese Proverbs

SB
BBh
J
1-?
QassA%5/?
Book_
X2 S4
z
^ wlS
m. ^ m m WL
A COLLECTION OE
s*:
CHINESE PROVERBS
TRANSLATED AND ARRANGED
BY
WILLIAM SCARBOROUGH,
M
WESLEYAN MISSIONARY, HANKOW.
With an Introduction, Notes, and Copious Index.
SHANGHAI:'
AMERICAN PRESBYTERIAN MISSION PRESS.

London: Trubner and
Co.,
57 and 59 Ludgate
Hill.
1875.
In
Exchange
18
Yale Univ. LiDt

Mr 1907
Page.
7.
8.
139 Happiness. ----- 147 Given and 153 5.Life and Death. -------160 Mourning and Eeputation. ---------- 163 ----- 167 Wine. The SECTION IX.
3.
4.
Injuries,
Sustained.
-'
6.
Burial.
pleasures etc. of,
ON LANGUAGE.
Chapter
5>
1.
Conversation. ----------
2.Similes. 3.Words.
172 178 183
SECTION
Chapter

1.
X.
ON LAW AND GOVERNMENT.

2.
Laws and
Penalties.
Litigation.
3.Officers. 4. Officers.
5.
Civil.
Yamens and Yamen Kunners. ----SECTION XL

ON MAN.
Military.
------------------------
190 192 196 202 204
Chapter
1.
Mankind.
(1)
(2)
(3)
----------of,
2. Men.
Different sorts
Aged men. Bad men.

Clever Men.
(4)
(5)
Conceited Men.
206 208 208 211 215 218

221
Deformed Men.
Excitable and Anxious Men.
-
(6)
223
225 228
(7)
(8)
Good Men.
Hypocrites.
(9)
Kich and Poor Men. See Section on Wealth.
445
VI
Page.
(10) Stupid Men. and Mean Superior Men. (11)
(12)
(13)
Young Mea. Women.

Human,
230 235 239 241

248
Chapter
3.
Nature.
(14) Miscellaneous.
-------XII.
--245
SECTION
Chapter
1.
ON MANNERS.
-----Bearing and Compliments. ---3.Presents. ----- Etiquette

Politeness.
2.
-
256
4.
Visiting.
of,
260 262 264
SECTION
Chapter
5J
XIII.
>
ON MEDICINE.
1.
Disease.
-----XIV.
ON MORALS.
2. Doctors.
269 272
SECTION
Chapter

1.
2. Good Works. Reproof and Good 3.
4Vices.
(2)
Conscience.
---------Counsel.
-
------284
289 289 289 291 292 293 298 302 306 308
276 277
(1) Flattery.
Hypocrisy and Deceit.
(3) Ingratitude.
(4) Meanness.
(5) Quarrelling,
and Violence.
-----
(6) Selfishness. (7) Slander.

(8) Stealing.
(9) Various.
Vll
Page.
Chapter
M
5.
Virtue and
(2)
Vice.
6.Virtues.
(1) Concession
and Forbearance.
Contentment.
(3) Filial Piety.

(5) Gratitude.
-------
(4) Generosity and Kindness.
-----
310 314 314 318 319 320 322
SECTION
Chapter
1.
XV.
ON PRUDENCE.
Caution.
------------------
5?
?5
2.Discretion. 3.Economy. 4.Experience. 5.Forethought.

6.
?5
Imprudence.
_-.-.
XVI.
326 332 339 342 345 349
SECTION
Chapter
5,
ON THE FIVE RELATIONS.

1.
2.
3)
3.
4.
33
33
-------Prince and ------Parents and Husbands and Wives. ----------Elder and Younger
Minister.
Children.
Brothers.
5. Friends. 6.Various.
-----
353 356 368 379 382 389
SECTION
Chapter
1.
XVII.
ON RELIGION.
3.
4.
Heaven, God. ---------------2. and and Nuns. Rewards and Punishments. -----or
Idols
Idolatry.
Priests
-
392 398 404 408
Vlll
SECTION
Chapter
1.
XVIII.
Page.
ON TIMES.
Seasons.
-----------
2. Time. 3.Weather.
414 417 420
SECTION
Chapter
fJ
XIX.
427 429
ON TRAVEL.
1.
Scenery.
Travelling.
-----------
SECTION XX.
ON WEALTH AND POVFETY,
Chapter 1. Poverty. 2. Poor Men
-----..----Poverty.
3.Kich Men.
4. 5.
6.
Rich and Poor Men. -----------451 -------- 459 Riches and

Riches.
435 441 443 445
Miscellaneous,
Index.
---------.. --------------
461 1
PREFACE.
This Collection of Chinese Proverbs owes
its
publi-
cation to the belief that there is room for a work of the kind, and that such a work can hardly fail to be
That the ground is almost both useful and interesting. As far as I can learn, the unoccupied is easily shown. small compilation of " Chinese Moral Maxims " by Sir J. F. Davis, containing only 200 examples, published in 1823, and now for a long time out of print; and the 441 examples contained in the "Proverbes Chinois" by P. Perny m. a., published in 1869, are the only books that have ever appeared on the subject. Add to these a number of scattered lists, and especially those to be found in Mr. Doolittle's " Hand-book of the Chinese Language," and we have all the previous literature of this subject under our notice. The probable usefulness of such a book as this I gather partly from my own experience, and partly from the observations of many others. A knowledge of their proverbs is of great value to all who are brought into contact with the Chinese; it is especially so to the Missionary in preaching to them and even to the general reader, a translation, however imperfect, cannot be without its use and interest. In order that the present compilation may prove useful to those who desire to study both the language and the people of this great empire, I have spared no pains in its
;
preparation and I feel assured that any faults which may be discovered therein, are not the result of over haste, or carelessness.
;
g
It
would have been easy
to have doubled the size
of this compilation, but I have deemed it wiser to publish only a part of the proverbs in my possession. In doing so the reader s convenience has been consulted ; and it is hoped that this collection will be found
large
for all practical purposes. In writing sounds of the Chinese characters I have adopted Mr. Wade's system of orthography and tones, being under the impression that that is the one at present most widely known, and most generally admired. In regard to the translations, it may be remarked that in a few cases the vulgarity of the proverb has not allowed of a literal rendering and that in many others I have refrained from translating the Chinese by an equivalent English proverb, thinking that a literal translation must be more interesting, while at the same time it could not fail to call up to the reader's mind English, French, or other equivalents. It will be observed that most of the chapters begin with a
enough
out the
number
translations. As a principle, I proverbs rhyming in the original think it right that should do so in translation hence I have endeavoured so to translate all such as rhymed to my ear in the Hankow dialect. The task has been anything but easy, and my attempts at versification may be rough and faulty, but I hope they will not be found unendurable. The Classification of proverbs is, confessedly, a most difficult undertaking but, considering the care bestowed thereon, I venture to hope that this compilation will be found tolerably convenient and satisfactory as a book of reference. In making this selection of proverbs, it was not thought fair to exclude altogether
of
rhymed
Ill
few of these are adthe vulgar and immoral. mitted veiled under free translations as the representatives of a class, which, so far as my experience Classical proverbial goes, is not a very large one. sayings are omitted, since they are well known to be quotations from the standard works. My most sincere thanks are due to Messrs. A, Wylie and W. Warrick, for their kindness in reading the greater part of the proofs. Other gentlemen have aided and encouraged me in different ways, and to them also this expression of my gratitude is due.
W.S,
Hankow. May
8th 1875.
INTRODUCTION.
Proverbial Philosophy,
suffrages of all nations.
if
genuine,
commands
the
is
By common
consent Asia
acknowledged to be the soil in which it grows to most perfection and of all Asiatic countries, perhaps China above all others supports and justifies the general Even a slight acquaintance with the lanopinion. guage and people of this country is enough to convince any one of its richness in the maxims of proverbial wisdom. And the closer one's acquaintance becomes, the higher grows our estimate of the value of an extensive knowledge of this branch of native literature. By some, mere lists of proverbs may be treated with contempt, and knowledge of proverbial lore esteemed a light thing in comparison with skill in other bran;
ches of philology ; but the man does not deserve to become proverbial for his philosophy, who can in any way discountenance the study of the folk-lore of an empire like that of China. The proverbs of China deserve a careful and enthusiastic study. Naturally enough, the Reader will here expect to find some definition of the subject of this essay. Definitions of proverbs in general have not been attended with very great success ; certainly they have Eay defines a proverb to not been very unanimous. " a short sentence or phrase in common use, conbe, taining some trope, figure, homonymy, rhyme, or According to Bohn, a other novity of expression."
proverb is "an instructive sentence, or common and pithy saying." The Imperial Dictionary defines a
proverb as "a short and pithy sentence often repeated, expressing a well known truth or common fact, asThere are certained by experience or observation/' few who are not familiar with Lord John Kussell's " The wisdom of many, and the wit of definition one/' And there are fewer who will not be glad to be reminded of Tennyson's.
That, on the stretch'd fore-finger of

Sparkle for ever."
"Jewels five-words long, all Time,
None of these definitions can be accepted as accurate,

or nearly
accurate, descriptions of that
Chinese themselves call $$ ffc Saying. Chinese proverb is something almost, if not utterly, indefinable. Of course it bears, in several features, a strong likeness to other branches of the family in various countries ; but, of " that sententious brevity/' which is said to " constitute the principal beauty of a proverb" of that brevity without obscurity, which is said to be the very soul of a proverb, it is often totally lacking. Other features it has which are peculiarly its own, and which impart to it a terseness, beauty, aud symmetry, inimitable, at least in the English language. In order that we may discuss the subject of Chinese Proverbs with some degree of completeness, let us direct our attention to their Number, Sources, Form,
which the J Su hua, or a Common
Qualities,
and Uses.
L-NUMBER.
The number
of Chinese proverbs
is
certainly very
great. In proof of this it is only needful to point to the frequent recurrence of them in the conversation of the people. No matter what may be the topic of conversation, a proverb suitable to the occasion is very likely
Further proof of this is found in the readiness with which almost any educated man can write off long lists of proverbs from memory. And still further proof is afforded by the great number In his " Curiosities of to be found in native books. Literature/' Disraeli assigns to the whole of Europe 20,000 proverbs: China could probably furnish an equal number. Nor should we look upon the great number and frequent recurrence of such maxims as matter of surprise ; for, there is some thing in the humorous and cynical nature of proverbs, certain to recommend them strongly to such a people as the Chinese. Besides, they are a people glad to be saved the trouble of thinking for themselves, and therefore predisposed to adopt the maxims of others who have, by common consent, been esteemed wise men. Moreover, the writings of Confucius, Facile princeps of China's sages, contain very much of that brevity and sententiousness characteristic of proverbs in general. And there can be little doubt that, of all language, the Chinese is best adapted to such kind of speech.* Its marvellous flexibility enables it to take any mould the whim of man or custom may suggest ; its remarkable copiousness affords an almost unlimited scope in the selection of words, its extreme conciseness fits it to express the greatest number of ideas in the fewest possible symbols whilst the peculiar construction of its written characters gives it a power of playing upon words altogether unparalleled.!
to be forthcoming.
;
* See M. Julien's "Syntaxe nouvelle de la Langue Chinoise," p. 2, Mailer's "Lectures on the science of language, pp. 120, 322. f For a good instance of this, see
sertion in this place.
Max
for in-
the proverb
number 2720 too long
Vll
ii.-sou:rces.
The Foreign sources of Chinese proverbs have been, up to this time, somewhat meagre. The subject could not fail to attract the attention, and to excite the inForeign sinologues who have written on few books have appeared, either very hence China on the language or people, which have not contained some reference to it, and a specimen list of proverbs.
terest, of those
;
lists in which the same exagain and again, there have only, amples are repeated to my knowledge, appeared two small works exclusively on this subject, namely, those of Sir. John. F. The " Vocabulary and HandDavis and P. Perny. book of the Chinese Language/' published in 1872, by the Eev. Justus Doolittle, contains by far the greatest number of proverbs ever before translated They into English or any other Western language. were supplied by various paraemiographers, and printed, unfortunately, with little or no attempt at classification or arrangement.
Beyond
these numerous
Turning to Native sources we find almost the same meagreness. The proverbial lore of China remains yet to be written. Of the vast mass of proverbs in existence, only very few, comparatively, have been reduced to writing and printed in books. A few collections are to be found, and many specimens to be met with scattered over various works, but no book of any size has been compiled on this subject. The reason of this is, probably, the low esteem in which the literati are accustomed to hold all such publications. One of the best and most popular books of
this class is
the Chien-pen-lisien-wen (g ;$; ]), 'A Book of Selected Virtuous Lore otherwise, and
[
vm
called the Tseng-kuang (jg Jg), or Collection/ Notwithstanding Great this latter title it is only a small book of 22 pages, containing about
*
more commonly
350 proverbs. Its date and authorship are alike unknown. The book itself is known to almost every one, and if we may judge from a proverb which says " Who ever has read the Tseng-kuang is able that
the Ming-hsin-pao-chien (BJJ >fr J| fg), "A Precious MirThis work, not ror to throw light on the mind." nearly so colloquial as the preceding one, is held in higher esteem by native scholars. It contains about 430 proverbs, arranged in 20 chapters the compiler's name, however, is withheld, and nothing can be learned
is
;
it is duly appreciated. to converse*" Another collection of proverbs, or as Sir Davis calls it, "a dictionary of quotations/'
John
respecting
its origin.
proverbs are found scattered throughout the Yiirhsio (jyj Jj|), or " Youths' Instructor/' an encyclopedia in four volumes, divided into 33 chapters, containing much useful and interesting matter. Beginning with a chapter on Creation and Astronomy, it runs through almost every imaginable subject, stopping with a chapter on Flowers and Trees. great number of very excellent proverbs may be found in the Chieh-jen-i (fjft a work in two |5!if)> Tan An, volumes, divided into eight sections, by x It has been published some time during the present It is dynasty, and the latest edition is dated 1859. interesting a compilation in prose and verse of many things on domestic duties, morals, and manners. The Chia-pao-cttiian-chi (% H), or 'Complete Collection of Family Treasures', is a book out of
Many
Hu
U^
* See proverb
number
5G7.
IX
which many proverbs may be gathered. It is a work 32 volumes, divided into four collections: the first collection treats of the fundamentals of Happiness and longevity the second, of self-government and the government of a family the third, of stirring men up to intelligence and the fourth, of harmonious
in
;
highly esteemed work is Shih THen-chi (^ 5c S), who published it in the A6th year of the reign of Kanghi, A. D. 1707. The amplification of theSheng-yu (jg fSfr),or'" Sacred Edict/' as well as the Kan-ying pHen ({$ H), or " Book of Rewards and Punishments," supplies several The some may be said of the welluseful examples. of Chu Pai-lu (^ ffi H), called Chuknown tractate The Household Eules tzii-chia-yen (^ ? "If ), or of the Philosopher Chu/ But when all the native literature on the subject has been gathered together, it still remains certain that the bulk of the proverbs current in the land, exist only in the memories, and on the lips of the population.
dispositions.
The author
of this
'
IIIFORM.
Nothing will sooner
strike one
who examines a
number
of Chinese proverbs than the fact of their It may seem, at first, as extreme diversity of form. tho.ugh there were no rules shaping them after any
models whatever. But, just as to the eye of a skilful botanist, the promiscuous growths on the sides of a shady stream fall into ranks and classes, so to one who examines these proverbs with ar'little care, they will be seen to class themselves together, until, out of what seemed a perfect chaos, several orders arise. The first and greatest law evident in the formation of Chinese proverbs is that of Parallelism. Great
numbers of them take the form of Couplets. This may be accounted for by the facts that couplet making is a favourite amusement of the educated classes, and
that couplets, when well turned, are objects of their intense admiration. Of these Couplet-proverbs there are three kinds.
The
(j
first
^p),
and most important of these

This
is
is
the tui-tzu
or Antithetical Couplet.
strictly technical rules.
formed accor-
ding to
tain
tui-tzu
may
con-
any number of words, but the most frequent number is seven in each line. It must be so written
that the order of the Tones in the
firstly deflected, secondly even,
first line
shall be,
;
and thirdly
deflected
in the second line, firstly even, secondly deflected, and thirdly even ; or vice versa. Should the first, third, or
fifth characters violate this rule, it is of no
consequence
the second, fourth, and sixth cannot be allowed to do so. It is essential also that the last character in the first line should be in a deflected tone, and the last in the second line in an even tone. The same characters may not be repeated in either line ; and it is essential that there be an antithesis, as well in the sense as in the tones, of the words composing the two lines of the couplet. It is also a rule that particles must be placed in antithesis to particles ; and nouns, verbs, etc., to nouns, verbs, etc. The following example with be found to illustrate all these particulars.*
Tîen 1 shang 4 chung 4 hsing 1 chieh 1 kung3 pei 3
n
isi
sk a<
shui 3
is
Shih 4
chien 1
wu2
* a? * m m pu
4
ch*ao 2 tung. 1
* That this description may become more intelligible to any reader unacquainted Chinese language, I may observe that the even tones are those numbered one and two, the deflected tones are those numbered three and four.
"with the
XI
" All the stars of heaven salute the north every stream flows towards the east :" i. e. The Emperor is
;
the centre of attraction. How highly the Chinese themselves prize these tuiFortzu may be gathered from the following story. merly an Imperial Examiner from Peking, surnamed She (snake), seeing the haughty inscription over one of the entrances to the examination hall at Wuchang " Only the men of Hu-quang possess talent/' redeclaring statement, issue that would sented the he one line of a tui-tzu to which no Hu-quang man could Accordingly he put forth his riddle write a reply. in the following line
" Seven ducks floating on the Chiang reckon as you will are only three couples and one." On his return to Peking he mentioned this circumstance to pjij), an officer in the capital, Hsiung Tzu-kang (|| who happened to be a Hu-quang man. Said he, " there are no men of talent in Hu-quang I put out " Ina couplet line to which nobody could reply." " deed," said you what it suing Tzu-kang, was
;
gave them
guilefully
hearing the line given above, he " I have heard that a response has been written." Thereupon he repeated to the astonished Examiner his own impromptu line, as
replied,
?"
On
follows
" Snake a foot long comes out of its hole measure as you will it is only 11 inches and 8 eighths long." So the Hu-quang man got the best of the joke, and at the same time vindicated his fellow provincials from the charge of stupidity. After the tui-tzu, the next class of couplet-pro:
Xll
verbs to be mentioned is one which the Chinese call lien-chit (jjfjj 'pj), or Connected Sentences. The proverbs in this class are exceedingly numerous ; they are of various lengths, of different styles* of composition, and are informal in all else but the corresponding number of words in each line. There is generally, however, a sharp antithesis* between the first and
second
lines.
2
One example
yii
3
I Cheung mo
4
fu 4
**
will suffice for illustration.

fa 4
tou 4 ;
S 8 mo
*t
3
yii
kuari1 ton. 4
>
"The poor must
not quarrel with the rich; nor

is
the rich with magistrates." Another class of couplet-proverbs
composed of
;
such as rhyme. Of these there are a great many not seem which do to rhyme to a foreigner and, on the other hand, he can hear many rhymes where the native can hear none. The explanation of this is>
that in order to rhyme to a native ear, the tones must correspond ; while a foreigner's ear catches the ring of the rhyme through all such artificial distinctions.
One example
some in
*Hao 3
3
will suffice to
show how melodiously

-
this class of proverbs can chime.

1
n m -M y ~ ta pan m % # wa m hao % m Wu m %ao t ~ ta m m Wen 5c * m <Hao <han

cliî
2
T
*hah, 4 tfien 1
4
hsia 4
3
;
ch<i,
Lsia 4
tin".
" In the great majority of cases, Wives have fair and husbands ugly faces But there are many, on the other side, Where the man is bound to an ugly bride. h We have now done with Parallelism and its influence on the formation of proverbs, and must briefly glance at such as are cast in a more irtegulat and
;
* See a striking example of this antithesis in proverb No. 1674.

xm
Among these a small number is discovered possessing a kind of' rhythm, which gives to the proverbs in question a very easy and flowing utterance, almost deserving for them a place along with the versified classes. An example of this is found in
prosaic mould.
tile
following.
Niu 3
m #
,
te 2
kub 4
jen 2
a #, a *
-
lai.j
riia
pu4
kuo 4
-35
tfien.
1
can be bound, but Heaven cannot." The great bulk of these prose-proverbs are prosaic Many of them consist of one plain sentence enough. such as ; ^p =f -ffo / =f Chun 1 tzus yen 2 ctiien*, pit* yen2 hou.* "The superior man speaks beforehand, not when all is over." Many others are most irregular in shape, amply deserving the name given to them by the Chinese of J| |g ^p] ch*ang-tuan-chii, or 'Long and Short Sentences.' 1 Enough having now been said
"Man
on the Form or construction of proverbs, we will proceed to consider the more interesting subject of
their qualities.
IV QUALITIES.
It will surprise no one to learn that many of the proverbs of China are low, vulgar, and licentious. It could hardly be otherwise, considering the morally depraved condition of the Chinese as a nation. Nevertheless, it is much to the credit of heathen China that, in this respect, her proverbs do not compare unfavourably with those of Christian England. Nor will any one at all familiar with the Chinese, be surprised to hear that many of their proverbs are expressive of the highest morality. They are not to be excelled in their praise of virtue and denunciation
1 See the proverb No. 2597, too long for quotation, for a striking illustration of this point.
But, while giving them credit for so many of vice, virtuous sayings, the error must be avoided of crediting them with anything like a corresponding amount of virtue or morality. They are not so good as their proverbs; "for they say, and do not." Still it is a matter for congratulation to find so many closely resembling the sayings of Holy Writ. 1 Many of the Proverbs of Solomon have their counterparts in the proverbs of China, And it will be admitted that in the following, selected out of many quite as good, the tone of morality falls little below that of ' the Christian standard. Better not do kindnesses
do them in the hope of recompence/ 2 Kindness is greater than law.' 2 Do good regardless of 2 consequences/ It is a little thing to starve to death 2 it is a serious matter to lose one's virtue/ Beauty of sentiment and expression are by no
at all than
'
'
means
'
rare in Chinese proverbs.
Expressive of the
transient character of earthly happiness, we have The bright moon is not round for long ; the brilliant
cloud
of
'
The Vanity and emptiness earthly wealth and fame could hardly be more
is
easily scattered/ 3
beautifully expressed than in the following couplet Wealth among men is like dew among plants
:
the fame which earth grants/ 3 'Good words are like a string of pearls/ 3 is perhaps less ornate, but certainly it is little less beautiful than Solomon's a Word fitly spoken is like apples of
Foam on the waves is
gold in pictures of silver/' 4 And how could the danger of unguarded speech be more beautifully expressed
1 Reference to the Index will give a 2 See Nos. 1895, 1898, 1655, 1835. 3 See Nos. 830, 962, 1120, 1123. 4 Prov 25; 11.
list
of these.
XV
than in the following? 'As the light of a single star tinges the mountains of many regions so a single unguarded expression injures the virtue of a whole life/ 3 Many more such examples might be quoted, but these few will suffice to show that the proverbs of China are not all bald, prosy, and utilitarian. Great numbers of proverbs might be quoted to illustrate the quality of Shrewdness and the difficulty is to know which to select Let the following, taken almost at random, suffice. Don't buy everything 1 that's cheap, and you'll escape being greatly taken in.' Before you calculate on buying, calculate on selling.' 1 It is not so safe to open the mouth as it is to keep it
; ; '
'
It takes little time to reprove a man ; but it takes a long time to forget reproof.' 1 ' He learns less who looks on than he does who makes ;
shut.' 1
'
Less by mere doing than by
many
mistakes.' 1
The
cynical element, said almost always to charac-
abounds in those now under Tried by this test they are proverbs of discussion. * A dwarf cannot kick up his feet to the first water.
terize the true proverb,
Though a dumb man has eaten Hoping to gentian he keeps his trouble to himself'2 2 Get lift up his head, he lifts up his feet i. e. dies.' 'Men the coffin ready and the man won't die.'^ mourn for those who leave fortunes behind them.' 2 The head may be cut off, but the tongue cannot be
any great
height.'2
*
'
:
'
restrained.' 2
Of Wit and Humour abundance can be found in Chinese proverbs much more of the latter than the former. To the reader it shall be left to classify, ac;
1 See Nos. 220, 233, 1050, 1692, 2022.
2 See Nos. 705, 787, 801, 931, 958, 1042.
XVI
cording to his own taste, the following specimens under one or other of these two categories. A not yery To sell thriving business is denoted by the saying. there's in three When couple cucumbers days/of a aught to do, the more the better ; not so when there's aught to eat.' 1 It is against anything but a doting husband that the following shaft of ridicule is shot The Argy,'To flit and forget to take one's wife. mentum ad hominem is somewhat droll in the fol' lowing example The lion opens his mouth tlje elephant shuts his ; shut yours.' 1 An individual out
'
'
'I-
of
'a leather
no ray of wisdom shines, is spoken qf as lantern. 1 In this class Puijs may be included. These, however, to be enjoyed, must be
'
whom
read in the original. 2 Finally, under the head of Qualities, it must be observed, that amongst Chinese proverbs there are many closely resembling those well known in the West. We find " Practice makes perfect, ? in words which cannot well be otherwise translated. The same may be said of " Easier said than done ; "? of " Never
too old to learn
;" 3
and several
is
others.
" Tqo
many
cooks spoil the broth,"
expressed in Chiiêse by,
'Seven hands and eight feet.' "Bad workmen quarrel with their tools," appears in Chinese thus " As All unskilful fools, Quarrel with their tools. 'f
'
the twig
altered
is
bent the
tree's inclined,"
is
becomes slightly
into,
'As the twig
grows. 't
Instead of
"a
bent the mulberry pig in a poke," the Chinese
buy
1
'
cat in a bag.' 4
"
At Rome do
as the
Romans
See Nos. 209, 604, 614, 1051, 1381.

118, 563.
2 See Nos. 257, 309, 1310, 1890.

illustrations of
3 See Nos. 103,

.this
4 See Nos. 107, 306, 460, 650, 1969, 2313, 2314, For more
joint, see Nos. 36, 77, 106, 178, 317, 605, 620, 727, 752, 1066, 1278, 1396, H34, 2052, 2335, 2457, 2485, 2 715.
XV11
varied into, 'Wherever you go talk as the 1 And " Man proposes, but people of the place talk' God disposes/' has more than one counterpart in
do,"
is
Chinese. 1
Possibly enough has now been advanced to show that Chinese proverbs furnish indubitable signs of mental power, and to justify the claim, which we make on their behalf, of equality with the proverbs
of other nations.
V.-TJSES.
In connection with these proverbs the most interesting question remains to be considered, namely, Of what use are they ? Of what use are they to the Chinese themselves ? to the foreign student of the Chinese language ? and finally, to the general reader ? Answers to these questions will bring this introductory essay to its close.* The uses to which the Chinese themselves put At the great these proverbs are principally two. festival of the new year the service of some able penman is obtained, who writes out a number of admired sayings, on long strips of red, orange, yellow, green, These are affixed or blue paper, as the case may be. to doors, to the side-posts of doors, to the pillars of houses, to the masts, stems and sterns of ships, and In this way the very habitaindeed in all directions. tions of the Chinese become eloquent with sage maxims, felicitous sayings, and well-expressed prayers. But the decorative use to which the proverbs are thus put, is of little importance in comparison with
1 Nos. 107, 306, 460, 650, 1969, 2313, 2314.
For more
727,
illustrations of this
point* see
Nos
36, 77, 106, 178, 317,
605,
620,
752, 1066,
1278, 1396,
1434, 2052, 2335, 2457, 2485, 2715.
xvm
the use
of
its
made of them in daily conversation. The talk modern China is highly seasoned with the salt of
39
ancient wisdom. And he is a stupid " son of Han indeed, who cannot quote aptly some wise old saw on almost any occasion. Of what use are these proverbs to the foreign student of the Chinese language ? Sir John F. Davis has said that Chinese proverbs are of great grammatical value, inasmuch as they illustrate every grammatical law in the language. It may be true that, to some extent, they will supply models on which the student may construct sentences of his own ; but, as they are often very concise and formal, the student who should make a point of doing so would run the risk of speaking in a very stilted and uncommon style. Far greater is their value, as supplying him with phrases and sentences which may be used to enrich and embellish his conversation. Used as quotations their value is immense. So used in conversation they add a piquancy and flavour which greatly delights the Chinese, and makes mutual intercourse more easy and agreeable. But it is to the Missionary that the value of an extensive acquaintance with Chinese proverbs is of the highest importance. Personal experience, as well as the repeated testimony of others, makes us bold to assert that even a limited knowledge of Chinese proverbs is to him of daily and inestimable value. proverb will often serve to rouse the flagging attention of a congregation, or to arrest it at the commencement of a discourse. proverb will often serve to produce a smile of good nature in an apparently ill-tempered audience, and so to call forth a kindly feeling which did not seem before to
exist.
And
very often a proverb aptly quoted will
XIX
serve to convey a truth in the most terse and striking manner, so obviating the necessity for detailed and
lengthy argument, whilst they fix at a stroke the idea you are wishing to convey. And now we come to the use which these proverbs are to the general reader. The question to be discussed is this: what light is thrown upon the character and condition of the Chinese by these proverbs ? " The
maxims
which
of a people
reflects
may be considered as a medium with tolerable accuracy the existing
state of their
manners and ways of thinking/' 1
To begin with the Chinaman himself. He certainly a being whose character it is by no means easy to describe ; and, if left to our unaided imagination, we might easily caricature him in words, as absurdly as he has long been caricatured in pictures. Guided by the evidence of proverbs we should say that the ideal Chinaman is born with a genius for trade. The
is
number and
excellence of those
to business point to this conclusion. 2

tions,
maxims which relate Next to, or
rather in connection with, his business-like qualifica-
come out his characteristic shrewdness and prudence. 3 He is a keen observer Those who can do a good trade don't wrangle over taxes/ 4 He is a cautious man: ' Do not lace your boot in a melon field, nor adjust your hat under a plum tree/ 5 He is very discreet : If you want to be quiet, do not meddle with other people's busines/ 6 He is wonderfully economical: 'Make every cash serve two purposes/ 7 He is not remarkable for honesty 'If you would not be cheated ask the price at three shops/ 8 Nor is he
'
:
1 Sir John Davis. section on Prudence.
2 See the section of proverbs on Business. 4 No. 229. 5 No. 1928. 6 No. 1976.
3 See the 7 No.
2015.
8 No. 175.
XX
distinguished for truthfulness, for sometimes he deserves the appellation, 'A lying machine/ 1 He is very
The numerous proverbs of a jocular description point him out as a lover of fun. That he is a 1 jver of pleasure, we may p ather from the maxim, 'All m a n love wealth, wine, and women/ 3 And he is a proud man He will be honoured who respects himself but he who
polite
'
Much
politeness
offends
no one/ 2
'
holds himself cheap will be lightly esteemed/ 4 There is a good deal of the Mark Tapley element in him 4 If the wind be strong, yield to the wind; if the rain be heavy, yield to the rain/ 6 He is a very sober man, looking upon wine as, poison which per^forates the bowels/ 6 He is a loquacious person, or else many proverbs had not been needed to help him to control his tongue. He is hospitable in his way, and feels bound to entertain his guest with generosity; but he expects quite as much in return, and hopes for more. He who lacks hospitality to a guest must be a fool/ 7 He is very conservative. The past with its institutions is all in all to him Observe the pre-* sent, but reflect the past; without the past there had been no present/ 8 Finally, he is a religious man. His religion fails to make him anything like a virtuous man ; it leaves him the victim of many gross superstitions, and enchains him in the fetters of a cleter^ mined fatalism ; but it does something to soothe his Proconscience, and to satisfy his moral wants. verbs in support of these points are too numerous to mention. 9 Next to the man himself comes the family. The
:
'
'
1 No. 1269. 6 No. 1000.
2 No. 1532.
7 No. 1579.
3 No. 1498. 8 No. 2450.
5 No. 1973. 4 No. 2716. 9 See section xvii, On
Religion.
XXI
social life of the Chinese,
still
written about it, Into the secrets of their home tery to foreigners. life the outside barbarian is not admitted. Under
obtain no better information as to the actual condition of a Chinese home than the numerous proverbs on this subject supply. Home is founded on the relation existing between
these circumstances
however much has been remains comparatively a mys-
we can
Husband and Wife and

;
it
would seem that

is
in
China
the importance of this relation

ed.
'
properly appreciat-
There are Five Kelations, but that of Husband and Wife stands first there are 3000 great rites, but that of marriage is most important/ 1 The obligation to marry is very clearly acknowledged Early marriage is the duty of both sexes/ 2 It is also firmly believed that marriages are fated Wife, wealth, 3 children, pay, are all predestined/ There is a great deal of superstition cherished in regard to matchmaking, as well as a great deal of manoeuvering on the parts both of parents and professional match-makers. 'When doorways match and houses pair, A marriage may be settled there/ 4 Those who rear daughters hope for great suitors/ 5 The parties principally concerned in this matrimonial compact have no voice whatever in the matter^ the betrothal taking place when they are both very young and it cannot afterwards be broken, for, while You may exhume a coffin, you may not reject a betrothed son-in-law/ 6 It is of course inevitable, on this principle of selection, that many alliances contracted should turn out anything but satisfactory, or mutually pleasing. So it
j
'
: :
'
1 No. 2202.
2 No. 2189.
3 No. 680.
4 No. 2175.
5 No. 2191.
6 No. 2200.
XX11
happens that liars 1 Ugly
'Nine out
men marry
of ten go-betweens being
'
pretty wives
2
;
and
'
talented bridegroom is sometimes matched with a worthless bride ; and a clever woman is sometimes
married to a dolt/ 8 And sometimes these matches turn out anything but harmonious, as suggested by the proverb, 'A good husband will not beat his wife/ 4 Occasionally however love ensues upon the marriage The husband sings and the wife actie, and then companies/ 5 But there is no such thing as even approximate equality between them * Husbands are as Heaven to their wives ; wives are the slaves of their husbands/ 6 Still the wife, placed in this degrading position, makes her influence, both for good and bad, c tell upon her lord and master A virtuous wife causes her husband to be honoured a bad one brings him to shame/ 7 Her weapon of defence is her tongue and she is skilful enough in the use of it. Hence the advice. 'Take no notice of what you hear
i
on the pillow/ 8 It would seem that conjugal fidelity is sometimes violated He detests his own wife, but loves other mens/ 9 Divorce seems to be against the rule, for When the two have been united they may not be separated/ 10 And when the husband dies the widow is expected to remain a widow till her death A loyal minister will serve but one prince, a virtuous woman but one husband/ 11 Concubinage is allowed and commonly practised not, as
said
:
'
'
'
seems, to the entire satisfaction of the principal wife If your wife is against it, do not get a
it
:
'
concubine/ 12
1 No. 2195. 6 No. 2220. 11 No. 2242.
2 No. 2206. 7 No. 2230. 12 No. 2226.
3 No. 2213. 8 No. 2229.
4 No. 2223. 9 No. 2227.
5 No. 2209. 10 No. 2214.
XX111
From
these and
many more
illustrations
we
are
well able to form a tolerably correct idea of the husband and wife in China. It differs from the same relation in the west mainly in the matters of bethrothal, the use of go-betweens, the toleration of polygamy, and the degraded position of There is certainly less of that true love, the woman. which alone can crown the married state with felicity, in the East than in the West; and consequently married life is not with the Chinese so happy a thing
relation of
as
it is
with
us.
From husband and
wife
we come
and
in
due sequence
to the relation of parents
children.
The
first
thing to be remarked here is the silence of the Much is said proverbs on one side of the question. about the duty of children to parents, but nothing of This silence is very the duty of parents to children. expressive ; for no one can have observed the Chinese for long without being struck with the prominence and emphasis with which they insist upon " Children obey your parents/' while they almost ignore ""Train up a child in the way he should go/' and " Ye fathers provoke not your children to wrath/' There is another silence equally ominous. Daughters are very seldom mentioned. And this silence is eloquent on the shameful disregard in which female offspring are held by the fathers and mothers of China. It suggests the unnatural, brutal, but common crime, of female infanticide. At her birth the female child is insulted by a comparison to her disfavour with male children. She is said to be worth but one-tenth of what a boy would have been worth/ 1 This degrada1 See also No,
195.
XXIV
tion follows her to her grave ; it clings to her as a daughter, sister, wife, and is only partly shaken off when she becomes a mother. As a mother she is honoured by her children with a love and reverence equal to that which they give to their father. But, the alas mother of a child as soon as she becomes of her own sex she begins to display the traditional disrespect for it, under which she has herself groaned. Having noticed these two unwelcome silences, let us listen awhile to the many voices which describe to us the state of affairs as existing between parents and children in general. The kindness of parents, so much eulogized in Chinese books, is thus spoken c of You must rear children to know parental kindr ness/ 1 Petting seems to form a part of this parental kindness ; for The parents' pet is the obedient child.' 2 And this notwithstanding the sensible maxim, The rod produces obedient, petting and spoiling disobedient children/ 3 Sometimes great severity is resorted to When the father pursues the son with the rod, he must not follow him for a hundred paces/ 4 It is quite evident that parents exact from their child-, ren a vast amount of deference while living and of honour after death Whilst the father lives the son ' dare not put himself forward.^ Ancestors however remote must be sacrificed to/ 6 The reason of their intense longing for offspring finds expression in the following homely saying If we have none to foul the bed, we shall have none to burn paper at our graves/ 7 Their unworthy perversion of the Biblical law that parents lay up for their children, not children
!
'
'
'
'
2132.
No. 2138. 2 No. 2129. 3 No. 2133. 6 No. 2363. 7 No. 2171.
4 No. 2144.
5 No.
XXV
for parents, is thus illustrated
;
'
:
Rear sons for old

'
age and lay up grain against famine. 1 The importance of filial piety, and its nature, we find fully set ' forth. Of a myriad virtues filial piety is the first/ 2 'He is unfilial who loves wife more than mother/ 3 We dare not injure the bodies received from our
parents.^ On the whole, it is evident that parents and children, even in the country renowned for filial piety, do not stand to each other in anything like so satisfactory and pleasant relations, as they do in the west. There is on the part of Chinese parents a great deal of what we never expect to find in our parents, namely, selfishness. They long for male children that, when ill, they may be supported, and when dead, worshipped by them. They despise their female children because the return of personal service to be expected from
them
in the future
is
much
less
than that which
is
expected from boys. There is also too much of the proprietor in the Chinese father. His children are his chattels, to be dealt with absolutely as such he
:
he likes and even should he, in punishing, kill them, he would be very likely to escape scotfree. The mother, too, though not entirely ignored^ retires into a much more obscure position than that ordained to her by Providence. In short, there is a stiffness, an artificiality, existing between Chinese parents and children, owing to the many ceremonies which intervene upon their relationship, which does much to destroy the beauty, ease, and gracefulness, of the native home. There is yet another relation, and one which in
can
sell
them
if
1 No. 2047.
2 No. 1877.
8 No. 2121.
4 No. 2150.
XXVI
China obtains great prominence, on which a few remarks must be offered, namely that of Elder and Brothers/ we are told, 'resemble Younger Brothers. hands and feet/ 1 They are often compared with
wives to the disadvantage of the latter

perior
'
:
Is
he a su-
man who
listens to his wife,
and turns against
The same odious comparison is hinted The most difficult thing on at in the following earth to get is a brother/ 3 The importance of harmony amongst brothers a theme much insisted on
nis brother V 2
'
:
in expression
all
books on morality
'
:
finds repeated proverbial
no advantage
left hand conquer the right gained/ 4 That, after all the instructions given, Chinese brothers fail to live together like angels, is evident from the saying that, 'Top and bottom teeth sometimes come into awkward collision/ 5
is
Though the
And
the general cause of these fraternal quarrels appears to be the stuff Though brothers are so closely Yet akin, it is each for himself in money matters/ 6 the value of a brother's friendship is fully appreciated, even when business is concerned, for we read the Here, advice, 'go into partnership with a brother/ 7 again, one cannot avoid noticing the omission of any mention of the sisterhood. The relation of Brother and Sister, so pleasant in our ideas, never seems to have dawned upon the native mind. And here in the constantly implied inferiority of the female we have the secret explaining the failure of family life in China. Mother, wife, sister, must be restored to the high place which they have a right to adorn, before the homes of China can become worthy of the name.
:
'
1 No. 2245.
2 Nc. 2224.
7 No. 2296.
3 No. 2255.
4 No. 2446.
5 No. 2253.
6 No. 2251.
XXV11
From Homes we come to Shops. The excellence and superabundance of their business proverbs, would
justify us in holding the opinion that they are in-
deed "a nation of shop-keepers/' Without doubt the Chinese are in their very element when driving a bargain and making money. It is truly a study to watch two men engaged in this interesting occupation. It is then that one appreciates, fully, the saying, Bargaining is as necessary to trade as poling to a vessel/ 1 They have a correct idea of the personal qualifications necessary to a successful tradesman A man without a smiling face must not open a shop/ 2 They are wide awake to the principle of supply and demand Use both such goods and money as suit your market/ 3 The necessity for speculation is fully acknowledged If a little cash does not go, much cash will not come/ 4 The necessity and potency of capital is fully acknowledged You must have a couple of grains of rice in order to catch fowls/ 5 That a very steady eye is kept on the item of profit, we may learn from the following If no profit he espies, where's the man will early rise V Q For ready money they have a relish, notwithstanding that credit is the curse and ruin of their trade Better take 800 than give credit for 1000 cash/ 7 Notwithstanding the frequent assertions by native shop-keepers that they Beally have but one price/ that theirs is indeed a One word hall/ there are more proverbs than one suggestive of the fact that prices vary according to circumstances. When one cheats up to heaven in the price he asks, you come down to earth in the price
*
:
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
'
1 No. 198.
2 No. 179.
7 No. 253.
3 No. 187.
4 No. 176.
5 No. 239.
6 No. 161.
xx vm
After this it is refreshing to" meet with c Just scales and full measures injure the following 2 That is a maxim worthy of a purer mono man/ rality than, it is to be feared, can be boasted of in connection with Chinese Commerce. From Shops we come to Schools. In a country so celebrated for learning as China, it will not be surprising to find many excellent maxims on the subject The importance of it is fully, though of education. roughly, expressed in the following 'Than a lad without learning, you'd better rear
offer/ 1
;
:
you
an
ass
Better rear a pig than an uneducated lass/ 3 It should begin early, because * as the twig is bent the mulberfy grows/ 4 It must not^ however, proceed at random, for 'Education requires a proper method/ 5 It may be doubted whether the native method of compelling a pupil, for several years, to commit to memory a number of books, before ever a word of them is explained to him, is a proper method or not yet it may be said in favour of it, that it appears to suit those who use it tolerably well. The curriculum to be studied may be gathered from the following 1 However stupid sons and grandsons may be, they must read the classics/ 6 i In study fix your mind on the sages/ 7 The necessity for persevering diligence is frequently the subject of a proverbial saying, Every The character must be chewed to get out its juice/ 8 'Learnpleasures of learning are also often alluded to ing is far more precious than gold/ 9 All pursuits are mean in comparison with that of learning/ 10 And
'
:
1 No. 202.
2 No. 219.
7.
8 No. 458.
8 No. 548.
4 No. 4GO.
9 No. 538.
5 No. 463.
6 No.
536'.
No
502.
10 No. 558.
XXIX
the inducements to a literary life which are No pleasure equals the pleasure of study.' 1 Study will be sure to yield its Study will provide you with a lady golden house/ 2 3 Many more quotations might be beautiful as jade/ made illustrative of the native schools, literature, literati, and of the vast system of competitive examinations now in vogue ; sufficient to show that China is not without a system of education for which she deserves great praise. The separateness of the literary caste is a thing to be regretted so also is the stunted and changeless nature of the curriculum of studies so also is that systematic and organized corruption, by means of which unworthy men are enabled to steal for themselves the degrees due to others but, that learning in China stands in so conspicuous and honorable a position that the learning most honoured is within the reach of even the poorest classes ; that by means of his learning the poorest boy in the land may rise to the first rank and office under His Imperial Majesty, is indeed much to the praise and glory of the Celestial Empire. Judging from the paucity of proverbs on the subject of amusements, one might be led to suppose that the Chinese were any thing but a lightrhearted and playful people. It would be a mistake to think so ; for no people can be fonder of theatres and gambling than the Chinese. And if opium-smoking be taken into the list of amusements, then, beyond a doubt, the Chinese are a pleasure-loving people. Generally speaking proverbs on such subjects are of a condemnatory
set before the native pupil.
' ' ; ;
:
many are
kind
on theatres, for instance, we read

2 No. 573.
1 No. 571.
3 No. 574.
XXX
6
Once in a while you may go to a play, But they are not the things for every day/ 1 On gambling we read, Money goes to the gamIf you bebling-house as criminals to execution/ 2 lieve in gambling you will have to sell your house/ 3 There doubtless exist many proverbs on the subject of amusements which have not been met with, and which would fully substantiate what has been
'
'
said on the pleasure-loving proclivities of the Chinese.
Passing from gay to grave we enquire what the proverbs teach respecting the Religion of the people. To discover what are the real religious sentiments of a people like the Chinese is no easy matter but it is not unlikely that we may get nearer to the truth by observing what the people say in their common talk, than by reading what authors and sages have said in books but seldom read. First, we learn from proverbs that the objects of worship are Heaven, Earth, $un, Moon, Stars, Idols, and Ancestors. This is not a complete list but it will The religion which makes most serve our purpose. show, and which forces itself perpetually on our attention, is that of idol worship. It is the popular worship of the land. On the feasts of the new and full moon our ears are dinned with the explosion of innumerable crackers. Whenever any act of importance is to be performed, there is a great outward show of belief in the power and control of the idols. Everywhere we stumble on costly temples, filled with the expensive gilded images of a numerous hierarchy of deities, and tended by a throng of shaven priests. People and rulers, high and low, unite to do homage
;
No. 759.
2 No. 7G4.
3 No. 762.
XXXI
to the gods of the two friendly sects of Buddhism and Taouism. Now the question is, can the proverbs tell us whether all this is sham or reality ? From several it would seem that the idols do not command
the faith
of the people.
'All idolatrous supersti-
tions are man's invention/ 1
In several well-known
proverbs the gods are turned to ridicule,
which surely
could not be done by men who sincerely believed ' Tljree strokes of the axe are to be divine. enough to complete an image of the idol Yang-ssiiJ 2 In this saying the god is made the but of raillery as In the the type of uncouth, unmannerly boors. following he is twitted for his youthful appearance. ' beard should not be put on his worship the god of sailors.' 3 The same raillery and contempt are shown in another proverb less elegant than caustic namely, The stinking pig's head meets the smell-less 4 idol/ It would not be fair to take these contemptuous proverbs as conclusive proof of general disbelief in idols. They may be evidence of doubt in many minds, and of total disbelief in the minds of a few, but that is all. The Chinese give many proofs, as well in their conduct as in their proverbial sayings, of their faith in idols. Their faith is doubtless a very
them
'
and largely mixed with fear strong enough to tinge their whole life and conduct, and to force out of them large sums of money. Though you don't believe in other gods, youll believe in the god of thunder/ 5 You may carry deception into the Yamen, you cannot carry it into the temple/ 6 'Though you neglect to offer
superstitious
thing,
but such as
it is, it is
'
1 No. 2365. 6 No. 2354.
2 No. 2358.
3 No. 2359.
4 No. 2375.
5 No, 2370.
xxxn
incense
when
all is well,
yon
will
have to
fall at
Bud-
r dha's feet in time of sorrow/ 1 Should the testimony of proverbs be thought wavering as to the popular faith in idols, it will be admitted that it distinctly proves that the faith of the people firmly centres upon, and clings to, one great supreme being whom they call THen and we call Heaven. And if this THen be not the true God, the likeness is very strange. To THen the people are in the constant
habit of ascribing
many
of the attributes
and actions
only ascribable to the true God. He is the God of Providence 'THen never sends a man without providing for him clothes and income/ 2 * Our daily bread depends on THen.' s The bountifulness of his regime is thus quaintly expressed 'when THen rears a man he grows very fat when men rear one he is nought but skin and bone/ 4 His omniscience is again and again plainly asserted 'Man only sees the present, THen sees into the future/ 5 Nothing can escape the eye of THen.' 6 His rule, as the moral governor of
:
:
'
men
alluded to in the following: 'THen sees clearly, And that his rule is merciful appears from the following 'Imperial THen will never slight men of sorrow/ 8 As the hearer of human prayers, 'THen responds to man as quickly as shadow to form or echo to voice/ 9 Whilst firmly believing that these and many other proverbs point to the highest and truest religious life of the people, it would not be candid on our part not to allude to the fact that the popular faith in THen is mixed up with much alloy. THen is very often confounded with the visible
is
and rewards quickly/ 7
1 No. 23C2. 6 No. 2324.
2 No. 2316. 7 No. 2325.
3 No. 2320.
8 No. 2312.
4 No. 2341.
6 No. 2330.
9 No. 2315.

XXX111
heavens; sometimes THen

or Principle
;
is
stated to be
U
is
Eeason
divided
and oftener still between THen and Tvthe Earth. 'Heaven and Earth The are great; father and mother are honourable/ 1 people seem to associate THen and Ti together as the equivalent of our one word Nature, and to offer there
the honour
to a sort of pantheistic reverence.
Still
the truth re-
mains that the Chinese are not altogether without some knowledge of what closely resembles the true Him they ignorantly worship, worship with a God. divided heart, and with many gross superstitions, yet we should not, on that account, fail to recognise the truth which exists, or fail to make the most of it in order to impart a purer knowledge and a truer faith. The influence of religion on morals is very small. Indeed religion and morality in China might be as-
sumed
have so
hood,
to belong to totally different categories, they

little
to do with each other.
Even the priest-
who ought
to be the best samples of morality
China can produce, are certainly not regarded in the men. Several proverbs refer to them in terms of anything but respect for the purity of their
light of holy
character, the sincerity of their vows, or the usefulness
of their lives. The doctrine of a future state, expressed in many of the proverbs on Rewards and Punishments, 2 may be supposed to exercise some influence for good on the lives of the people and no doubt this is the case. But then, again, the legitimate influence of this doctrine is negatived by the allprevalent belief in Fate. The philosophy of their sages; the practical, worldly character of all their -moral teaching; the contradictions existing between
;
1 No. 2343.
5 Sec chapter on Priests an&Ntfns.
2 See chapter so named.
XXXIV
their
Confucianism and the religious systems of Buddha and Lao Tzu, together with the want of power to make men good, visible in all their creeds, have
driven them, in a great measure, to the -resource of the despairing to a belief in the inevitable. 1 It is true that Confucianism has furnished them with an ideal saint, the creation of Confucius' imagination, called by the Chinese jg ^p Chun-tzu, and by most foreigners, The Superior man. 2 But this is an ideal only, not a model, not a copyable example ; and even as an ideal it is very imperfect. 3 So, to sum up the whole matter of religion, it appears that with the Chinese it is neither dark nor light ; the darkness is not litter darkness, the light ia not clear. They con-
fuse
God with
idols,
mix
superstition
up with
their
worship, separate morality from religion, paralyse themselves by believing in fate, admire and extol an
ideal which they never try to copy and could not if they did, and, with a faith in a future state more or less vivid and strong, allow themselves to be com-
pletely engrossed in the pursuit of the present.
One more
tion,
subject of importance claims our atten-
namely, the government of the country; and with a few remarks thereon, suggested and supported by the proverbs, our task will be finished. To begin with the Emperor. His exalted position is thus acknowledged The light of all the stars is not equal to that of the moon/ 4 His despotic power is hinted at somewhat significantly thus When the prince wants a minister to die, he dies.' 5 And yet it is said that If the Son of Heaven breaks the laws, he is
: '
:
'
'
See chapter on Fate. 2 See chapter on the Superior and Mean man. 3 See a very good article on tho subject in the 3rd Vol. of the Chinese Recorder, page 129, by the Itev William Ashmore. 5 No. 2091. 4 No. 2093.
XXXV
Descending from the guilty like one of the people/ 1 Emperor to his servants, we find abundance of proverbs very freely criticising
The
is
relative importance of civil

:
them and their and military
doings.
officers
thus shown
1
of a civil magistrate's pen, martial magistrate jump again.'2 The question of magisterial integrity is apparently settled in the following apologetic saying ' An honest It would seem that the magistrate cannot get on.' 8 mandarins are notorious for extortion for we read ' magistrate will not consider your poverty, nor the devil your leanness.' 4 And that the magistracy pays well is evident if it be only partially true that, ' even an honest Chih-fu may during a three years' term of office, save ten myriad snow-white taels of silver.' 5 lord among It is quite right that the mandarin be ' his people' 6 but from what is said below, it appears that he lords it over them too severely: ' Men's hearts are like iron, and the rule of mandarins like a furnace.' 7 After this it is some satisfaction to find that there are three good rules for men in office, namely, 'Be upright, be cautious, be diligent.' 8 If we come from mandarins to their courts of justice, we find nothing but condemnation. Hell only is the fitting emblem of a magistrate's yamen? The yamen satellites are comparable only to voracious tigers, or blood-sucking flies. 11 It is shrewdly and significantly
:
One dash Makes the
said,
c
With only right to back you, Be sure the yamens lack you.' 12
2 No. 1169.
7.
1 No. 2096. 6 No. 1187. 11 No. 1216.
1183. 12 No. 1145.
No
3 No. 11788 No. 1196.
4 No. 1181. 9 No. 1160.
5 No. 1194. 11 No. 1212.
XXXVI
T
,
Yet
in respect' of laws
;
and
'
their administration,
In making laws, severityin administering them, clemency/ 1 indispensable is From the general testimony of the proverbs it appears that the relations between rulers and ruled in China, Notwithstanding a few is anything but satisfactory.
find this noble saying
;
we
exceptions in the persons of disinterested notwithstanding many good laws, and the power to execute them; notwithstanding the many excellent precepts exhorting the Officers to do their duty; Justice often cries out for her rights in vain, the people are oppressed, whilst the mandarins and their satellites are enriched. In the preceding essay we have endeavoured to express the impartial testimony of the proverbs themselves, rather than to advance any opinions of our. own ; if error has crept into the account, the means of correcting it lies before the reader. And if the sketch drawn of the condition of things in China be blamed for incompleteness or exaggeration, we can only add that, in the collection of proverbs now presented to the reader, he has ample means at his own disposal for the completion or correction of the picture.
notable
officers
;
1 No. 1137.
PEOVEEBS
SECTION I. ON AGENCY, CHAPTER
I.
CAUSE AND EFFECT. 1

Every
effect
has
'#
its cause.
Lit.
Eivers have sources,
trees
have
roots.
Shui 3 yu 3 yiian 2 tfou,^
mm
2
w m # yu m mu
,
4
3
ken. 1
2
It
thunders loudly, but rains very
nn *.* yu m * Ta teller
3
-ta,
little.
lo 4
te
hsiap. 3
little
Note.
profit is
e. #.
trade
is
conducted with great bustle and slsow, but
made.
3
Every thing must have a
cause.
A * &W Fan yu 4
2
shth4 pi 4
yin. 1
Cut up grass by the

more.
root,
and
it
will
sprout no
Chien3 tsâo 3 chHi 2 ken, 1 meng 2 ya 2 pu4
n n m m m w* n
5
No
Feng1 pu4
fa.
wind, no motion in the
trees.
& ***;* m shu pu
lai,
tung, 4
6
the shade
.
When
j
the tree
falls
is
gone,
Shu4 tao 3 wu 2 yin 1
AGENCY.
7
Putrid flesh breeds maggots
grubs.
to
;
rotten fish generates
X
Jou4
fu 3 ch'u 1 ctfung, 2
m a
yii 2
?
k'u1
chV
tu. 4
8
~~
More
1
,
fuel
more
tu
fire.
m m P*eng
2
"K
ft
châi 2 *huo 3
9
Though a
tree
yen4 kao. 1
grow never
so high, its falling leaves
return to the root.

Shu4 kao 1
m m ^
is
cr/ien1 chang, 4
yeh4
m
lofty,
it
1 lo 4 kuei 1 ken.
lO
When
a wall
cracked and
its
fall
must be
speedy.
Ch'iang2
ctfi 4 erh
2
4 kao, 1 ch'i2 peng 1 pi
chi.
'
11
To
foul the spring
2
and expect the stream

2
to be pure.
m # m m m m z Ch6 yuan
ch*i
2
erh2 chîu 2 liu 2 chih 1 chîng. 1
12
He wishes
to hide his footprints,
and yet walks upon

s
the snow.
3 1 Yii 4 mieh 4 chi 1 erh 2 tsu 2 hsiieh tsung.
& m m
us
s m
13
In digging up a tree you must begin with the root.
Wa
& m m
1
shu 4 pi 4 ts<ung2 tou 1
f&
3
teii
ch<i 3
, I'^vtA I
14
if
Every thing has
its lord.
Wu
m # W ko yu
4
chu. 3
CHAPTEE
II.
THE NECESSITY OF EFFORT.
15
Sharp as a needle to grind a blunt axe, Your strength to the utmost will surely
&l Tun4
tax.
m $ % mo
fu 3
2
chêng 2 chen, 1
chih 3
x * m m yao i kung
4
1
'
fu 1 shen. 1
16
To make a man of yourself yon must don't, you won t.

Chêng 2 jen 2 pu4 tzu 4
tsai 4
;
toil
if
you
tzii
tsai4
pu4 chêng2
jen. 2
17
If
you don't
plain.
scale the mountain,
you can t view

2p
tlie
Pu4
Jt
shang4 kao 1 shan, 1 pu4 hsien 3 pîng 2
1 lUo^ S
18
tt
ti.
Without climbing mountains no one can know the height of heaven ; without diving streams no one can know the thickness of the earth. ^B 3c III 2, Pu 4 teng1 shan 1 pu4 chih1 tfien1 chih1 kao 1
^S
pu4
^ * m x & m &
lin
2
ctfi 1
pu4
chih 1
ti
chih 1
<hou. 4
M m
; '
19
Generals and Premiers spring not from seed sown men must exert themselves.
Chiang 1 hsiang 4 pen 3 -*
*r
* % wu
and
chung 4
';
o
;
n is nan 2 erh 2 tang 1 tzu 4

;
a s
3
chîang. 2
20
strike
it
Strike a
flint,
you'll get fire
not,
and
you'll not get
even smoke,
;
Chi 1 shih 2 yiian 2 yu 3 *huo d
pu4
chi 1 nai 3
wu 2
yen. 1
AGENCY.
21
Without going you can get
to
nowhere
you can
complete nothing without doing.
Lu4 pu4
hsing 2
pu 4 tao 4
shih4
pu4 wei 2 pu4
chêng. 2
22
He who
does nothing but
sit
and
eat, will
wear away
a mountain (of wealth).

Tso 4
g & shan m m
shih 2
1
peng. 1
23
If
you long
get
-
for pleasure,
you must labour hard

6
to
it.
ffi
Yu4
If
eh*iu 2 sheng 1 k*uai 4 *huo, 2 hsii 1 hsia 4 ssii 3
K S I T 24
tiger's
o
4
5E
kung1
I *
fu.
you do not enter a

his cubs.
den,
you cannot get
Pu4 ju4
7A,| R * % pu
<hu 3 hsiieh, 4
jS;
tzii.
te 2 <hu 3
25
He
is
equal to any task
who can
subsist
on cabbage
stalks.
Yao 3
e n
~m
4
te 2 tsâi
ken 1 pai 3
* w m
26
shih4 k<o 3 tso. 4
You had better return home and make a net, than go down to the river and desire to get the fishes.
Lin 2 yuan 1 hsien 4
i s i i a^*iji pu ju
yii
2 4
4 t ui
!
erb 2 chieh 2 wang. 3
27
Never was a good work done without much
Ts*ufcg2 lai 2
trouble.
U *
ft hao 3
1 2 shih 4 pi 4 ching 4 to mo.
* g
Hl
CHAPTER
EXAMPLE.
III.
28
When
T .1 wai 3p m t * tao
3
the upper beam is crooked, the lower must be wry. When the middle beam is crooked, in a ruin all
must
lie.
J: jE Shang4 Hang 2 pu4 cheng4
i 7 * m * Chung Hang pu
1
hsia 4 liang 2
1
;
je
ching4
hsia 4
lai.
29
Keep company with good men
learn to be
sorcery.
;
:
and good men

gods
if
you'll
But you must shoulder

ss Ken1
1
false
you follow
u a m U A. & m a & n m Ken tuan kung kang

*hao 3 jen 2 hsio 2 *hao 3 jen 2
1
chia 3 shen. 2
Note.
Tan hung or Ma chiao \}$)
JjP)
are mediums through
whom
the ido]s
are supposed to grant answers to praver.
30
Keep company with good men^ and good men you
will imitate
;
Keep company with

temple gate.
Ken1
.
beggars, and sleep outside some
.#
Ken1
& n mm m m
t*ao 3 fan 4
ti
1
*hao 3 jen 2 Hsio 2 *hao 3 jen 2 ;
A U A
31
pi
shui 4 naiao 4 men. 2
One takes the
colour of one's company,

;
Lit.
Near
vermilion one gets stained pink

stained black.
near ink one gets
AGENCY.
i
Chin4 chu1 che 2
I ioJE 1 f I mei che

tzii 8 ;
chin4
^hei.
32
One takes the odour
putrid fish you
11
of one's company.
;
Lit.
Near
11
stink
near the epidendram you
be fragrant.
i
fife
Chin4 pao 4 che2 ch'ou4
loHI
;
chin4 Ian 2 che2 hsiang. 1
i m
33
Never be with a bad man.
A i 7 Jen tuan pu
2 4
if
k'o 3 'ho 2 hsiao 3 jen2 tsai4 yi 1 k'uai. 4
>h
A & $
34
Initiate
Ssu-ma who
laid
up much
secret merit.
1
Fa 3 Ssu 1 -ma3 kuang3
m m n
% m m m kung.
chi 2 yin 1
Lit.
:
35
Putrid flesh
|pj
All bad alike.
is all
of a flavour.
Ch'ou 4 jou4 t'ung 2 wei. 4
& $
ft
Bfc
36
When
one sheep leads the
Yi1 yang2
way
fk fH
all
the rest follow.

chi.
4
ff
ch'ien2 hsing2
chung4 yang 2 f hou 4
^ & f
37
Look not
at thieves eating flesh, but look at
them
suffering punishment.
Mo4
MM
k'an4 ctfiang2 tao 4 ch'jh1 jou, 4
&
i*)
Ohih 3 k'an4 ctfiang 2 tao 4 shou 4
IP
tsui. 4
38
Follow the good, and learn to be
Ken1
so.
m u m n
*hao 3
hsio 2
*hao. 3
EXAMPLE.
39
When
white calico has been dipped in the dyeing vat, nobody can tell it from black.
Pai 2 pu 4 tiao 4
& m
old
ffi
tsai
a jan m kang k 40
4
3
ji
1
tsao 4 pai 2
6 n #
nan2
fen. 1
When
men
2
are not upright, they teach their sons

to be rogues.
and grandsons
s
* * Wei lao pu
Follow example.
ie
chetig
4
'
chiao 4
'huai 4
m tzS * .u
3
sun. 1
41
Lit.
:
Recite according to the book.

hsiian 1
kô. 1
Chao 4 pen 3
m * it 42
43
Follow example in drawing your calabash.

Chao 4 yang4 <hua4
<hu 2
lu.
He who
own
leads an ox to drink
must
ft
first
wet
his
feet.
Chîen1 niu 2 ^ho 1 shui 3 hsien1 ta 3 shih 1 chiao. 3
* ^ m
yK
% 44
Bad men leave their mark wherever they go. He who carries lime in a basket, leaves
wherever he
stops.
Lit.
traces
m n Lo
2
k'uang1 chuang1 shih 2
s^c ffiawi^^ yu
'hui, 1
tsai4 ch'u 4
chi1 wo. 1
45
The people follow the example of those above them.
Shang4 chih1 so 3 wei2 min 2 chih 1 kuei 1
il^
g ^ I 4 46
yeh. 3
When
a large vessel has opened a way, a small one to follow.
it is
easy for
AGENCY,
Ta 4
m m $ * * chm uan tV qhêng tsâo^ 47

o
f
*&
hsiao 3 ehûan 2
x m n pu yung kao.
4 4
They looked on the good as though they were inimitable 5 on the bad as on plunging the hand into
boiling water.
Chien 4 shan 4 ju 2 pa 4 chi 2
Note.
;
chien 4
o 4 ju 2 tân 1 tfang. 1
This was an old

vol.
i,
saying in Confucius' time, and
was quoted by him
as
applicable to several of his
own
disciples, as well as to others his contemporaries.
See Legge,
page 178.
48
Shoes
the Elder Brother's wife, are a pattern for the Younger Brother's wife to copy.
Sao 8 sao 3
made by
m m m m m m m * yu
tso 4 hsieh 1 shen 3 tzu 3
3
yang. 4
49
You have an
doing.
itching to do whatever
you
see others
i!
Note.
given
it
Chien4 jen 2
a m m m m m wo niao hou lung yang.

1
This is a very course, but very a free translation.
common
saying.
I ihave purposely
CHAPTEK
SO
Little
pillars,
it is
IV.
IMPOSSIBILITIES.
plain,
Cannot heavy weights
sustain.
^ & m Pa
4
ta 4 ch'i 2 tung, 4
ft pu4 nSng2 jen4 chung. 4
is
51
No
needle has two sharp points.
if 2$ Chen1 wu 2 lkng 3
Note.-The meaning
at once.
tôu 2
ffl
li.
of this
is
that
it is
impossible for a
man
to
do two things
52
To
force a
4
hen to hatch chickens.

3
& m m mu m % # pao An tao

chi1
3
rh.
53
m m m m Lai ma
4
toad propping a bedpost firmly.

'ha 2
3
tien 4 ch'uang2 chiao 3 ying 4 cheng. 4
mm
ch'iian.
2
K
To box
54
it
in the stern of a pair of trowsers.
K'u4 tang1
* n m
li 3
ta 3
55
Ants removing Mount
T ai.
Ma 3
m m pan m m
i
T<ai 4
m
Shan. 1
56
You
cannot shade
off
the sun's light with one Igind.
Yi 1 pa 1 chang 3 che 1 pu 4 chu 4 che4
-IE m m x
n.
jih 4 t*ou. 2
10
AGENCY.
57
Throw a
over a wall and you cannot say on which side it has lighted. n 2& R9 3S It
tile
Ko 2
chîang 2 tin 1
wa 1
wei 4 chih 1 yang 3 pû. 1
58
It is impossible to tell
what
is
in the future.
Lit. f
o:
One may
feel
but not see the hair on the back
one's neck.
*Hou4 keng3 wo1
% s 11 ? mao
li 3
mo 1
m
ft
4
te2 tao 4
* m km an pu
?
je
4 chien. 4
59
A
clever daughter-in-law cannot cook without rice. *5
Ch'iao 3 hsi 2 fu4 nan 2 tso 4
&
mm
wu2 mi 3
m * & &
on two
chih 1 chûi. 1
60
One
Yi1 foot cannot stand
boats.
chih 1 chiao 3 tao 4
m pu * n
61
3 2 to 2 liang chih 1 ch uan.

c
If
an ox won't drink, you can't make him bend down

his head.
* t> Niu2 pu4
'#
ctfih 1 shui 3 ,
an4 pu4 chu4
m*
ft
t'ou. 2
62
You
cannot clap with one palm.
fs Yi 1 ko 4 pa 1 chang3
a *
make
pâi 1
* & pu
hsiang. 2
63
A
single strand of silk cannot
make
1
a thread
soli-
tary tree cannot
a grove.
4 4
;
's
Tan
|
1
ssn 1 pu 4 ch*eng2 hsien 4
m * a
ma m ku * a # * pu
ch*eng 2
lin.
64
The materials used
in building a temple and its anterooms, are not the branches of one tree only.
IMPOSSIBILITIES.
Miao 4 lang2
# & m m z # * - mu
chih1 ts ai 2 fei 1 yi 1
f
chih 1 chih. 1
65
One man cannot do two yamen-runners' work.
Yi 1 shen 1 pu4 neng 2 tang1 erh4
yi 4
66
One man cannot manage too many affairs. Lit. : Like pumpkins in water, one pops up while you
press another clown.
7jC
Shui 3
1 an
li
ffi
*hu 2 lu 2 ni 3 ch
If,
5B o
r
wo 3
lo.
67
One bamboo
pole cannot reach the bottom.
Yi1 ken 1 chu 2 kao 1 ta 3 pu 4 tao 3
-'i
ft t^JB
68
;
tu.
Beyond
one's strength
as
Khta Fits
Fu4
He
race after the
sun's shadow.
Shih 4 pu 4 liang 2
Note.
li
4
;
ju 2 Kûa 1
chui 1
jih.
K*ua
Fu, desiring
to overtake the sun's
shadow, pursued
it
into
;
the
its
Vale of Yang \|^y) In this chase he grew thirsty. waters could not quench his thirst. He then turned
might drink the waters of T*ai-tse
thirst.
found a river
but
his steps
northward that he
(^
staff.
Dying, he flung down his
pp). But before he got there he died of Thereupon a heavy rain fell and coverforest
ed
it
over with mud.

li
From
it
sprang the bamboo
of Ting (&[))> which
overs ten
of ground.
Yu-hsio (ifo
4P>
Bk.
I.
Tien wen
(^
*$Q.
One
actor cannot perform a play.
Tu 2
sin
chiao 3 hsi 4
69
nan 4
châng. 4
70
- ? Yi ko
1
One
louse cannot raise a coverlet.

4
shih
tzti
H^g
3
atf
ting
pa
cbfi
pei 4 wo. 1
12
AGENCY.
71
How
can one pole build a great house ae te
Yi1
mu4
yen 1 neng 2 chih 1 ta 4
* * M
.
hsia. 4
72
This cup of strong wine
4
is
m m m - u yung Che
yi 1 pei 1
. 3
hard to swallow.
chiu 3
nan 2
mn
te 2
cMh. 1
&
73
Sandals for the same foot must be worn by different
persons.
Tung2
pien 1 tsâo 3 hsieh 2 fco 4 cffuan 1 yi 1 chih. 1
m m m # m 74 a % n ^ * jen pao nien

2
3
tt
Who
can secure a thousand-years' scheme
n.
Shui 2
it
2
te 2 chîen 1
chi. 4
CHAPTEE
75
V.
MODUS OPERANDI.
Would you yourself a perfect workman find, To an embroidery needle an iron pestle grind.
T*ieh 3
m & H # Jo yao kung m m m & w mo m kan

5fe
4 4
1
fu 1
shen, 1
it
chen. 1
chêng 2
hsiu 4
^hua 1
76
Save thoroughly,
Kill thoroughly,
if
if
1
you will you kill.

?&
2
$k
Chiu 4 jen2
a m m m o& a tao ou sha jen

chili
4 4
sha 1 tnan 4 *hou. 2
m m
77
Practice
makes perfect. Lit. The boxer's fist must keep to its task And the singer's mouth no rest must ask.
;
Chilian2
pu4
* m ^
li
o
;
ft
cfru 1
shou 3
78
Do
Tso 4
pu4
>
mi
li
n
kôuv3
Kill a pig,
thoroughly aught you set about kill him out and out.
m sha m * m m tW m sha chu m m

shih 4 tso 4 tao 4
1
tao 4 <hou. 2
79
Suppose your wish
is
to excel,
Before an expert practise well.
Yao4
a n m jen
o
in
te 2 kao, 1
ch'ien 2 ts'ao. 1
80
The
loftiest
4
towers
4
1
rise
from the ground.

ti
1
m m * m m Wan chang kao

lou 2 tfsung 2
ctti.
AGENCY.
81
Every thing
4
is difficult
i
at
first.
* * m m m Wan
shih 4
ctfi 3
t<ou 2 nan. 2
82
It is easier to
Chih 1
know how
fei
1
to
do a thing than to do
chih 1
2
it.
n m & m nan m n z wei

2
hsing 2
nan. 2
83
Easy
to look at
;
difficult to imitate,
o
Chien 4 che 2
% m m % m che nan. 84
yi 4
;
hsio 2
Whoever undertakes a task cannot repudiate the

sponsibility.
re-
Ling 3
i s shou ? ^ i m m * pu neng
ch*i
2 3
hsieh4 ctfi 2 tse. 2
85
What
one knows not how to do one knows how to do is not.
is
difficult
what
Nan2
% * # m che pu
2
o
;
<hui 4
*hui4 che 2
m # *"* pu nan.
4
86
What
is
earned with hard
labour
jg
<huo 2
is
eaten
with
pleasure.
Hsin1 k<u3
* e n & ao
r
fe
ctfih.
1
te2
k<uai 4
87
Draw
dog.
'Hua4
a tiger incompletely and
it
is
only like a
st
'hu 3
pu4
j*
ch'eng 2
chimg 1
it
lei
4
ch'iian. 3
88
A
hundred paths present a hundred
Pai 3 pan 1
difficulties.
& tao m
4
:&
pai 3
lu 4
pan 1 nan. 2
$ H
MODUS OPERANDI.
15
89
In hurry
it
is error.
3
Mang2
* m chung yu 90
1
ts'o.
Done
leisurely,
done
well.
shih. 4
Ts%ng2 yung 2 kan2 hao 3
&
m # n *
91
*ifl
Slow work produces

If
fine goods*huo. 4
Man4 kung1 chV
ffl
hsi4
92
Would you have a steady aim, bore through the rock
to the fountains of the sea.
3g *& Jo 4 yao 4 hsin1
o cttarig 2 chien, 1
S B
93
A
shan1
si
tso 2
tfurtg 1 Thai 2 ch*uan. 2
ft
Nine-storied terraces rise of bricks.

il z.
Chiu 3 tsêng 2 chih 1
by a gradual accumulation
m m i 94
t*ai
2
ch*i
yii
lei
t*u.
If
you
ferry at
all,
ferry right over,
Tu4
jen 2 tu4 shang4 an. 4
95
What
Pan4
is
done hastily
it mang2
m * *
a
shih 4 t'ai 4
chiu4
it
ch c
is
not done well.

ts'en1 cfra 1 liao. 3
yu3
i m t
steel.
96
Iron long fired becomes
>x
Chiu 3 ^huo 3
lien 4
2
m & m eng
97
is
kang. 1
Anything beyond
one's strength
never done well,
16
Fei 4
AGENCY.
ft 1}
li
pu4
^ M 98
4
t/ao 3
*5 (Mao. 3
When
the arrow
is
on the string
tf pu4
te 2
it
4
must
fa.
1
go.
Cbien4
% & sbang
tsai 4 bsien 2
* # pu
99
What
is
chopped has not the roundness of what
is
turned.
K an
c
m & yuan. mu a s dfe k

3
ti
te 2
ti
lOO
What you have
do without delay. Lit. : Wait till the Yellow Eiver becomes clear, and how old will you be ?
to do,
Teng 2
a m m *Huang
te 2
s* *Ko 2
effing1 jn 2 sbou 4 cbi 3

;
m a m m
:
*bo 2 ?
To bottom an
^" 1 ? 1
Lit.
affair.
To dig up a
tree in
search for the root.
Wa
Use
careful
it
1
shu 4 bsin 2 ken. 1
m m &
102
and
wt
all
reflection,
shrink from considering, and
all
things grow easy things grow hard.

yi 4
:
Yung 4
T*ui 4
i5
hsin 1
4
ft
cbi 4
f I pu
Hbi 2
s.
ssu 1
liang 2
m fa % I i I 1
cbiao 4
pan1 pan1
sbib 4
shih 4
nan. 2
103
Practice
makes
perfect.
it
kuan4 cl/eng2 tzu 4
& 104
.
m
Jan.
A novice
at the first attempt, an adept at the second.
lU
<kir
sh^ng,'
n m m
<'rh'
Yi
hui2
shou. 2
MODUS OPERANDI.
17
105
To do
or say anything
'
m # San pa
3
51
tAmg1
m m - w - w m *
pî
4
by instalements
yen, 3
yi 1 chieh 1 yi 1 chieh 1 ti 1 lai. 2
Note.
The
literal translation of this proverb,
more expressive than elegant,
I leave to readers of Chinese.
10s
Too many cooks spoil the broth. Lit.: Seven men, eight sailors, one is uniform the other
steersis not.
CM
-t
ffi o o sbao 1 kung, 1 pa 1 shui 3 shou, 3
& a # ^ % cM m
rii
3s o t> ô 3 pu4
m
ch'i,
107
The Same.
Lit,:
Seven hands and eight

42
.
feet.
Ctfi 1 shou 3
.
A ? pa
1
It
chiao. 3
108
as to seize a tortoise in a jar.
As easy
T*an 2 tzu
li
m * m wu m
cho 1
a.
kuei, 1
shou 3 tao 4
^ m cMng w m
2
na. 2
109
It is easier
than to blow dust

fei
4
off
4
anything,
Pu 4
* m m z u hui
ctf ui 1
1
HO
Ill
chih 1
li.
Too great
The same night that : catches a thief to the yanrnn he hurries him.
haste.
Lit.
he
Cho 1 tao 3
urn
ss
clxrang 2 tao 4 lien 2 yeh 4 chieh. 1
& m m
breaks the ch
To do
hurriedly.
Lit.
He
wg
in burn-
ing his incense,

Shao 1 hsiang 1
Note.
m
is
#r
ta
p*o 4
effing. 4
The cK'ing
a musical stone used
for ringing
on during worship.
112
Congee naturally thickens as
it cools.
18
Chou1
Note.
AGENCY.
m #
n
tzii
is
leng 3
jan2
warn
chôu. 2
against hurry or anxiety in
The
design of this proverb
to
doing anything.
113
Mistakes occur through haste, never through doing a thing leisurely.
Chih 3 yu3 chi 2 kuo 4
m it. i
To
fii.s
ti,
1
mil 2
t $ yu *huan
3
si
3
kuo 4
'
m
ti.
114
perfect diligence nothing
is difficult.
2
- Yi <Mn
1
5c
4
I'ien1
hsia 4
T wu I nan 1 I
2
sbih.
115
walk with a stately
step.
He who
hurries cannot
it Mang2
ft
hsing 2
US
;
m n $ wu hao pu.
2 3
There
is
is
nothing
that
men
the world the only fear will be lacking in perseverance.

difficult in
;
Shih 4 shang 4
wu2 nan2
shih 4
chih 3 p'a 4 hsin 1
pu4
chien. 1
117
thousand artisans a thousand plans.

=f-
IB
(Men1
ko 4 sbih 1 chuan 4
=f
ctfien
1
ko 4
mm
fa.
118
.
Easier said than done. %%

Shuo 1
m m * m * pu
te2
aj
4
ctfu1
lai,
tso 4
ch<u 2
lai.
CHAPTER
RESOLUTION.
VI.
119
Be
resolved and the thing
is
tffc
done.
Yu3
Resolution
it
iS
chih 4 che 2 shih 4 ching 4 ctfeng. 2
^ ^ % 120
* ^
1
3
is independent of great age one lives a hundred years in vain.
but without
Yu3
7m
j
chih4
iL>
ig
kao 1
;
wu2
chih 4
* a w * kûng chang
pai 3
pu4
tsai4 nien 2
121
Through
out
all his
ranges of spires the murex will force
ri ^ nPftrl
m m Lo
2
'm
shih 1
wan1 wan1
m m
chiu4 tsu 4
nifii
yu3 >&
ch'u 1 t'ou 2 lu. 4
122
Every task can be accomplished by a man of resolution.
wShih 4 p a 4 yu 3 hsin 1 jen. 2
c
m m
A
:
123
With ease a man of worth establishes a family and what is hard to the true superior man when he
resolves
?
Ta4
chang H :g Chen
1
5fc
4B
ch<i 3
%
chia 1
fu 1
yung2
&
Ir
yi 4
:
j-
jfc
li
jg
fa
||
nan? 2
chtin 1 tzu 3
chih 4 <ho 2
124
To do a good trade wants nothing but
resolution
;
to
do a large one nothing but application.
20
AGENCY.
Sbih 4 yeb 4 yao 4 bao 3 cbib 3 tsai 4 cbib 4
sbih 4
4
cbV
i yao I yeb l.* K | J

4
v
ta 4 cbib 3 tsai 4 cb in 2 lao. 2
125
Possessed of resolution a
thereby without it a the sweat of his brow.

;
man may make his living man must earn his bread by
a
;
Yu 3
# *
fe
ebib 4 cbib 1 cbib 4
3S
wu 2
cbib 4
&
126
One with
Heaven.
2
P*ing 2 sheng 1
5c
cbW
1J
li.
life-long resolution rivals the loftiness of
cbib 4
@ * H
cb
?
yii 3
tfien 1
S
kao. 1
127
He who
refuses to serve either king or prince is pos-
sessed of lofty resolution.
Pu4
X * i wang
sbib 4
.m
2
*hou 2 kaO 1 sbang 4
m 128
cM 2
M S
cbib. 4
The
first
thing a scholar does

Sbib 4
is
4
to establish resolution.
cbih. 4
hsien 1
% %
li
129
He
cannot see the river, his heart the dragon gate.
is
so set on leaping
Note.
Liang 3 yen 3 ping 4 pu 4 kuan 1
1,117
>&
bsin 1 cbib 3
Yi 1
In
wang4
1 m
fa
c
bo 2
shui, 3
ii
4
tfiao
lung 2
rc men. 2
this figurative
way
the resolution with which a scholar attempts to
gum
bis degree is set forth.
13 O
:
;
To be possessed of resolution. Lit. To open the hand in order to grasp the moon in the heavens to
plunge into the sea in order to seize leviathan.
RESOLUTION.
Shu1 shou 3
ju 4
shui 3
21
4
1 ^ # I i I ^ shang a % neng m m m chung * m

chin 4
cho 1
tfien
yiieh4
ao. 2
elfin 2
*hai 3
Note.
The
Ao
is
a fabulous sea monster, said

its
to
support the mountain
P'eng-lai
(3H 3^
[Ij) on
back.
131
Till
fisli
transformed into a dragon, the glittering-scaled never lost his resolution.

i%
Chin 3
lin
m wei * m &
2
pien 4 chih 4
ehâng 2
ts*un/ 2
SECTION IION ANIMALS,
CHAPTER
BEASTS.
I.
132
Although dogs together fight, They are very soon all right.
Kou
3
hsiang 1 ao, 3 yi 4 te 2 <hao. 3
133
The dog understands
3
his master's
mood.
i i a & Kou
134
The dog has no aversion
Kou3 pu4
t'ung 1 jen 2 hsing. 4
to a poor family.
m * m m %
135
in
hsien 2 chia 1 p*in. 3
Dogs have more good

have.
them than men think they

T> pu4
Kou 3 yu3
m M
MA
i
p
chih. 1
jen 2
13S
One dog barks at something, and a hundred bark at him. ~ jzjji M 2 is a 3 r m 3
Yi 1
ch'iian
fei*
hsing,
pai 3 ch'iian
fei
sheng. 1
3V
.
The dog guards the
night, the cock rules the morn.
Ch'iian 3 shou 3 yeh, 4

;
*&
ii
chi 1 ssQ 1 ctfen. 2
n m
138
and the dog comes and
*
tfi
The
cat steals the rice,
Mao
* pan m m m tzu
1
1
'
hi
tao j tseng, 4
m kou m
4
tsu 3
%n
eats
it.
Wi kan 2 tao 3 chang. 1
BEASTS.
23
139
The horse never turns
its
back on
its
master.
Ma 3
5 * $ pu 140
4
pei 4 chu. 3
Cavalry horses delight in

I* fiE Cheng1 ina 3
lien 4
battle.
IH
Sc
.
tou4 chan4
141
A
good horse resembles a superior man.
Liang 2
S ma Hits f
3
pi 3 chiin 1 tzu. 3
142
Men and
.
beasts are all alike.

yi 1
1
This proverb, which reminds one of the saying in the Book of Ec"so that a man hath no pre-eminence above a beast" is used sometimes to prevent cruelty to animals, and sometimes to dissuade from killing them
clesiastes
Note
Jen 2 shou4
a w - m pan.
143
for food.
" In a wind horses and cows don't agree." *B

Feng1 ma3 niu2 pu4 hsiang1
A H * * 144
3 2
chi.
The horse knows
his owner.
Note.
u The ox knoweth his owner,
$ n m i Ma neng
and the
shih 4 chu. 3
ass his master's crib." Isa.
i
:
The
r Stag, Phoenix, Tortoise,
3.
145
and Dragon, are the
four chiefs of birds
and
beasts.
Liu 2 feng* kuei 1 lung, 2 wei 4 chih 1 ssu 4
m a n
Ho m &
m
ling.
146
The impetuous steed won't brook
Hsin 4
restraint.
ma 3 yu 2
chiang, 1
pu 4
pi 4
shou 4 fang. 2
CHAP TEE
BIRDS.
II
147
The swallow's plastering up
4
its
yi 1
nest
is
labour
1
lost.
s m ? m % - châng % kûng. Yen

tzii
3
ihsien
ni
Note.
This
saying rests on the migratory
character of the bird for
its
justification.
148
nests for food.
hsia 4 shib. 2
The yellow hawk does not rob

ft *r *Huang2 ying1 pu4 ta 3 wo 1
* s t & 149
it
iff
sparrow
all
is
a
ti
little
bird yet
>h
has liver and gall
complete.
ft
Ma 2
Note.
details of
chîao 3 sui 1 hsiao 3

service.
kan 1 tan3
m m $
chii
4
ch^lian. 2
to the smallest
This proverb enforces the necessity of careful attention

any work or
150
In cold weather cocks crow at midnight. nt
'Han2
^ & m m pan yeh

chi 1
4
t<i.
151
Crows
ChV
& m m m % ya m - pan
chû 4 lao 3
1
are black all the world over.

yi 1
1
152
of the eagle.
^hei.
The crow does not devour fowls
they are the prey
*
Lacr ya
pu4
ifc ch'ih
m
1
Q
1
m m m
;
chi
kai 1 ying 1
ti.
153
ctfiu1
1
The
wild goose, brings the beginning of
Autumn.
if
Hsin 1
m yen m & *
tai4
lai.
BIRDS.
25
154
The heron
.
eats not heron's flesh.
4
Lu4
ssu 1
m ^ pu
cbW
m m *
la 4
ssii
1
jou, 4
155
goose's intention
2 3
Does the swallow know the wild

4
f
t a 'bung H ka I g I I cbV Yen cb

iao 3
cbib1
cbib, 4
SECTION
III. ON
BUSINESS.
I.
CHAPTEE
156
When two
Clay
Erb4 jen 2
is
BUYING AND SELLING.
partners have one mind,
into gold refined.
- A H -i&, | |
t*ung 2 yi 1 hsin, 1 'huang 2 t*u 3
pien 4 ch eng 2 chin. 1

r
It
,1
ma. 4
157
At market
flf
prices do your trade,
And mutual
ft
wrangling you'll evade,

fflo
chia, 4
f
ku 1
Shih 2 chih 2
J> pu 4
?#
te 2 hsiang 1
158
Where much pushing must be made,
There cannot be a lively trade,
Ch iu 2 mai 3
c
ch*iu 2 mai, 4 sheng 1
4
i
pu 4
k*uai. 4
159
Who
Hsien 4
does not ready money clutch, Of business talent has not much.
chîen 2
m pu * *o
4
cliua, 1
t> pu 4
shih 4 'hang 2 chia. 1
^ n m
160
In melon plots, picking and choosing, As one proceeds, grow more confusing.
Yiian 2
iji i
li
jk.
5
hsiian
kua,
yiieh 4 hsiian* yiieh 4 châ. 1
mm
161
If
no profit he espies, Where's the man will early
rise
BUYING AND SELLING.

Jen 2
27
a m m
wu 2
li
m>
hsi,
2
shui 2 k*en3 tsao 3 ch*i 3
-t
^ m
162
Hurrying along on both one's feet, Is all for clothes and something to
ffi
eat.
JE
ft
Liang 3 tsu 2 mang 2 mang 2
tsou, 4
*o M
Mr
chih 3 wei 4 shen 1 *ho 2 k*ou. 3
&
1S3
After a heavy fall of snow, Fuel, rice, oil, and salt, all dearer grow.
Ch*ai, 2 mi, 3 yu, 2 yen, 2
t m & s m * a # chang
Ta 4
1 hsiieh 3 fen 1 fen hsia, 4
tu 1
chia. 4
164
From
Comes
Chuan 4
ctfien 2
small profits and many expenses, a whole life of sad consequences.

3
m m shao m m &o~ shen & yung & shou & pen &
4
ehîen 2 to, 1 yi1
po. 1
165
Fortunes of thousands, of thousands ten, Cannot be made but by able men.
Chêng 2 ctfien 1
i
A * 1
lei
Mo
3
wan, 4 yao 4 yu 3
*r
m u chuan.
li
166
He plans less for profit than for quick returns, who Will buy a thing for three cash and sell it for two.
San 1 ko 4
4
h i i i i i i I mai/ ko t> m m p. m m # Pu u chuan

chfien 2
liang 3
2
chîen 2 mai, 4
2
t*u2
167
4
cfrien"
chih
k*uai. 4
Whenever you go abroad to trade, Of showing your silver be afraid.

ffi
ChV
wai4
* I
o
k*o, 4
tso 4
pu 4 yao 4 lou 4 po. 2
^ I 1 6
28
BUSINESS.
168
In fine weather he won't go out In drill he hawks cold jelly about In the sixth month felt hats he'd sell And in the first, door gods as well.
m Hang % m mai $ # * n mai m cbeng m n mai m mao men n %% % cban Lu

3c Tien 1 cmng 2 pu 4
4
*
4
as
chV men
1
;
ra
;
tîen 1 shih 1
fen
3
;
yiieb 4
ylieb
sben. 2
brisk trade is done in all directions in but no sooner does the new year come in than that trade ceases entirely, and he would show a very foolish inattention to the statt of the market who should attempt such a trade in January.
pictures of gods, etc. for the doors
;
Note.
In the Chinese
December a
169
You skim
with the broth make Without a word of consulting me.
the
oil,
free,
bi
ii
yu 2
>a
^bo 1
Pîeb 1 kâi 1
tWg, 1 pu4
m. x
u
3
yii
wo 3
hsiang 1 sbang* 1
170
Pay your
Drink
cash and take your grog
it off
and on you
3
;
jog.
liao 3 chiu 4 tsou, 3
r
% m Ksien
1
cbîen 2 *bou 4 cbiu
m m
cb
& Wt m
171
Profits equally share
Losses equally bear.

it Cbuan4 cien 2 kung1
%o
fen
1
5
cbe 2 pen 3 kung 1 jen. 4
m * & m
172
Buyers are esteemed Goods mere grass are deemed.
KV
sliilr*
pao;
:!
<huo 4
shih 4 ts'ao. 3
__
By entering
You'll escape
173
all that's
much
sold or bought, anxious after- thought.
Sui2 pi 3 teng1 cbang, 4 mien 3 'bou 4 ssu 1
m m
wt
m.
%.
& a
liang. 2
BUYING AND SELLING.
29
174
Though, you have twelfth month.
money do not spend
it
in the
Yu 3
If
m chm
f
ien 2
ino 4
h.
mai 3
la 4
i n
ytieb 4
*huo. 4
175
you would not be cheated ask the price
shops.
at three
ft
f
Huo 4 mai 3
1 H % *
san 1 chia 1
ft pu4 shang 4
t
tang. 1
17S
!
If a little cash does not go,

Hsiao 3 chîen 2 pu 4
Note.
you
db*ii,
much
4
cash will not come.

pu 4
lai.
2
ta 4 clîen 2
If
you do not expend a
will o-et none.
&
I3
little
money
in the entertainment of customer?.
177
get the big,
4
Use the
little to
>h
bsiao 3
m * tao
fi yin 3
ta. 4
178
Throw
a brick to allure a o-em, ti
P'ao 1 chuan 1
be
yii.
179
j
A man without
a smiling face must not open a shop.
A, $k Jen 3 wu 2
It
hsiao 4 lien 3 hsiu 1 k'ai 1 tien. 4
t1
180
Cheap things are not good
4
i
m"% pa * ^ n g Pien
a
;
good things are not cheap.

it
f
shih 4 *huo
shib 4
huo 4 pu 4 pien 4
* m %
i.
181
The melon
seller declares his
jk
melons sweet.
Mai 4 kua 1
m m sLuo
ti
1
JK
1
kua1 Wen. 2
30
BUSINESS.
182
Seeing a rush don't pursue.
Chien 4 k*uai 4
ft
Jt4
mo
kan. 2
183
After ten days' waiting above the rapids, you traverse nine provinces in a day.
Sbih 2 jih 4 tfan 1 tfou 2
may
it
m ^ tso,
4
yi 1
jih 4 tsou 3 chin 3 chou. 1

to
% m
Note. This and the preceding proverb point out the advantage by patient perseverance in trade.
be gained
184
There
is
a time to *r
$$
fish,
and a time
shai 4
to
2
dry
nets.
b
jih,
Ta 3 wang 3
wang 3
m m
'
shih.
185
Fuel
is
not sold in a forest, nor fish on a lake.

ff
hsin, 1
4 *hu 2 shang
Lin 2 chung1 pu 4 mai 4
# * * *
Great
m * pu
great risks.
ta.
4
as yu 2
m
yii.
186
profits,
Li 4 ta 4
m * m * 18*7
<hai 4
4
Use both such goods and money

w. 'Huo 4
as suit your market.

yung4
t
hsiao 1
m n m ma
188
t/ou, 2 ch'ien 2
m % m
ti
4
t'ou.
It is
easy to open a shop, hut hard to keep
it
open.
3 m % yung m % shon K 189

s
c
rs
3
ai x tien 4
yi 4
tien4
m nan.
Count cash as though

least mistake.
it
were gold, and so avoid the
tk
Shu
1
ch*ien2 ju 2
in
k*an4 chin,
* m pan ^ *hao m % m #0 pu
1
chVi 1
fen.
BUYING AND SELLING.
31
190
Better
sell for
fir
small profits than
fail
in business.
Cbe2 pen 3 pu4 ju 2
* X
to
chien 4 mai 4 'huo. 4
ft
191
You cannot
cheat one in the trade.
ft ft Z> It Nei 4 *hang 2 pu 4 shang4 tang. 1
192
When
a steelyard hgok
ends are drawn
is beaten into a out straight.
nail,
both
its
Chêng 3 kou 1 ta 3 ting 1 liang 3 ctte 3

Note.
proverb
ft
*r
tr
st
is
chih.
2
The
;
of iron wire
is
steelyard nook in question is formed by bending one straight piece straightened out again it assumes its former condition. Hence this applied to one who is neither richer nor poorer for his trading.
193
Wares
f
are
4
good and bad

3
3
prices his;h
chia 4
3 1
and low.
ti.
1
m m m n m # ô m yu Huo yu hao kao f 194

tai
A man may
may
A
When
Note.
be more vigorous than his luck be more unbending than his goods. SB. fr SS
or he
Jen 2 ch'iang 2 ming4 pu4 ch'iang; 2 jen2 ying4 huo 4 pu4

(
g * W
ying. 4
195
there
is
no
li
fish in
3 2
the river, shrimps are dear.

2
*Ho 2
n & m n wu
is
yii,
hsia 1
m yeh & *
kuei. 4
This
saying
sometimes applied to children, showing that daughters
are precious in the absence of sons.
19S
There
may
be trade to be done, and none able to do
4
Sheng 1
III, A| wu
i
it.
IS2
yu 3
lu, 4
jen 2
lu.
197
What
the customer dreads
is
to be taken in.
32
Mai 3
4
BUSINESS.
a ta % jen i 'huo n n k'o p'a 198

ti
1
shang 4 tang. 1
Bargaining
is
as necessary to trade as poling to a vessel.
Tsui 3 yao 4 cheng, 1 cfruaia 2 yao 4 chang. 3
199
Beady money can buy any
sa vt Hsien 4
& %
offieu 2
mai 3
^ M
tiling in
stock
sa *jt
hsien 4
c
H"
huo. 4
200
Bad
silver will
only buy old sow's

it
3
flesh.
m * ? M # ung mai mu 201

x
ft
1
yin 2 tzii 3
cbti
jou. 4
He
sings for joy

2
who makes
f
a profit easily.
3
m m t m m m m Te ya 202
liao 3 pien 4 ts ai 2 elrarig 4
tiao.
When
one cheats up to heaven in the price he asks;

to earth in the price
o
you come down

hs
?c
1
you
t
offer.
it
Man3 Wen
chiang 3 chia, 4
m m m m m 'huan 203
o
claiu
ti
chHen. 2
To
fatten the
mule and starve the

II
lo
2
horse.
BE
Fei 2 liao 3
tzu 3 shou 4 liao 3 ma. 3

iii
T %
o
Note. This refers to what is said to be common enough one partner's fattening himself at the expense of another.
China, namely,
204
Who
cannot catch
z> Pu'
U'r
fish
yir
must catch shrimps.

3
nm 4 % m
yell
te2 bsia. 1
205
In business
1
^ - uan M * yao H Sbeng

4
i
one must be perfectly

ft
2
affable.
cluing 1
yi1 t
*ho 2
*
cliî.
BUYING AND SELLING.
33
206
Every trade
Sheng 1
i#
i
lias its
ways.
lu.
4
207
ko 4
if yu3 tao 4
I i
He who can turn his hand to anything, has not the mind of a fool and stock which never lies dead,
naturally yields a profit.
Jen 2
A U i ft i& T* M pu pien *hna hsin > * is m m s m *huo pu sheng. 208

to 1
4 4
1
clfiin; 3
tîng 2 liu 2
li
tzii 4
There are customers for

3 4
1
all sorts
3
of goods.
s m * s % Pai 'huo chung par 209

To
sell
k'o.
a coupie of cucumbers in three da)r s.

35
t'ien
1
H
San1
fit
Hit
mai 4
liang 3 t'iao 2 'huang 2 kua. 1
H &
210
When
water
rises vessels rise
;
so rise
1
market
Tfr
prices.
* Shui
&
3
ch'ang 2
_
M ch'uan
4
m,
kao ; l
M & kao
t'ai
3
II
shih 4 chia. 4
211
High
prices attract sellers
1
from
?
afar.
m m m m % Chia kao chao yuan k

1
o.
212
One word now
will settle a bargain,
though
prices!
vary from morning to night.
Mu 4
-p-
tsao 3
w wei n & t - yen , m m x m wan' pu

hsia 4
yi 1
2
2
ting, 4
shih 2 chia 4
ung. 2
213
Buyers and
sellers dispute
over a single cash.
34
peg
3
BUSINESS.
W -^ n Mai mai
-&
4
>rt>
rs*
cheng 1 *hao 2
fm
ffl
]i.
21.4
chia 4
Dispute the price, but don't dispute the weight.

Cheng1
t* pu4 cheng1
2p
p*ing. 2
215
Buying
then
fresh fish
fix
and vegetables examine them
first,
the price.
1
m * * ** m Hsien yu
2
hsiao 3 tsâi 4
t*i
Ian 2 cho 2 chia. 4
216
Hold back your goods
be sure to
ft
sell at
for a
thousand days, and
you'll
a profit.
Fang4
te 2 chîen 1 jih 4 *huo, 4 tzii 4
n *
&
yu 3 chuan4 ch ien2
r
m m
j&
shih. 2
217
Ten thousand per cent
to one's
is
a cargo of wealth
and return
- * Yi pen
1
home.
3?
2
wan4
. 4
li,
man 3
1 1
-I
tsai 3 erh 3 knei. 1
218
For
profits as small as a fly's head, to
rush from east
to west.
Ying1
tW
II
hsiao 3
% * pen * W tsou
li,
hsi 1
tnng. 1
210
Just scales and
full
measures injure no man.

o
Ctfeng 3 p*ing 2 tou 3
3*
man 3 pu 4
m * m a
kûei 1 jen. 2
220
Don't buy every thing that's cheap, and you'll escape being greatly taken in.
kîfl
pu 4
Mai''
chin 4 pien 4
i * m i shang pu
yi 4
4
4
chin 4 tang. 1
BUYING AND SELLING.
35
221
He who
has patience to wait for a shoal of catch small ones if not large.
Nai4 fan 2, teng 2
ta 4 yti 2
4
fish,
will
m m m * m a m T> * * m pu k ^
te 2 ch*un 2
>i>
lai 2
yti 2 tao. 4
hsiao 3
yii 2
lai.
222
Own
brothers keep careful accounts.
Ctfin 1 hsiung 1
w & m % % ming suan

ti
chang. 4
223
Eelations or not relations, cash per picul.
my turnips are three hundred

4
n m pu * m m a * =. w m - st po san 224 Small trades make great profit. * ft chuan * ft Hsiao sheng
Chin1
1
chia 1
1
chîn1 chia, 1
lo 2
pai3 ch'ien 2 yi1
tan. 1
ta 4 cffien. 2
225
Even a dolt any one.
will not sell
under cost price to favour

ffi
Ch%2
11
<han 4
^ * pu pa pen 226
4
3
ft
3
A
;
jao 2 jen. 2
When you
must
Mai3
buy, buy genuine articles
and
fl
if
you
lose, lose as little as possible.

*huo 4
3
M M mai m. H % chen;
t6 2
* 227
f
1
che 2 pen 3 che2 te 2 ending. 1
Those
who make money make little exertion who make much exertion make no money.
Chuan4
t m chW * # n pu
4
those
ij
4
li
fei
li;
fei
pu 4 chuan 4
* m
m
cl/ien. 2
36
BUSINESS.
228
A
good customer won't change
shop lose
its
his shop, or a
good
customer, once in three years.
*F *Hao 3
*hao 3 tien 4
H ^ * #1 j san pu *huan H ^ ^ I | # )g san pu huan

kV
1
nien 2
tien,
nien 2
k*o. 4
229
Those who can do a good trade don't wrangle over
*Hui 4 tso 4 mai 3 mai 4 pu 4 cheng1 ya 2
t i i f ^ i
230
Lao-yeh
sells
mm
S
r
shui. 4
When Kuan
bean-curd, the
man
4
is
strong, the goods are weak.
Kuan1 Lao 3 yeh 2 mai4
^ S f
tou4 fu 3 jen 2 ch iang2 *huo 4
IA
KII
jo.
Note In the popular idea Kuan Lao-yeh or the god of war, was originally nothing but a bean-curd seller. As such he is represented on the stage. And this proverb is employed in telling a man that however fine a salesman he may be, his goods are not up to the mark.
231
Able to buy, don't so buy as to frighten the
able to
sell,
seller
don't so
'Uiui4
*hui 4
3
sell
4
as to frighten the buyer.

ft
3
M mo M mai M # mai # mai R M H. mo mai

4
p*a 4 jen; 2
ffi
A A
p*a 4 jen. 2
232
When
there
is
no
,
fish in
one spot, cast your hook
into another.
jit
lYu 3
ch'u 4
m wu ^ a m t m
2
yii
pieh 2 bsia 4 kou. 1
233
"Before you calculate on buying, calculate on selling."
Wei 4 suan4
* m M %
mai, 3 hsien 1 suan 4 mai. 4
BUYING AND SELLING.
37
234
Don't reckon on this year
year's
T>
s
bamboo, but on next

If
2
bamboo
t*u
2
1
sprouts.
2 2
3
Pu4
1 ^ ^ fi 4 1 * ^ chin nien chu, yeh nien 235

t'u 2 lai 2
sun. 3
A string of cash can but reach to the back of one's heel.

Yi 1 cttuan 4 cMen2 ta 3
Note.
cM 3
:
chiao 3
hou 4 ken. 1
a mere
trifle,
This proverb says in
effect
The
sum
is
not worth
contending about.
CHAPTER
CAPITAL.
II,
236
Two men
seeing eye to eye,
a -
yi 1
Having money gold can buy: Without money, though he try, One can but a needle buy.
)&
hsin, 1
Liang 3 jen 2
Yi 1 jen 2
- a ~ &
yi 1
pan 1
yu3
fiiiit
ctfien
2
kân1 mai 3 chin: 1
,&.
hsin, 1
pan 1
wu2
& m
chîen 2 kân 1
i mai i
t
3
chen. 1
237
Small profits on large capital are after all great profits on small capital are after all small.
;
great
* * m >h <huan a * * * * m * *huan 5t ^ >h pen

Pen 3
3
ta 4
li
hsiao 3
shih 4 ta: 4
hsiao 3
li
ta 4
shih 4 hsiao. 3
238
profits.
3
Great capital great
# * m * Pen 239
ta 4
li
ta. 4
You cannot
must have a couple

catch fowls.
trade without some capital. Lit. : You of grains of rice in order to
Dt
Ch*a 4 chi
S.J M yeh 4 yao 240

1
liang 3 k*o 3 mi. 3
*
4
No one can sew without a needle The same. Lit. one row without water. can no
:
^
# Fei
i\
chen 1 pu 4
31 yin 8 hsien
So
:
$k
4
wu 2
shiu 3
I *, * 7 pu
ta 4 ctfuan. 2
CAPITAL.
39
241
Though
boiled to ribbons the
Jou4 Ian 4
Note.
liao 3
meat
kuo 1
is still
in the pan.
tsai 4
li.
Applicable to stock
Union
in trade, or capital in
hand.
242
of capital
IWJ
is like
union of
IWJ
fate.
T'ung 2 'huo 3 pen 3 ju 2 t'ung 2 ming. 4
ft
in
fo
243
Having capital to open an eating house, the most capacious stomach.
Yu3
I
dread not
m m m m
A
ctfien 2 k'ai 1 fan4 tien, 4
Bo x &
pu4
p'a 4
ni 3
& * tu b m
ta 4
3
'ban. 4
244
Kan 1
f#
dry finger cannot

cbih 3 chia 3 tîen 3
lick
up
salt.
2
z> pu 4
jr
ch'ti 3
yen 2
m *
lai.
245
;
Without capital. Lit. : A farmer without an ox merchant without capital.

Chuang1
chia 1
m m *. n * wu niu; k*o wu 246

2
2
pen. 3
To get on without capital. and opens a mill.

ik
Lit.
He
2
picks
up grain
Chien 3 tao 3 mai 4 tzu 3
m & * m m m mo
kâi 1
fang. 1
247
To attempt
great trade without capital. Lit. : With never a single hemp thread in his hand, he thinks to make a dozen nets.
o 3 bhou shang^ mu-
-?
A hsm
a n - ft s m ken ma u hsiang - m m m is + erh ku wang.

te 2 yi 1
1
hsien, 4
li
ta 3 sbih 2
CHAPTE E
III.
DEBTS, CREDIT, BORROWING,
AND
LENDING'.
248
My
On
capital's small
and
I
profits slender,
credit
3
my
li
goods
4
can't surrender.
cftien4
4
# * m Pen
hsiao 3
m.4
tse,
x n & x pu 249
she 1
te.
;
Lend the man money if you have it to spare And if you have not, to be civil take care.
Yu3
It is
m m
ctfien2 chiang 1 cffien; 2

;
i.
wu 2
i i
ch*ien 2 chiang 1
Mm
yen 2
250
not considered debt when the interest has been paid Nor when the principal's paid back can a charge of fraud be made.
si *Huan 2
?i
li
pu4 wei 2
* Xo a * * a *huan pen pu wei 251

chîen ; 4
2
3
it
2
p*ien.
You borrow my
But through the up to dry.
ft
Chieh 4 Ban 3
4
umbrella,
to
thank
me
do not try
night, I'd ask you, please,
hang
it
% m m wu yuog
.
4
hsieh 4
4 chih 3 yao 4 liang ko 4 yeh. 4
k k
pass.
li
a*
a *
252
Iron or brass,
Let nothing
Note.
This proverb
Shih 4 tfung 2 shih 4 t%h, 3 yao 1
yi 1
pîeh.
advises to take whatever can be got of a debt.
253
Better take eight hundred than give credit thousand cash.

Ctfien 1 she 1 pa 4 ju 2 pa 1 pai 3 bsien. 4
for a
Mi
jn
"S"
DEBT, CREDIT, ETC.
41
254
Credit cuts off customers.
She 1 chang 4 tuan 4 chu 3 ku. 4
I i
255
!
1 i I
We
can deal with ready

credit
money customers
those
who
want
may
r
spare their breath.
Hsien 2 ch ien 2 chao 4 ku4 ; she 1 che2 mien 3 yen. 2
n m
h.
nr
25S
Better twenty per cent on ready money, than thirty per cent on credit. /
She 1 san 1
^ p m & h pu ju
4
2
hsien 2 erh. 4
257
Debt oppresses man. Lit. : The character chHen (debt) presses on the head of the character jen (man).
Ctfien4 tzii 4
A I X ? i jen
ya 1
2
'
tfou, 2
Note. This ingenious play on the word ch'ien, will be readily appreciated on an inspection of the way in which that word is written.
258'
I shall easily
get over this year's famine
plenty
it will
2
but in be hard for you to meet me.

;
my
^Huang1
Note.
refuses to lend
it.
jiien
yi 4
te
ko 4
shin 2 shou 1
nan 2 .chien4
jen. 2
Said by one in low water,
who
wishes to borrow money, to one
who
ffi
259
-If
If
any one wishes to enjoy the good will of his kind, let him sell on credit and never collect the money.
Shih 4 shang 4 jo 4 yao 4 jen 2 cluing 2 *hao, 3
ft
she 1
ctfii
m m A MK wu * Tbuo tt M M m mo ch u 260
'
ctfien.
One year borrows another years
food.
42
St Yin 2
2
BUSINESS.
niert
* $ J
ft
SC
chih 1 liao 3
P mao 3
nien 2 Hang. 2
261
He
will
tfc
ffl
even lend the plinths of his

Si
pillars,
it
51
ft
Tan1
tao 3 chiu4 t'ou 2 pa 3 sang 3 tun 1 chieh4 jen. 2
262
He who
checks his appetite avoids debt.
Jen 3
& m
t>
tsui 3
pu4
clfien4 chai. 4
263
To lend without prospect
throw
a fleshy
of
repayment
Lit.
To
Tiu 1 jou 4 ku 3 ta 3 kou 3 tzu. 3
$**#&?
264
:
bone at a dog.
The same. lings you
Lit.
If
will lose
you pelt dogs with meat dumpall and get nothing.

ch'ti
4
Jou4 chiao3 ta3 kou3 yu3
wu2
lai.
.265
Urged
to
pay he resembles a
tortoise.
1
Pi 1 te 2 hsiang4
m,
ft
wu1
& &
kuei.
Note. This very uncomplimentary saying indicates the difficulty (experienced more particularly as the ftew Year approaches) of meeting with a debtor. Like the tortoise when assailed, he draws in his head, and hides himself.
266
He
cannot pay his debts. Lit. ; If I kill him he has no skin if I scrape him he has no flesh.
;
Sha 1
8
*
tV wu 2
ft
&
#o
p*i; 2
kua 1
ft
tfa 1
as
wu 2
jou. 4
267
No
fear of dishonesty
;
the only fear

j?>
is
of penury.
ta
*Fo
;
ts
tlie
Pu 4
Note.-
p*a 4 chien 1
chih 3 p*a 4
& m mu
2
clfien. 2
Payment may
be compelled in
one case, not in the other.
DEBT, CREDIT, ETC.
43
268
When
Note.
sons.
the
man
dies the debt
is lost.
That
is if
*E
Jen2 ssu 3 chai4
Ian. 4
he leave no responsible persons behind, such especially as
269
A
son pays his father's debts, but a father will not recognise a son s.
Fu4
chai . ft x * & m huan, chai fu pu 270

4
tzii
tzii
chih. 1
Eather check your appetite than get into debt though penniless be patient.
Jen3 k*ou3
and
p
rivers
mo4
ft
is.
;
ch cien4 chai 4
m m wu
2
ch*ien 2 ch*ieh 3 nai 4 fan. 2
K m m
271
As the
pour their waters back again into the
is
sea, so
what a man has lent

Shui 3
2
returned to him again.

*hai,
3
* m yuan
be
liu
2
châng 2 chiang1 kuei 1 ta 4
fa
3c
chiao 1
?
wu4
a m * m m w chu i a huan
2
chin 4
jen.
272
Lend
to one
who won t
repay,
and
you'll
provoke his
dislike.
Chieh 4 chHen 2 pu 4
a * huan s s k chao
c
fan 3
kuai. 4
273
For criminals there are prisons
prisons for debtors
Chih 3 yu3 fan 4
?
;
where are there

ift
k w
him
3ii
tsui 4
w.
ti
1
;
na 3 yu 3 kai 1 chai 4
m w
ti
m %
ti
1
lao.
274
If
you owe a man anything there

ing
often.
is
nothing like see-
44
BUSINESS.
Cffien 4 cbai 4 pa 4
t>
ia
ju 2 cb*in 2 chien 4 mien.4
je
Note.
By
this
means
it is
it
supposed you will keep him in good temper.
275
&. 4
yi,
It is easier to
capture a tiger on the mountains, than to ask for a loan of money.

Sbang4 shan1 cbo 1 *bu3
m u
kâi 1 kôu 3 cbieb 4 cb*ien 2 nan. 2
m n
mm
tear
276
To borrow
of one to
pay another.
nt
cb*iang 2
Lit.
To
down
an eastern to repair a western

ib
,
wall.
sc
ft
pu 3
w
bsi
1
at
pi.
3
Cbe 2 tung1
CHAPTEE
FRAUDS.
IV.
Chia 1 chia 1
277
;
Dealing in smuggled wine is very much in vogue Who does so undetected is the clever rogue.
m n
If
inai 4 ssii 1 chiu 3
% %
Mo *
;
IB
pu 4 fan4
;
shih 4 hao 3 shou. 3
% U
3-
278
you get taken in say nothing about
Shang4 tang1 mo 4
it.
s m & &
2V9
tso 4 sheng. 1
With money
m * m Chiang cMen pu mai 2BO

1
in your
hand don't be taken

ft
3
in.
shu. 1
You may
article
4
;
a small quantity of an adulterated but you cannot buy a picul of the genuine.
sell
m n Mai
The
te 2 sari1
% n
Igfi
1
Q
rf
chia
mai3 pu4
u m m x n ~ tan
te 2
yi 1
chen. 1
281
priest
5fe
may run
away, the temple cannot.

T> pu4
liao 3 miao. 4
Tsou 3
3 liao3 *ho 2 shang, 4 tsou
ft
T m
Note Said of men, who, trading in their native places, where their shops or houses are situated, are in no danger of running away.
282
I shall
only be taken in this once.
Ch'ih 1 k'uei 1
m m m - m cbe 283
chili
3
4
yi 1 Tiui. 2
If you try to dye a
you must bear the unfavourable

standers.
genuine red with spurious colouring, criticisms of by-
46
BUSINESS.
Chia 3 yen 2 jan 3 chiu 4 chen 1 *hung 2

3
n i i m m & b A 4 M # yeb p'ang jen shuo 284

pei 4
11
4
se,
ffc
shih 4
fei.
To stand under
te2
a tree waiting for wind.

.
$ a m t teng # n shu Chan

4
hsia 4
feng. 1
for
Note.
This proverb
is
said to be
aimed at those who meanly wait
an op-
portunity to defraud others by specious offers of worthless services.
285
Ma 3
Ignorant of the jetties to pretend to be a porter.
m m wei * chao $
t*ou 2
4
ft
3
tao 3 chiu 4 tfiao 1
$ %
ft2
lo.
286
To pretend
that the house leaks in order to defraud the landlord of his rent.
ft
Chieh 4
wu1
a a m m m lou
4
p<ien 4 tien 4 ctfien. 2
287
Buy
a cheap thing out of another's hand and you'll
in.
be taken
ChW
To
follow the
1
& m #
ffi
kûei 1 shih4
chan 4 pien 4
m a
i.
288
Dragon Boat shouting
2
its cry.
m m lung m * m chûan m han hao Ken

tao 3
2
?
tzu. 3
Note.
This
is
said of or to
any one who makes a mere pretence of working.
289
If I
have cheated you out of one,
may
4
I die
a year
before
my
time >>
Shao 3
yi 1
ib,
ko, 4
tuan 3
& ~ m
yi 1
sui.
CHAPTEE
290
V.
PAWNING AND SURETISHIP.
Who consent as middle-men or sureties to behave, Accept responsibilities which are exceeding grave.
Tso 4 ehung1
m *
fit tso 4 pao, 3
&
tan 1 tai 4 pu 4 hsiao. 3
>h
291
Do
not be surety for one in custody, or for another man's debts.
Kuan1 pu4 pao 3

Note.
7*
is
jen, 2
K
:
ssu 1
U pu *
ft
pao 3
chai. 4
it
:
ft
u He that
is
surety for a stranger shall smart for
and he that
hateth suretiship
sure."
Prov. 11
15.
292
To be
surety for the arrow.
bow means
being surety for the
Chao 1 kung1 ju2 chao 1
m h m m m
293
chien, 4
Redeem one pledge with another, in pawn.
r
ft
still
that other
is
t * & tang * tang Tang tang 294

'
"
"
ti
<bnan 2
m
tsaf,
When. going
to
pawn
say nothing about

ft
tso 4 sbeng, 1
it.
Tang4 tang4 mo 4
& n
295
To do nothing
Lit. : To pawn, and but pawn. take out of pawn, and pawn again.
else
ft Tang4 tang 4
m
ctfii
ft
3
ft
tang 4 tang 4
&
ti
ft
tang. 4
296
Military offenders open small
pawn
shops
wealthy
men open
large ones.
48
fo Chun 1 fan 4
BUSINESS.
kâi 1 hsiao 3
>h
i ya 1
ts*ai 2
% m m % m chu
3
Jâi
tieh 3 tang. 4
297
The axe
wood.
strikes the chisel,
and the
chisel enters the
Fa3
Note.
the debtor.
II
tta
3
tso, 2
,tso
$ A mu. I ju
2
The axe represents
the creditor, the chisel the surety, and the
wood
298
All middle-men prompt you to increase your offer where is the middle-man who will assist you with
his
money
Chin 3 yu 3
vna 3
k w m m w & chm m yu
3
2 tîen 1 chîen
chung1 jen 2
tîeh
ien
* *
a a
chung 1 jen 2 ?
299
He who
bility.
can recommend another has great respecta-
Chien 4 cbu 3 mien4 tzu 3
m w ? *
'
ta.
300
"
A man
is
better than a pledge."
Tang4
'A
jen 2 pu 4 tang 4 wu. 4
* * 301
ft
" Middle-men hear no responsibilities
and
31
sureties
pay no debts."
Chung1 jen 2 pu 4
* A
T>
t/iao 1
So
tan
1
302
1
pao 3 jen 2 pu 4 *huan 2
A *
St
ctfien. 2
The middle-man
settles the bargain. Lit.
The words
drop from the middle-man's mouth.

*Hua4
+ A m $ chung jen
lo 4
P
2
k*ori.
DEBT, CREDIT, ETC.
49
303
A
firm-shouldered surety.
Ying 4 chien 1
w n m 304
ti
1
pao. 3
You may be
Pao 3
Note.
surety for a general's going into battle can you be surety for his coming out ?
% m
4 1 te 2 chiang cbiin 1 chin

is
Mo
;
pao 3 te 2 chiang1
% % m
;
chiin 1 chû 1 ?
% m
This proverb
of general application.
305
Selling land sell the house on it man to settle your bargain.
and
invite a middle-
Mii 1
I. maj chW
chi 1
4
If
c
5
ch jng 3 chung1 shuo 1 loot
Wt
&
CHAPTEE
TRADERS.
VI
30S
All unskilful fools,
Quarrel with their
tools.
'<i
Tzii 4 chi 3
wu 2
neng, 2 fan 3 t'ui 1
i. R
wu4
tun. 4
307
Beat your gong, your candies vend
;
Each must
Ta 3
to his trade attend.

tfang^
;
M
lo*
mai 4
ko 4 yu 3 yi 1 *bang. 2
m - n
308
Bachelors to talk of books incline Pork butchers delight to talk of swine.
Hsiu4
o m # & & m * & shu an 309

ts ai
r
tfan 2
t<u 2
<hu 4 t
elm. 1
One, like the letter hung, which can never raise its head, Can only for one mouth alone secure daily bread.
Kung1 tzu 4 pu4 cVu1 tfou, 2 chih 3 neng 2 yang 3 yi 1 Note. A slight inspection of the character kung (workman)
ingenuity of this pun.
i ? ?
in
i.
mm
n
-k ou. 2
r
will
show the
310
On new
Feng 2
nien 2
and on a feast, Every kind of work has ceased.

year's day,
i ^ i
yii
S.
chieh, 2
pai 3
I I kung
-
KB
1
tu 1 hsieb. 1
311
No men
ivs uie uroi^ne 1-K.e eper
occupy so degraded a position, act or, a uu i o\v musician.

,
iS
Shih
4
ffl
p
1
chien
chih
bsi4
Wang4
pa 1
A m
r\ Wl yu3 san 1 pan 1 ? Pfc

tzu 3 ctfni1
m m %
ch*ou, 3
ku-'
shou. 3
312
Tîao 1
lo 2
tfai
2
TRADERS.
51
Porters and chairmen, without delay, Soon as the job is done, want their pay.
m m & t m m
313
silversmiths decline to steal,
cbiao, 4 bsieb 1 bsia 4 chiu 4 yao. 4
When
Their families starvation feel When tailors cabbage do refuse, Their wives are minus drawers to use.
ft
Yin 2 chiang4 pu 4
Ts<ai 2 feDg 3
E *
ffi
t'ou 1 yin, 2
m M o
o
ft
ssu 3 yi 1 cbia 1 jen 2
- m A
te
2
pu4
tW
pu, 4
fu 4 jen 2
314
mo 4
k*u.
When husbandmen have stored their They go to law, or build again.
grain,
m m % sbou jr 7 m ^ tf t * WL S M Pu kuan wu.

Hsiang 2
4
li
lao 3
liao 3
ku, 3
ta 3
sbib 4 chiu 4
kai 4
315
To
If
learn to play the
fife
you don't want

2
to sit
2
and drum steadfastly decline, outside, and to sip cold wine.

pjc
3
s a n $ m ^ Wei jen ku fe yen n pa ^ ts Tso

roo 4 bsiao 2 cbûi 1
fc
sbou, 3
cbieb 1
^bo 1 leng 3 cbiu. 3
316
To
is:
his books a teacher

pigs, a
His
Chiao 4 hsiao 2 pu 4
m * m shu
li
must ever adhere poor man must continue to rear.

:
1
:
clrmng 2 jen 2 pu 4
m a *m m
li 2
chu. 1
317
Better be master of one than Jack of
Pai 3
all trades.
sm
i
wu 2
&,
p - m m ju
2
yi1
cbing. 1
52
BUSINESS.
318
Every man
to his calling.
Lit.
:
Separate hongs are
like separate hills.
Bl
Ko 2
'hang2 ju 2
in
N3
lU
ko 2 shan. 1
319
The same.
Lit.
:
The
shui 3
river does not overflow the well.

4 4
'Ho 2
* m # * m * pu fan 320
ft ff Tang1 hang 2 yen4 tang1
r
ching 3 shui. 3
Two
of a trade hate one another.
n
*hang. 2
321
There
mutual love between men of a creed, mutual jealousy between men of a trade.
is
Tung2
tao 4 die 2 hsiang 1
ai,
ung 2
che 2 hsiang 1
chi.
322
Serve but a day and you are a slave deal in ever so small a way and you are a merchant.
;
Pang 1
chien 1 tfiao 1 ssu 4 liang 3
@ n % M m n m wei
H
jen 2
yi 1
jih 4
A -
wei 2 hi 2
2
k*o. 4
323
The fisherman must not
M! ft fo ft Ta 3 yu 2 ti pu 4 li2
1
desert his boat.

41!
ch<uan 2 pien. 1
&
324
There
is
room
for all sorts of traders.

;
Lit.
Many
boats do not stop up a channel not block up a road.

Ch*uan 2 to 1
many
pu 4
vehicles do
pu4
ai 4 chiang^
cl/6 1
to 1
ai 4
hi.
TRADERS.
53
325
Every one
his
Lit : The priest reverts monastery, and the merchant to his shop.
to his calling.
to
fa
ffi
If
Ho 2
ô
shang 4 kuei 1 ssu, 4 k'o 4 kuei 1
IS
tien.
4
326
hsia 4 shao. 1
all
Pork butchers and dog-slayers will come to no good end.

Sba 1 elm1 po 1 kou 3 wu 2 yu3
Note.
& m m & w t m
327
in j! Mai 3 mai 4 ju 2
In this saying vegetarians predict the sure punishment of
who
indulge themselves in flesh meat.
fr
Patience
is
Traders are like priests.
ft
hsiu 1 hsing. 2
the virtue needed
Note. u Priests"
i.e.
virtue cultivators.
by
both, and the one here inculcated on tradesmen*
328
Trading with petty hucksters, don't banter them down too much.
Yii 3 ehien 1 tfiao 1
mao 4
yi,
wu 4
chan 4 pien 4
i.
329
though long
j> ta pu 4 p*a 4
pien 3 tan 4 liang. 2
is
cloth huckster fears not your measure,

as a carrying pole.
Mai 4 pu 4
* m
ti
n a i
Note. You cannot outdo the tallyman. If he uses your measure, which longer than his, he charges you a higher price.
330
An
eatinghouse-keeper does not care
is.
how
3
large your
stomach
Kâi 1 fan 4 tien 4
m m
)g
ft
ti
1
* ta pu p a 331
4
r
f*
4
at
tu 3
ni 3
?
tzii
ta, 4
Three raw hands are unequal to one good hand.

San 1 sheng1 kan 3 pu 4 tao 3
h & m x m - m
yi 1
shou. 2
54
BUSINESS.
332
Who
keeps the hills, burns the wood stream drinks the water.
;
who keeps
1
the
'
Kuan3
iu
shan 1
^ sbao 1
ti
1
io
1
ch'ai 2
kuan 3
fir
m
ti
'
'ho 2
chW
*.
shui.
333
Farmers naturally
realize
4
3
enjoyment.
lo.
4
m
There
is
J'ien 2 chia 1
a w n m tzu yu 334
a senior wrangler in every calling.
ft
ft
'Hang2 'hang2 ch'u1 chuang 4 yuan. 2
&
335
A man of many trades cannot rear
a family.
m% * m m pu yaug
I4
to 1
4
3
chia. 1
SECTION.
IV ON DOMESTIC CONCERNS.
CHAPTEE
336
Sow-thistles bitter, or
oil
I.
FOOD AND CLOTHING.
made
hot,
is matter of taste to eat or not.
Je4 yu 2 \i s
I I f
ts*ai,
I, 4
ko 4
1 A
&..
sui 2 jen 2 ai. 4
337
Omit
to stretch yourself after each, meal,
And lumps
in your throat you'll certainly feel.

pu 4 ch'eng1 yao, 1
pi 4 ting 4 shih 4 *hou 2 pao. 1
ChW
fan 4
338
The cocks the morning greet
My
stomach
is
replete
The cocks sound forth the noon I must be eating soon.

Chi 1 chiao 4 tsao, 3
tu tzii 3
pao 3
*&
Chi 1 chiao 4 chung, 1 tu 3
**
at
* s tzu
3
kûng. 1
339
Of things to use and to refresh us, Money and salt are the most precious.
p&
Ch%
ffl
yung 4 chin4
m 5c t m # m % T %
tîen
1
chin 4 tîen 1 hsia 4 yen 2 hao, 3
hsia 4 ch*ien 2 hao."'
340
Don't eat the liver or blood of swine Shrimps and tortoises also decline.
;
56
DOMESTIC CONCERNS.
Chu 1 pu4
Yii'
n * W P ft * pT pu kV - 341
k<o
s
Iff
JfiL
cli'ih
|)fc
kan1
bsieh 3
ss
& gE
ch'ih 1 ksia 1 pieh. 1
On a journey never mind what progress you are making; At a meal consider not how much food you are taking.
ft
Note.
Hsing 2 pu 4
ft
chi 4
this
;
g&o
In 4 ;
is,
shih 2
& ^ pu
ft
4
tk
chi 4 shu. 4
The meaning of
proverb
sider the satisfying of
hunger
and
that, in travelling,
that you should, in eating, only conyou should not annoy the
skipper or driver with questions about the distances.
342
Three meals will save a man from want Freedom from rags three suits will grant.
* m m m san h m pu At # m h # * pu yu
Fan4 yu 3
I1
3
1
tsân 1
o4
san 1 chien 4
343
He
To
Ku 4
o.
who cares for his belly much more than his back, face friends in his rags is uncommonly slack.
x m m pa
tsui 3
:
it
ku4
shen, 1
# m m a p o nan 344
#o
i 1
f
tui 4 jen. 2
Clothes can't be made an inch too long Boots must not be a fraction wrong. ft -to
# * ctfang g
I1
pu4
2 ts*un 4 ; hsieh
m pu * m chV
4
fen.
345
In dress and food do not break rules. aa f* ft
Ctfuan 1
ch
* m m pu
r
ih
fan 4
346
Do
not covet for
beasts
fan 4 t<iao 2
lu. 4
the mouth and
belly,
and
so slay
and birds without

4
P t kW Wu
t/an 1
2 fu2 erb
RSSI
tztt
restraint.
ft
sha 1 sheng1
*
ctfin.
FOOD AND CLOTHING.
57
347
First secure food
-.ft
;
then secure clothing.
Hsien 1 ku 4 sbib 2
-b
*.*& bou 348

;
h;-#
4
ku 4
i.
Though breakfast be good, dinner

Cb'in1 cb'en 2
4
is better.
3
n wu m m fan m &., * * * & m pa 349

bao, a siian 4
4
te
'bou 4 pao. 3
Only eat fresh p*
fish
Yii 2
tfc
cbW
and ripened a, pi
rice.
.
hsin 1 hsien, 1
mi 3
chW
shu. 2
350
;
Viands have various flavours what pleases the palate

is
good.
Wu4
When
rice is
ft
wu 2
ting4 wei, 4
&
flfco
shih 4
P
c
351
k ou 2 che 2
chen, 1
not well cooked it is because the steam has been unequally distributed.
.
Fan 4 pu 4 shu 2
i 7 t 7 i cM pu
^J
4
yiin. 2
352
;
Eustics feast twice

feast,
year after the they look for the harvest-home,

a
;
new
year's
Hsiang 1
IA^.^ M ^ m m m ch% j chW

H
ni 3 jen 2
HI
*
;
yi1 nien 2
"
Hang 3
*hui 2 yiin 1
gt
liao 3 nien 2 fan4
wang 4
m
T
bsin.
353
Our daily bread depends on Heaven.
CMh
m m n ^
1
fan 4 k<ao 4
t'ien. 1
354
Clothes and food are daily mercies.
& fan m m
I1
4
sui 2 jib 4 sbeng. 1
58
DOMESTIC CONCERNS.
355
A hungry man
jit
is
glad to get boiled wheat.

4
Tu3
chi 1
* m m hao m m mai m mi
ch'ih 1
4 4
fan. 4
35S
Eyes must be closed to swallow maggots
Pi4 yen 3
Note.
in one's food.
m mao % m m chW
357
doling. 2
&
This
is
used to complain of the dirtiness of any sort of food.
Feed moderately on wholesome food

surpass rich viands.
[Yin 3 sbih 2 yo 1 crh 2 ching 1
garden herbs
fc
f m
is
it
o
;
ii
yiian 2
m & chen m m
su 1
yii
4
1
hsiu.
358
There
Yi1 ken 1
ts
r
dew
for every blade of grass.

ti
1
ao 3 yu 3 yi 1 ken 1 tsâo 3
la 4 shui 3 yang. 3
359
When
the wild bird lacks food, him.
if Yeh 3
Note.
to the beast bis food,
all
the earth
is
before
cfriao 3
This beautiful saying reminds one of the Psalmist's words "He giveth and the young ravens which cry." Ps. 147 reminds oneâlso of our Lord's words "Behold the fowls of the air: they sow
to
:
$ wu & m
2
5c
liang 2 tfien 1
i i
ti
4
kûan. 1
9.
It
for
not,
neither do they reap,
feedeth them."
nor gather into barns Matt. 6: 26.
yet your Heavenly Father
360
Fresh food
II
is
fragrant
stale food stinks.

2
Hsin 1 shih 4 hsiang
to
1
I ^
;
cliên
sbih 4 cr/ou. 4
361
The more you eat, the the more flavour.
To 1
less flavour
;
the less jou eat,
pi? cttih 1
>p
shao 3
tzil
m % wei
1
Q
4
;
>p
shao 3
ch% T
m % m m
to 1
tzil
1
wei. 4

FOOD AND CLOTHING,
59
362
Whatever
will
pi
fill
your belly
1
is
good
3
food.
Wu
% kV chûng
3
3S3
cfrang 2
% n s chieh mei
1
shih. 2
We
scheme
night.
for three meals per day,
and
for
one sleep
by
B .Jih 4
t*u 2
'*..'
IB
hsiii.
3
san 1 tsân, 1 yeh 4 tfu 2 yi 1
364:
The month
is
an unlimited measure.
P
K'ou 2
shih 4
1 wu 8 Hang 1 ^
2 2
ton. 3
365
Dress makes the gentleman or lady. 3c ft
w Yu
jta?
pan4 pien 4 ctfeng 2
& m $ a
366
jen. 2
To don the hat and body likes.
sport the girdle
is
what every-
Ting 3 kuan 1 su 2
A M 3 I ^ f jen
tai 4 shih 4
367
out for show.
ai.
Those who go swinging and strutting are only dressed
Yi 1 yao 2 san1 pai 3
- m h m
man
f
ff
shih 2 pâi 2 châng
368
As
a house needs
clothes.
to set it
off,
so a
man needs
Wu
I yao I A
1
JIo A
jen 2 ch en, 4 jen 2 yao 4
IS
i
1
ctfen. 4
CHAPTEE
369
To make a family prosper,
in clay
is
II.
HOUSEHOLD AFFAIRS.
like digging
with needles
To bring a family bank away.
to ruin,
is
like
washing d sand-
sz in $t Hsing1 chia 1 yu 2 ju 2 chen 1

4
m & & m yu m & * m m Pai ju m

tfiao 1
tfu 3
chia 1
shui 3 tfui 1
chou. 1
370
A A
grown tree spreads its branches wide grown-up household must divide.
Jen 2 ta 4 fen1
chia 1
5
shu 4 ta 4 fen 1
ya. 2
371
The
Is
hall
which no ancient pictures
grace,
not the
T*ang 2 chîen 2
1&#3fctfA
wu 2 ku 3
hua, 4
home
of an ancient race.
pu 4
shih 4 chiu 4 jen 2 chia. 1
372
If
you want
to get along,
Let the old respect the young.

Yao 4
m n
#
hao, 3
te 2
lao 3 ching 4 hsiao. 3
% m
>>
373
Whene'er one family comes to grief, A hundred families send relief.
~ *'*'.
1
iff
Yi l chia
pu4 kou, 4 pai 3
chia 1 hsiang1
ft
tsW 4
HOUSEHOLD AFFAIRS.
61
374
By three days' early rising one clay's work you gain And from asking any favour you can well refrain.
*H I & M san IT tang kimg % If $ A m t n Mien jen
Tsao 3
3
cffi
jih 4
yi 1
1
;
te 2
ctfiu 2
lo 4
hsia 4 feng. 1
375
Domestic
foibles
%
When
Chia 1 ch'ou 3
families quarrel, outsiders deride.
li
must not be spread abroad.

rt
4
m * pu
4
(
k'o
wai 4 yang. 2
;
* m
a m
376
fn
#i>
Chia 1
* m n pu
ho 2 wai 4 jen 2
ch'i.
377
line.
4
Better establish a branch, than cut off a
^ Ning
Perfect
pT
2
J&
k<o 3 chêng 2
Note. You must perpetuate own or an adopted child.
T> "ST l& 1 2 pu 4 k*o 3 pai 4 yi fang, yourself in some way or other,
Wo
- P
yi 1
*hu.
either through your
37S
harmony
in a family
removes
all restrictions
of speech.
Yi 1 tûan 2
To bring disgrace and ruin on the
*ho 2
ft
M M m
ch% 4 pai 3 wu 2
.g
379
f*i
chin 4 chi. 4
door.
m Tso
Tang1
'&
4
te 2 ju*
m.
pai 4
(
f
hu. 4
men2
380
Every household knows when
salt
and
3
rice are dear.
t M
Wk
chia 1 ts*ai 2
*ii chih1 yen 2
% H mi
ft
kuei. 4
381
Quarrelling for superiority will gradually destroy the affairs of a family.
62
DOMESTIC CONCERNS.
Hsiang 1 lun 4 cfreng 3 ying 1
*hao, 2 chia 1 ehi 4
chien 4 chien 4
t*ui.
382
Fair maids and lovely concubines endanger family happiness.
'
n n * Pi mei ch
4
3
f
ieh 4 chiao 1 fei 1 kuei 1 fang 2 chih 1 fa. 2
s;
s i s
383
Who
takes in his son-in-law brings trouble into his house. Lit. : He calls in his son-in-law to play the
mountebank.
Chao 1
Note.
m m m pan pa
nii
2
hsii
hsi.
The maiden
ought,
of course, to leave her father's house and go to

is
that of her husband.
The
opposite course
sure to result in scenes.
384
;
When any
one in a family breaks the law, the sin
is
laid to the
blame of
its
3
head.
3 tsui 4 tsai 4 chia 1 chu.
Chia 1 jen 2 fan 4
m a m m m m
fa,
385
Family
quarrels.
Lit.:
One domestic demon mocks

**
another domestic
sprite.
Chia 1 kuei 3 nung4 chia 1 shen. 2
% & 3 % 386
Tffo
;
One who can

I
speak, speaks of markets speaks merely of household affairs.

*Hui4 shuo 1 shuo 1 tu 1 shih 4
one
who
can't,
Bfc
m M
pu 4
M n * # wu shuo
*hui 4
1
1
li.
387
;
It is
easier to rule
kingdom than
to regulate
family.
Kuo 2
b ^
yi 4
#.
chih,
chia 1
% nan m m
2
chî.
HOUSEHOLD AFFAIRS.
63
388
"
The goodness
halls,
of a house does not consist in its lofty

its
but in
excluding the weather

;
the fitness
of clothes does not consist in their costliness, but
the use of food does in their make and warmth not consist in its rarity, but in its satisfying the appetite the excellence of a wife consists not in her beauty, but in her virtue/'
;
m M ^ & # m * fu pu t> & f: & yin pu i i ^

Fang2 wu1 pu4
1
i
tsai
tsai 4
ling 2
shih 2
tsai 1
ffi
clfii
cM
pu4
tsai4
^ m m n pu lou pien & p * nuan fi m pien n *hao m m u % t, - pao chen I fi. hsien r fi pien u & yen 389
m
!t
kao 1
tfang, 2
4 4 4
*hao 3
3
lo,
*ho
hsiu, 1
yi 1
pien 4 *hao 3
4
se,
t 2
*hao. 3
Stupid wives and disobedient children no manage.

Ctfun 3
man
can
cM 1
i i ? wu i a ^ s 390
ni4
tzii 3
2
fa 3
k<o 3 chih. 3
When
a family
is
2
in a
as
fix,
out comes the cash.

pg
ehia 1 men. 2
m CMen
chV
chi 2
& m
~ 391
Everything prospers in a united family though events do not happen according to men s calculations.
;
Chia 1
'ho 2
wan 4
shih 4 hsing, 1 shih 4

;
pu4 yu 2 jen2 suan. 4
392
In a united family happiness springs up of

Chia 1 <ho 2
itself.
fii
tzii
sh&ig. 1
~
fellow
393
The family regulations of a self-complacent lazy must be very much out of order.
64 Tui
1
DOMESTIC CONCERNS.
to 4
tzil
a4
kan1
t m m
chia 1
tao 4
&m
pi 4
so.
394
He
more time with the dawn.
gets little
for sleep
who
to 1
refuses to rise
?c
'Tien 1 liang 4
^ ^ pu
;
fio
4
I
shui 4
ch% 3
7> pu 4
I I
shih.
395
dis-
The
loss
of one night's sleep entails ten days of
comfort.
Yi 1 yeh 4 pu 4 mien, 2
~ * *
IRo
shih 2
B
jih 4
J>
pu4
%
an. 1
!!
CHAPTER
III.
MASTERS AND SERVANTS,
If
396
you don't come it's no matter to me But if you do, serve obediently.
fa Ni3 pu 4
fi?
* ^ n * g wo
lai 2
3
pu 4 kuai4
3
3?
Ni3 yao 4
S wo ^ $ * shou
lai
2
chieh. 4
397
Your wood IVe no desire to My axe I want to shelter
Pu 4 yuan4
^ i
cffai 2 tfou 2
I 1 io K
p*o 4
;
split
it.
chih 3
yuan4 fu 3
iîi
tfou 2
tfo.
1
is
Note. This is said by a servant desiring said by a master desiring to engage a servant.
dismissal,
as the preceding one
398
When a servant conceives it hard He becomes your foe if not sent
to stay,
away.
CM
fe
&
3
hsin 1 jen 2
A H
nan 2
8.2
liu,
liu 2 hsia 4 chieh 2
& T &
yuan1
ft
chôu. 2
399
To the man submit, At whose board you sit.
J*
P*eng 3
ft
tfa 1
Bfeo
JR
fli
wan, 3 iu 2 *hua 4 kuan. 3
400
Had
I
been of you
afraid,
had
with you a marriage
made
have with you a marriage made,
afraid
chia 4 ni 3 pu 4 p*a 4 ni 3 P*a 4 ni 3 pu 4 chia 4 ni 3 Note. Having engaged to serve in any way, he, or she, shrinks not from
!
!
am
then of you
fa
the
fa t>
fa
fa
t&
responsibility.
66
DOMESTIC CONCERNS.
401
A stick's a stick whether short or tall A man's a man whether great or small.
Chiang 2 tuan 3 shih 4 ken 1 kun4 ; ta 4 hsiao 3 shih 4 ko 4
Note.
m % m
>j>
& m a
jen. 2
This
is
the indignant complaint of a slighted employe.
402
He who
2
to be obliging tries,
Is sure of
4 2
work where'er he
2
hies.
4
a m m # Mo m m m n m ch*u Jen yao wan te yung

*huo, 2
4
ch*u4
te 2
cho. 2
403
To
he is ready to embrace He'd throw him he does not want down any dangerhis breast the
:
man he wants
ous place.
m a pao m mm * f a m # & m Pu yao

Yao 4
4
jen 2
4
tsai 4 *huai 2
li
jen 2 tiu1 tsai 4
ai 2
li.
404
Nourish a sick but never an idle servant.
<H Yang3
ping 4
^ 31 H M pu yang 405
4
3
hsien. 2
Hurry men
at work, not at meat.

tsûi 1
shih.
2
TsW
kung1 mo 4
406
In a family defend
it
;
in a country defend
tsai
4
it.
Tsai 4 chia 1 wei 4 chia 1
kuo 2 wei 4 kuo. 2
407
To
serve in a very attentive manner. the head and help the feet.
Lit.
:
To prop
to
Ctfou 1 tfou 2 fu 2 chiao. 3
ft
MASTERS AND SERVANTS.
67
408
I
can find employment elsewhere. Lit. temples elsewhere than on Mount Ni.
Ctfu 2
liao 3
2 1
There are
& T Ni % m M w shan yu miao.

pieh 2
3
409
Do
not employ handsome servants.
.
u m % yung m Nu pu
3 2
it
4
tvu 4
chtin 4 hsiu. 4
410
Where no handsome
be virtuous.
servant
ft
chiin 4
is
kept, the family
must
T ai]g2
c
+
chuDg 1
wu 2
!.
pu, 2
# S # A *
pi 4
shib 4 *bao 3 jen 2 cbia. 1
411
A
wise
man
in a fool's service.
lacquer.
Lit.
clear pearl
thrown into
w
Under the
Ming2 chu 1
n
r
oa 2 cM. 1
412
master's nose to idle
away the
time,
1 I I Ta chao mien kuo 413

ff
3
B
4
?
tzu 3
.
jih 4
Your pay is certain whether you work or play. Lit. : Whether you stand or sit you'll get three hundred
4-
o c*
Chan4
m tao m h w san
3
1
'
Mo
pai 3 liang, 3 tso 4 tao 3 san1 pai 3 liang. 3
& m h m 414
it
The dog presumes on
his master's power.
m Kou
cbang 4 jen 2
a m
shib. 4
Note.
Said in reproof of saucy servants.
415
Able
men
are first employed. Lit.
first felled,
and sweet wells
first
Straight trees are drained.
68
C
Chih
2
DOMESTIC CONCERNS.
# mu
fc
hsien
ft,
fa,
2
1f
kan
1
ching 3 hsien1 k*o. 3
# *
:
416
If one won't
employ me another
will.
Lit.
If there
be no light in the east there will be in the west.

Tung1 fang 1 pu4
a ^
Hang, 4 hsi 1 faog1 liang. 4
m>
w u ^
417
his master.
Chia 1 pai 4 nu 8
When the family becomes ruined the slave may despise
Tsai 4 *hui 2
Note.
m m u # $ 418 You have turned round in a whirlpool. m n Mott ~ m n mm

ch'i 1
chu. 3
liu
wo 1
li,
ta 3
yi1
ko 4 chuan 3 shen 1
suspects,
ti.
Said
left
of having
in censure of a servant his work undone.
whom
one
from
his great haste,
Under
<fcl9
officials.
a Premier's roof are seven ranks of
3?
Tsai 4 hsiang 1
P!
men2
T 420
1
<fc
hsia 4 ctfi 1 p*in 3 kuan.
S f
If the magistrate be great, so will be his secretaries
and underlings.
Kuan1
# n * t * shu
ta 4
ctfai 1
ta. 4
Note. This and the preceding proverb are generally said with the intention of extolling the position of servants under noted or wealthy masters.
421
1
:
One The fewer servants the better served. Lit, man will carry two buckets of water for his own use two will carry one for their joint use but
;
three will carry none for anybody's use.

Yi 1 jen 2
- A m 7h P -A*& chW erh P H A & % san jen mu

tfiao 1
7jC
l
;
shui 3
1 3 ]ea 2 tfai 2 shui cftih
y\<
te 2 shui 3 chîh. 1
MASTERS AST) SERVANTS.
69
422
No man
4
will serve for starvation.

4
2
1
m & pu * $ t n nng tang O 423

fu 1
4
cfrai.
Thono'h tlie senders be ten thousand times wrong, is not the messenger's fault.
Ctfien 1 ,tsV
it
^ i 1 l f A pu f I wan 424
ts*o,
4
lai
jen 2
ts*o.
I'll
come though you beat me, and though you curse me, but not if I am to lose any pay.
tr
Ta 3 wo 3
yao 4 wo 3
$ #o
lai,
js
ma 3 wo 3
15.
425
chîh 1 kiêi 1 chili 4
& * T> ^ H pa
lai,
2 4
lai.
Cold tea and cold rice are bearable, but cold words and cold speeches are unendurable.
*.* m i& n ^ m m ^ * # Leng pn

Leng3
ch*a 2 leng 3 fan 4 chîh 1
yii3
te,
2
yen 2 leng 3
shou 4
te.
426
shou 4 chu s jen 2
hsiu. 1
lean dog shames his master.
Kou3
m m a m
427
is
>/>>
The nose
Pi 2
bigger than the face.

la 4
tzu 3
kuo 4
lien.
428
A
Note.
servant,
ton of rice
is
not a
pao
,
of rice.
3Tou 3 mi 3 pu 4
* * chV^ng ^ Q
2
pao. 1
One
when
contains five tou. This saving is used, for instance, by a suspected of bringing home less than he ought to do from the
/>r/o
market.
70
DOMESTIC CONCERNS.
429
Though the peony be beautiful, by its green leaves.
Mu 3
If
tan 1 sui 1 *hao, 3
pi 4
it
must be supported
yao 4 lu 4 yeh 4 fa 2 eh%. 2
430
he does not quarrel with his cook for his
does for his rice.
Ch*a 2 tea,
he
%
li
j. pu 4 hsin 2 fan 4
m m n m
li 3
hsin.
431
Whilst the workman may have the master has Tlths of his.
ft San 1 fen1 chiang4
7 uths
of his
own way,
2
A.
jen, 2
* chu i A 432
chV
fen 1
3
3
jen.
Great trees are good to shelter under. (Patronage.)
Ta4
n m m * shu m t <hao 433

4
hsia 4
hsieh 1
yirt.
Though
a- tiger may not devour men, his dreadful appearance frightens them.
Lao 3
Kotp;.
<hu 3
proverb
pu4
cfrih 1 jen 2
o 4 hsiang 4 nan 2
kW
This
illustrates the
awe-inspiring influence of masters and
superiors generally.
434
a thousand
The
affairs of
men
4
are under the control
of one.
-T
Chîen 1 jen 2 shang 4
* ~ A 435
j&.
lu,
chu 3
slrih
yi 1
jen.
There
is
no master in the concern.
Lit.
One
state
has three rulers.

Yi
~ m h & kuo san kung.

1
MASTERS AXD SERVANTS.

-
Kung,
71
436
only. Lit.
:
To employ volunteers
Chiang
T ai Kung
x
angling, catches only volunteers.

Chiang1 T*ai 4 Kung1 kou 1
Note.
m m % m m m m shang
yii
2
yiian 4 che 2
kou. 1
Chiang T
ai
or Chiang
Tzu-ya (jg|
-y 7y)i was
a remarkable
;
sage in the time of the celebrated Wen Wang (%, who followed, in obscurity, his favourite pursuit of angling up to the age of eighty years. At that age he became counsellor to the king. One often sees the following sentence pasted
5
^)
over the lattice windows of Chinese dwellings

CJiiang
^^c5VÊjItlf^M3S
ye gods." Most of the gods are popularly supposed to owe their deification to this powerful individual, to be under his control, and to stand in considerable awe of him.
is inside,
T'ai Kung
keep
off,
all
43*7
You can
treat an inferior any way you please. Lit. Meat on a block can be chopped any way you like.
Cheng1 pan 3 shang4
'
at
sui 2
#;_.
ni 3 *heng 4 k*an 3 chih 2 k*an. 3
- n * #c e &
yi 1
k*uai 4 jou, 4
438
Though
one butcher, think you forced to eat undressed pork ?
I dismiss I shall
be
She 3
t m
Iiao 3
Fo
*hu,
4
tfu 2
nan 2 tao 4
m m m roao % 439
lien
2
p
2
n
chu. 1
chîh 1
The master
controls his slave as easily as one can feel the stocking in one's boot.
Chu3
If
m tzu ? m m wa m * * kuan m nu & *o hsueh mo

tzti 3
3
3
ts*ai>
li
tzu. 3
440
you suspect a man don t employ him
ploy him don't suspect him.
I2 jen 2
4
;
if
you em-
SAftjBA. JBAftgA mo mo
yung4 jen 2
;
yung 4 jen 2
2 i
jen. 2
CHAPTEE
NEIGHBOURS.
IV.
441
When
Then
relations
relations
and neighbours continue sincere, and neighbours have nothing to fear.
CMn
m m m
1
yiian 4 elfin 1 hao, 3 lin 2
m yuan m m n 442
#.
4
h'n
hao. 3
Examine the neighbourhood

dwelling.
before
you choose your

ft
ehu. 4
ft
Pien4 ctfu 4 erh 2 tse 2
K B tt fang # 443
"
'
ti
Dwell in harmony with
all
your neighbours.
1 Chii 1 chieh 1 fang 1 chieh lin 2
m $ i 444
s
ii
li.
Mencius' mother selected her neighbourhood.

Hsi 2 Meng4
# s mu # w m m 445
good bird
tse 2 lin 2 ch'u. 3
selects its tree.

4
Liang2
ch*in2 tse 2
# W mu # M M 44S
erh 2
ctfi
1
.
Distant water will not quench a fire near distant lations are not so good as near neighbours.
;
'
re-
3 4 Yiian 3 shui 3 nan 2 chiu chin 4 *huo
i * I i S T> in & M M pu it yuan

3
ifc
;
elfin 1
ju 2 chin 4
lin.
Note.
xxvii
:
"Better
is
a neighbour that
is
near than a brother far
off."
Prov.
10.
NEIGHBOURS.
73
bers
447
its
Three years after a family has been divided,
mem-
become
as neighbours.
# Fen
The
jii
3*
1
chia 1 san 1 nien 2 ch'eng 2 lin 2 she. 4
H #
ift
M &
448
bird chooses
Niao 3
tse 2 tse 2 inn, 4
i*.* mu
its tree,
4
not the tree the bird.

ch*i
3
t 449
4
lin2
is
neng 2 tse 2 niao. 3
w &
Would yon
discover the real truth about a person, enquire only of his neighbours.
Ch<a 2 shih 2
& m mo m m n kuo 450

4
i.
li.
On
a journey you must have good company; you must have good neighbours.
Hsing 2 yao 4
at
home
H U
#
pan 4
;
ft
hao- 3
chu 4 yao 4 hao 3
if
&
lin.
451
Better good neighbours near, than relations far away.
# I I I I i 1 Te hao
2
3
hsiang 1
lin
sheng4 yiian 3
chfin.
452
The emperor has no waste lands
tuous
:
and there are
vir-
men among your

tfin
2 2
1
neighbours.
4
;
Cffao 2
S Jifc^f I A I kûng 9 g wa yu
ti
lin
she 4
hsien
jen.
453
Near neighbours are not equal bours, and they are not equal
the road.
j
Chin 4
to next-door neighto neighbours across
m
lin
t> im pu 4 ju 2 ko 2
tui4
m m
pi,
ko 2
pi 3
pu4 ju2
men. 2
74
DOMESTIC CONCERNS.
454
Near neighbours. Lit. : If we have not flowers and trees in common, we have the garden in common.
Pu4
* tfung m
ft ffi Tma 1 shu4
t/ung2 'hua 1 yiian. 2
ft
455
Fields are divided from each other ; but dwellings are joined together.
T*ien2 t*u 3 hsiang 1 chieh 4
;
wu 1
yli
hsiang 1
lien.
456
Possessed of a neighbour's knowledge. Lit. ; I all about the place's customs, soil, and men.
Feng1
know
ill il
2 2 t*u 3 jen chîng
IP
wo 3
chin 4 chih. 1
SECTION V.ON EDUCATION.
CHAPTER
457
I.
EDUCATION GENERALLY.
Wives' and children's education, Won't admit procrastination.

Hsun4 tzu 3
ying 1 *hai 2 , chiao 4 fa 4
m $ $ m chV
lai.
458
:
Than
a lad without learning, you'd better rear an ass

lass.
Better rear a pig than an uneducated
* ? * - in yang m n Yang tzu pa * & p m m m -k pu Yang ja yang 459

3
chiao 4 ju 2
2
lu 2
nii
cbiao 4
chu. 1
Fields left untilled
Books
left
unread
Yu 3
w m * if t m 2 hsu pu keng ang m * m ? m m m Yu shu pu tu tzu sun 460

t*ien
2
your
4
1
granaries will all
empty be
you'll
have a stupid progeny.

1
ts
lin 3
1
:
yii.
As
the twig
Sang1
is
bent the mulberry grows.
m
t'iao
e
2
>j>
ts'ung 2 hsiao 3 jou. 2
461
Those who reject iron cannot make
ta *Hen 4
t*ieh 2
is,
steel.
m pu ^
JGft
n
despise the effort to educate
ctfeng 2 kang. 1
will
Note. The meaning of this not have educated children.
that those
who
76
EDUCATION.
462
Instruction penetrates the hearts of the good, but blows past the ears of the bad.
Shan4 jen 2
4
2
I A 1 ft chung + M shuo hsin A JR % M % A S o jen shuo erh pien 463

tîng 1
1
tz*u,
tfing 1
feng. 1
Education requires a proper method.

Chiao 4 tzu 3 yao 4 yu s
fill*.
i
fang. 1
464
Nothing can be done without
% T '2 "Fien
1
hsia 4 chih 1
sMh4
m #
fei
instruction.
ft
chiao 4
wu2
H .A
ch'eng. 2
465
Teach your son
t
Tâng 2
in the hall,
nr
4 ch*ien 2 chiao tzu, 3
i ?,
your wife on the pillow. ft

chen 3 pien 1 chiao 4
i u i
cffi.
46&
Though an
it
affair
be small,
:
it
must be attended
to, else
done though a son be talented, without instruction he will still remain ignorant.
will never be
Shih 4 sui 1 hsiao 3 pu 4 tso 4 pu4 ch eng 2
f
2 tzu 3 sui 1 hsien
B >h * * ? m x pu
4
ffc
T>
ft
chiao 4
A * w pu ming.
4
467
Teach your descendants the two proper roads ture and farming.
Chiao 4 tzu 3 sun 1 liang 3
litera-
m * u m
je
e&
4 iao 2 cheng 4 lu
m tu m wei m wei
2
keng. 1
468
Teaching sons and grandsons, mind you teach them a trade plant the sang and the che, but not many
:
flowers.
EDUCATION GENERALLY.
77
Chiao 4 tzu 3 chiao 4 sun 1 shun 4 chiao 4

tsai 1
1
m ? m m m m m m sang m m m >p %z $
i
tsai 1 che
;
shao 3 tsai 1 ^hua. 1
Note.
The
sang
is
the mulberry
and the che, according
to
Kanghi, a
species of the same, the leaves of
which are
also used in feeding silk-worms.
469
Superior
good without instruction medium men are good with it but low fellows are bad
are
;
men
despite of
it.
t> Shang4 teng 2 chih1 jen 2 pu4 chiao 4 erh 2 shan 4

>}
m 2 a
chung1 teng 2 chih 1 jen 2 yi 1 chiao 4 erh 2 shan 4

hsia 4 teng 2 chih 1
mm t t A- | If
jen 2 chiao 4
i
1
pu 4 shan. 4
the highest order
;
Note. The
first
of these are called
Jgj Sages of
the second
j^> Sages of the second order; and the third
470
:
j^
the stupid or worthless.
The youthful student must carve and grind he must not complain at the amount of instruction his Teacher gives him for nothing can be made of yellow gold until it is hammered and the jewelled
; ;
sword
is
useless until
it is
sharpened.
4
1 I S tu shu yao m m ft % m yen x tt n % & pu *huang nan m 4 m m tun n# yeh pao

$}
>J*
Tu 4
hsiao 2
hsiu 1 *hen4
2
shih 1 chiao 4 hsiin 4
chin 1
ta 3
chien 4
shih 2
I I mo m % % 3? chêng m m yao mo.

cho 2
2
to 1
cr/i 1
CHAPTEE
471
The scholar who wishes
II.
EXAMINATIONS.
From
Tu 2
all tiger
1
his M. A. to gain, drawing must henceforth refrain.

rt
4 4
m wang m shu m chung ^ $ ^ pu

4
chii, 3
k*o 3 *hua 4 lao 3
t f ^
*hu. 3
Note. That is, he must refrain from drawing up indictments, a practice by which many B.A.'s extort unlawful gains.
472
At each
Each
of the Chancellor's examinations, held twice
in three years,
literary, military, old, or
young, candidate ap-
pears.
Hsiao 1 hsien 4 san 1 nien 2 liang 3
sui4
2
3
Note. u At each,"
ring the B.A.
;
# m h f m m m m wen # wu % * >h KV
ta 4 hsiao. 3
Jc*ao,
i.e.
k*ao, 3
at the ^Jf
^j
k*o
or examination for confer-
degree and at the JH <> sui k*ao, an intermediate examination, at which all B.A.'s are bound to appear. This examination bestows no degrees, and is only held in order to keep an eye on the studies of the graduates.
;
473
:
Yearly examinations scare the B. A. Hay time scares the farmer in much the same way.
Hsiu 4
m t
ts*ai
is
2
p<a 4
sui 4 k*ao 3
ô
i h 474
:
ta
2
ft
keng 1
tfien
p*a 4
ta 3 tsâo. 3
When
We
a dull scholar obtains a B.A., know it is not by a dull essay.
Cbih 3 chin 4
iSA
'hei 1
jOn, 2
^ I I 475
pu4 cbin4
2SC
1
^hei
wen. 2
Any man who shows

4
ability
may leap the dragon gate.
Note.
"To leap the dragon gate
# # m m men. # m pen' n Ko lung

hsien 3
2 2 shih 4 t*iao 4 " means, in prose, to obtain a degree.
EXAMINATIONS.
79
476
Who fears that his essay will surpass not that the examiners will reject it
tfi
all others,
?
and
Na 3
shih 4
m * m m -* t wen chang kao * * 4 m $ m kuan t pu chung wang

p*a 4
2
1
tfien
hsia,
yeh 3
Jan.
477
In three years a master of arts an ordinary plebeian.
may
degenerate into
Note.
Chii 3 tzii 3 san 1 nien 2 ctfeng 2 pai 2 ting. 1 That is by neglecting to attend the proper examinations in Peking.
m H % 6 T
478
Come
out first on the Dragon-Tiger list, and in ten years you will be at the Phoenix pool.
shih 2 nien 2
- * # m m m Yi shou teng lung pang, + $ shen $t e m m e *huang

tit
1
chii
*hu 3
tao 4 feng 4
ch*ih.
dragon-tiger list" is that published after the examinations for conferring the degree of Master of Arts. And "the phoenix pool" is the Imperial College at Peking.
Note.
"The
479
To gain a
dragon
degree.
gate.
f
Lit.
The
river fish
li
ascends the
Ho 2
a lung m m m teng 480

li
pi men. 2
To stand alone on the

Tu2
sea-monster's head.
tfou. 2
fi w. chan1 ao 2
Note. The apparently unenviable position here indicated, stands for the very enviable one of coming out senior wrangler in any examination.
481
The attainment
secret merit,
of literary honours depends on Fate,
Fortune, Geomantic influences, the laying up of
and on study.
80
EDUCATION.
fr Yi 1 min, 4 erh 4
E3
ssii 4
chi 2
m yin m
*Io
yiin,
4
as
Hi
>K
shni, 3
san 1 feng 1
%o
1
kung, 1
wu3
if
tu 2 shu. 1
482
Any
essay Chung 4
is
good which gives a

3 2
1 3
man
c
his
3
ti.
M.A.
1
liao
n & bao % tsung # chang t wen u 483

shih 4
Fear the lack of excellence in your production, not the lack of competence in your examiner.
m a * fg m x w n & % n z pu wu huan yu 484

Yeh4 huan4 pu4
?
?
leng 2 ching, 1
chih 1
4
ssii
roing. 2
Fear the lack of perfectness in your conduct, not the lack of honesty in your examiner.
fr
Hsing 2 *huan4 pu4 neng 2
wu2
&
j&
'huan4
B ^ fb & m n z ^ kung. yu pu 485

tfk
ctteng, 2
.
ssii
chih 1
The candidate hopes to pass the criminal

Chin 4 k*ao 3
MM
fears the
cell.
g A *. E wang ju fan
4 4
SP
4
hsiao 2
tsui 4
p*a 4
.4
tso
lao. 2
CHAPTER
LITERATI.
III.
486
men to growing corn a perfect likeness bear Unstudious men to jungle grass we may well compare.
Studious
m % ^ I I Pu che
4
*n Hsiao 2 che 2 ju 2
*ho 2 ju 2
io
2
hsiao 2
ju 2 Taao 1
% *n m I H I ju
tao 4 ;
2
ts*ao.
487
A man
Needs
2
chock
stirring
1
full of
learning
up
to his hin,
up
4
to bring out that
1 Wen chang chang
I.
2
ch'i'
ching 3 ,
pu4
?S*
t'i
2
which
is in.
hsing. 3
yeh 3 pu 4
7 I
488
A pedant.
Lit.:
Man3
m m
One whose mouth
isui3
mm
li
is full
of particles.
ti
z & & m 489

1
chih1 Tiu 1 yeh 3 che. 2
He
the true Bachelor of Arts who can clearly distinguish the uses of the seven particles.
is
Chih1 ^hu1 che 2 yeh 3

-t:
ctfi
1
^ * & a yen m *? n ft n * tzu neng *hao

i
tsai,
fen1
hsiu4
tsâi.
490
Without leaving
understand the
Hsiu4
ts*ai
2
his study, a Bachelor of Arts

affairs of
may
the empire.
chih 1 tfien 1 hsia 4 shih. 4
pu 4 ctfu1 wu, 1 neng2
491
He who
fails to
become a perfect
clerk.
scholar,
may
still
become a magistrate's
Tu2
1
m shu m pu * a a
4
ft
ch'eng 2 fang 1 tso 4
n
li.
82
EDUCATION.
492
Though, you cannot obtain Bachelor of Arts.
Cffiu 2
4
3
1
office,
you are
still
n to w n * & * x pu tao kuan, yu 493

3
hsiu4 ts'ai 2 tsai. 4
He bored through his wall to steal his neighbour's light.

Tso 2
Note.
m m
tit
pi 3
%
Han
dynasty; and, though
tfou 1 kuang. 1
This indicates
who
a poor but indefatigable student, such as K*uang 'Hen
(|H
1$ff)>
actually did this.
He
lived during the
exceedingly poor, by his zeal and perseverance in study, he became a very learned
man, and
finally rose to the office of
Prime Minister.
494
Scholars are their country's treasure, and the richest ornaments of a feast.
4 1 Shih4 ch2 kuo 2 chih 1 pao, 3 ju 2 wei 2 hsi 2 shang chen.
495
A Bachelor of Arts' kindness is but half a sheet of paper.
Hsiu4
n * a
ts'ai
2
jen2 ch'ing2 chih3 pan4 chang. 1
32
496
Scholars discuss reason
;
workmen what they are to

fit
3
*
eat.
Tu2
m m a u
learning
i.
li
shu 1 jen2 chiang 3
tso 4
i a m kung jen chiang

1
tsui.
497
He whose
is
coarse
and shallow, should not
hang out the name

ra Hsiao 2 wen4
of a scholar.
tsV
Mo
su,
2
m shu m chih * w kua tu p ming. pu k*o

4
3
9 2
498
A
poor scholar accepts no pity.
c
Han2
* a a m pu shou
shih 4
4 4
jen 2
lien.
LT TEE ATI.
83
499
All look
up
to a
2
famous
4
scholar.
Wen2
^ % kung ming 500

1
fflJ
yartg. 3
All scholars are brethren.

Ssii
m wen % m # n ku
2
t*ung 2
jou. 4
501
Bachelors of Art are not the sons of poverty Buddhist priests the sons of wealth.
Hsiu4
;
nor are
m x pu * ^ m m * cluing ft 7 1 t * E shang pu
ts*ai
2
shih4
chia 1 tzti 3
*ho 2
shih 4
fu 4
chia 1 Srh. 2
502
to
If
yon are a student of Confucius, you are bound observe the rules of Chou-Kung.
Chi 3 tu 2 K'ung 3 Tzti 3 chih 1 shu, 1
pi 4
2 1
1
m m
* $ ta m Chou & m n Kung

?L
chih 1
li.
Note.
Chou-Kung, son of the

Wu Wang
famous
Wen Wang (jt
3E)> and brother of
the famous
(j\^ 3l)> was himself famous for his wisdom and politics. Confucius longed to bring his principles aud institutions into practice, and hence made them the subjects of his own teachiugs.
As a student
thousand.
under
tsai 4
4
S03
one
man
in office
over ten
m & - a 2 t n a _t m wan yung 504

Hsiao 2
tsai 4
4
yi 1 jen 2 chih 1 hsia 4
jen 2 chih 1 shang. 4
scholar will serve those who appreciate him a lady will dress for those who please her.
Shih 4 wei 4 chih 1 chi 3 yung 4
and
fc
".
& nu
2
ft
SB
yung. 2
wei 1
yiieh 4 chi 3
84
EDUCATION.
505
He who
2*
can handle a pen, will nowhere have need
to beg.
~
yi1
ft
kuan 3
Shou 3 men1
a m tao m m * pu 506
Q
pi, 8
ch*u 4
ettiu2 jeu. 2
When
the
mind
is
stored with learning, the bearing
will be elegant.
Fu2 yu3
m m m m n i $ tzu sha
shih1
1
ctfi*
<hua.
CHAPTEE
507
IV,
LITERATURE.
Whoever has read the Tseng-huang is
able to converse.
r
i 7 Tu
2
liao
it Tseng^kuang3
<hui
ft
4
shuo 1
hua. 4
Note.
valuable
The
little
Tseng-huang or Chien-pen-hsien-wen ( ffc; 2$w 3C)> * s a verJ book of proverbs, the whole of which is incorporated in this collection.
S08
He who
has read the Yu-hsiao well knows
how
to curse.
Tu2
liao 3
#r
Yu 4 - hsiao 2
M * n sh S ma.
<hao 3
4
Note. The Yu-hsiao' Is an encyclopedia, in four volumes, containing much It begins with creation and astronomy, and runs useful and interesting matter. through almost every imaginable subject, ending with a chapter on flowers and trees. There seems to be no justification whatever in the book itself for this
proverb.
He who has
and
read the Ch*un-ch%u understands caution
509
gravity.
Tu2
Note.
or Spring
i i
;
it
Ctfun^cffiu 1 hsiao 3 te 2 chin 3 yen. 2
111
is based on the general supposition that the Ch'un-ch'iu, and Autumn Annals, contains authoritative decisions on the conduct of men in high places and it is taken for granted that the mere reading thereof, by official men, will produce in them a care to avoid such censure, and a desire
This proverb
to deserve such praise.
Dr. Legge, however, denies that such decisions are to be found in the book, and says that it contains nothing but the most bare and brief statements of fact, without note or comment.
510
He who
has read the Tso-chuan knows
how
to utter
frivolous flatteries.
Note.
"Tso-chuan,"
Jj|)
Tu 2 Tso 3 -chuan4
i. e.
m &
hsiao 3
m n w n
te 2
fou 2 kûa. 1
the Ch'un-ch'iu written by
the
Commentary on
Tso Ch'iu-ming (/
BJj).
how
work, see Dr. Legge's Classics, this proverb can be appropriately said in reference to his writings.
For a full and interesting account of him and his Vol 5, part 1, proligomena. It is difficult to see
86
EDUCATION.
511
He who
strategy.
has seen the San-kuo will be able to use
Note.
After
"The
KW San^kuo
San-kuo-chi
is
initio
2
hui 4
yung4
chi.
a history of the period immediately after the

divided into the three
Han
dynasty,
when China was
Kingdoms of
Wei, 4g) Shu, and
^ Wu"
is
As
this history
abounds in tales of strategy the
reason for this saying
pretty plain.
512
He who
ping. 1 13
sections,
has seen the Sun-tzU will understand military tactics.

'? K*an4 Sun1 - tzu 3 chih1 yung4
M
tactics in
Note. Sun-tzu
"
is
a treatise on military
by Sun
Wu
(jft JrJ)j an officer in the service of the state Wu, during the 6th century E.G." See Wylie's "Notes on Chinese Literature," page 72.
513
He who
has seen the Histories knows the
affairs of
the ancients.
K'an4 kang1 chien4 ko 3
m m w
%
&>
i
chik1
a $ n m ku * jen
3 2
shih 4 chi. 2
514
Books are
alike the
Empire
over.
T'ien1 hsia 4 ska 1 t'ung2 wen. 2
t # m &
515
two
pen. 3
Husbandry and
letters are the
chief professions.
Keng1 tu2 wei2
m m #
516
for clothes
erh2
i
1
;
The tongue weaves

2
the pen
1
tills
for food.
% m m &>& keng m m & She

chih 1
;
pi3
erh 2 shih. 2
517
ft
There are pictures in poems, and poems in pictures.

Shih 1 chung 1 yu 3 *hua, 4 *hua 4 chang 1 yu 3 shih. 1
+ w *
* * m
ft
LITERATURE.
87
In
all
famous
2
sects there are fields of

4
i Ming chiao
Note. This,
joyments reaped in
chung1 tzu 4 yu 3
is
M III
le
4
518
enjoyment.
yeh. 3
though a general saying,

literary pursuits.
mostly used in reference to the en-
519
Poetry and
letters
do not neglect three generations.

tai.
Shih 1 shu 1 pu4 fu4 san1
m m * =
520
He who
has read the works of understand the art of war.
Sun and Wu, can

3
Tu 2 San1
Note. Sun Pin (J$
century B.C.
Wu
chih 1 shu 1 k<o 3
chih1 chan. 4
JjlD?
an
officer in
the state of Ch'i

the state of
(@)
Wei
in the sixth
Wu
Ctii
(^ jf)>
an
officer in
(|)t) in the
fourth century B.C.

in
He wrote a work on military affairs entitled Wu-tzu (I^*^*)? which he discourses on u National Resources, Estimate of the hostile force, Control of the military, Discussion regarding Military affairs, and Rousing the troops." See Wylie's u Notes on Chinese Literature," page 72. See also the Yuhsiao \i$] Jj|)j section Wu-chih (jJJ J$|).
521
He who
has seen
ti
4
maps knows the

li
aspect of the empire.
KW
pien4 chih 1 tfien1 hsia 4 hsing 2 shih. 4
H A
TEE
V.
SCHOOLS.
522
Undignified teaching proves a lazy master.
Chiao 4 pu 4 yen 2 shih1 chih 1
m * m m z n
to.*
523
If
you are a miser do not educate your son and if you wish to hide his faults pay no heed to his teacher.
;
Hsi 2
ch'ien2
mo4
chiao 4 tzu 8
'hu 4 tuan 2
mo 4
ts'ung 2 shih. 1
524=
When
a teacher is dignified, teaching is respected.

Shih 1 yen 2 tse 2 tao 4 tsun. 1
m m m m m
525
If there is
no
oil
in the
lamp the wick is wasted in vain.

*e
Teng1 chan3 wu 2 yu2 wang3

Note.
m m m
t
fei
&
hsin. 1
The teacher
a rich
wastes his strength when pupils will net try to learn.
526
When
man becomes poor
lo 4
he becomes a teacher.
Ts*ai 2 chu 3 pai 4
i m m m m m
527
much
3
pien4 chiao 4 shu. 1
If he sets small tasks, his employers think
him lazy
he gives through it.

if
work, his scholars cannot get
KV
4 A i * T chu I shao
liao 3
3
jen 2 hsien 2 Ian 3 to 4 ;
kung1
to 1 liao 3
ti
tzu 3 tao 4 nan 2 wei. 2
SCHOOLS.
89
528
If
you employ a
era
teacher,
shih 1
1
employ one with a name.

ch'iDg 3
Ch%g3
m tang % m
_
ming2
% a
jen. 2
529
a clay
is
Who
teaches
me
Yi 1
my
1
jih
h4
chih 1 shih 1
m m chung
shen 1 wei 2
mm
father for
fu. 4
life.
CHAPTER
STUDY.
VI.
530
If lie can study, the peasant's son
may become
a peer
And
a nobleman's son
who
can't,
must come down
from his sphere.

Neng 2
hsiao 2 tse 2
shu 4 min 2 chih 1 tzu 3 wei 2 kung1

ending1 chih 1 tzii 3
2
cMng1
min. 2
Pu4
41
hsiao 2
m &
tse
2
kung 1
m m & m z * wei shu

4
531
& 4 '&
fc
Books of antiquity still a relish yield And no vear of famine knows the inkstone
Tzu ku 3 shu 1 yu 3
wei 4 ;
4
field.
4
& * w * yen m m wu &m o

tfien
2
2
sui.
532
Content in cotton, pleased with homely food, You'll find the Odes and History always good.
Pu4
ft
i
.
nuan, 3
ts*ai 4
m ken & ^
1
ft
1 hsiang, 1 shih 1 shu 1 tzu wei 4 châng. 2
m m % m
533
Natural endowments are precious to a man But, gain the prize without hard study, no one can.
;
Tîen 1
tzii
kao 1
hsiao 2
li
tao. 4
534
Where
Where
the sound of reading's heard, that house must
gain renown there is but the sound of song, that house must be overthrown.
% m m m % & m m % m m m & m Chia yu ko sheng

1
Chia 1 yu 3 shu 1 sheng 1 chia 1 pi 4 hsing 1

3
1
chia 1 pi 4 cl/ing. 1
STUDY.
535
If
you only apply your mind

>5
4
to the task,
it,
Why
3
trouble about mastering
I
4
ask
k m Chih yao yung

4
!So
hsin 1 tu 2 , <ho 2
m shu m pu * m n ch*ou shou

2
1
536
However stupid
must read the
Tzu 3 sun1
sons and grandsons
classics.
may
be,
they
sui 1 yu, 2 ching 1
shu1 pu4 k*o 3 pu4 tu. 2
537
Three years' reading
planation.
in ii San 1 nien 2 tu 2 shu1 pu4 ju 2
is
not so good as to hear the ex
h ^
* %
tfing 1 chiang.
m m
Note. This refers to the ordinary native method of first committing the books to memory, and afterwards listening to the explanation of them.
538
Learning
is far
chin 1
more precious than

3
gold.
Huang 2
w m & yu
chia 4, shu1
is
wu 2
chia. 4
539
They
and cows in clothes who neglect the study of the past and present.
are only horses
Jen2 pu4 hsiao 2 ku 3 chin 1
a * m t ô
j$
,
ma 3
niu 2 mien 4 chin 1 chii 1
is
540
If study be neglected in youth,
what
will
you do in
old age
.*&
Yu
* $o * pu hsiao lao
p
4
2
,
ft
3
<ho 2 wei 2 ?
54=1
He who
too
neglects to study diligently in youth, will,

that he put
it off
when white-headed, repent

late.
until
92
EDUCATION.
>j? *$ % Shao 3 nien2 pu4 chih1
pai 2 tfou2
& m m & -n m mm m 6 m fang tu sha 542

cfrin
2 1
hsiao 2 tsao, 3
1
*hui 3
chHh. 2
Study which does not daily advance

0ro rj
will daily retro-
Kung1
2
Sfe'
fu 1
* pa
-0
jih4 chin
Ah B
4
ts 2 jih 4
tf ui.
543
He who
cannot understand the classics had better return to the plough.
m m Hsiao
Ch'ien1
ching
z> *n t> pu4 ming2 pu4 ju2 kuei1 keng. 1
m m
ii nan2
Most things are easy

1
544 * pan m % m - %
Q
to learn, but hard to master.

2
yi
hsiao,
yi 1
ch'iao 4
%
te.
545
You
cannot open a book without learning something.
Kâi 1 chiian 4
m ft s yu 54S
3
i.
Very
studious.
Lit.
2
$ & Mo ch'uan
1
To rub away an <&

tfieh
3
iron ink-slab.
yen. 4
547
It is essential to
know
the meaning of real words,
and the use of
particles.
Sbih 2 tzii 4 ctfiu2 chieh hsli Note. The u particles," called hsu-tsu
1
,
I ? ^
also
io
;
i ? cMu ^
1
**
2
tzii
shen. 2
are
;
or
" empty words",

;
such
as
dis;
j
and
sign of the genitive case

;
an exclamation
*jj^
final
;
iff ?
junctive
tl>
final,
denoting completion or conclusion
"jPf >
an
initial
All others are shih-tsu or " real words." This is tH the principal, if not the only grammatical distinction common amongst the Grammar forms no part of a native scholar's education. And, though Chinese. not he correct to say that there is no grammar of the Chinese language, it f have no grammar of it. is certainty correct to say that the Chinese themselves
also an exclamation.
STUDY.
93
548
Every character must be chewed
Tzu 4
to get out its juice.
as ^ yao ^ tzu s yao 549

4 4
3
it
ch'u 1 chih 1 chiang 1
m $
lai.
Study thoroughly and think deeply,

f*
Shou 2 tu 2 shSn 1
H U S
ssu.
550
Learning cannot be gulped down. swallow dates whole. Pu4
Lit.
:
Yon cannot
neng 2 *hu 2
Si
S.
liin
2
run1
f I
tsao. 3
551
The student must not listen to chatter under his window he must with undivided attention study the
;
Liang 3 erh 3 pu 4 ting 1 cfruang1 wai 4 shih 4

yi 1
M S *
13
*h
ff
;
Lsin1 chih 3
tu 2
an 4 chHen 2
shu.
552
He who
burns his lamp with the cocks at five,
till
three o'clock,
and
is
up
is
a resolute student indeed.

chi,
1
San1 keng1 teng1 *huo 3 wu3 keng1

4
H I 1 ^ i s I se. i nan i a m n erh cheng

shih 4
2
2
li
chih 4 shih. 2
553
Your study goes on
11
like a flowing stream.
ffi liu 2
Tu2
in
shu 1 ju 2
shui. 3
554
Good students resemble workers
Shan4 in hard wood.
niu. 4
# *
in
hsiao 2 che'2 ju2
kung 1 chien 1
& m *
94
EDUCATION.
555
Be
thousands of gold.
worth
4
diligent in study, for every character is
Tu 2
m shu m yung m hsu * m * & n #<> - tzu

1
1
i*
yi 1
chih 2 ctfien1 chin. 1
556
To amass gold by
standing of the
4
millions
classics.
4
is
not like a clear under-
1 I # f wan Chi
chin 1 cffien1
lo ^
liang 3 ,
pu4 ju 2 ming 2
mj
hsiao 2
chieh 3 ching1 shu. 1
I i
557
Knowledge comes by study, ignorance
neglect.
follows
its
Jen2 hsiao 2
shih
chih 1 tao 4,
pu4
558
All pursuits are
learning.
Shih 4 chien1
wang 3 Jan. 2
mean
4
in comparison with that of
m % t wan m pan s fi m m !i m # yu shu

1
chieh1 hsia 4 p*in 3
ssu 1 liang 2 wei 2
tu 2
kao. 1
559
Some study shows the need
of more.
m Hsiao
flavourless.
as
2
jan 2 *hou 4 chih 1
&
to
T> pa4
tsu.
560
Three day's neglect of study leaves one's conversation
5
San 1
jih4
.p
pu4
7 i t t i m tu shu yen wu
2 1
yii 3
wei. 4
5S1
By eating we overcome hunger; and by study ignorance. jy p * Mo m m &4 &3
.
I3
chW
yii 4
chi 1
hsiao 2
yii
yii.
STUDY.
95
562
In
studyfix your mind on the Sages on your prince and country.
in office-
w m t wei kuan
PJI
*w *&
1
Tu2
2
shu 1 chih 4
ffi tsai 4
sheng 4 hsien 2
1
hsin 1 tsHin 2
s s # chun
kuo. 2
563
You may study
learn.
to old age
and yet have things
to
Tso 4 tao 4 lao 3 hsiao 2 pu 4
m m % m * t 564
and know how
to
hsiao 3
liao.
Eead ancient
ones.
up
essays
compose modern
*-.*
Tu 2 ku3 wen 2
Learning dyes a
or black.
m $
565
fit
te 2
tso 4 shih 2 wen. 2
n x
man more
$k
than the colour vermilion

ik ft
yii
2
Hsiao 2 chih 1 jan 3 jen 2 sheng4
z.
a m 566
tan 1
ctfing. 1
Learning
where.
is
a treasure which follows
its
owner every-
Shu1
m # m shen % z * 567
nai 3 sui 2
1
chih 1 pao. 3
In learning there is neither old nor young intelligent takes precedence.

Hsiao 2
the most
* M wq
\
;
lao 3 shao 3
m % M %
fa 2
568
most
intelligent
Hsiao 2
che 2 wei 2 hsien. 1
In learning length of study goes for nothing; the
becomes master.
Si
ch*ien 2 *hou 4
n m wu
&.
& m m m wei
ta 2 che 3
2
shih. 1
96
EDUCATION.
569
Past and present times supply unlimited stores of knowledge, but a man's capacity is limited*
Ku3
yi 1
4> * 8 3R ? 7 <6 15 wu - a z & m m m jen yu

chin 1 cbih 1 shih 4
2
li
ch'iung, 2
hsien, 4
chih 1 chih 1 shih4
570
;
Having a chance to use one's reading, we regret that having accomplished a task, we it is so meagre
begin to appreciate
1
its difficulty.
>i?
4
* m yung * is shao m m fang Shu $ & m kuo a % & m

tao 4
shih2
<hen4
3
:
shih4 ts'ung 2 ching 1
shih 3 chih 1 nan. 2
5*71
No
pleasure equals the pleasure of study.

Tsui4
$
le4
mo4
H p
ju2
tu 2 shu 1 wei 2 shan. 4
# 1
572
Rich families have no necessity to buy fertile fields ; and study will be sure to yield its thousand measures of rice.
Fu4
JB 5K pu * yung w m + i yu shu chung

chia 1
4
1 1
H. =?
cfrien1
mai 3 Hang 2
K B
tfien
tzii
chung1
mm
tfang 2
su. 2
573
Who live in peace have no necessity to rear
and study
An1
1
lofty halls
will be sure to yield its golden house.

jg
chii 1
pu4 yang 4
* m
i
tzii
4
# shu chung
* kao n st w s wu. M yu *huang

chia 4
1
chin 1
574
Don't trouble yourself over the absence of a good gobetween to negociate a marriage for you, for study will provide you with a lady beautiful as jade.
STUDY.
97
2 2
Ch*ii 3 chî 1
1
% m m m wu m m mo m Hang in ^ # W A yen M ju shu chung yu

4
*hen4
mei, 2
4
nii 2
yii.
Note.
What
more powerful inducements
to study,
than those mentioned

stude
P
n
the three preceding proverbs, could be set bofore the
mind of the youthful
5*75
Extensive reading
Tu 2
te 2
IHI III
shu 1
to 1
is
a priceless treasure.
n?
wu2
chia 4 pao. 3
576
Don't complain of the trouble of having to master so many classics and histories, but fear lest your leisure should be too limited.
Mo 4
I yen I I 4
4
lo
ching 1 shih 3 fan, 2 chih 3 kûng 3 kung 1 fu1 shao. 5
K S I *
!J?
577
the affairs of the empire, read the
Would you know

works of the
$c
n
5c
ancients.
Yu4
chih 1 tfien 1 hsia 4 shih, 4 hsii 1 tu 2
ô
if
m ku # A *
3
jen2 shu. 1
SECTION VIFACETIiE.
CHAPTER
578
He who
a
flat.
tui4 chiu4 tfiao 4
I.
RIDICULOUS CONDUCT.
acts
Chia
Kuan
in a hulling-mortar hat,
Both pounds himself to death, and proves himself
Tai 4
Note.
m m m b m Chia
Kuan, 1
to
* & m m % pu
lei
2
ssti
<hao 3 k<an. 4
Theatrical performances are popularly supposed
to
have been originated
whose reign by the second emperor of the T'ang Dynasty, T*ai Tsung dates from A.D. 627. And Chia Kuan, the actor who opens the play by a majestic march across the stage, is supposed to represent T'ai Tsung's prime
minister
(^ ^%
Wei Cheng
( |$|
fH).
579
The pig
for his blackness is
mocked by the crow
Who
of his
own
ugliness nothing doth know.
Lao 3 ya 1
% m % m chu
hsiao 4
io
1
{
he l
tzu 3 ch ou 3 pu4 chiao 4

r
m * % %
te.
530
Ridiculous ambition. Lit. the hawk.
:
The sparrow
flying after
Ma 2
ti
cb'iao 3
ken1 tao 3 yao 4 tzu 3
m m m * m
fei.
581
The
sheep's tail is too small to coVer its
own rump.
ku. 3
YaDg 2
Note.
m,
it
wei 3 pa 1
^ m ^ m * m &
kai 4
pu4 tao 3 yang 2 p
And yet
would try
to cover another's therewith
582
He
leaps over the fish basket to feed on bean curd.
s*
T'iao"
kuo 4
s & s Ian
yii 2
s.
m
fu.
cl/ih1 toil*
RIDICULOUS CONDUCT.
99
583
To make
he has
*Hou 2 tzu 3
ridiculous
monkey puts on
tai 4
assumptions. Lit. : When the the devil's mask, what a big face
m * m * i
kuei 3
lien,
hao 3 ta 4 mien 4 k*ung. 3
n m
?&
584
Foolish presumption.
Lit.
;
To wield the axe
before
Pans
Note.
door.
Pan 2 men2 nung 4
m n m %
585
fu. 3
JGE), the present god of carpenters; anciently a very skilful carpenter in the state of Im.
Pan or Lu Pan {^
He who weeps
ancients.
at a play distresses himself for the
f K.W
bsi*
m m m -yen
ti
;
liu2
lei,
m. 4
t ku3
a m s # # jeH tan
2
1
yu. 1
586
The fisherman
si
in the water groping for fish, pities the fisherman in a boat fishing with a net.
Ts*ai 8 chiao 3 kêng 1
% m m min m
ti
1
ft
3
lien 2
ta 3
ssii
m m m wang
1 3
ti.
587
Lit.
:
To make a vain attempt. wooden bell.
To
try to ring a
Chuang1 mu4 chung1
s # m w
ti.
588
The
elder brother should not laugh at
the second.
* w n m - w Ta ko mo
4
1
hsiao 4 erh 4 ko. 1
589
To confouned
distinctions.
Lit
To comb the beard
and hair together.

'Hu2 tzu 3
tfou 2 fa 3 yi 1
pa 3
shu. 1
OF
C.
100
FACETIAE.
590
To
eat greedily. Lit. : To take and pour the food in there.
Chieh 1 kâi 1 ting 3 kua 1
off
the top of the skull,
p% 2 pa 8
fan 4 tao 3 chin4
ch% 4
591
To
fix
up ornamental wild
beasts'
heads on the roof
of a thatched cottage.
Mao
s wa an
1
it
shou
4
m
t'ou.
592
She
a
is
silly
silly
hen that sits on duck eggs and she is old grandmother that pets her daughter's
:
child.
m m mu # pao m ya gg m wa & n si m pV m % wai ch%

Ch*ih 2 chi1
2
3
chia 1
tfeng 2
593
sun. 1
Vain expectations. Lit. : He only hopes that calabash will grow as large as heaven.
Chih 3 wang 4 <hu 2 la 2
tfien
his
yang4
ta.
594
To
act the
dog in the manger.
i Chan4 chu4 mao 2

Note.
% m x w r pa o ssu
1
sui.
The
literal
meaning of this saying
is
rather too coarse for translation,
595
Though
his boat is in the river he refuses to
wash
it.
s #
Lo*
ra
<ho
2
te 2
shui 3
& m * * pu
4
hsi 3 ctfuau. 2
596
Absurdly
lazy. Lit.
:
To use
4
the
3
rump to open the

men. 2
door.
m & ku Yung
p<i
4
tr
ta"
n-
RIDICULOUS CONDUCT.
101
597
To hold
as virtues in one's self
what we consider
to
be vices in others.
jw
Note.
Pieh 2 jen 2
a a.A
p<i
4
&
ch ? ou, 4 tzu 4 cbi 3
a r m
p<i
4
hsiang. 1
This
proverb,
more
exprsssive than elegant,

of
strikingly resembles the
Greek one, Bdeetv Xifi&ViATOV, given on page 159

Proverbs."
Bonn's " Hand-book of
598
He
dare not swallow for fear of bone not spit it out for fear there is flesh.
;
and he dare
# T TW
scenery.
f&
liao 3 p<a 4 shih 4
f>
ku 3
tW 599
;
So
tt
t
(
u3
T
liao
tfi
3
p<a 4 shih4 jou. 4
& A
A blind man
going up into a mountain to survey the

.in
Hsia 2 tzu 3 shang 4 shan1 k*an4 ching 3
I ? i
self.
ft
chih. 4
600
To dupe
one's
Lit.
:
In blowing the nose to
blind the eyes.

ftieh 1 cho 2
m m
M.
pi 2
tzu 3 k'uang2 yen 3 ching. 1
* be SOI
The carpenter makes a cangue, and cangues
himself.
* E f i Mu
4
chiang 1 tso 4 chia 1 tzu 4 chia 1 tzu. 4
&
&
H A P T E E
JOKES.
II.
602
And
Fans were originally surnamed Shake Shake. often tries his escape to make.
tzii
3
Shan4
pen3 hsing 4 Yao 2
Yao 2
ch c i 3 chiu4 p*ao. 3
603
The Little-Drum star
If
rises in the eastern, sets in
the
western sky you can recite this seven times over in one breath, so can I.
X f ch 8 W'* * m % M tung fftj&'fc i i,ii ^ -t i i chH kuo wo Ni

Ku 3
rh 2 hsing 1
1
1
pien1
4
hsi 1 pien1
lo 4
nien 4
pien 4
nien4 chî 1 pien4 kuo. 4

and power
o,
Note.
Besides meaning "what you can do
I can," this ditty is used playfully
as suggested in the second Hne, for a test of length of breath,

utterance.
604
When
so
there's
when
Jen 2
there's
aught to do, the more the better aught to eat.

;
not
to 1 *hao 3 tso 4 *huo 2
jen2 shao 3 hao 3 ch^h 1
^ho.
When
the cat's away, the rats
come out
to stretch
their loins.
Mao 1
m & * shu a
erh 2 ch<u 4 lao 3
ffl
3
ctfu 1 lai 2 shen 1 yao. i
* # m
ft
ta 3
As easy
La 1
as for
li
ai
scabbed-head to
ft
kill flies
on his
10
yi 1
pate.
tfou 2 shang * ta 3
tsâng 1 ying 1 yi 1
* m ~
ko. 4
JOKES.
103
607
As easy
as to catch a flea in the stern of a pair of
trousers.
K*u4 tang 1
m & m & kou & ~ & w yu

li
ip
3
eho 1
tsao 3 yi1
ting4
chin. 3
S08
We
have eyed each other well looking or not ?
ft Ni3 k an4 wo 3 wo 3
r
now, are we good-
m n n m fto <hao * # & k<an m pu kW <hao k*an GOG

ni 3
3
Who
may
can bet on the goodness of his eat the largest sugar plum.
jb
own
eyesight
Tu3
yen 3 se4
m a
is
chîh
1
* m
ta4
t<ang. 2
choice out of
Note. Said in joke when requesting one to hat are alike.
make
many
things
610
You
can't catch wild beasts without a net.
Wu
He
Note
is
u chang m n m
2
1
ta 3
yeh. 1
Sll
a fool
who
c
waits for a servant maid.

ya1
t'ou. 2
fool of.
Ctfih 2 han4 teng2

She
-won't come,
and so he
will he
made a
612
Lots of bustle for
official
little profit.
Lit.
Hsiin
!
Ssti in
jsjff n m
Hsiin 2 ssu 1
ta 3
lodgings a very bustling yamen

kung1 kuan 3
je 4
ra nao 4 ya 2 men. 2
Note.Hsiin
ssu or Jen
I ssu
S| pJ)> a very small mandarin.
613
If
one breaks wind every body

4
starts.
# a Ko
ft
ta 3
jen-
p*i
m # a m ko
4
4
jen 2
ching. 1
104
To
flit
3
FACETLE.
614:
to take one's wife.
and forget
% Hsi
chai 2
wang4
& m
ch'i.
615
Bundle, umbrella, and
Pao 1
Note.
I.
wt
fu 2
ra
yii 3
is
san 3
wo. 3
an absent minded-traveller who, namely his bundle, his umbrella, and himself, gets confused, and thinks he has lost something. Says he "here's my bundle, and here's my umbrella, but where am I ? " The use of this proverb is to banter men with bad memories.
case here supposed
that of
setting out on his journey with three things,
The
616
when worshipping
jz
tîen
1
To wear a summer
year
very hot
liat
at the
new
Tai 4 liang 2 mao 4
m m $ m chV
fang 1
# m n u
o
je4
te 2
*hen 3
Note. THen-fang is that quarter of the heavens in which hsi-shen (-} J|J}{l), a god of happiness, is supposed to reside for any current year. This locality is revealed yearly by the Imperial almanac. On the first day of the year the
males,
side of their dwelling,
supposing that the tien fang be in the south, will go out to the south and facing the south perform their prostrations. At this time it is too cold, of course, to wear summer hats, and this proverb is used to laugh down any such foolish ardency.
617
To wear
Lu4
fur coats in
summer.
* n
5c
w-
yiieh4
tîen 1 cfruan1 p*i 2
& m
ao. 3
Note. This is used in banter to one refusing to lend a helping hand on the plea of slight sickness and being so clothed. It also designates ignorance of what
is
proper.
CHAP TEE
618
III.
ABSURD MISTAKES.
Misunderstanding that which has been He into mistaken curses is led.

is Ting1 tsV
said,
<hua, 4 ehe 1 ts<o 4
n.
pi
ma. b
619
To guess a superior man's mind by a mean man's
I 3 hsiao 3 jen 2 chih 1 hsin, ]
tu 4 chim 1 tzii 3 chih 1 fu. 2
620
To put any thing
into
Li-mis hand.
li
3
Note. Li Mi, a rebel leader at the commencement of the T*ang dynasty, noted as much for Ids abilities as feared for his rapacity. This proverb in its u It is hard to get butter out of a meaning and use almost corresponds to ours
:
TW
tao 4 Li 4
Mi 4 shou 3
ch<ii 4 liao. 4
dog's throat."
621
To dam water with
sand.
m ft Chua sha 622

1
1
3jC
ti
shui. 3
To feed on fancies. Lit To look up at plums to quench one's thirst to draw a loaf to satisfy one's hunger.
:
;
Wang
m m mei
4
chih 3
kV
ts.
;
ft
*hua 4 ping 3 cl/ung 1 chi. 1
3c
623
To add
fuel to
f& Pao 4
m
hsin
put out a ifc 9c

ctfiu 4 <huo. 3
fire.
106
FACETIAE.
624:
To
fill
up a well with snow.

P-
T'iao 1 hsiieh 3 t*ien 2 ching. 3
+& I 1 |
*n
J
-*f
625
Embracing the lamp-stand he dazzles himself with
the light
Pao 4 cho 2 teng1
m m m tou m chu a &

t'ai
2
liang. 4
626
To seek the
ass
lii
you are riding

Ml
lu.
2 2 4
on.
Ctfi 2
IT ft mi
62*7
To
catch,
fish
and forget
to take
4*:
ch'ien.
2
away the
basket.
f# ,W Hz* Te2 yu2 wang4
628
To open
one's door
and bow
in a thief.
To
fell
gg
P5
K'ai1
men2
m
i
1
BE
tao. 4
629
4
a tree to catch a blackbird.

tao 3
& m shu m u pa a w K*an

cho 1
1
ko. 1
630
To buy a dried
fish in
order to spare
life
its life,
is
to
know no
difference
between
and death.
fcn
it Mai 3 kan 1
ft
yii
2
ft
fang 4 sheng, 1 pu 4 chih 1 ssu 3 ^huo. 2
*E
ffi
631
He who
dresses in leaf-made clothes
fire,
when going
3
to
put out a
2
provokes calamity on himself.

>Xo
chîu 4 *huo, 3
m m n & Cho
so 1
i
1
# m m shang
jo 3
*huo 4
shen. 1
ABSUED MISTAKES.
107
632
H\
To be
idle at
home, diligent abroad.
Ic
Chia 1 Ian 3 wai 4
US
M
cffin.
633
To
boil carrots
and
garlic together is a sad blunder
in cooking.
*Hung 2
* shan i u m pm u
lo
2
c
pp
m.
ts*ai.
ch*ao 3
ta 4
Ian 4 ch*ao 3
634
To
offer tlie Filial Classic for sale at
the door of Con-
fucius.
K'ung 3 tzu 3 men 2
a * ^
m # m
m
ch'ien 2
mai4 hsiao 4
m m
up
3
ching. 1
S35
To
rear a tortoise shut
in a jar.
1
Kuan1
te 2 t*an 2 tzu
m wu m yang m h
li 3
.
kuei.
636
To ask a blind man the way.
Wen4
tao 4 yii 1
w m mang.
637
Ji
yii
2
To ask
instruction of a fool.
Ch'iu 2 chiao 4
* &
yti
A
jen. 2
638
To carry a
Pao 4
p*i
guitar into a mill,

2
and play
to the oxen.
pV
chin 4
mo 2
fang, 1 tui 4
niu 2 tfan 2 ch*in. 2
639
To
raise
an army when the war
is
over,
and regret
one's lateness.
Kuo 4 hou 4
&
hsing 1 ping, 1 *hui 3
m ^
it
m
tfai
4
ctfib.
108
FACETIAE.
640
To drag
for the reflected
Shui 3
li
moon
3
in the water.
m n % % m ming
3
lao 1
yueh. 4
641
To make a pickaxe
in a silversmith's shop.
li
Yin2 chiang4 p'u4
iiir i m
3
ta 3 ch<u 2 t'ou. 2
642
To make gold
T'ieh 3
locks, in a blacksmith's shop.

4
e .t m *r & m chiang 643

p<u 4
li
ta 3
chin 1 so. 3
To
Note.
stir
sesamum
Ma 2
seeds
3
and beans
together.
* m s * m tzu
things.
chiao 3 ton 4 tzu. 3
i,
e. to
mix up incongruous
644
To look
for bones in
li
an
3
egg.
t'on. 2
Chi 1 tan4
i 5I:ft'. ku tW
3
t'ao 1
645
To drop
into water to grasp the foam.
shui 3 ch'in 2 shui 3 p'ao. 4
Lo4
m % m * m
646
To shoot a sparrow with a

Ta4
large cannon.
m n
p'ao 4
ft
ii
ta 3
ma2
ch'iao. 3
647
To
scratch one's calf through top boots.
Ko 2
m m m ? chua
3 hsiieh 1 tzii
1
yang. 3
648
To
act in ignorance of the
t>
head and
tso 4 shih.
4
tail.
Pu 4
hsiao 3
n m * n n m wei
te 2
t*ou 2
ABSURD MISTAKES.
109
649
To
leave anything unfinished.
M * M pu O
1
fe
4
R
p<i
32
ku. 3
skih 3
kâi 1
Note.
This proverb
is
rather too coarse for a literal translation.
650
To buy a
Ko 2
cat in a bag.
k'ou 3 tai 4 mai 3 mao. 1
m m m
651
To
fight the wall after the thieves have gone.
ss
CffiaDg 2 tao 4 kuo 4 *hou 4 sha 1
& & &
m.
m ?
pi 3
tzu. 3
SECTION VII .O N FORTUNE,

CHAPTER
FATE.
I.
652
Kobberies and
fires,
Come
as fate requires.
:io
Tsei 2 chieh 2 <huo 3 shao, 1 ming 4
m n
>x
^ mn m
li
so 3 chao. 1
653
Thunderbolts and
fires,
Come
as fate requires.
Lei
#r
2
ta 3 ^huo 3 shao, 1 ming 4

;
ft
&m m
li 3
so 3 chao. 1
654
fires,
Falling walls and
Come
r
as fate requires.
ft,
shao, 1
31 ft >K Chiang2 ta 3 huo 3
ming 4 chih1 so 3 chao. 1
JW
ffl
Fated
Not
3
655
so
m m a m. & m n a o Yu yuan yu cho wu 656

4
1
you must each other greet you won't each other meet.
2
;
yiian 2 ts ?
kuo. 4
If you're
And
if
born lucky no scheming is needed your heart's good leave fasting unheeded.
;
;
Ming 4 hao 3 pu4 yung4 kuai 1
hsin 1 hao 3
pu4 yung 4
chai. 1
657
Happiness we'll together share Misery we'll together bear.
;
Yu 3
fu2
tûng 2 hsiang 3
yu 3 *huo 4
tfnng 2 tang. 1
FATE.
Ill
658
Where'er six horoscopic harmonies you see, That man will get on well wherever he may
fr Ming 4
a>
li
be.
x
la 4
&o
<ho,
2
tai
ctfu 4 ctfu 4 <ho 2
m m & n m
te 2
cho. 1
659
Both
riches and honours are settled by fate Their time of arrival each man must await. fr b# if o 8
Fii 4 kuei 4 niing 4
;
a
li
p*ai 2
# 660
;
ko 4
tzii
teng 2 shih 2
lai.
-When both the heart and the
fate are right,
age in wealth delight. is right and the fate is wrong. Shielding him must to the gods belong. When fate is right and the heart is wrong, He will fall in his road half way along. When both the heart and the fate are wrong, Penury's griefs he'll struggle among.
>& .# fr #o Hsin1 hao 3 ming 4 yu 4 Lao, 3 fa4 kuei 4
& ft Hsin1 hao 3 ming4 ft Ming 4 <&
3
He will to old When the heart
& U hao
hsin 1
ft
fi
4 4 Hsin 1 ming 4 chii 4 hao, 3 pîn 3 chien 4 Note. "The gods," lit: "heaven and earth." " He will
m % t> Mo m % 5c \$ & pu chung * # # % 5c T chung yao che pu * & m m 5t m ii pu shou fan

x
4
# *
ti
chih 2 tao 4 lao. 3

1
1
hao, 3 tfien1
hsii
pao. 3
3
flf
hao, 3
tfu 2
liao.
nao. 3
:
meaning
is
fall" &c the that he will be cut off in the midst of his days and so be unable to
enjoy his good fortune.
661
Unjust gains cannot enrich those who are fated to be
poor.
fi
*Heng 4
hj
tsâi 2
ft pu 4 fu 4 ming 4 chîung 2
x f
m a
fate.
jen. 2
662
Disease
may
be cured, not
112
FORTUNE.
ft
I 1 le 2 ping, 4
-b
i
1
pu4
ft
te 2 ming. 4
663
Beautiful
,
women
-k
nii
2
are very ill-fated,
Hung 2 yen 2
& m
tzii
& B ? % to po ming.
3
664
No
distance can sever those whom fate unites nearness can join those whom fate severs.
;
no
Yu 3 yuan 2
2
w m =f m -IB * # neng m m m mien m pu ^ fa m wu bsiang

ctfien 1
li
3
hsiang 1 *hui 4
1
yiian 2 tin 1
feng. 2
665
Happiness has
SB
its
foundation, and misery its
womb.
!Fu 2 sheng 1
W yu
So
3
lift
chi,
*huo 4
& W sheng yu
1
Bfr
tfai.
1
666
If a
man's fate is to have only eigth-tenths of a pint of rice, though he traverse the country over, he cannot get a full pint. ii y
a & % p m yu pa * man % m k T pu m sheng. ft tsou chin 667

Ming4
3
li
chin 3
*ho 2
mi, 3
tîen 1 hsia 4
Every event
fret
ift
3*
is
settled beforehand
life.
so
it
is
vain to
ft
over this transitory
Shih* shih 4 chieb 1 bsien 1 ting 4
ft
So
;
J?
fou 2 ebeng 1 k'ung 1 tzu 4 mang. 2
668
and nothing depends on man.
Everything
is
fated
Wan 4
if
m pan
it
1
chieh 1
yu 2 ming 4
& &
3s
;
pan 4
tien 3
* & a m pu yu
4 2
jen. 2
FATE.
113
669
On
a road dangers may be met with which can hardly be escaped and affairs will happen beyond our
:
own
control.
Lu 4
m i i nan i i i ^ s & * m m $ pu tzu

feng 2 hsien 3 ch*u 4
o 2
*hui 2
pi4
shih 4 tao 4 t*ou 2 lai 2
yu. 2
670
Nothing follows man's own calculations
life is
;
his
whole
arranged by
fate.
4
2 2
Wan 4
yi 1
n * * a a tt m pu yu jen ~ & i & & % m sheng ming an 671

shih 4
.
chi 4 chiao 4
tu 1 shih 4
p*ai. 2
Our destiny
to our
is
fixed,
without the slightest reference
own
will.
Ta 4
* m n ^
chia 1 tu 1 shih 4 ming, 4
ô
pan4
is
tien 3
pa4 yu 2
# & a
jen. 2
672
is loftier
His heart
>fr
than his destiny.
Hsin 1 kao 1 ming 4 pu 4 kao. 1
fo
Bfi
673
Plant flowers with care, and they may never grow stick willows in carelessly, and they may yield a
pleasant shade.
:
% m m & & * s pu *& 9k W W J* m wu

Yu 3
2
i
tsai 1 ^hua 1 ^hua 1
fa, 1
ffi
hsin 1 cfra 1 liu 3 liu 3 chêng 2 yiu. 1
674
The more
[
more I miss the mark what have I to do with fate ? The more I miss the mark* the more I study what has fate to do with me ?
I
study, the
114
FORTUNE.
i I I ^ M x * I Yueh pa chung yueh

4
4
4
+o
4
ft
;
&
ch*i
2
in
fo
im
fa
?
Yueh 4 tu2 yueh4 pu 4 chung4
yao 4 tu^
i%
wo 3
:
ju 2 ming4 *ho 2
ft ming4
&
ch*i
ju 2
wo 3
i
*ho 2 ?
Note. This saying of the ancients in flat contradiction of many of the preceding proverbs means u that the decree of fate does not violate the liberty of the human will, or impose a necessity on man to act either in one way or in another." Milne. Sacred Edict, 2nd edition, page 125.
675
Men
are
:
;
good or bad according to their conduct and their misery or happiness depends on themselves.
Shan4 o 4
# &
bs
fk,
;
sui 2 jen 2 tso 4
*huo 4 fu 2 tzu 4 chi 3 chao. 1
m m
ta
Note.
This proverb,
as well as the preceding one, shows that the Chinese are
not, at all events, consistent necessitarians.
evs
The man
^ m
can, but his fate cannot.
ft Jen 2 nng 2 ming4 pu 4 neng. 2
a m
677
Fate. Lit.
:
The abacus
in the temple of the city-god.
Chêng 2 *huang 2 miao 4
m m suan m m
ti
1
p*an. 2
678
"If
it
be
my
ft
wealth
Pi
it
won't go
if lie
be
my
son
lie
won t
die/'
Hsi 4 wo 3
Note.
not but still he refused to believe. So this devil said he would kill his first-born son. u Well he might do." After he had done so, as he thought, he came again to see if the gentleman Still no So the devil killed a second youth. but still he did not. believed change appeared in the philosopher's incredulity, and he threatened to kill a third. The devil, however, now grew nervous, and did not or could not kill that one, who was the real son. Hence the saying " if he be my son he will not die."
It is said
tf *o ffi pu 4 chîi4 hsi 4 wo 3 tzti 3 pu4 szu. 3 of Fan Wen Cheng Rung f^ 3C IE 5^? tnat he did
tsâi
2
;
* *
;
believe in devils.
One came
to
him and questioned him
G79
One's every glass of wine and every predestined.
slice of
meat, are
Pei 1 chiu 3 kûai 4 jou 4 chieh 1 ch ien 2

c
% m m & m
m %
ting.
FATE.
115
S80
Wife, wealth, children, pay, are
Ctfi 1 ts<ai 2
all
predestined.
* # m # tzu
3
lu 4
&
chieh 1 ctfien2 ting. 4
681
Virtuous children and official emolument who does not desire ? Alas these are not the theme of your
!
luckless horoscope.
nai 4
i A 7 * tzu ? sun 8 1 i a ^t f m. m chung su Shui jen pu h x m, & m & wu m pu pan

Shni 2 jen 2 pu 4
2
ai 4
hsien 2 ?
1
ai
chîen1
hsing 2
shin 4 ehe*
s
mu. 4
is
t*i
Note.
cc
Official
emolument;"
Lit.
:"
1000 chung of grain." One chung
equal to four tou 3 or pecks.
682
2 2
Don't say that Wen- Wang's diagrams are powerless, bat fear lest the fortune teller has told them wrong.
Mo 4
chin 3 p*a 4 hsien 1
I ih * 8 Wang M M Wen kua pu* ft K H ft ? sheng tuan pu

tao 4
tfi
4
1
ling, 2
chen. 1
GHAPTEE
-LUCK.
II.
683
hoards to-day, lie hoards to-morrow ( ), does nothing else but hoard At length he has enough a new umbrella to afford; When all at once he is assailed, a wind arises quick And both his hands grasp nothing but a bare um!
He
brella stick.
ic *; mai i j - pa Ts*uan ts*uan i i n n feng u b. ~ chen *Hu jan kHiang m %> m a. % ft n

2
îi
Chin 1
tfien
1
5c
;,
;
tsûan 2
2
ming 2
5c
tîen1 tsûan 2
lai
chîi
liao 3 yi 1
san. 3
yi 1
ch*i 3
Liang 3 shou 3 pao 4 chn 4 kuang1 chu 2 kan. 2
If luck be low,
To Kiangsi
Shih 4 yiin 4
go.
m M
ffio
ti,
1
it
tsou 4 Chiang 1 Hsi. 1
&
And
lucky horoscope doth for a whole life prepare if it be not lucky what use is fervent prayer
Ming4
w m m yu w m chung n yu m s ^ * n wu m * mo Ming
.*
li
shih 2
hsii
3
;
li
shih 2
k<u 3 ch<iu. 2
686
The The axe may sever the
sturdiest
army may be
mu 4
laid
low
bj
sturdiest bough.
ctfiang 2 tse 2 che. 2
^ Ping
1
chîang 2 tse 2 mieh 4
m Mo #
;
'if
;;
LUCK.
117
687
If a man's in luck lie always finds, Where'er lie goes to, favouring winds.
Jen2
fi fl# 1 2 tsai 4 shih 2 chung, hsing chûan2
1111
yu 4 shun4
feng. 1
688
In the morning only some farmhouse pride At night he stands by the Emperor's side.
Chao 1 wei 1
tfien
2
she 4 lang 2
mu4
and
as
teng 1 tîen 1 tzu 3 t*ang. 2
689
A
lucky
man
lend
is
stout
fair
And men
And
A luckless man
as he wants. burnt and spare he asks for a loan which no one grants.
is
him twice
much
a
Jen 2
n#
m % + f ying m wu A * m 3L shou M yu R H yu Jen pu % + m m mu & m wu & n. Chieh ch

""
tsai 4 shih 2
chung 1 yu 4 p*ang 4 yu 4 pai 2 ;

3
x m r &
ta 1
4
ft
Chieh ch ien 2
r
.
shih 2
yi 1
4
pai. 3
tsai
shih 2
3
^he
ien 2
shih 2
ta 1
ying4
te.
690
Peaches blossom in the second month Chrysanthemums in the ninth are out Each must wait till its time comes about.
T*ao 2 ^hua 1 erh 4 yueh 4 kâi 1
m * - m # Ko
Some Some
Yi 1
m*
&
tzu 4
n m m & % yueh ^ m teng

;
1 chli 2 ^hua
chin 3
3
kâi 1
fl#
shih 2
lai.
691
like
thunder
rise in
haste
like ashes fall to waste.

ju 2
-' If *d
fa 1
W - m pai
lei
2
;
to
ju 2
M
ûi. 1
yi 1
118
FORTUNE.
692
What
Gods and
the actors cannot do. fairies carry through.
Hsi4 pa4 kou, 4 shen 2 Lsien1

Note.
m *
tin
m
ts*ou.
Said of any in straights who happen to meet with opportune help.
693
In the halls of magistrates long bodied men sit Through the streets in a hurry long legged men
flit.
T Hsia
Note.
$t $r
Shang 4 shen1 cffang2

4
shen 1 ch*ang 2 tsou 4
H it
694
tso 4
if kuan1 t*ang 2
tC ft mang2 mang. 2
This
It
is
said to be a saying of physiognomical fortune-tellers.
you
You
your chopsticks and bason, will be poor to the last generation.

rattle
a
3 1
?
Ctfiao 1
m cMao m km m wan
uai, 4
chMung2 ssu 3 wan 4
*e
n
tai.
695
Quiver my eyelids, my heart throbs in my breast Neither sitting nor sleeping can I find rest.
Yen3
m & ching *
t*iao 4 hsin1
1
;
ei
tso 4
wo 4 pu 4
* &
ning. 2
is
Note. The state of affairs, supposed in this and the preceding proverb, understood to be ominous of ill luck.
696
Don't boast of good fortune. Lit. : Don t let yourself say too much about the fineness of Spring; but have
a fear of westerly winds and the recurrence of cold.
a
Jen 2
it
ctfing 2
mo 4
chih 3 p<a*
ft
* hao # m kuang n m chW W W # yu

tao 4
1
3
;
hsi 1
feng1
leng 8
fl# 2 shih.
697
He goes
out empty-handed he returns a wealthy man.
;
iH pi. Kûng1 shou3 ctfu 1 men 2
pao 4
m * n
ts<ai
2
kuei 1
chia.
x 1
LUCK.
119
One family
benefit of
Yi 1
it.
698
and two
families get the
builds a wall,
- *
*r
chia 1 ta 3 cttiang, 2 liang 3 chia 1 fang 1 pien. 4
m ^ m
699
Having good luck he need only wound his purse; having it not he must himself be wounded.
Yu 3
w m shang %
fa 2
Bto
1
tsâi
2
;
wu 2
% m
iU
a
the law
:
Note, The case here supposed is that of a he can pay a fine he may escape corporeal punishment.
shang 1 chi. 3 man who has broken

fu 2
if
700
The poorer one
Yueh4
is
the more devils one meets.
S?
ctfiung2 yueh 4 chien 4 kuei. 3
@ E
not
?
ft.
701
If luck
If luck comes,
who comes
4
comes
not,
who comes
Shih 2 lai 2
^ m * m pu
shui 3
lai
* 2<
m * # m $ pu V02
?
shih 2
lai 2
shui 3 lai 2 ?
Good luck
certain sometime. Lit.
A day must
a
jih.
come
for thrashing out the grain.
Tao4
ch'ang 2 ta 3
ft
ku3 cbung1 yu 3
& & m moon

ifi
yi 1
703
A
scabbed-head following the ft
4
1
enjoys extra light.

to kuang1 chan 1 kuang. 1
M % m yueh M M ken La
li
2
cho 1
liang 4 tsou, 4 chan 1
Note. ha-li, two words not found in Kanghi, but common enough signify one whose head is not only bald but covered with glistening and offensive scars. La-li are very numerous, and they are very commonly made the butts of ridicule.
When
mao
one
is
!
near, a bystander will exclaim jft
J^
#Jf
'hao
ta liang,
u what a
great light
hsi or
" to the
amusement of
all
around.
They
are also nicknamed
scarce-hair," "jaUf jfj? 'hu lu or pumpkin, &c. In this proverb also which expresses the good luck any one enjoys in following another, a shaft of
ridicule
is
^^
aimed at the unfortunate La-li.
120
FORTUNE.
704
When
a dwarf ascends a staircase, he luckty gets higher every step.
? m Ai tzu
3
i/\m
3
pa lou 2
$ m.~ pu
t-% 1
-m
kao 1
yi 1
~ $
yi 1
pu. 4
705
A
dwarf cannot kick up
height.
his feet to
any very great
Ai3 tzu 3 ta 3
Note.
*#-&
erh*
ctfi
3
,
shun 2 kao 1
yeh 3 tsung 3 pu 4 kao. 1

Han-
ffi
This cynical proverb formed an apt

visited
illustration in the fate of the
kow dwarf who
Europe some time ago with Chang the giant. The dwarf is said to have returned to Hankow with 300 taels in his pocket. That seemed Before long, however, the friends of the unlucky like kicking to a great height. wight managed to filch out all his money from him so the proverb came true he did not kick very high after all.
:
vo&
To enjoy good
fair
luck. Lit.:
To
hoist the sail before a
wind.
Ch'e 3 ch i 3 p'eng 2
c
t I
m
ni3
lai 2
*,*: shun I
tsou 4
4
feng.
V07
?
Who
fears that
your pen will pierce the sky
re
p*a 4
fa
Na 3
- m & m p o 708
yi 1
5c
tfien.
1
pi 3
hsii
Sudden return of
luck.
Lit.
The swept area pro-
duces a large melon.
* m m Sao ch ang 709

*?
3
f
jbsl
chieh
ta
kua.
Unluckily born.
cradle,
Lit. : You have slept in the wrong and issued from the wrong womb,
ts<o 4
Shui 4
yao 2
lit
lo,
2
tV
i t
ts'o
4
u&
liao 3 t'ai. 1
LUCK.
121
in luck iron resem-
710
Out
of luck, gold becomes iron
;
bles gold.
sS
Tim 1
* &
cttii
1
.
;
8*
shih 2
chin 1
chêng 2 tîeb 3

lai
2
0i
3
t*ieh
ssu 1 chin. 1
&
711
Even
the Yellow River lias its clear days man be altogether without luck ?
*Huang 2
3
;
how can
f f g g w .a & % m chi yu
JU
<ho
2 3
ffi
B
jih
1
;
shaDg 1 tu 3 teng 4 ebbing 1
a#
shih 2
?
!
jen 2
tyu 2
te 2
yiin 1
Note.
Its clear
days happen once or twice in a millenrum. Encouraging
712
The poor may have no wise friend to succour them but the sick generally have some noble friend to tell them of a remedv.
ft P4n 3 wu 2
ping 1
;
SUA
ta 2 shih 1
;
1 ch% #
o 2
It
tseng 1
;
yu 3 kao 1 jen 2 shuo 1 yao 1
EH
chin 1
if
fang. 1
713
The leaky house must encounter a succession of rainy nights and the sailing ship must beat against
unfavourable winds.
T\
M M H M & u Ion keng

1
fe
tsao 1 lien 2
veh 1
ft
hsing 2 ch'uan 2 ch'tieh 4 pei 4
is
.t ir
ta 3
is
t'ou 2 feng. 1
M s i
yii
3
714
Under each man's name
1
2
his
* A * T Ko jen
raing 2 hsia 1
own
fortune.
fi
chûng2
yi 1
X
tfien.
715
Sour, sweet, bitter, pungent, all
m m ^ Suan
1
t<ien
k<u3
la 1
mn
must be
2
tasted.
tu 1
# m chW kuo.
122
FORTUNE.
716
" The fortunes of men are as uncertain as the winds and clouds of Heaven."
T'ien 1 yu 3
jen 2
3
a m t 7 m feng pu A W B. 9 SB H yu tan
5c
4
ts'e
yiin 2
fu. 2
hsi 1
*huo 4
717
are sometimes
Good swimmers
riders are
drowned
and good
sometimes thrown.
ni 4
;
Shan4 yu 2 che 2
shan 4
ch*i 2
che 2
to.
718
The lucky man meets a
fair lady.
Shih 2
friend
the unlucky
is
4
man
a % m * m * m hao yu
lai
2
ft
a
we
see
feng 2
yiin 4
ctfii
yii
chia 1 jen. 2
719
When
the floating clouds are dispersed
a
clear sky.
m m Po
1
kâi 1
fou 2
mm
1
yiin 2
% 720
chien 4 chîng 4
5c
tfien.
1
His horoscope
disagree.
is
lucky. Lit.:
The two stems don't
Liang 3 kan 1 pu 4
T 7 i
tsa. 2
721
It is
an unlucky sign when the eyelids quiver.

Yen 3
it
'
ching 1 tfiao 4
m
<hui 4 ctfi 4
tao. 4
722
A horse may have
strength to run a thousand miles, but without a rider it knows not where to go a man may have the ambition to scale the clouds, but without luck he cannot get on.
:
LUCK.
123
W * fg M yu chHen A * fg & fi * jen pu neng tzu wang A If S i p jen yu T> fI ^ $ # & pu neng hsiang
Ma 3
fei
1
li
chih 1 neng, 2
4
3
ling 2
yiin2
2
chih 1
chih, 4
fei
yiin 4
tfung. 1
*723
raging wind only strikes those

Kûang 2 feng1 tan1 ta 3
who
are in
it.
m m
tr
hsia 4
t a a
feng 1 jen. 2
724
Time
will
will
come when luck will change, when Heaven send down wealth and honour. a at *r Yu3 tsao 1 yi 1 jih 4 shih 2 yiin4 chuan, 3
'M
fu 4 kuei 4
m ~ * yung m m
2
*hua 2 tîen 1 chiang 4
m n x m *
lai.
:
725
A
poor fellow in luck's way. Lit. a fair wind.
P<o 4 fan 1
ragged
sail
in
ft
yu4
& A
T
shiin 4 feng. 1
726
Kan Lo
enjoyed the favour of the state of ChHn at the age of twelve ; whilst ai Kang waited till he was eighty for the emoluments of Tsou.
x
Kan1 Lo 2
T<ai 4
shih 2
1
1
erh 4
shih 2
is
shou 2
Ch
in 2
en 1
a + & pa * Kims
ft
shih 2
said to
n m Chou
1
lu. 4
Note.
The former of tnese worthies
have been made Prime minister

the famous Chiang
at the early
age of twelve; while the
latter,
till
T ai
f
Rung
(Sk J&
5*")' did not reach that honour
he was an old man.
All luck!
124
FOETUISTE.
727
~ ^
To
kill
two birds with one

or
3
Yi1 chu 3
1 i Hang
te.
Yi 1 chu 3
^ | 1 Hang
f
stone.
|S
3
pien* 4
728
To
- n m m Ti kung
1 1
shoot two arrows at once.

ta 2
liang 3 chien. 4
729
A
pearl wrapped up
ffi
in straw.
1
Tao 4
Note. Said of able and unknown.
tsâo
m % n pao chen
3
1
chu. 1
luck
it is
or learned persons
whose
ill
to live unnoticed
730
A
chance day
is
better than a chosen one.
m Hsiian
Chance
luck. Lit.
Hsia 2
B
3
jib*
pu4 ju 2 chuang4
in
W.
jih.
B4
its
:
731 A blind cock
chancing on grain.
t*ou. 2
chi 1
kung1 chuang4 mi 3
m * m
732
An
auspicious plant growing up before one's private apartments, may prove to be a good omen one bad better be without.
T'ing 2 ch'ien2 sheng1 shiu 4 ts'ao 3 , 'hao 3 shih 4 pu4
am
& m Mo # * *
in
ju 2
wu. 2
&
Notb. A somewhat interesting legend is told in connection with this proverb and in explanation of it, to the following effect. In former times a young merchant, a few months after his marriage, and just after his wife had communicated to him the fact that she was enceinte, was obliged to leave home on business likely to detain him for an indefinitely long time. Before taking his leave he deposited with her the half of a ring he had been in the habit of wearing, thinking that it might serve to facilitate recognition should the time of his absence prove verylong, or anything untimely befall him. He went away and never returned. Whilst staying at an inn in a certain town, with a large sum of money in his possession, he was poisoned and robbed. But, before death transpired, he took an antidote Which he had had the precaution always to carry about with him. This antidote did not save his life, but it preserved his body from decay. The mur-
LUCK.
derer secretly buried
discovered.
125
and the dark deed was not
him
in the courtyard of his house,
to see how suddenly the the wonderment did not end there, for, soon it became noised abroad that in the courtyard of this inn a prodigy might be daily witnessed in the shape of a beautiful flowering plant, which sprang up in the
The
neighbours,
however, marvelled
much
innkeeper's family had
grown
rich.
And
morning and faded at night. Crowds came to see the wondrous plant, and from them the lucky inn-keeper drew a considerable revenue. This had been going on for a long time when the merchant's son, now grown up into a young man, in searching for his father came to the very town in which this prodigy was taking place. He visited the courtyard of the inn and his curiosity led him to touch the marvellous plant, whereupon it instantly decayed. The inn-keeper, seeing that his hopes of gain were destroyed, in a rage took the young man before the magistrate. The magistrate delerminedif possible to unravel the double mystery by digging for the root of the plant. That led to the discovery of a corpse in perfect preservation, whose features resembled closely those of the youth, and of the half of a ring corresponding to that- which he pro;
duced it also led to the discovery of the murder, the punishment of the culprit, and overthrow of his family. And so it came true that the auspicious plant was unlucky after all.
;
CHAPTER
OPPORTUNITY.
II.
733
It
ought to be settled, you settle it not In consequence trouble will fall to your lot.
Tang1 tuan4 pu 4 tan4
S * 9 H * K. R fan shou cM nan. 734

3
Until times favour you, no luck can you enjoy
And should you try to sail, head winds will you annoy.
m pu * a m * m # yun ft i x i t i a Hsing ch*uan yu yu tang

Shih 2 pu4
2
chih4 lai 2
2
tfung 1
t*ou 2 feng. 1
735
Since the wind blows your
fire,
No
need yourself to
cttui 1 *huo, 3
tire.
4
Yin1 feng 1
n^^Co yung * % m # pu
li
to.
736
Those near a mandarin get honour
kitchen food.
Chin 4 kuan1 te 2 kuei 4
;
those near a
& b
fto
;
cbin 4 ch*u 2 te 2 shih. 2

;
& m n %
737
He who
neglects a
good opportunity, must not
after-
wards complain.
Tang1
M * pu
ch*u 3
is
Mo
4
cffii,
3
ft kuo 4 hou4
mo 4
fi
*hui.
3
738
When
your horse
on the brink of a precipice
;
it is
too late to pull the reins
when
calamity
is
upon
you repentance
'
is
too late.
Ma 3
31
tao 4
IS
lin 2 ai^
(fc
shou 1 chiang 1
K wan
pu4
3
;
*huo 4 chih 4 t<ou 2
m M
BI
3S
lai
2
ts
<hui 3
^ R
chi.
OPPORTUNITY.
127
739
Opportunity must sometime visit the meanest. Lit.: There comes a day when the bits of reed in a ditch
turn over.
Yang2 kou 1
mm
li
mieh4
& ^ m # m # yeh 740 yu sben

p'ien
4
3
fan 1
jib.
b4
Pass no day idly, youth does not return.

Pai 1
&
B
jih 4
mo 4
n m
ss.
hsien 2 kuo, 4 ending 1 cttun1
x n t m pu
4
-
%.
tsai 4 lai. 2
741
A
Ying 1 hsiung 2
4
hero without the opportunity of displaying bravery.
his
n m n m ^ m wu yung wu
2 3
chih1 ch*u. 4
;
742
:
Enjoying good opportunities. Lit. : A water-side tower first catches the moon trees and flowers in the sun earliest meet the spring.
Chin 4 shui 3 lou 2
fahsiang 4
2
& *
m m % n yueh m & * * m m yang mu feng

.*
tfai
2
hsien 1 te 2
'hua 1
tsao 3
743
Shao 3 chuang 4 pu 4 lu 3
-
cffun. 1
Neglected youth brings miserable age.
&
at
A year's opportunities depend on Spring

;
jih
&
k * m 744
ij q
li,
\%
lao 3 ta 4 tfu 2 shang1 pei. 1
a day's on the
dawn; a family's on harmony and a life's on industry.
- ^ Yi
1
ft ft
chi 4
ffi
nien 2 chih 1 chi 4 tsai 4 yti 1 ctfun 1
-r 1
yi
- m chih
b4
chih 1
yi 1
tsai 4
ft
1
chia 1
chi 4
tsai 4
m m m yu & & ft
1
yin 2
*ho 2
yii 1
yi 1
sheng 1 chih 1 chi 4 tsai 4 yu 1
chîn.
128
FORTUNE.
745
If
you have but a green willow you can

horse thereto the capital.
:
tie
your
there are roads from everywhere to
m w yang m kân mm ma m, k i m it Ch<u yu ChangÂn.

Tan4 ya 3
4
lu 4
chi 4
ctfu 4
lu 4
l<ou 4
Note. Chang-an,
T'ang dynasties
:
the capital of China during the the old name of Si-ngan-fu.
Ts'in,
Han, Sui, and
746
Every high road leads
fi * s m tW T
(
to Peking.
4t
iao 2
ta 4
m
it is
lu 4
tfimg 1 PeP-ching. 1
V47
When
a vessel is in the middle of a river late to stop the leak.
Cttuan 2 tao 4 chiang 1 bsin1 pu 3 lou4
too
m m a
i&
u i
748
A
fair
chîh.
s. 2
wind fans the flame
the boat glides with the
Shun4 feng 1
m a
efe
k t
;
ctfui 1 *huo 3
2 2 hsia 4 shui 3 hsing clruan.
% n
749
If
yon do not
yonr enemy.
kill
man
9E
outright he will live to be
Sha 1 jen2 pu4 ssu 3 fan3 wei 2 ch'ou. 2
A *
ft
ft
750
He
borrows the wind to cross the
Chieh 4 feng 1 kuo 4
river.
a m
'ho.
7S1
To
light a fire in a hot stove.
m Je
ft
tsao 4
m ^
li
as
cho 2 pa 3 <huo. 3
OPPORTUNITY.
129
752
Strike while the iron's hot.
*r
Ta3
t'ieh
e m m ian
3
je.
753
When you
see
Chien 4 chi 3 erh 2
act.
tso. 4
an opportunity,
a m m #
754= man and
you'll be satisfied with, Meet an honourable food; meet a premier and you'll be clothed in
court dress.
Yii 4
B
4
m.
yii
tsai
A 8 ft * chûan ^ il & m hsiang

Jt
4
kuei 4 jen2 cfrih 1 pao 3 fan4

4 1
755
ripe
it
ch*ao 2
i.
When the melon
Kua 1
mill
is
will drop of
4
itself.
shu 2
tzii 4 lo.
75S
One whom opportunity
Lit.
:
serves to please all parties.
sharp knife cuts bean curd leaving both sides smooth.

tt.
K*uai 4 tao 1 ta 3 tou 4 fu 3 liang 3 mien4 kuang. 1
ft
$L
$ m
us
When
a time to drink wine comes, drink when you are in a proper place sing aloud.
Yii 4
te 2
757
it
;
and
t*
II
yin 3 chiu 3 shih 2 hsii 1 yin 3 chiu 3

1
kao 1
m m m ?b I I EL kao k m ko
fs
ch*u 4 chîeh 3
1
ko. 1
758
Neither leave a spot when there a place of shallow rapids.
ft
Hsiu 1
a
is
fish,
nor long for
pieh 2 yu
m m w & m m m m m tW
yii 2
ch*u, 4 rao 4 lien 4 ctften 3 tfan 1
SECTION VIII. ON JOYS
AND SORROWS.
I.
CHAPTER
AMUSEMENTS.
759
Once in a while you may go to a play, But they are not the things for every day.
Feng 2 ch'ang2
tso 4 hsi, 4
pu4 k o 3 chuan1
r
i.
760
After dice throwing and card playing, Disputes must arise about paying.
Mo3
# a
p'ai 2 chih4 shai, 3 pi 4
w m 6 t ch'ang yu
3
hsia 4
pai. 2
761
Losing conies of winning money.
Shu1 ch ien 2
c
m m m m m m k wei
chih 3
4
ying 2 ch*ien 2
eh*i.
762
If
you believe in gambling you

house.
Hsin 4
will
have to
sell
your
liao 3 tu 3
Tl
,
mai 4
liao 3
TI
3
wu. 1
763
When
kill
four
armed men ascend the
arena, each tries to
the other.
7i m n pa & * n % n$ $ pu wo wo
Shang 3 ch ang2
f
ssii
tao, 1
ni 3
sha 1
sha 1
ni.
AMUSEMENTS.
131
764
Money goes to the gambling house as criminals to
execution.
Ctfien 2 tao 4 ta 3 châng, 2 jn 2 tao 4 fa 3
m a . a m m m
765
is
ctfang. 2
When
the gamblers wealth

stop.
spent,
and
his purse
empty, he must
3 2
m n m m nang s m kûng Tu po
chia 1 ts c ai 2 chin 4
2
766
To persuade gentlemen not
them.
tzii
jan 2 hsiu. 1
m w
to gamble, is to
win
for
m
Chilian 4
-
Men
*
chun1
*gr
î
mo 4
m j& m 7B m 767
v&
tu 3 shih 4 ying 2 ch*ien. 2
in the
game
are blind to
what men looking on
see clearly.
Tang4
% mi m p*ang m ch6 * m m che $ kuan

chii
2 2
2
cluing. 1
GHAPTEPw
II.
CALAMITY AND GRIEF.
768
Tis not calamity in any shape,
From
ft To 2
which,
T> pu 4
it is
possible to escape,
R tV
iron
shih 4 <huo, 4 shih 4 <huo 4
^ M & m
769
lips,
Wk
to 2
pu 4
* M
tô.
To have
Is
and feet of beancurd made, such a calamity as no one can evade.

T<ieh 3 tsui 3 tou 4 fu 3
made
m m & $
Mo
chio, 3 shih 4 <huo 4
x m & m n pu
to 2
4 t'o.
770
.
tso, 4
white tiger star faces your gate, Some kind of misfortune must be your fate.
If the
ra 6. jfc sr Pai 2 *hu 3 tang1 men 2
wu2
w m & & yu
tsai 1
pi 4
*huo. 4
771
If
men
eat flesh
is
The reason
and do not flourish, the grief they nourish.
ChW
P&
jou 4 pu 4 chang 3 jou, 4 chin 3 wei 4 to 1 yu 1 ch ou. 2

r
$ # &
-
A.
ft
$ S 8
772
Once in trouble it is hard to get out. Lit. : To the claw of the heron the bloodsucker sticks, And he can't shake him off though he lustily kicks.
Ma 3
m <huang & & m n m m m jk m * pu Yao

ta 2 tao 3
1
lu4
ssu 1 chio, 3
1
t'o
td 2
t'o.
773
Severed living and parted dying, No grief on earth can be so trying.
Sheng 1
& m A
li 2
j.
ssu 3 pieh, 2 pei 1
& M M
ai 1
tsui 4 cfrieh. 4
CALAMITY AND GRIEF.
133
774:
Full of trouble. Lit. : An ox in a mill a horse bearing mail Actors before the CKeng-shou turning pale.
ft
c
Niu 2
'*?** mo ma
lo
4
2
fang 2
1
lo 4
yi4
in charge of a city a sort of superintendent of police. He is dreaded by actors on account of his well known rapacity he will force them to perform without remuneration.
officer,
Note. " Ch'eng-shou"

;
Hsi 4 tsu 3 p a 4
m *
cffeng m shou ^ m
ti
2
3
li.
a small military
or
commandant,
775
p
ffi.
Out of the mouth calamities fly In by the mouth all sicknesses hie.
*Huo 4 ts*ung 2 k*ou 3
is
chV
ping 4 ts*ung 2 k*ou 3 ju. 4
776
Whenever the raven flies over one's head, There must be before us some trouble to dread.
Wu
ya 1 tang1 t*ou2 kno, 4
wu2
tsai 1
pi4
yu3
*huo. 4
777
Those who know me, can for Can those who don t pray for
fcn
me
feel
my
1
1
weal
;
* M ft a wo hsin yu .m & m % m & n $ wei

ft
i&
Chih 1
wo 3
che 2 wei 4
che 2
Pu4
chih 1
wo 3
wo 3
ho 2 ch<iu 2
778
On Heaven and Earth
Both Heaven and Earth
5$ 5c *Han3 Wen 1
5c
tfien1
;
he loudly
P4
cries
his prayer despise.

chiao 4
pu4 ying4
* Bo
iI ^ i pu
ti
ti
ling. 2
779
Heaven does
not,
lot.
2
Men may
Suffering
Jen2
ctfi
1
despise me, but if

is
an agreeable wu4 chV
t'ien1
cttih 1 kûei 1 chin4 shih 4 pien 4
i.
134
JOYS AND SORROWS.
780
" Prosperity and misfortune are
common
yang1 ko4
to all times
and
places/'
tsai 1
ti 4
Feng1 shu2 nien2 nien 2 yu 3
fang. 1
781
are shallow, our troubles deep.
so 3
4
2
Our pleasures
3
m m m* m *huan m m che ^ m So
le4
che 2 ch*ien, 3
shen. 1
782
Grief knits the brows.
Ch*ou 2 so 3 mei 2
m
:
it
chien. 1
&
783
Full of grief. Lit.
Your thoughts
are confused as
uncarded hemp.
i& iL in Hsin 1 ssu 1 Ian4 ju2 ma. 2
784
A burnt tortoise keeps his pain inside. ft n m >x m m a. nei
Note.
" The heart knoweth
*Huo 3 shao 1 wu 1 kuei1

his
li
t*eng. 2
:
own
bitterness ".
Prov
xiv,
10.
785
In trouble think of your relations
;
in danger
depend
on old
Yu 4
aSS
friends.
chi 2 ssu 1
chin 1
ch<i 4
Mo
;
lin 2
M $ wei
ft
2
tV
ku4
M A
jen.
78S
Calamity and happiness come not of themselves, but only at the call of man.
*Huo 4 fa 2 wu 2 men, 2 wei2 jen2
m m m
n.
a m m
so 3 chao. 1
787
his
Though a dumb man has eatengentian, he keeps

trouble to himself.
CALAMITY AND GEIEF.

Ya 3
135
>5
B pa
Pt
1
cfrih 1
SI. Ht %iang2 lien, 2
k*u 3 tsai 4 hsin 1
&
H
li.
788
Extreme danger. bad to cross.
Tu 2 mu4
Lit.
:
bridge of one pole
is
very-
a * &
ta 2 ch'iao 2 chen 1
nan & $ &

2
te 2
kuo. 4
789
What
the use of weeping over broken vessels Spilt water cannot be gathered up again.
is
?
is
Chi 3
1 1 1 R I ku
to 4
fu 3 tseng 4 fan 3
^J
4
<ho 2
S
i 2
Fan3
Note. u For we
fu2 chih 1 shui 3 shou 1 chih 1 shih 2 nan. 2

spilt
must needs die, and are as water cannot be gathered up again ". 2 Sam xiv, 14.
on the ground, which
li
790
I.
2
Out of the
IE
Cheng4
wolf's nest into the tiger's mouth.
I lang I
2
wo, 1 fan 3 feng 2
M I %i t
D
k*ou, 3
791
Whilst keeping a tiger from the front door, a wolf
enters
by the back.
Cfrien 2 nn2 chii4 <hu, 8 <hou4
rc
at
m m & men n chin

2
lang. 2
*792
When
- Yi yeh
1
one leaf moves

ft
4
all
the branches shake.

tt
chi 3
tung4 pai 3 chih 1 chieh 1 yao. 2
793
Whilst
men
sit
in their houses,
Heaven sends calamity
upon them.
Jen2
tsai 4 chai 1
li
tso, 4
<huo 4 tiling 2 tfien 1 shang4
lai.
794
The mischief
will fall
on your own
pate. Lit.
When
?
are trackers
drowned by the upset
of a vessel
136
Fan 1
2
1
JOYS AND SOREOWS.
m % t & m w ctfuan m m m yen

ti
chi 3 shih 2
1 ssu 3 liao 3 ch<e3 chîen
ti.
795
Calamities may come down from seek to be blameless. # <a
'Huo4 ts'ung2
Heaven
but
let
us
m
To
t'ing
^ shang
1
lai 2
tan4 ch'iu 2 hsin1
'&
wu2
i*
k'uei.
"796
extract sweetness from =g tg
what
is bitter.
Ts*ung 2 kû 3 chung1 te 2 kan. 1
+ n t
797
Worse and worse. Lit. : " When a rat creeps up the horn of a cow the higher it mounts the narrower
the space/'
Lao 3 ehu3 pa 1
niu 2 chiao 1 yiieh 4 pa 1 yiieh 4 chien1
liao.
798
shih 2 fen. 1
Grief
is
ten times bitterer than gentian.
J -J IB it ft K'u3 pi3 huang2 lien2 sheng4
+ #
799
Woe
and Alas
n1
Death
!
is
hard to guess.
it
:
Wu
p.i
'hu1
fls.
tsai 1
ai 1
A jen
5E
ffi
tsâi. 1
for several
ssu 3 nan 2
Note. This furnishes a specimen of the Innuendo amples, and notes thereon, see Index.
other ex
800
Calamity cannot
raise its head.
Ku
:
51 S * pu chV tW ' SOI

ffi
Hoping to
lift
up
4
bis head, he lifts
Wang4
m tao m shen #
i,
1
t*ou,
pien4 yao 4 shen 1 chiao. 3
ii
up
his feet.
i. e.
dies.
ii
CALAMITY AND GRIEF.
137
802
If
the heart be not wounded the eyes

Jen 2 pu4 shang1
a # m &
hsin 1
mx
4
will not weep.

2
lei
pu4
m
liu.
803
The three misfortnnes
in youth to lose one's are, one's wife, and in old lose to middle age father, in age to have no son.
H'.-*
San pu4
1
hsing, 4
" *.##.*
cbV
lao 3 lai 2
1 -sbao 3 nien 2 sang fu, 4
chung 4 nien 2 ssu 3

;
wu 2
tzu. 3
804
j
ffi
blind
man on
a blind horse,
coming
*p
Eg
lin
2
at
midnight
upon a deep
m
Mang 2
jen 2 ch*i 2 hsia 2 ma, 3 yeh 4 pan 4
aii
1
ditch.
m m
shen 1 ch
r
ih.
805
;
For bringing down calamity there is nothing worse than a bad temper for warding off misfortune there is nothing better than patient concession.
m 2 tuan is m ^ & * ft Chao yang mo m z & mo m huo m m & m m kuo

m
'
chih
hen
4
yii
ch*i
hsing 4
pi 4
chih 1
7jc
fa
yii
jen 3 jang. 4
8O6
ice
1 1
Don*t raise waves in the world, and you'll keep and coal out of your bosom.
A po % # feng ft M n shang, n & m tao m chung. * m hsiung tzu wu ping 807 ~

Pu 4
4
tso 4
2
yii
shib 4
t*an4
No
escape from trouble. Lit. : There heaven, nor door into the earth.
is
no road up
pi
to
Shang 3
%
tfien
t& $$
1
wu 2
lu, 4
a m wu m
ju 4
ti
4
men. 2
138
JOYS AND SORROWS.
808
Sympathy.
Lit.:
When
your tooth aches you know
how
to pity another in the

Ch'ib 3 t'eng 2 fang 1 chih 1
f I A t I # f ch%
3
same
fix.
t'eng 2 jen. 2
809
The sheep drops
2
into the tiger's jaws.
^ m Yang
lo
i:
<hu 3
p kW
810
Better a dog in time of peace, than a
rebellion.
man
in time of
S
Ning2
4 tso 4 t ai
ft
Ho H mo
p ing
r
cfriian, 3
2 4 tso 4 ni 4 Ian jen.
ft
m E A
811
Despite all his thousands and myriads of schemes, a gimlet strikes against his skull.
Chîen 1 suan 4
wan 4 suan 4 tang1
ou 2
yi 1 tsuan. 1
OHAPTEE
HAPPINESS.
III.
812
The happiness of good men may be looked on as reward: The happiness of bad men as a snare we must regard.
Shan4 jen 2
4
Note.
"The prosperity of
m a %m n z wei jg a n m n z O wei
te 2
fu 2
chih 1 shang 3
Wk
Prov
:
jen 2
te 2
fa 2
chih 1 yang. 1
fools shall destroy
them".
32.
813
The ox ploughs the field while the horse eats the grain; One rears a son and another gets the gain.
% m m m a m 5io f& hsiang ^ m Pieh jen yang 814

fNiu 2 keng1
2 2
tfien,
Ho 2
3
ma 3 chW ku 3
3
erh, 2 t'a 1
fu.
The more mouths to eat, So much the more meat.

Tien1
A i i jen
2
P
k
c
chio4
ou, 3 yiieh 4
i chW I
ig
yueh 4 yu. 3
815
Happiness he has but no powers of enjoyment, Who, though his sails are set, must give his oars employment.
f it> t | pu Yu
3
fu 2
*hui 4 hsiang, 3
ch e 3
c
t s i ^ i
ch*i 3
p*eng 2
lai
tfang 4 chiang. 3
816
For neighbours to keep up a friendly tone,
Is equal to finding a
precious stone.
yu 2 ju 2 chien 3
fa *Ho 2
n m
%o
3 1 2 te 2 hsiang lin *hao,
m & m n *
te 2
pao. 3
140
JOYS AND SOKROWS.
817
One man
Passes
1
in a house, of joy possessed,
it
on to
iio
3
all
the
tai 4
rest.
3
1
~ a m Yi jen yu
2
fu,^
tV
m % m man m wu.
81Q
To assail a man with a whole day's cursing and strife, Only adds to his happiness and lengthens his life.
Yi 1
5c
tfien 1
- % m Wen
yi 1
fa -i
1
chou, 4
fu 2
t/ien 1 shou. 4
819
The
hair grows luxuriant
when
the
mind
is
at rest
best.
And when a man has nothing to do

Hsin 1 bsien 2 hsiu 2
i $ m m tW
hum
Nao 4
a
fa J
his nai]s
grow
t m 820
;
shen 1 hsien 2 hsiu 2 chih 3 chia. 3
In the
of the market there

is rest.
is
money
f.
but in
seclusion there
li
3
..'
ch'ien 2
;
yu2
cbing 4
cbV
an 1
shen. 1
&
821
The
older
you grow the more hale may you be

Yiieh 4 lao 3 yiieh 4 kâng 1 chien. 4
m % u b
822
your
!
May you
live long,
years:
be plenteous, and your

ft
4
seasons felicitous
Jen2 shou 4 nien 2 feng1 chieh 1
A I
^ I I i 823
ctfi
*ho.
.
With
a healthy body a thatched cottage in comfortable with a settled disposition even cabbage roots are
fragrant.
Shen 1 an 1 mao 2
m wen I, & % ^ wu
1
5
ft
;
hsing 4 ting 4 ts r ai 4 ken 1 hsiang. 1
-s
m
m
HAPPINESS.
141
7^ 824
If you long for pleasure, you must labour hard to get
Yii 4 ciu2 sbeng1 k'uai 4 <buo, 2 bsii 1 bsia 4 ssu 3
it.
$ M
tfe
S= I T
5E
I *
kung1
fu.
1
825
Sorrow
is
4
born of excessive joy.

chi 2
1
& m m m sheng Le
826
Unjustly
gotten
ta
2
pei. 1
happiness must
be
followed
by
calamity.
Wu
Days
tsk
tuan1
huo 4
Mo
fu,
2
*huo 4
>%
827
K'u
pi 4
m a
sui 2 chih. 1
of sorrow pass slowly; times of joy very quickly.
f? 3
h
jib
4
&.
2
nan'
ao
2
;
m m % m 'buan
: 1
sbih
kuo. 4
828
Earth has no
1
feasts
4
2
which don't break up.

&.
ti
1
% t n x ok Tîen hsia wu pu san 829

4
ai
yen 2
m
hsi.
Happinesses never come in pairs
calamities never
r
come
single.
Fu 2 pu4
M ^ & shuang
;
chih
3L 4
;
51
c
huo
pu 4 tan 1
^ ^
ft
hsing. 1
830
Happiness is transient. Lit. : The bright moon is not round for long the brilliant cloud is easily scattered.
t> Ming 2 yueh 4 pu 4
châiig 2
Bio
yuan2;
% m
tsâi
3
yiin 2
ynng 2
%>
i
san. 4
831
Happiness stands by the ugly,
i a i i $ chW Fu
2
tsai 4
jen 2 pien. 1
142
JOYS AND SOKROWS.
832
One generation
W\ plants the trees under whose cool shade another generation rests.
CMen 2
jen 2 tsai 1 shu, 4
a m m m a m hou jen 833

f
hsieh 1 liang. 2
One generation opens np the roads on which another

generation travels.
ft
Ch*ien 2 jen 2 kâi 1
a m m i a
Q 4 lu,
i?
834
u
jib 4
3
*hou 4 jen 2 hsing. 2
There are only a few days in the year for eating

meat. Lit.
'M Shao 1 ya 2
:
flesh-
for roasting the

ti
1
% &
chi 4
? ~ % % m m tzu nien yu 835

yi 1
2 3
Yamh%
sacrifices.
chi 3 'hui. 2
Who do their duty are free

Tan4 neng2
from trouble
?'
2
all their lives.

2
m m & pn # #
i
1
fen, 1
chnng 1 shen 1
m m & wu & fan

fi
4
nao. 3
83
Peace and joy are more precious than yellow gold.
it 'Huang 2 chin1 wei'
n * # m # * wa an
2
knei, 4
le
chih 2 eh'ien 2 to. 1
m %
837
Of the
five
happinesses long
II
3
life is
2
the greatest.
fc
hsien. 1
Wu
Note.
55.
fa 2
4 chib 1 chung 1 shou 4

that,
tell
% M
vvei
It
is
remarkable
though the Five Happinesses are spoken of
everywhere, scarcely any one cau
you what they
are.
;
however, must be those mentioned in the Book of History
viz,
The orthodox Long life
five,
Wealth 1j, health

death
^ $
J^
3, the cultivation of Virtue f|F jft f|J, and a natural
fo.
2
838
and
health,
Happiness, long
desire of all
life,
are the
common
4
men.
4
1
Fa 2
b m a m m shou m kWig
ning, 2 jc'n 2
so 4
ung 2
m $
yii.
HAPPINESS.
143
in a
839
In a country ît peace great talent is honoured family grown wealthy children are proud.
;
Kuo 2
ch'ing 1 ta* ts'ai 2 kuei 4
m %
To dwell
Ac
m n * & m 840
;
chia 1 f u 4 hsiao 3 erh 2 chiao. 1
in peace
Z,
1
is
happiness.
is
fu 2 .
2
Chii 1 chih 1
% M an wei 841
p'ing 2
More comfortable than the ods

j
Pi 3 shen 2
fin
Men
ji
1
'huan 2 shu1
# m
fu.
842
It is
good to be neither too high nor too low.

Kao 1 pu4
te 2
ti
1
pu4
te 2
chiu 4 hao. 3
843
Happiness
II
is
Heaven-sent.
5c
2fc
lai.
2
Fu 2
_.
tzu 4 rten1
844
it.
Possessed of happiness don't exhaust
Tu 3
f i ^
fu 2
f
?T
pu4
k*o 3 hsiang 3 chin. 4
Hf
845
Without a Wu-t ung tree you can't get the phoenix
to visit you.
Mu 2
Note.
benefits
w m i a yu wu
3 2
tfung 2 shu, 4 chiao 4

proverb
pu> i i huang i i pu cho

4
2
feng 4
lai.
is, that without some inducement certain cannot be attained. The Wti-fung tree " is much admired by the Chinese, the popular idea being that its branches are the favourite resort of the phoenix ". See Stent's Vocabulary, page 673.
The meaning of this
84S
Having harmony in the family, and being in harmony with all men, all your affairs will be harmonious.
144
Chia 1
JOYS AOT> SORROWS.
Ia
<ho 2
A
jen 2
fu
<ho 2
1 $ #
wan 4
shih 4
<ho 2
847
The two words Peace and Rest
taels of gold.
are
worth a thousand
Pîng 2 an 1 liang 3 tzu 4 chih 2 chîen 1 chin. 1
# M ^ f * 848
ffi
ts
r
&
is
When
and
all
our
"S
affairs are in
order great
our felicity
profit.
Pai 3 shib 4
JB
ung 2 shun 4 ta 4
IS
chi 2
ta 4
*
li.
849
When
happiness conies the
mind grows more
in-
telligent.
Fu 2
"
S I
i5
hsing 1
chih 4
S
ling.
850
An
immoderate use of dainties generally ends in and pleasure when past is converted into disease
;
pain/'
Shuang1 k ou 3
r
P
i&
ft
K<uai 4 hsin 1
shih 4
& % H f i 9 * kuo k<ung sheng

'
*l
ping 4
;
shih 2
to 1
4
pîen 1
3
tso 4
5
1
yang. 1
851
To the contented even poverty and obscurity bring happiness to the discontented even riches and honours bring misery.
;
ft
,JB
Chih 4 tsu 1
' pW
che 2
chien 4
i
HI
le
4
;
pa4
ft
chih 1
J
tsu 2
M ft S * che fu kuei 852

2
Si
yu 1
;
happy condition, Lit. : No creditor and nobody sick in the house.
at the door,
HAPPINESS.
145
Men 2 cMen 3 wu-
chat4 chu, 3
chia 1 chung 1
wu 2
ping 4 jen.-
853
The happy know not how time
4
2
flies.
'.'tt.nr*fcijtB'* K'uai 'hno pn chih kuo. 854

4
1
shih 2
jih 4
The two words Pure and Leisure no money can buy.

fpf
Ch'ing 1 hsien 2 liang 3 tzu 4 ch'ien 2 nan 2 mai. 3
m *
;
m m
m"
855
Be very careful of happiness and provoke not calamity.
To 1
it
hsi
2
ii
fu 2
>p
shao 3 je 5 <huo. 4
% m
85S
Since life lias nothing in it like tranquility, can a tiling obtained by chance
!
it
be
& $ m n Jen sheng wu m g n m % m ou

a
2
1
ssu 4
ebbing 1 hsien 2
cfri 3
3
hao, 3
ffi
te 2
tao 4
ending 1 hsien 2
jan. 2
857
Whether
is
rich or poor be pleased with your lot; for he
a fool
who
Sui 2
if
m
can't laugh (under all circumstances).

sui 2
fu 4
f i p4n
p
pu4
kâi 1
k'on 3 hsiao 4
i m %
3
chîeh 3
sui 2
II
h*si
3
;
shih 4
ch'ih 2
m a
~
yi 1
jen. 2
858
Three meals per day, one sleep per night.
H
Jih 4
tu 4
H fio^ m san yeh

1
BR
4
It
su. 2
tsân, 1
mien 2
859
You must have
ounce of gold.
four ounces of happiness to get one
146
JOYS AND SORROWS.
Yi1
liang 3 *huang 2 chin1 ssu 4
Hang3
fu 2
ch*i.
Few
desires
and buoyant
ft
8SO
spirits
:
many
JfiL
cares
and
feeble health.
Kua 3 yu4
$c
ching 1 shen 2 shuang1
ô
ssu 1 to 1 hsieh 3
it
ch*i 4 shuai. 1
CHAPTER
injuries; given
IV.
and sustained.
861
One stroke one kick, Ends the thing quick.
Yi1
Note.
ch*ui 2
yi 1
chio,
3
kan1 ching4
pîeh 1
tfo.
Said of injury done
to anything in one's possession.
862
I.
hsia 1
Shrimps are the victims of big
And
fishes' foul play shrimps in their turn too impose on the clay.
Ta 4
^ I I
yii
2
ctti
hsia 1
cM 1
tui.
1
ni 2
pa. 1
8S3
Bo
Though suffering wrong, Keep working along.

pfe
Ctfih 1
te 2
kûei, 1
a - m 864
tsai 4 yi 1
The moth which dashes
into the flame
And
burns
1 2
itself,
has
itself to
I i I Fei o pV
io
teng, 1 tzu 4
I A t shao
ch*i
2
blame.
shen. 1
865
Whoe'er provokes misfortune and
distress,
Deserves to suffer for his foolishness.
m s Je
3
*s
*huo 4 chao 1
&o
tsai,
1
wen 4
m m
tsui 4
ying 1 kai 1
m m
866
In shallow water dragons become the joke of shrimps; And tigers on the plains are the butt of canine imps.
m m #,. m m ii,i a * ^ I yang *Hu c]fuan cM.

ii
Lung 2 yu 2
3
ctfien 3 shui3 tsao 1 hsia 1 hsi 4
lo 4
pîng 2
pei 1
148
JOYS AND SORROWS.
86*7
He who
spurts blood at another,
first defiles
his
own
month.
n*
'Han2
jbl
pi
fen 4
hsieb 3
jSn, 2
ft
hsien1
wu1
s
tzii 4
a
cbi.
3
868
To
injure others
you must
injure yourself.
chi.
3
*Hai 4 jen 2 chung 1 *hai 4

:
m a m % a
869
r
To come into unpleasant contact with hard men. Lit. : To run against a nail.
P*eng 4 tao 3 ting 1
mm
r
*
tsii.
870
At the
first
stroke of an egg against a stone, the yolk
runs out.
Chi 1 tan 4 chuang 4 sbih 2
t
ou, 2
yi 1
chuang 4 cbiu 4
liu 2 <huang. 2
871
It is easy to
avoid an arrow shot in one's sight hard to escape one aimed in secret.
but
m
Ming2
?
chien 4
yung2
s &
i
m.
to 2
;
an4 chien4
tsui 4
mm
nan 2
fang. 2
8*72
To
injure secretly. Lit.
:
To hide mailed
chia 3 ping. 1
soldiers.
An4
ts'ang 2
873
The same.
Lit.
:
To conceal a dagger
Hsiu 4
in one's sleeve.
m m m ang
li 3
7}
2
ts
tao. 1
874
To murder bv means
ft
7J
Chieh 4 tao 1
of another's sword.
12
sha 1 jen. 2
injuries: given
and sustained.
149
875
To murder without a sword.
7* 71 Sha 1 jen2 pu 4 yung4 tao. 1
8 A
87S
Injury
a city gate ing, the fishes suffer in the moat.
is infectious.
Lit.
When
is
burn-
Ch*eng 2
pi
men2
shih 1 *huo, 3
&
>x
yang1
m a chHh m a
chi 2
877 A wise man will sometimes overlook

his face.
yii.
injuries
done to
*Hao 3 <han4 pa4
i t i i ^ e yen
cttih1
3
cffien2 kûei. 1
878
To
injure
by means
of
some great person.
Lit.
To
bring a great hat to oppress one.
Na 2
*
te 2
* * m * mao
ta 4
4
tzii 3
lai
ya. 1
879
Never presume on authority or
orphans or widows.
^j
power
to
injure
Wu4 shih
As the
^ %
ij
li
shih 4
^ ^ % u kua. u ku 880
erh 2 ling 2 pi 1
1
pigs-blood-seller said to the robber
sup my
1
broth but spare

5 Chiang3 tao 4
my
*T
ta 3
2
life.
S chu 8 i mai m * *% m Jao ming

ssu 3
4
4
1
hsieh 3
ti
^ho 1 tfang. 1
881
The
locust chases the cicada, ignorant that the yellow bird is after it.
lang 2 pu 3 chân, 2
ctfi
3
Tang1
chih 1 ^huang'2 ctfiao 3 tsai 4
hou. 4
150
JOYS AND SORROWS.
882
If
you miss the

*r
j&
*hu 3
tiger,
he won't miss you.

$t
<hu 3
Ta 3
7* pu4
m s m
cbo, 2
\%
shang. 1
fan 3
pei 4
883
Summer
Lu
* M
mosquitoes provoke raps with the fan. ..#ft \ 3 4 4

ytieh 4
wen2 ch ung2 chao 1 shan

f
When
his
a man takes fixe own calamity.

Chieh 3
w
i 1
pao4
<huo, 3
^ lis
tzu 4 je 3 chH 2
& B m 884
ta.
into his bosom,
lie
provokes
tsai. 1
885
To drop the
bricks one
is
carrying, on one's
own
foot.
Tzii 4 chi 3 pan 1 chuan 1 ta 3 tzti
?$
*r
u4
a
chi 3
ft
ti
1
iffli
chio. 3
The load a beggar cannot carry he has begged

Kao 4
&
as
886 * iF .?
.
"
himself.
1
<hua 4 tzu 3
pei 4
pu4
cW
ft
&
tzii
4
ii
t<ao 3
m
ti.
887
Paper and pen
of a sword.
Chih 3 pi 3 sha 1 jen 2 pu 4 yuog4
may
take a man's
life
without the
ii
tao. 1
rise
m m $ a ^ m
888
It is the beautiful bird
which gets encaged.
Chiao 1 niao 3 pei 4 lung. 2
889
One man may
obstruct many. Lit.
PI
:
One dragon may

^
1
obstruct a thousand rivers.
- 1 Yi
l
lung 2 ts*u 4 chu 1 chîen 1 chiang sbui. 3
ft
IXJUETES
GIVEN AND SUSTAINED.
151
890
When
one horse will not go, a hundred are thrown
into trouble.
M>
Yi1
ma 3 pu4
ff
hsing 2
"5
pai 3
ma 3
M S
yu. 1
891
Cold water entering the mouth drops into the heart.
Leng 3
Note.
7jc
shui 3 ju 4
k*ou 3 tien 3 tien 3 tsai4
m m
>&
hsin. 1
Said of
slights or injuries,
which are not soon forgotten.
892
To draw the big net out *. 3 fen 1
Shui kang
is
of a water-butt.
1
% wang. m m # yuan m pan

li
3 1
tseng 1
Note. This
proverbs.
The meaning
another specimen of the innuendo, so frequent in Chinese is all in the last two words, which, in sound, exactly
ill-use, to
resemble j^L l3? to

proverb.
accuse falsely; and this
is
the meaning of the
893
Through
life do nothing to make men knit their brows, then the world should not contain a man to grind his teeth at you.
wt mo n fe chou m * mei $k m wu * a shang 894 To entice a sheep into a drove of tigers. a a ft n
2p
Pîng 2 sheng 1
1ft
4
tso 4
2
shih,
shih 4
ying1
ch ieh 4 ch'ih 3 jen. 2

f
(Men1
yarig 2 ju 4
<hu 3
ch*un. 2
895
Strike a
if
man dead and you must

ft
5E
ssii
3
forfeit life
not so
you can deceive him
to his death.
yao 4 j> pu 4
A
jen 2
Ta 3
i&
t*ien
2
ft ming4
m *Hung
?e
3
ssu 3 jen 2
& m ming.
ien 2
152
JOYS AND S0KR0WS.
896
To mislead.
Lit.
:
To give one a chimney

1
to climb.
& m m i t Pa yen t*ung wo

3
3 3
tsiran. 1
897
A
blind man with inflamed eyes, suffers more and more grievous injury.
Hsia 2
m * m
tzil
3
>k
<huo 3
^hai 4
yen, 3
m % u k m m yu hen yu 898
Q
4
f
li
*hai.
Chase a dog down a passage, and he will turn again
and
bite you.
It
Chih 2 hsiang4 kan 2 kou, 3 'hui 2 t'ou 2 yi 1 k'ou. 3
&
S3
- n
899
To throw
stones on a
4
man
in a well.
m # t Lo 900
To help the tyrant Chieh
Cha4 Chieh2 wei2
ching 3 hsia 4 shih. 2
to tyrannize.
& m m 901
Mo
;
nio. 4
To
injure
men
1
is
misery; to pity
men
is
happiness.
fu. 2
KVei
m a g
4 jdn 2 shih 4 'huo
jao 2 jSn 2 shih4
m a & *
as
4
902
Man
cannot injure
2
man
2
Heaven
3
;
can.
3c
4 tfien1 'hai
JH A pu A | jen 3S ssu Jen A 8 7 I jen

*hai 4
2
ts*ai
*hai 4 ssii 3 liao. 3
CHAPTER
LIFE
V.
AND DEATH.
903
Any
Ning2
above the sod, Surpasses burial under the clod.

life
4
kind of
tsai 4 shih
shang 4
ai,
pu 4 yiian4
t*u 3
li
mai. 2
904
When we
That we
shall
take off our boots and stockings to-day, wear them to-morrow, who can say
Chin 1
t
^
jih 4
BIT tV
m
ming3
liao 3 hsieh 2
S ^ wa, I
*ho 2
p
chih1
IS
jih 4
Pu 4
^
;
IS
sa. 1
sa 1
pu 4
905
wit lives and the
;
The man
Life
lives,
but wit lives not

live
r
man grows
days are
2
old.
and wit both

told.
1
but e er a
man knows
1
it
his
A & * r A ft 5g Jen sheng chih wei sheng chih sheng jen lao & m % % % $j Sheng chih pu chiao wu cfrang
4
4
1
yi 1
cMeh 4 sheng1
tao. 4
90S
The roots of an old tree in the earth you may find But a dead man is fully cut off from his kind.
Shu 4
m % ken m m # a
lao 3
1
*e
Lilian 2 tsai 4
jen 2 ssu 3 liang 3 tiu 1 kâi. 1
mm
907
On
the road to hades (or the Yellow spring) no account is taken of old and young. s >j? $ Huang 2 ctfien 2 lu 4 shang4 wu2 lao 3 shao. 3
154
JOYS AND SORROWS.
90S
Insects of every kind covet
Ch-ang 2
life
and
tfl
fear death.
& m 4
i
ft
1
yeli 4 tân
sheng 1
2E
ssii
3
.
pa 4
909
Man's life is like a candle in the wind, or hoar-frost on the tiles.

in
ja 2
ift
ft
.a
1
m3T
Jen 2 sheng1
tsai4 shih, 4
ju 2 feng 1 chien 2 cbu, 2
wa 1 shang 4
ft % shuang. 910
Man's
life
on earth resembles a spring dream

fled, all is over.
-fit
when
once the soul has

Jen 2 sheng1
ling 2
A m m ~
*hun 2
yi 1
in
ju 2
tsai 4 shih 4
ctfun 1
9
meng 4 ;
it
tsou 4
wan 4
m &
ft
shih 4 hsiu. 1
911
Though
a man live a hundred years still he must die and the sooner we die the sooner we have done with the body.
;
A w w m 4 M ^ yeh n m m t # % & tsao tV tsao

Jen2 *huo 2
3
pai 3
sui 4
shih 4 ssii 3
ssii
hsieh 1
liao 3 shen. 1
912
Jen 2
yu 3
shu. 4
Man's days are numbered.
a % m
1 3 chih 1 hsiu tuan
iî
3
913
Few have
and
ten.
ever attained the age of threescore years
<Z
Jen 2 sheng1 chV
+ # ku
shih 2
IK
2
lai
hsi.
LIFE
AND DEATH.
155
914
The
fish
which sports
in the
pan has but a short time
to live.
Yu 2 yu 2
Man's
* m ^ % m m m chung sheng pu
fu 3
1
sui 1
chiu. 3
915
truly a performance.
life is
Jen 2 sheng 1
Note. u All
a & & m n m wu
tsai 4 shih
4 2
%.
shih 4
fei
m
hsi.
the world's a stage."
916
Before a
man knows
Pu4
it lie
4
has grown white-headed.

tfou 2
1
chiao 4
r m ^ & m weng. yu
shih 4 pai 2
917
In the Great River, preceding waves are swallowed up by those which follow so in the world, new men take the old men's places.
;
Clrang 2 chiang1 <hou 4 lang4

ift
shih 4
a i s i t m. i X" i i a shang *huan

ts'ui
1
cirien 2 lane; l
4
:
hsin 1
jen 2
chiu 4 jen. 2
91S
The ancients see not the modern moon modern moon shone on the ancients.
;
but the
X a 4* ft M * A pu a ti m ku t m t t chao chm 919

Ku 3
jen 2
4
chien 4 chin
shih 2 viieh 4
4
3
yiieh4 tsêng 2 chin1
jen,
There are trees on the mountains a thousand years old but a centenarian amongst men it is hard to
;
find.
Ill
Shan1 chung1 yeh3 yn3

shih 4
1
+ & W f ^ men" n shang m * i a a

,
ch'ien1
nan2 feng2 pai 3
sui 4
jen. 2
156
JOYS AND SOEEOWS.
920
Some
delight
hate to see a hoary head, I view one with for many young men die, attaining not
;
an old
man s
death.
pjto
cfren 1
;
Jen 2 chien4 pai 2

>j?
1
a a 6 m >> ^ ^ to shao shao

3
3
tfou 2
wo 3
n a pai 6
chien 4
it
2
tfou 2 *hsi 3
nien2 wang, 2
pu4
6.
chien 4 pai 2
t'ou 2 ssu. 3
*e
921
Man
lives a generation as plants a spring.
'
yi 1
itf-o
j
4
~
;
Jen2 sheng1
shih,
tsâo 3 sheng 1 yi 1
chûn. 1
922
After full moon the light diminishes age man's affairs begin to lessen. 3L Uk Yueh4 kuo 4 shih2 wu 3 kuang1 ming 2
after
middle
>> % m shao + a m * % n * w wan jen tao chung
3
5
nien 2
shih 4 hsiu. 1
923
Though
cannot reach, a hundred years, cherish the troubles of a thousand.
life
men
A
Men
Jen2 sheng1 pu4 man 3
4 ^ 1
Wo
pai, 3
f 924
3
ctfang 2 *huai 2 cfrien1 sui 4 yu. 1
1 f i I
;
live like birds in a
wood
together
but when
the set time comes each takes his
flight.
2
;
It 0i niao A 13 # su Jen sheng # & * m * # ko ta
shih 4
tûng 2 lin 2
4 4
hsien4 lai 2
:
shih 2
tzii
fei.
925
to die in the third watch,
fifth.
Whom
Yen wang dooms

Yen2 wang2 chu 4
can never live on to the
tt
J
ting 4
san 1 keng 1 ssu, 3
H M
*E
LIFE
AXD DEATH.
4
3
157
ping 4 pu 4 liu 2 jCn 2

Note.
& * m a tao m n wu
is
keng. 1
popularly regarded as one person, a sort of Hades or Pluto ; really, however, this designation is applicable to the Ten Kings of Hell, who are supposed to have rule over the life and death of men.
Yen wang
926
Sick folks dread a devil's
'Huan 4 ping 4
call (i.e. to die).
kuei 3
& m m
ti
fa
p'a 4
h
cliiao.
927
Death has reached the points of
?E
Ssu 3
Note.
tsai 4
)S
roei
2
mao 2
is
&
chien 1 shang 4 lai 2
-t^T
his eyebrows.
liao. 3
This means that a man

the
oil is
on the point of death.
923
When
exhausted the lamp dies
%t
kan 1 teng1
out.
Ye2
m &
ksi.
929
He
Note.
does not close his eyes in dying.

Tâ 1 ssu 3 pu 4
m % x m m
pi 4
yen. 3
;
That
is
because he has some trouble on his mind
some anxiety
for
the welfare of his survivors.
930
Who knows
3
whether the bonze or his wooden

%
fish
will last the longer
m n & Hsiao
te 2
fa
r
shik 4
ko 2 shang 4 ck'ang 2
s,*ii mu
4
yii
&
ck'ang.
931
Get the
coffin
ready and the

ft kuan 1
ts'ai 2
2
man
4
won't
%,
6su. 3
die.
Pan4
m m
tao 4
a x # jen pu
932
Fitful
life is
but a dream.
1
\$
1 ou 2
m & sheng
jo4
inGng4
158
JOYS AND SORROWS.
933
Flowers bloom and wither year by year can an old man grow young again ?
'Hna 1
;
but
bow
jen 2 lao 3
w e m & m * * yu a 5g n -t ii >P^ chuan

k'ai 1 'hua 1 hsieh 4 nien 2 nien 2
3
;
'ho 2
'hui*
shao 3 nien. 2
934
H
jib 4
There
is
a day to be born, and a time to die.

Sheng 1 ya 8
*E
sstt
3
w
yu.
#
3
shih. 2
Eccles. 3. 2.
Note.
u A time
to be born,
and a time to die."
935
No
medicine can secure long life, even to a minister of state no money can buy for any man a virtuous
;
posterity.
Wu
*a m % yao m cMng m hsiang m *r yen shou i k if m m nan i tzu i mai sun yu 93S
2
kô 3
4
;
clrien 2
hsien. 2
The great wall of a myriad miles Chin Shih Huang, who built it,
*
still
remains, but
is
2
gone.
tsai,
4
m n m ^ yu ^ f- $ a % 'Huang. S: tang pu
ji
Chiang 2 ctfeng 2 wan 4
4
li
chin 1
chien4
nien 2 Ch'in 2 Sliih 3
937
What
centenarian has 36,000 days of pleasure
?
a w a i)WH m^ * H na yu san wan lu 938

Jen2 sheng1 pai 3
1
sui,
8S
?
chîen 1 jih 4
chih 1 le 4
Our whitened bones must needs lie buried under the green sod and yellow gold will hardly buy back
;
the raven locks of youth.
LIFE
AND DEATH.
3 2
159
Chang1
2
m 6 ku # mai m m te t # mai m. m nan pa *huang

hsii
1
pai 2
chfing1
chung 3
si
tfou.
2
chin 1
Taei
939
The Emperor with
of years.
all his
wealth cannot buy myriads
*Huang 2 Ti4 yu 3
^ # m m k nan mai wan 940

ch'ien 2
2
3
wan 4
sui. 4
beggar will not cross a rotten bridge.
ChW
*5
kai 4
tf ffl *5 pu4 kuo 4 hsiu 3
mu 4
ti
ch
r
iao. 2
941
To-day secures not to-morrow's
j>
1 1
affairs.
shih. 4
^ m ^ m m m Chin chao pu pao ming chao . ~ 942

4
3 2 1
We
can't secure
on going to bed that we
shall get
up
again.
Shang 3 chûang 2 nan 2 pao 3
t
life,
hsia 4
cFuang 2
*
lai. 2
943
When
a
man
1
will risk his
ten thousand cannot
stop him.
~ a m Yi jen p'an
2
ming, 4
ô
n * i m nan 944
wan4
fa 1
2
tang. 3
If
you envy a man's wealth, do not envy his food if you are dissatisfied with life, do not be so with death.
;
Tu 4
n # mo
ts'ai
2
ip
4
tu4 shih 2 ; ylian 4 sheng 1
&
s n & % mo yuan 945

4
esu. s
generation
is
Ti1
like a swift horse passing a crevice.

1ft
An
shih 4 ju 2
chii
m kuo m
1
eg
4
hsi.
CHAPTER
946
ChV ch*u4
Any
VI.
MOURNING AND BURIAL.
mm
soil will
do to bury
in.
2
*huang 2 t*u 3 *hao 3
n m a mai
startles
jen. 2
947
A
mourning moves Earth.
son's
for his
mother
Heaven and
Erh 2 tzu 3
a ? 31 ching kV niang
2
5c
1
tîen 1
tung4
i.
ti.
948
A
daughter
sincere.
Nii 2
s
mourning
5i
erh 2
for her
mother
>&
is
true
and
kV
3p & m
949
niang 2 chen1 hsin 1 shih 2
t m
i.
is
daughter-in-law's mourning for her mother-in-law purely hypocritical.

Hsi 2 fa 4
i i
kV pV
5?
m 1 I po 950
c
'ft
AS
M
i.
chia 3 chHng 2 chia 3
son-in-law's
mourning
for
his
mother-in-law
is
short
and
fitful.
Nii 2 hsu 4
Note.
since
it
kV
chang 4
mu3
lii
tzii 3
fang 4
p*i.
The
latter part of this proverb I
have
preferred to translate freely,
contains an illustration less beautiful than striking.
951
The haro
dies
and the fox mourns.
TV
>
% m m
ssii
3
*hu 2
pei, 1
MOURNING AND BURIAL.
161
952
When
puss mourns for the rat
it is all
sham
pity.
Mao 1
m u m % m % kV m % shu
erh 2
lao 3
3
chia 3 tz*u 2 pei. 1
953
When
his lady dies,
;
condole
but
when
2
hundreds of visitors haste to the general himself dies, not a
single soldier appears.
w e n * a % pai ko jen men -$ m i c ^ s Chiang chun wang tsu pu 954

Fu 1
ssii
3
3
c
lin 2
yi 1
chih. 4
Over a husbands's death a wife

years
;
will truly
is
over a wife's such favour

days.
nien 2 clri 1 ta 4
2
mourn three not shown for
more than a hundred

Fu 1
ssii
3
h "j$ m * m ^ 5E san I I wn I I I kuo ,s

1
hsiao 4 ;
ssu.
1
ch'i 1 ssii 3
pai 3 jih 4
955
Vain
is
the sacrifice of an unfilial son.
Tsai 4 sheng 1 pu 4 hsiao, 4
# *
#o
*E
ssii
3
^ & wu
chi 4
2
i.
956
Why
should he,
living,
when
who does not honour his parents mourn for them when dead ?
tG
Tsai 4 sheng 1 pu 4 pa 3
* % & ft ssu ho
>
pi 4
*hou 4
& mu # & fi 31 kV
fu 4
3
chiog, 4
ling 2 *hun. 2
957
To
offer a
to
bullock at one's parents' grave, is not equal presenting them while living with fowls or
)
sucking-pigs.
u ^ m *
Yii
ctfi 2
clîii
2
ro
erh 2
niu 2
chi 4
% m mu,
162
JOYS AND SORROWS.

to pu4 ju 2
ft
chi 1
thin 2 chih 1
M m M
tai 4
ts*un. 2
958
Men mourn
2
for those
who
% I - t Cffuang
tfou 2
yi 1 tsâng 1 ku, 3
&
leave fortunes behind them.

ssu 3 liao 3
*,
A 7 f yu
3
98
jen 2 kû.1
959
Don t
distress yourself for the dead.
Lit.
:
Let the
dead care
5E
Ssu 3
for the dead,
and the living

1
,
for the living.
to
ti
1
m n ku
4
too
3
ssii
ti
<huo 2
to
ti
1
ku4 <huo 2
m m
to
ti. 1
960
If a mourner,
you cannot sing

t> pu4 ko 1 ; ko 1
if
you can
sing,
you
cannot mourn.
KV
^ m
tse 2
^ ^ m m m pu
tse 2
4
kû. 1
CHAPTER
961
VII.
REPUTATION.
Fragrant perfumes will exhale wherever musk is found And wind will not be needed to spread the scent
around.
Yu 3
she4
tzu 4 jan 2
hsiang 1
mo 4
tsai 4
tang 1 feng 1 yang. 2
962
Wealth among men is like dew among plants Foam on the waves is the fame which earth grants.
a
Jen 2
hi
hsien 2 fu 4
g kuei *
jj}
it
4
^hua 1 hsien 2 lou 4

4
Shih 4 shang4 kung 1 ming 2 sbui 3
m m m * shang
:
ou. 4
963
Wealth is but dung a face
Ch*ien 2
is
worth thousands of
mien4 chih 2 chîen 1
gold.
Pi
tsâi
2
*B
ju 2
fen 4 t*u 3
a
;
It
lien 3
ft
chin. 1
964
A
dying leopard leaves his skin name.
Pao 4
;
a dying
man
his
ft
ssii
3
B
liu
ft
p4 2
A 965
;
jen 2
-ft ssu 3
liu 2
ming. 2
As
the scream of the eagle passed over so a man's

;
is heard when she has name remains after his
death.
Ying1 kuo 4
iS
liu'
A i g lo jen sheng
2
1
ch'ii
966
His fame
is
liu 2 ruing. 2
great, like
,
thunder in one's
lei
ear.
Sheng 1 ming 2 ta 4
m % *
*n
ju 2
w kuan n s
2
erh. 3
164
JOYS AND SORROWS.
967
Merit and fame never crown the lazy.
Kung1 ming 2 pa 4 shang 3
% *
_t
ffi
Ian 3 jen 2 tfou. 2
a m
9S8
The sound of drumming on a and wide.
Hi ft IT Kao 1 shan1 ta 3
lofty hill is heard far
&
ku, 3
sheng 1 ming 2 tsai 4 wai. 4
8 *
969
Whoever gains fame
? Yang 2 ming 2
dignifies his parents.
hsien 3
ft
cMn. 1
970
Wide-spread his fame, who comes with waving and roaring cannon.
tt
Ch'e 3
ch'i
flags
f I fang
2
fi
4
p'ao 4
sheng 1 ming 2 'hao 4 tang. 4
1
)6
ffi
971
The
tiger
c
is terrible
3
even when dead.
I I I Hu
fails to
ssu 3 hsiung 2 hsin 1
a
tsai.
972
A
great
man who
leave a good
name
for a for a
hundred generations, myriad years.

Ta 4
chang 4 fu 1
chi 3
will leave a
bad one
pu 4 neng 2
ch*ou 4
lin
fang1 pai 3
shih,
pien*
m & m & wan

4
nien 2
973
Note.
To sweep
?
f/iao 2
clean at a stroke.
Yi 1
chou 3 sao 3 te 2 kan 1 ching. 4

any
cause.
mm, n w
This
is
said of a reputation suddenly forfeited from

KEPUTATION.
165
_
deeds far away.
974
;
One's good deeds are known only at home

II flo Hi ff o 4 shih 4 chuan4 *Hao 3 shih 4 pu4 chû 1 men 2 "The evil which men do, lives after them Note.
;
one's
bad
I ?
is
8 I
chîen 1
^ M
li.
The good
oft interred
with their bones."
975
In your ten years secluded study no one will know you but once take your M. A. degree, and your fame will be known through, the empire.
;
Shih 2 nien 2 cfruang1 hsia 4
+ ^
- m
yi1
chii 3
chêng 2
m m t wu & a wen $ ming % 5c T &

2
jen 2
4
;
1 tîen 1 hsia 4 chih.
976
:
When
the dragon has returned to his sea caves, the clouds retain their moisture after the musk-deer has crossed the green hills, the grass and trees retain its perfume.
she 4
m m m tung m m yu i t shan m i * t i kuo mu

ti
Lung 2 yu 2
4
*hai 3
yiin 2
shih 1
chîng 1
ts*ao 3
hsiang. 1
M977
One thounder-clap resounds through the
empire.
- T m pi *hung Yi
1
5c
3
hsia 4 lei 2
tfien
hsia 4 hsiang. 3
T *
Note.
This
refers to
any act or event by which a
man
acquires sudden
notoriety.
9*78
Once
scale the
is
dragon gate, and your fame
tenfold
multiplied.
Yi1 leng 1 lung 2 men, 2 sheng1

Note.
- i I ji i + f
'
chia 4 shih 2 pei. 4
To
scale the dragon gate
'
is
to take the B. A. degree.
166
JOYS AND SORROWS.
979
When
the tiger dies he does not lose his dignity.
*Hu 3
ssu 3
pu 4 tao 3 wei. 1
980
At
court
men
contend for fame
in the
market
for
profit.
Cheng1 ming 2 ju 4
:
a io cheng ^ 981
ch*ao 3
5
mm
li
ju 4
*
shih.
Vicious conduct will cause a man's for ten thousand years.
name
2
to stink
Wei 2
n m m m & m % o wan 982

4
tse
cttou 4
nien.
The reputation
of a thousand years the character of a single day.
may depend on
3
Te2
If
shih1
yi 1
chao, 1 jung2 ju 4
cMen1
tsai.
983
one
man
praises you, a thousand will repeat the
praise.
Yi 1 jen 2 tao 4 hao
~ A M
Mo
3
3
chMen1 jen 2 chuan 4
* A
ft
ff
shih.
2
;;
CHAPTER
THE PLEASURES,
VIII.
OF WINE.
ETC.
984
Old monarch in the eating
line
;
He
as,
will not touch a drop of wine.

j> pu4 châng 2
is
Tien* chin 3
to
p m %
clfih
1
3E
ts ai
lao 3 wang. 2
985
In every morning's
flow
;
stroll for
him the wine doth
Eeturning home at eve

is
Chao 1 chao 1
4 4
fair
garlands crown his brow.

4
a * m m & m chV hou ji m * $ n * $ man Yeh yeh

ch*ii
chiu 3 sui 2
3
4
;
.'
kuei 1
lai
*hua x
tfou. 2
986
When
flowers are blooming then pour out the wine
there's
But don't ascend the tower when

moon-shine.
no bright
Yu 3
^hua 1 fang1 cho 2 chiu 3
wu 2
yueh 4 pu 4 teng 1
lou. 2
987
As limpid streams within
.earthen banks are bound, So midst wine's victims are hosts of scholars found.
Cluing1 ctfing1 chih 1 shai 3 wei 2 tfu 3
m z * m m
988
so 4 fang, 2
Chi 4 chi 1 chih 1 shih 4 wei 2 chiu 3 so 4 shang. 1
Don't begin to drink with day's returning light Or you'll be very drunk till six o'clock at night.
n Mo
chW
m mao
fit
3
?@o
shih 2 chiu, 3 ^hun 1 ^hun 1 tsui 4 tao 4 yu. 3
# # m n w
'
168
JOYS AND SORROWS.
989
Let those wlio desire to break off drinking habits, "when sober, observe a drunken man.
Jo 4 yao 4 tuan4 chin 3
m m w m & m yen m m m a 990 k*an

fa, 3
hsing 3
tsui 4 jen. 2
drop to a thirsty man is like refreshing dew a cup to one already drunk is worse than none at all.
;
m m
tsui 4
b*
K<o 3 shih 2
%>u4
mm
.
991
m>
t'ien
- m *n t m ju kan % pu ^ in Hi ju wu.
yi 1
ti
1
lu,
pei 1
Medicine may heal imagined sickness, but wine can never dispel real sorrow.
Yao4 neng 2
m
i i
IK
chia 3 ping, 4 chiu 3
m pu x m m m chen
4
chieb 1
chôu. 2
992
Three glasses help one to understand great doctrines perfect intoxication scatters a thousand troubles.
Saa1
h % m * t'ung ta
pei 1
1
Mo
tao 4
;
- m m
1 yi 1 tsui 4 chieh 1 ch'ien ch'ou. 2
993
He
got into debt for wine wherever he could.
Chiu 3 chai 4 hsin 2 châng 2 hsing 2 chû 4 yu. 3 NoTE.-r-This is said of Li T ai-yai (^ >[C fzj) an epicurean L
f
m m m %
lie
n m m
life
the
T'ang dynasty; who, because

it
saw that
was
short,
L. D. of determined to
enjoy in
as
much
pleasure as possible.
994
To the drunken man heaven and earth are great the man of leisure days and months are long.
Tsui 4 'hou 4 ch'ien 2 k'un 1 ta 4
;
to
m m a n
*.
m 995
;
;
;
hsien 2 chung 1 jih 4
yueh 4 ch r ang. 2
&
Good wine reddens the
face
riches excite the mind.
*Hao 3 chiu 3 *hung2 jen 2 mien 4
n m & a M
tsâi 2 pai 2
a & m & tung m jen

4 2
hsin.
WINE.
169
996
With a well-known friend, a thousand cups of wine are few when opinions disagree, even half a
;
sentence
is
too much.
*II
Cbiu 3 feng 2 chih 1

4 4
i 1 f % & shao (Men -# * % n s m pan % hua pu tVu

chi 3
1
pei 1
4
3
:
chi 1
chii
to.
997
Three glasses of wine can %a
San1 pu4
set
everything to rights.
4
H %
ii
'ho 2
H $ wan
shih. 4
998
Wine can both
Chiu 3 ntkig 2 ch'eng 2
mm
help and hinder business.

shih,
999
is
i. 4
chiu 3 neng 2 pai4 shih. 4
i i i i
If
Wine
a discoverer of secrets.
Chiu 3 fa 1 hsin1 fu 2 chih 1 yen. 2
8 j'd R 4
lOOO
*
Wine
is
is a poison which perforates the bowels a sharp knife which scrapes the bones.
lechery
Chiu 3 shih 4 cttuan 1 châng 2 tu 2 yao 4 ;

ffl
e s * m m m 6 75 kua % kacg M 7) ku
se 4
nai 3
tao. 1*
lOOl
Wine
is
a proper drink for men, as grains a proper
food for pigs.

Chiu 3 shih 4 jen 2
Note.
m & a m
is
m*
ti,
1
^ho 1
tsao 1 shih 4 chu 1 ctfih 1
m & m m m
ti.
This
said to deter
men
from drinking too much.
1002
To be mad with wine.
if Fa 1
chiu 3 feng. 1
170
JOYS AND SORROWS.
1003
Your whole
face
is
reddened with the spring wind4
Man3
i mien I s
ch'un1 feng. 1
1004
Do
not drink more wine than you are able to carry. t* 3&
Mo4
Intoxication
yin 3 kuo 4 liang 2 chih 1 chiu. 3
s m 1005
fault,
a 2
is
not the wine's

3
but the man's.
m x m A a Chiu pu
4
tsui 4 jen,
jen 2 tzu
a4
w
tsui.
1006
Drunk but
Chiu 3
still intelligent.
m m
tsui 4 hsin1
m & 1007
>&
ming2
Jft
pai. 2
Whether the
affair be settled or not, our eighteen bottles of wine.

Clferig 2
we must have
A pu *
chêng2 shih 2 pa 1 pîog. 2
+ A
1.008
When
drinking wine remember the poverty of your
family.
ChW
No
wine, no
& m p m % 1009
;
chiu 3 nien4 chia 1 p'in. 3
company
2
no wine, no conversation.
:
Wu
chiu 3
pu 4
'hui 4
wu2
chiu 3
pu4
i.
1010
Over the wine cup conversation
Chiu 3 pei 1 shuo 1 *hua 4
is light.
m % m n m
,
chîng.
WINE.
171
lOll
Kich or not
it is
my
country's wine.
it j> Mei3 pu 4 mei 3 bsiang1 chung 1
m m
chiu. 3
1012
Excessive joy breeds sorrow; excess of wine disorder
Le 1
m m m m
chi 2 tse 2 pei 1
chiu 3 chi 2 tse 2 Ian. 4
m m m
il
SECTION IX.ON LANGUAGE.
CHAPTER
1013
With. "With
I.
CONVERSATION.
Win wang your manners and music display Pa wang let arms be the talk of the day.
Yii 4
4
Wen 2 wang 2
4
shih 1
li
yo 4
# m <Hui Pa
of them was
3E ^c wang 2 tnng 4 kan1 ko. 1
S T
({{3
Note. Wen wang. The King Alfred of Chinese history, who reigned about 1150 years B. C., and forms the link between the Shang and the Chou dynasties. Pa wang. There were five chiefs or Kings thus designated the most poversful
;
Huan wang
or
*Huan hung
^)?
whose reign dates from
717 B. C.
1014
If
you deal
in tittle-tattle,
rattle.
2
In your ears will curses

Chuan4 yen2 kuo 4
o <hua, 4
A I I f I f I f jen ma.
to 1
tfao 3
1015
The
talk of a person can never be true,
Who
has pointed lips and a very long queue.

mao 2
Tsui 3 chien 1
m $
^ #o m m & shuo *hua ^huang *- 1016

cfrang, 2
1
tfang. 2
Suit your talk to your man Suit your lot to your plan.
Wo 3f K<an 4 jen 2 shuo 1 <hua 4

If
a m
m 1017
:
k<an4 shih 4 ta 3 kua. 4
* n &
one word misses its aim, myriad will do the same.
CONVERSATION.
173
~
Say what
dislike.
nr
Yi1 yen 2 pu 4 chung, 4 wan4 yen2
* #o n
nr
wu2
m m
yung. 2
1018
will please ; straight-forward
words provoke
Shun4
I f i i
ch'ing 2 shuo 1 'hao 3 'hua 4
i,
kan4
A l # @ | jen
chih 2 je3
2
hsien. 2
1019
Many men, many
2
1
tongues.
to.
1
A f I | Jen to shS tW
2
1020
Who
know, don't talk
In
D
;
Chih 1 che 2 pu4 yen 2
| ^ f % * yen che pu 1021

2
;
who m2
talk, don't
know.
to
4
chih. 1
Sitting alone meditate on your
own
-
faults
in con-
versation talk not of other men's.

Ching 4 tso 4 cffang 2 ssu 1
hsien 2 t'an 2
4
b s $ & a kuo & a m jen m m mo m lun

;
.
chi 3
4
;
fei.
1022
On weddings and
,*c
*Hung 2
Note.
burials
pai 2 hsi 3
it is
shih 4
hard to answer
2
clearly.
6 m
m nan m &
ta 1
pai. 2
in the
This proverb (another specimen of the innuendo) is commonly used sense of Mind your own business ; and frequently only the last three characters are spoken, the others being understood.
1023
There are Chiang-nan
men
sitting' by,
be careful what
you
say.
Tso 4 shang4 yu3 chiang1 nan. 1

Note. In the Ywshioh Oft 4p:)> section Jen shih where this proverb occurs, we read that there exists a song called u The Song of the Partridge " (jgkg ]5 gf]),
m w a ^
(A ^)>
nan, causes
is
which when heard by a man from the provinces of Chiang him earnestly to desire to return. So when sitting with such guests, it good manners not to sing that song.
174
LANGUAGE.
1024
A
jar's
mouth may be stopped; a man's
cannot.
T*an 2 k*ou 3 feng 1
m n
t 2
a 1025
&.
chu 4
;
jen 2 k*ou 3 feng1 pu 4 chu. 4
m * &
It is a
waste of words to repeat a thing three times

IS
over.
*Hua 4 shuo 1 san 1 pien4
i H i g 1 f
102S
man
)!P
shih 4 hsien 2 yen. 2
Do
not talk to a
T>
about what
lie
cannot under-
stand.
Pu4
shih 4
chih 1 yin 1
7 f pu
If yu 3
1027
Han
*i
t<i
2
R
f
t an.
Never mention
Pu4
Note.
'iTarc
Liu.
tzu. 4
#
* *
g^
<Han 4 Liu 2 erh 4
- ^
Liu Hsiu (j|| Jh] 5?) or, 'according to his reigning title, f i3a ^t wag enemv f the usurper Tâw^ M?/?# (r f?) Some one happening to mention *Han Liu in his presence, Wang Mang uttered this trivial remark, which from that circumstance has become proverbial in the s ense of Never mention a man's enemy before his face.
Kuang
Wu (^
1028
is
troublesomely great talker

wt
Shuo 1 'hua 4
sure to
make mistakes.
is
ts'o.
4
m i
lo 2
m 1029
p
1
so,
ft nan2 mien3
wu2
Never joke in the presence of a Prince.

Chiin 1
"if
cMen2 wu 2
U M 1030
1
m
yen. 2
list.
hsi 4
Neither
let
tongue nor pen wag as they

ft
Ian 4
m
The
.
Yen 2 pu 4
m m * m' pu wang
fa,
pi 3
tung. 4
1031
lion opens his
mouth
the elephant shuts his
shut yours.
CONVERSATION.
Kâi 1 k ou 3 sbih 1 tzu 3
r
175
?.
;
n
c
&.
;
pi 4
k ou ksiang 4
* w %
pu 4
k*o 3
m
yen. 2
Ian 4
1032
If one
compliments everybody, who will be one's

?
enemy
Feng 2 jen 2 shuo 1
'hao 3
turn, 4
na 3 yu 3 pu4
tui 4
1033
You
chatter like magpies over a broken egg.
Note.
Ya 1
fl
cb'iao 3
ft
ta 3
ffifc
p'o 4
tan. 4
1034
Po
Speak carefully and be slow to speak.
Chin 3 kâi 1 k*ou, 3 man 4 k*ai 4 yen. 2 "Let every man be swift to hear, slow to speak." James
m m
m $
1. 19.
1035
east,
Double-tongued. Lit. : To beat a gourd in the a ladle in the west.

Tung1
* n a. w ta 103S
3
tr
ta 3
<hu 2
In, 2
hsi 1
m
p'iao.
No
discussion no rousing.
Pu4
* m
t pu 4
m
hsin.
103*7
good questioner
is
like
one beating a
bell.
Shan 4 wen 4 che 2 ju 2 chuang 4 chung. 1
# m
% p
1038
Meeting a
man
speak of *Hang.
shuo 1 *Hang. 4
Feng'2 jen 2
Note.
m a m
(A ^)-
That
is,
speak of some one well known.

poet, at the
Hang Ssu
(Jjf
jjjf)
was a
famous scholar and
beginning of the T*ang Dynasty.
See Yu-hsioh
(#J
^)j
section Jen-shih
176
LANGUAGE.
1039
Meeting any one say but few words that is in your heart.
Feng2 jen2
pT
4
;
$
don't it out all
*hua 4
;
& a 4 ft = # m ^ - ft & * wei

chîeh 3 shuo 1
san 1 fen 1
k*o 3
ch ien 2 pâo 1
f
yi 1
p*ien 4 hsin. 1
1040
Beware of being overheard. Lit: Partitions have chinks, and walls have ears.
tt
ffl!
Ctfiang2 yu 3 feng, 3 pi 3 yu 3
W
erh.
1041
A
stammerer of few words need not be a tongued man need not be wise.
La 3
tieh
fool ; a glib-
m m kua m
la 3
2
m
3 3
yen2 che 2 wei 4

2
% & & &

pi 4
4
* f*irn k*ou che wei 1042

tieh 2
li
.*#.#
pi 4
yu 2 ;
chih. 4
The head may be cut

restrained.
off,
but the tongue cannot be
si fr pr T*ou2 k*o 3 chan, 3 she 2 pu4
m * w m 1043
k'o 3
chin. 4
He who
talks
much must
'&
pi 4
err; he excels
who
says
nothing.
If Yen 2
If
&o
shih 1
;
to 1
7* m -m pu4 yen 2 wei 2 kao. 1
1044
you converse by the way, remember there may be
men
in the grass.
Lu4
shang 4 shuo 1 *hua, 4
ts
ao 3
li
yu3
jen. 2
1045
Meeting men or
devils, talk as
they do.
CONVERSATION.
Yii4 jen2 shuo 1 jen 2
?
177
hua, 4
yti
kuei 3 shou1 kuei 3 *hua. 4
1046
A man may say
what he has
seen.
Chien 4 te 2 tao 4 shuo 1 te 2
% n m wt w 1047
man
3
ctfu. 1
One may
discourse with a wise

fool.
it is
hard to
converse with a
K*o 3 wei 2 chih 1 che 2 tao 4 ; nan 2
W ftfcn. QStftAg su jen yen. 1048
yii
Be
careful
what you
ffi
say.
Lit.
That which goes out

3D
of your mouth, goes into other people's ears.
ChV
tsai 4
ft
ne 3 k*ou, B ju 4 tsai 4 jen2 erh. 2
A & A 1049
Po
faults of others
virtues.
2
;
Never converse on the

to speak of your
is
nor presume
own
Wang3
It is
it
tfan 3
R m
pi 3
tuan 3
m f a mi 1050
$So
;
shin 4 chi 3 ehâng. 2
not so safe to open the mouth, as

shut.
it is
to
keep
w.
.n
Kâi 1 k*ou 3 pu4 ju 2 hsien 2 k*ou 3
feelings.
*d
ti
wen 3
1051
In conversation you must exercise control over the
Shuo 1 hua 4 yao 4
liu
ctfing. 2
CHAPTER
SIMILES.
II.
1052
Pompous.
Lit.
:
Like an Imperial Preceptor.

t'ai
4
ft
Hsiang 4 yi1 ko 4
- m M
sV'h
'Luang. 2
1053
Stupid. Lit.
:
ft
~
yi 1
Like a wooden image, 11 ft $1
Very
lazy.
Hsiang4
ko 4
mu4
ou3
1054
liao 2
jen. 2
X{<5.;
Like one who has drawn out his
muscles.
Hsiang4 chôu 1
yi 1
fu4 chin. 1
ioes
Containing stores of ill-arranged information. Lit. Like a waste-paper basket.
Hsiang4 yi1 ko4 tzu 4
m ~ m ^ m
chili
4
lou. 3
1056
Depraved.. Lit.
:
Like a door
pi
1
all
awry.
.m
Hsiang 4
- m & ko wai
yi 1
4
:
men2
hsieh 2 shih. 4
1057
Useless. Lit.
Like a funeral paper god.

f@
fig
ft
Hsiang4
Note.
the head of an
officer's
i,
~
yi 1
ko 4 hsien 3 tao 4 shen. 2

huge, light, paper-covered images, carried at
Doolittle gives a good description of
M
}
ft
them
The hsien tao shen are

funeral.
in his
" Social Life," Vol.
page 203.
1058
Very
ugly. Lit.
:
Like
Yang Fan
of Ts ou.
Hsiang 4 Ts*ou 2 kuo 2 Yang 2
m m
fan. 2
SIMILES.
179
1059
Foot. Lit.
:
Like anything washed by

Hsiang 4 ta 4 shui 3
many
waters.
m * ?K lOSO
tr
ti
1
ffi hsi 3 liao 3
Like a beaten dog.

Hsiang 4 ta 3 yang1
m m kou *
3
tzu. 3
lOSl
Wise. Lit. : Like an efficacious tortoise.
Hsiang 4 yi1 ko 4
m - m s a
10S2
ling 2 kuei. 1
% ~ n m m m m * Hsiang ko Su cMn
4
Like a sister-in-law of
yi 1
4
1
Su CKin.
1
ti
sao 3 tzu. 3
Note. That is, to cringe and bow to one in have slighted. See note under proverb 2629.
prosperity,
whom
in adversity
you
1063
To come Suddenly and go gradually. Lit. and rain it comes, as small dust it goes.
Lai 2 ju2 feng1
:
As wind
*m a
:
Mo3
yii,
* m wei m m 1064
4 ctfti
ssu 4
ch'en. 2
Uncared
for. Lit.
Like a dog whose master
is
dead.
in
Ju2
Gradually. Lit.
M m sang
1
tt
ti
1
ffi
chia 1
kou. 3
10S5
:
As water soaks
shui 3 tsin 4
into
wood.
in
Ju 2
Bt
* mu.
loss
Lit.
.f. 2 yii
:
Without sustenance.
in
As a
fish
out of water.
Ju 2
shih 1 shui. 3
& *
180
LANGUAGE.
10S7
As hard
1
as a stone.
3
K M S mo M M Ken
4 shih 2 t'ou 2 che
:
ying. 4
106S
t<ung 4 pao. 1
As
intimate as brothers.
ChHn1 ju2
m a m n
1069
two
Lei 2
As
like as
claps of thunder.
t'urg. 2
n 1070
1071
As
far as
heaven from earth.
T'ien 1 jang2 chih 1 fen. 1
As
far as
heaven from the abyss of the ocean.
m &
Hsiang1
5c
1
ch'ii* t'ien
yuan. 1
1072
As
thin as a
ft
4
rail.
Ku3
# sbou
tfc
ju2
$
cffai.
10*73
As weak
as cotton.
ia
W>
mien. 2
Juan3 ju2
1074
As hard
g
Ying4
as iron.
4
t'ieh.
m m
ssfi
1075
As
clear as the pebbles at the
Shui 3
bottom of a brook.
% m w w
ti
3
sha 1 miog. 2
SIMILES.
181
1076
Gradually. Lit. :
As
2
the silkworm eats

sfrh 2 erh2 cbin.4
its
way.
m w m Ts*an
10*77
As
<Hu2
stupid as black lacquer.
m m m
t<u
2
hsiang4
m
cb'i. 1
10*78
As
orderly as printing-blocks.
Yin4 pan3
$ I I $
10*79
:
ts'eng 2 tz'Q. 4
Grlib-tongued. Lit.
Lips sharp as a knife.

tao. 1
Tsui 3 ssu*
m m m
1080
:
Smooth-tongued. Lit.
1
~ m m Yi chang yu
1 2
pair of oily lips.

3
tsui.
1081
Sudden. Lit.
:
Hao3
% m
:
Like a clap of thunder in the sky.

*p
pan4
pi 3
jz
t'ien
1
jiin 2
m~
li
yi 1
m
lei.
1082
Quickly. Lit.
As
2tc
ice melts
and hoarfrost evaporates

ft
to
j|
Ju2
ping 1 Hiao 1
ig3
wu
it
san4 yi 1 pan. 1
1083
,
Pure as water, clear as a mirror.

ffi
to
ClriDg 1 ju 2 skii, 3 roing2 ju 2 ching. 4
m 1084
Wo
As the
to
Useless. Lit.
chaff of fine rice.
182
in
LANGUAGE.
Ju2
hsi 4
m mi % m m & wai
3 4
ti
k'ang 1
p'i.
1085
As easy
as to take anything out of a purse
Tân1 nang 2
m m m wu. m
ch*ii
3
CHAPTER
WORDS.
III.
108S
you always remember the words you have spoken, Then your peace to the end will continue unbroken.
If
ib
Chi 4 te 2 ts*ung 2
n U
1*
ch'-ien
2
IS.
*hua, 4
tao 4 lao 3
* M % pu
Pi
she1
ma.3
1087
Faithful words do conduct good while they the ear displease
And good
disease.
drugs, bitter in the mouth,
may
cure the
Chang1 yen 2
2
m b m ft k m is p m n m Liang yao k*u k*ou 1088
&
ni 4
erh 3
li
yii
bsing2
li
yii
ping. 4
All the words which sages said, Gods respect and devils dread.
Sheng 4 hsien2 yen 2
i
^
io
yii,
3
shen2 clfm1 kuei 3
& & &

fu.
1089
*,
Whilst our words resemble wind. Writing leaves a trace behind.
p
Kôu 3
If
shih 4 feng, 1
m &
pi 3
shih 4 tsung.
1090
your words are not pleasing, hold in half of them.
*Rua 4 pu4
m * fe pan* ^ ^
tfou 2
chi 1
liu 2
chii.
1091
Words whispered
thousand miles.
.feu 4
in
z.
chih 1
the ear
may
yii 1
be heard for a
m s
erh 3
yen 2 wen 2
m * m
cfrien 1
li.
184
LANGUAGE.
1092
Beat your drum inside your house, and outsiders will not hear.
Ku 3
ffi tsai 4
ft
nei4
fro
ta, 3
sheng 1 pu4 chien 4 wai 4 hsiang. 3
9 *
;
s$fr
wa
1093
Fine words are incredible credible words are not
^c B 4> Mei3 yen2 pu4
*^*
*=*=
fine.
"7*
hsin4
Wo
;
/***
>=*
*-
to
hbin 4
yen2 pu
""^ <T* 4
^^
9|
mei. 3
1094
A man
Kua 3
of few words escapes slander, of few desires preserves bis health.
it
yen 2 sheng 3 pang, 4 kua 3 yu 4 pao 3 shea 1
m m ir
1095
A wise man will
of a fool.
2
learn something even from the words

;
u m z yen w K*uang
fu 1 chih 1
sheng 4 jen 2 tse 2 yen. 1
a n m
1096^
One good word can warm three winter months bad one can stir up anger.
*Hao 3 hua4
c
one
# m ~ m m yi 1
ft
chii
4
=
is
d$}
4
san 1 tfung1 nuan 3
s m
i&
called
O4
ft
chii
a
^)
<hua 4 yi 1
nao 3 jen 2
hsin. 1
Note. In
that part of the
Yu
hsiao
Su% shih
("jjgfc
JJ^)>
a story is told of one Ko listen \4 ||1|)? a wonderful individual, who performed During the cold a feat similar to that referred to in the first line of this proverb. winter weather he invited some guests to his dwelling ; and, on their arrival, he
as made the house warm as in spring emitted such a fire from his mouth (PJq time, so that his guests were obliged to put off some of their clothing. The second 1. line of this proverb bears a strong resemblance to Proverbs 15 "Grievous
:
$j
words
stir
up anger."
1097
One word
stroke of the of ladles.
of his settles the matter. Lit: By one saw he severs the gourd into a couple
WORDS.
185
~ m m Yi elm
1
ft
pa 3
m
p'iao. 2
liang 2
1098
One word may be
Yi1 yen 2 sheng4
- w m
~ n Yi no
1
better than hundreds or thousands.

3 ch'ien1 pai.
* w
1099
One word may be worth
4
a thousand taels of gold.

=?
cVieii1 chin. 1
&
IIOO
Listen to a man's words
if
you wish
to
know
his
mind.
ft
Yii 4
*n
ft
chih 1 hsin 1
fu 2 shib, 4 tan 1 tfing 1
m*
'm
n
c
k oa 3 cbung1 yen. 2
1101
A man's
month.
Kâi 1 kôu 3 cbien 4 jen 2
meaning becomes
visible
when he opens
4
his
a a w m
fei
fu. 3
1102
When
a
man
opens his mind his real meaning be-
comes evident.
K'ai1 hsin 1 chien4 chêng. 2
m * a
1103
What you do
Mo
m
1
not understand, say nothing about. k> &o bl ?

ebbing1 pai, 2
pu4
* n 1104 ~
$U
Kf
pu 4 yao 4 Ian4 ta 1
pai. 2
Stop up your mouth like a bottle neck thoughts like a city.

Shou 3 k<ou 3 ju 2
guard your
Oft
ft ft
i
pîng 1
fang 2
j u2
cb eog. 2
f
186
LANGUAGE.
1105
Do
not talk about a thing when it water cannot be gathered up again.
Ch'eng2 shih 4
is
done
tt
spilt
* mo H
ft.
shuo 1
;
8 * nan B
fu2
shui 3
1106
Praise
is
shou. 1
hard to get
but censure
te 2
4
;
is
easy to give.
is
shih.
1
*Hao 3 yen2 nan 2
I I # f II. I o
yii
3
i
1107
When
a
man
is
calm he says nothing
when water
ffi
liu.
is
level it flows not.
A
No
single
2p
r
Jen2 p ing2 pu 4
yii
Wo 3
;
shui 3 p*ing 2
2p
pa4
1108
word can be
recalled.
out, a swift horse cannot overtake
Yi1 yen2
:f
1
chi 3
ra
yi 1
ch'u, 1 shih 4
in
ma 3
7}
li
Lit : One word

it.
let
i.
chui. 1
nan 2
1109
One
hurtful
m a - m m ju p Shang
jen2
yii,
3 4
2
word wounds
like a sharp sword.

tao 1
ko. 1
lllO
What
one says
true.
may
4
be
false
what a hundred say
must be
- a i chuan Yi
1
jen2
i
hsii
1
;
pai 3 jen 2 chuan 4 shih. 2
i a i i
up
1111
The wound
of a sharp knife will close
7i Li4 tao 1
;
but the
hate provoked by evil words will never
die.
if Ten 2
yii 3
m n m m & cttuang yu a m m shang m jen m * pu

ko 1
tfi
*ho 2
*hen3
hsiao. 1
WORDS.
187
1112
Books do not exhaust words, nor words thoughts.
it-
/F
in
Wo
if
Shu 1 pu 4
chin 4 yen, 2
yen 2
pu 4
^
;
chin4
m m
i.
1113
Always beware of many words many there must be error.
Ctfii 4 shih 4 chieh4 to 1
when words
iif
are
m m m i
yen 2
yen 2 to 1
t ^
pi4
^
shih. 1
;
1114
Neither
drum nor bell can sound unstruck and words unspoken cannot be understood.
Ku3
m pu ^
*r
ta 3
pu4 hsiang 3
m*
4
Sf
c
hua
a 7 a x m X wt * w pu shuo pu ming.
;
chung 1 pu 4 chuang 4 pu 4 niing 2

1
1115
When
good words
fill
the empire, no one's
mouth
offends.
Yen2 man3
5c
t'ien
1
hsia 4
is
wu2
n kW
kuo. 4
1116
Three boors cannot carry the word Eeason.
San1 ko4 man3 jen2
Bitter
h m
tt
ji
t'ai
2
pu4
^ m ~ m m ^ <M ko
3
yi 1
li
tsJi.
111"7
words are medicine
;
sweet words an epidemic.

m.
chi 2
'
S K*u
a
3
yen 2
1 yeh 4 yao
4
# m 1118
3
;
kan 1 yen 2
yeh. 3
Sages have written thousands and myriads of words to rouse up dreaming men.
Sheng 4 hsien 2 ctfien1 wan4
yii
3
tU2 hsing 3 meng 4 chung 1 jen. 2
1119
Having something
conceal
it.
to say speak plainly,
and never
188
LANGUAGE.
Yu3
w m ^ m n ming pa
<hua 4
2
>&
pi 4
shuo, 1
yiD 3 man. 3
m m
1120
Good words
3
are like a string of pearls.

ssii
4
1
n n m m chu *Hao
yii
3
ch'uan 4 yi1
m ~ ~
yi.
1121
" Petty distinctions are injurious to rectitude bling words violate right reason."
r Hsiao 3 pien4 hai 4
quib-
if
m
i
>h
4
;
hsiao 3 yen 2 p'o 4 tao. 4
t i t
1122
Tall talk
is
4
followed by no true action.

mil 2
3
m m huo m Kao
1
tfan 2
lun,
m ~ m n n & yu
yi 1
tien 3 shih 2 hsing. 2
1123
"
As
the light of a single star tinges the mountains of many regions so a single unguarded expression injures the virtue of a whole life."
;
Yi 1
~ m
3*
pan4
chii 4
hsing 1 chih 1 *huo 3 neng 2 shao 1

1
m n m shan m m wan M # yen m m m & z m wu sun sheng

>x
t
ebbing 3 chih 1
1
1
;
fei
p%g2
chih 1 te. 2
1124
Plausible talk
clever
man
is not equal to honest speech needs but few words.
and a
^5
CMao 3
2
^ f yen pu
2 2
JIB
4
ju 2
chih 2
w a * Ming jen pu
Words may not be
yung 4
n m m
spoken
;
1 S tao
4
;
hsi 4 shuo.
1125
foolishly
what you say
must accord with reason. jar * s

len 2 pu4 wang 4
fa 1
;
s $ tang n m
fa 1
pi 4
4
li.
WORDS.
189
1126
Who makes
4
his strength cheap obtains men's respect

his
te 2
who makes
4
month cheap
2
obtains their dislike.
* # A Li chien jen
When you
say
it.
ching4
flfc,
Irou chien 4 te 2 jen 2 tseng. 1
P3
# A
first
ft
1127
have anything to say,
think and then
Yu3
so 3
yen2
pi4
chih1 erh 2
'hou4 yen. 2
1128
He who
seldom opens his mouth, often shuts his
>p
Shao 3
kâi 1 k<ou, 3
i, e.
eyes.
Po
Note. " Shuts his eyes";
m & % to
1
pi 4
mu. 4
meditatively,
thinking well before he speaks
1129
few
;
When
troubles are few dreams are
when words
4
1
are scarce faults are scarce.

Lii 4 shao 3
'>
meng4 tzu 4 shao 3
M.f
;
yen2
II If
hsi 1
kuo 4
hsi.
1130
The pen can convey one's meaning for a thousand miles.
Pi 3 ch'ing 2 ta 2 ch'ien1
-it
m * m
li.
1131
sea, utters big
ta 4
<hua. 4
The mouth which boasts of the

1
words.
p m * m n m kW Eûa shuo
<hai 3
1
SECTION X. ON
LAW AND GOVERNMENT.

I.
CHAPTER
1132
Never beat If you do,
Fa2
chiu 4
LAWS AND PENALTIES.
if
you must
fine
all fines decline.
pu4
ta 3
ta 8
chiu 4
pu4
1133
tig
fa.
Try you to defraud in customs and revenue The mandarins soon will try to be having you.
man 3 kuan1
m m
.
shui 4 ;
lou4
na 2 cho 2 wen4
m m m m
tsui.
1134
"Whether you punish or reward,
To
friend or foe
ft.
show no
regard.
Shang 3 pu 4 lun4 yuan1
% * m %
ch*ou, 2 fa 2
"*
pu4 lun4 ku 3
# *
jou. 4
1135
Decapitation, strangling, banishment, exile, and transportation, are regulations which may not be broken.
Chan 3
chiao 3
chim1
s
liu
2
fe
2
t<u,
fa 3
pu 4
*r
k*o 3 fan. 4
1136
He who
fears the laws will not break
it.
them
he who
dreads punishment will escape

Chii 4 fa 8
4
* m m n m 3 pu fan jm a & nr . m wei tzu mien

tzti
4
4
fa 3
hsing 2
k*o 3
hsing. 2
LAWS AND PENALTIES.
191
1137
In making laws, severity is indispensable in administering them, clemency.
;
Li 4
hsing 2 fa 3
* & m pu # n m pu
fa 3
4
pt
k*o 3
pu4 yen 2 pu 4
rt
k*o 3
^ a #
;
shu. 4
1138
so the
One word
settles life or death.
pen
may
not
carelessly
Yi1
move.
4
~ *
tzii
ting4 sheng 1 ssu d
%.. mo
;
pi 3
Ian4 tung. 4
1139
One word from a
or death.
magistrate's pen
may
decide for
JE
1
life
ft
^Hei 1 pi 3
hsieh 3 pai 2 chih, 3
8.
yi 1
- ? S S sheng
tzii 4 ting 4
ssu. 3
1140
on the ground for a prison.
wei 2
He drew
Note.
s
a line
ft tt <Hua4 ti4
at
yii.
This proverbial saying, referring to the obedient people of

(/jf*
Win
wang,
now
used as the equivalent of pu kan tung
jj jj)
I dare not
move/
ii4i
Though, the sword of justice be sharp, the innocent.
Kang1
it
will not slay
71
tao 1
St
sui 1 k'uai, 4
$ *
fail,
fr $t pu4 cban3 wu2
IP
tsui
4 clrib 1 jen. 2
1142
If gentle
means
harsh means will not.

o4
<hua 4
Shan4 <hua4 pu4
tsu, 2
yu3 yu 2
'
1143
No punishment on
An4
4
2
the Bench, no law below

B
it.
m m & shang wu
hsing, 2
t wu m m m an
4
hsia 4
fa.
CHAPTER
LITIGATION.
II
1144
Happy
With
himself alone arraigns ; others go to law, you've trouble for your pains.
is
the
man who
Sung4
$ % m
Be
vk
;
hsin1 che 2 hsiang 2
sung 4 jen 2 che 2 yang. 1
a m m-
1145
With, only right to back you, sure the yamens lack you.
Pa 1
a * ya * m men n m nan s w M i ^ & ch%n a wu mo yu

tzil
4
2
2
ctfao 2
4
kâi/
lai 2 .
li
chin 4
1146
If the warrant omits your name, Take you no notice of the same.
Pang3 shang4
m n
*vu 2
miug, 2 chiao 4
%>
>
pu 4
* m
ying. 4
1147
If
one family has a lawsuit, ten families are involved

in calamity.
Yi1
- i ^ yu
chia 1
2 shin, 4 lien
lo
1 1 + i
lei
3
1 shih 2 chia.
1148
The
bite of a thief goes three inches into the bone.
Tsei 2 yao 3
yi 1
kW
ju 4
ku 3
san 1
fen. 1
This proverb refers to the false statements sometimes 0TB at the bar, charging others with complicity in their offences.
.
made by
prisoners
LITIGATION.
193
114:9
Inform against a
tions will
* A Kao4
jen 2
and three of become your enemies

once,
man
yi 1
his genera-
ft
IS
chuang4 san1 shih4 yuan. 1
1150
An
indictment cannot be got up without
lies.
m m Wu Tmaug
2
t> pu 4 chêng2
& m
ssii.
~
If but one
word
H51
% * m x
;
of information against a
man
it
get
into the court, nine bullocks cannot drag

again.
out
.m P! Ti 1 tzu 4 ju 4 KuDg1 men, 2 chiu3 niu 2 tV. pu4
a &
as
chû. 1
1152
Let householders avoid litigation for once go to law and there is nothing but trouble.
Chii 1 chia 1 chieh 4 cheng 1 sung 4 ; sung 4 tse 2
*lfR. 118
1153
Win
Ying 2
chimg 1 hsiung. 1
your lawsuit and lose your money.
i,t kuan t m m t
liao 3
1
shih 4 shu 1
liao 3 cffien. 2
1154
Winning a
Yiflg 2 liao 3
cat
1
you
lose a cow.
s
m % m hao m t mao t *
6rh 2 shu 1
niu.
1155
"Nine lawsuits out of ten are
+ 'IT Shih chuang kuan

2 2
;
*'**-
settled
by
arbitration."
shih 4 chiu 3 chuang 2 <ho. 2
1156
The plaintiff's charge makes the defendant seem worthy of death but the defendant's answer shows there is reason on both sides.
194
LAWS AND PENALTIES.

Yiian 2 kao 4 yi 1
pei 4
m m m & m yao % % & ~ chang kao

1
ft
4
chih, 3 pei 4
chiu 4
ssu 3
3
kao 4 yi 1 chang 1
chih, 3
Hang2
hsia 4 tu 1
yu3
li.
1157
His pen
is
as sharp as a sword.
in
Note.
Said of one who writes indictments.
Pi 3 <ho 2 tao 1
H W
li.
1158
To
retain
some
feeling in
Pi 3
hsia 4
writing an indictment.
t
chfing.
2
2
m t g
liu
1159
Wishing
to criminate,
no
difficulty
will be
met
in
finding a pretext.
ft
ib
Yu 4
In
life
chia 1 chih 1 tsui, 4
z Wo
;
fa
'ho 2
r
ft as sa huan4 wu2 ssu. 2
1160
beware of yamens
Sheng1
&
pu 4 ju 4 kuan1 men2
*AgF?oS5*A
;
in death beware of hell.

ssii
3
1161
On
pu4
ju4
ti
yii.
the magistrate's table a sheet of paper feet a pair of lips.
at his
T'ang 2 shang 4
a ~
yi 1
si
chang 1 chih 3
o
;
st
t'ang 2 hsia 4
t yi 1
si
chang1
tsui. 3
1162
Before you arrest a magistrate, arrest his domestic.
m Na
cash
;
%
;
kuan
hsien 1
% na * m t
'
chia 1 ting 1
1163
Three or six hundred cash
two or four hundred cash for runners, and cash for clerks.
;
San 1
Note.
lu 4
par
erh 4
tliis
ssii
pai
is
cfrai 1 fei 4
fang 2
li.
" Hundred "
in
connection
said
always
to
mean u thousand
"
!
LITIGATION.
195
1164
Though nine times yon present an must agree with the first.
Chiu 3 chuang 4 pu 4
accusation, the last
jr
* mi m m yiian 1165 li
ssu. 2
*
He who
cash.
can get up a lawsuit will have
calls
on
his
Hui 4
#.
*r
ta 3
kuan1 ssu 1 yeh3 yao 4
% n & s
ch'ien.
1166
You cannot get at the Emperor, to tell him your wrongs.
Pu 4 neng 2
m a
5c
chien 4 tfien 1 tzu 3 yen 2 ch%g. 2
1167
Of ten reasons by which a magistrate may decide a
case, nine are
unknown
li
,j
to the public.
chiu 3 tfiao 2 jen 2
Kuan1 tuan4
shih 2 tfiao 2
pu 4
chih. 1
CHAPTER
III
CIVIL OFFICERS.
1168
Whenever a neighbour office takes, The event a gen'ral gladness makes.
Lin 2 she 4
*.***
One dash of a civil magistrate's pen, Makes the martial magistrate jump again.
kuan1
tso 4
ft
kuan, 1 ta 4 chia 1 hsi 3 ^huan. 1
1169
2 Weno
t i
tien 3
-fof wu
yi 1
pi,
3
kuan1 pa 1 pu4
*A
* ^
chi.
1170
The magistrate sitting to judge in court, Is helped by underlings of every sort.
Kuan1
fu 3
tso 4 tfang, 2 shu1 châi 1
ya 2
yi 4
pang1 mang. 2
1171
Do you
wish to enjoy a peaceful state
First settle all claims of the magistrate.
m Jo yao
4
*
4
an, 1
Lsien1
% wan % t
2
kuan. 1
1172
Civil
and martial mandarins must,
One
to his seal, one to his flag, trust.

4 4 pîng 2 yin hsin,
Wen 2
% 8 n
ss
wu 3 p%g 2
*hao 4 ling. 4
1173
The two Commissioners of salt and grain, Keep, each of them, to his own domain.
CIVIL OFFICERS.
197
3
Yen
mm
13
liang2 liang" tao,* ko 4
m m # ^ kuan
n
t
.
yi 1
'hao. 4
1174
With
friends at court,
2 1
it is
easy to get into

'hao 3
2
1
office.
m kuan. m # w a n wei Ch'ao chung yu jen

3
2
1175
Deceive but don't insult a mandarin.
Man 3 kuan mo 4
1
cb'i
kuan. 1
11*76
An
officer s
like
door is like a market-place pure water.

tn P! Ch'en men 2 jn2
his heart is
Tfi
E
1
ft
ffl
ssfi 4
shia,
ch'en2 hsin1
sbui. 3
1177
ne
1 1
7
dang'erous.
High
office" is
t M & Kuan kao

1178
An
'
bsiea. 3
pi 1
honest magistrate cannot get on.
CMng
m t
1
kuan 1 pu 4 tao 4
i'J
tfou.
o 2
1179
The
civil
magistrate takes his pen and pacifies the
empire.
Wen2
The dignity
fr je kuan1 pa 3
* an ^ T
pi 3
1
4 t'ien1 bsia.
11SO
of high office
1
1
is
2
"widely
hsien. 3
known.
t m m Kuan kao chueh

1131
A
devil your leanness.
magistrate will not consider your poverty, nor the
198
Kuan1 pu4
LITIGATION.
chîung, 2 koei 3 pu 4 p*a 4 ni 3 shou. 4 Note. The meaning of this caustic saying is, that the one will have your money and the other your life.
t>
is
p*a 4
fo
ni
3
m*
% *
t&
fa
-s
1182
An
honest magistrate can hardly escape dishonest
clerks.
Cluing 1
itr
kuan1 nan 2
:
^ i m *hua
tâo
2 2
li
shou. 3
1183
iron,
Men's hearts are like

like a furnace.
and the rule of mandarins
Jen 2 hsin1 ssu 4

If the
a m p nr m & n kuan ju 1184

t'ieh 3
1
;
fa 3
lu.
homes of the people are without learned where are the magistrates to come from ?
Chia 1
sons,
m wu m tu m shu m
2
2
?
tzii,
3
kuan 1 tsûng2 ^ho^ ch u4

c
t m m w
lai
2
1185
at being Premier,
A mandarin
must aim
and
so
must
begin early to contend for the first rank. IS Wei 2 kuan 1 hsii 1 tso 4 hsiang, 1 chi 2 ti 4 tsao 3 cheng1
@ t 1 f
S I I f
;
5fc hsien. 1
1186
his proper laws
The magistrate has
and the people
their private agreements.
Kuan1 yu 3
t /#
.
IE
cheng 4 t*iao 2
min 2 yu 3 ssu 1 yo. 1
& m m
1187
A
magistrate who is not a lord among his people, has received the Emperor's high distinction and pay in
vain.
a * m & ft s u s m m m m m Wang' shou ch*ao

Wei2 kuan 1 pu4 yu 3 min 2
o
tso 4
chu, 3
tfing 2 chiieh 2 lu 4
kao. 1
CIVIL OFFICERS.
199
1188
A
wise
little
man
before a magistrate will be
mute
for a
while.
# m e kuan % *Hao *ban

3
"=
1
;
cbien
san1 sbeng 1 ya. 3
u
??
k*o. 4
A poor mandarin
1189
m
equals a rich merchant.
Hi Cb'iung 2 kuan 1 tang 4 fu 4
1190
He who
living.
Cfrien 1
takes office far from
home only does

cbib 3 wei2 tsui. 3
so for a
* m
li
tso 4
nr kuan1
1191
He who
in high station
is
without pride,
is
exalted
without danger.
Tsai 1 shang 4 pu 4 cbiao, 1 kao 1 erb 2 pu 4
Jt
S I ^ t
1192
wei, 2
A man may
display great ability in any office high or low ; a man without ability receives high rank and pay in vain.
Yu 3
2
ts*ai
pu4
tsai 4
kuan1 ta 4
cbiieh
2
bsiao 3 ;
* & wu
?*$
ts*ai
*E wang 3 sbou4
S H H ^
lu 4
kao. 1
1193
families
;
The Chih-fu can exterminate

hsien can confiscate goods.
Mieb 4 men 2 cbib 1
the Chih-
fo
Mo
fu 3
;
cbâo 1 cbia 1 cbib 1 bsien. 4
9 %
\*
it
1194
Even an honest Chih-fu may, during a
term of
of silver.
office,
three yeats save ten myriad snow-white taels
200
civil offi:
ft
Yi 1 jen 4
fcn it ch'ing1 Chib1 fu 3
3 3 # & + wan
ehih 2
4
rm. 2
1195
Before he comes into
faults
;
office lie
after
he comes into
office
reproves a thousand he commits the
same
himself,
Wei4
* ft knan If it, f shuo M T kuan t % ts3 4

1
cffien1
yi x
pan1
tt
pan. 1
tso 4
liao 3
shih4
1196
There are three rules for men in be cautious, be diligent.
*& ft Tang1 kuan 1 yu 3 san 1
office
:
be upright,
W H
*.
shih*
:
2 1 4 yiieh 1 ebbing, 1 yiiej^ shea, yiieb effin.
K.
0,18
1
11S7
Among
magistrates there are distinctions of rank among their assistants, none.
;
Kuan1 yu 3
WW*
t I
yi 4
>k
bsiao 3
;
ft
li
ta 4
wu2
# # * tsun
pei.
1198
Better awe-inspiring police than awe-inspiring mandarins ; for if the police be not so, the mandarins will be lightly esteemed.
Kuan 1 wei 1 pu4 '& ffi

ya 2
4
i S wei * m t WL & kuan pu

T> iD
li
ju 2
ya 2
yi 4
wei 1
cbiu 4
1199
courtiers.
ti.
Magistrates innumerable beget sons to die of want whilst many unofficial men bear sons who turn out
Wu
bsien4 chu 1
to 1
ft
chi
:3
4 S M chV 13 % % & wu
ifc
mn2
1
sheng 1 o4 p'iao 3
ctfao 2 lang. 2
ffi
pai 2
CIVIL OFFICEKS.
201
1200
Neither dogs nor mandarins injure those them anything.
who
give
Kou3 pu 4 yao 3
1
m ^ mm m t x n m mm kuan pu
o 1 sui 1
ti
1 ;
ta 3
sung4
li
ti.
Note.
This
common and very
suggestive proverb,
is
too coarse for
any more
literal translation
than the one given above*
CHAPTER
1201
When
His
first
IV.
MILITARY OFFICERS.
against rebels a general does an army bring, endeavour ought to be to seize the rebel king.
,H
Chiang 1 chun 1 shang 3 chan 4 ctfang, 2 chHn 2
I 1
1.
I I
^fe
tsei 2 hsien1 eh*in 2
I I wang.
1202
Nailmakers don't good iron use Nor good men to be soldiers choose.
;
'Hao 3
t'ieh 3
m x pu
SS
*r
4
ta 3
u a # % ^ 1203
*r.
ting 1
;
'hac^jen 2 pu 4 tang1 ping. 1
Under a powerful general
there are no feeble soldiers.
Ch'iang 2 cbiang1 shou 3 bsia 4
? T 1204
ta
ft
wu2
jo 4
p ^
ping. 1
The rank
of general
is
open to the meanest born.

bj
Chiang 1 chiin 1 pu 4 p*a 4
m #
chV
shen 1
i&
ti
1
1205
Though you
thousand
kill
ten thousand, you will have three
killed.
D
Sha 1 jen 2
# A ~ wan,
yi 1
S
4
tzu 4 sun 3 san 1
H H *
o
ch'ien.
1206
Armies are kept a thousand days
to be used
on
one.
m Yang
'M
3
chiin
chîen 1 jih
M yung 1207
B4
4
tsai 4
yi 1 chao. 1
To rush on the foe at the point of the spear, is the mark of a truly brave man and the scholar who earth is wonderfully can move heaven and
;
talented.
MILITARY OFFICERS.
Ch'ung 1 feng 1
203
tan. 3
bsien 1 t'ien 1 chieh 1
m m us m chgn m ko m * m % ^ & * # % n m fang 1208

p'o 4
ti
2
1
ta 4
ti
shih 4 chi 1 ts'ai. 2
great general
F
is
honoured everywhere.
Tfi
1
Ta 4
A chiang ^ pa
1
chiin 1
mien 4 wei 1
a m
feng. 1
1209
A
(defeated) general never dismounts, so each soldier
may
flee
where he
pu4
pleases.
roa, 3
Chiang1
chiin 1
hsia 4
ko 4
tzii
1210
A
pen 1 ch*ien 2 chêng. 2
thousand soldiers are easily obtained is hard to find.

Cfrien 1 pingL.
;
one general
te 2
yi 1 chiang 1
nan 2
chîu. 2
1211
his
The martial magistrate draws
sword and puts
down
all rebellion.
Wu
a kuan t i
3
1
3i
t*i
tao 1 ting 4 tan 1
=p
%
ko. 1
CHAPTEK
1212
As sheep drop
V.
TAMENS AND YAMEN-RUNNEI^S,
into a tiger's jaw,

3-0
Cash drops into an underling's paw.

Glf ien2 lo 4 ctfai 1 shou, 3 yang 2
m m m
& m
tit
n
k*ou. 3
lo 4
*hu 3
1213
actions are subject to fate.
A police-runner's
Does
lie
fear lest a
shower should sprinkle his pate
if
is.
ch'ai 1
Kuan1
pu4 tzu 4
* s
&o
yu, 2 na 3 p'a 4
mM m m yu
3
lin
t'ou. 2
1214
Though the yamen be small the law
85
*
is
4
Ya 2 men 2
n m
>h
sui 1 hsiao 3 fa 3
m tu m- n
4
the same.
yi1
li.
1215
and
their corruptions
Yamens
ffi
are deep as the sea,
lofty as heaven.
Ya2 men2
Official
as
ehen 1 esu 4
&o
r
bai, 3
w m *
pi 4 ping 4
fa
ta 4 ju 2
x
t'ien.
1216
underlings see
money
as a fly
sees blood.
Kung1
jen 2 chien 4 cfrien 2 ju 2 tsâng1 ying1 chien 4 bsieh. 3
1217
Yamen-runners must be very brave who can deceive, frighten, defraud, and extort.
nit
Hung 3
Note.
hsia 4 p*ien 4 cha 4 cfrai 1 tan 3
m m & m m *
ta.
See
next proverb and note.
1218
What
paddy-fields
?
belong to the
and
corn-fields
yamen
YAMEN AND YAMEN-RUNNERS.

Yu 3 mo 1
Note.
205
ti
m m ya m
is
pi
men2
a
tîen,
yu 3 mo 1 ya2 men2
m m b m
4<
?
This
the yamen-rumier's reply to the charge conveyed in the prece-
ding proverb.
1219
However wrong the magistrate and
his
assistants
may
be, their
messenger
i
li
is
not to be blamed.
2 4
Kuan1 chV
t H
n * a x m jen pu 1220
clfa 1
lai 2
ch'a. 1
Those who follow mandarins eat mandarins'

-Ken 1 kuan 1 jen 2 chîh 1 kuan1 jen. 2
rice.
& t A
Ife
f A
1221
Quickly pay your taxes, even should that empty your purse then you will be most happy.
;
Kuo 2
kV
as
tsao 3 wan, 2 chi 2 nang 2

^
xo
in
m m
le.
t&
t*o 4
wu2
yu, 2
I
An
tzu 4 te 2
i i 1222
ll
chih 4
inmate of a yamen
may
1 3
easily acquire
merit.
& Kung
pi
1
men 2
# n m chung *hao
ft
hsiu 1 hsing. 2
SECTION XI. ON
MAN
CHAPTEE
MANKIND.
I.
1223
Take a hundred men, and you Will find all sorts and every hue.
Jen 2 sheng1
A~W
shih 4
4
ft
yi 1 pai, 3
chung 4 chung 4 se 4
@
se.
;
1224
Man
Jen 2
Note.
resembles the stump of a tree Completely dependent on clothing

1
c
he.
1
is,
a s # & k*ao m m & shang. shu chuang, ch

ien 2
4
1
Here
is
an idea worthy of the author of Sartor Resartus.
1225
Men
are one in heart,
and
their hearts one in principle.
a
Who
Jen2
ifi
jib
&.
Jen 2 t'ung 2 tz'u 3
& m
ifc
hsin, 1 hsin 1
t'ung 2
tz'u 3
m
li.
1226
but the sages are free from faults?
fei
1
a m m
are
sheng 1 hsien 2 shu 2 neng 2
t i i wu i i kuo
2
1227
Of men there
are
good and bad, as of goods there
valuable and worthless.

Jen 2 yu 3 *hao 3
tai,
3
*huo 4
yu 3 kao 1
ti.
MANKIND.
207
1228
Man
is
the most intelligent of
all creatures.
a m m # Jen wei wan wu 1229

2
2
chih 1 ling. 2
So long as no favour
is
sought,
all
men
are equal
not.
as the place is level
Jen3 pu 4
A * m A ~
chîa 2 jen 2
ffi 2 liu
where water flows
Shui 3 pu 4
t>
%.
lai 2
~ m pan
yi 1
yi 1
pan 1 ta 4;
<
1
p*ing. 2
1230
He who
alike
sits in,
and they who
carry, the sedan, are
men.
Tso 4
t'ai
2
& m ? 4 & a yeh tzu jen =? & & a m $r tzu yeh

cliiao 4
3
3
shih 4
2
;
chiao 4
shih 4 jen. 2
1231
All
men have
faces, as all trees
have bark.
3
?
Jen2 jen2 yu 3
a a w
is
Wio
lien,
3
shu 4 shu 4
m m w & yu p
5G
*fc
ti.
i.
1232
Man
heaven and earth in miniature.
When
Jen 2 shen 1
# - *
men
J
tsu 2
yi 1 hsiao 3 tfien 1
1233
satisfied
?
in their lives are
The aged may
steal a little leisure.
Jen 2 sheng 1
A a
sg
Jen 2 lao 3
it s a g m tW
fcn
fpf
3#
chih 1
<ho 2
shih 2 tsu. 2
hsien 2 ctfieh 3 shih 4 hsien. 2
CHAPTER
II.
DIFFERENT KINDS OF MEN.

(l)
AGED MEN,
1234
An
aged
man
lao, 3
will
always be,
"IB ft ko 4 pao. 3
The jewel
Chia 1 yu 3
his his family.

shih 4
m % % &
1235
Old trees become half empty at the core Old men see all things clearer than before.
:
Shu4
lao 3
pan4
hsin 1 kûng 1
jen 2
lao 3 shih4 shih4 tfung. 1
1236
See the old man of eighty cutting dried reeds For each day he does not die, fuel he needs.
Pa1
:
a +
Yi 1
shih 2
a
jih 4
m $ a v p o *huang * % m m & yao pu

at
sui 4
4
lao 3
'hao. 1
ssu 3
cttai 2 shao. 1
1237
There
is
nothing like newness in clothes
nothing
like age in
I1
man.
4
& mo n m m
jo 4
;
hsin 1
a M m m ku. mo 1238
Q
;
jen2
jo 4
Age
lacks kindness, as dry weather dew.

2
Jen 2 lao 3
A5g$>sAif wu cMng,
jen 2
m wu m 9 1239
?c
2
ft
shui. 3
tfien 1
kan1
lu 4
Aged men
are virtuous.
AGED MEN.
Nien1 kao 1 yu 3
209
2
* 1 f 8
te.
1240
k*o 2
Better die ten years sooner, than live those years in poverty.
Yiian 4 tuan 3 shih 2
iiien
2
shou, 4
pu4
lao 3 lai 2 p ing. 3

r
1241
An
old
man
ready to depart. Lit.
The sun descend-
ing the mountain sides.

Hsia 4 shan 1
f p o4
jih 4
tfou. 2 .
1242
White hairs don't all disappear with the old men, for we see them again on young men's heads.
Pai 2 fa 3
k*an 4
6 S-*
pu 4
stii
k*an 4 yu 4 shang 3 sbao 3 nien 2 tfou. 2
M m
4
A * *p % m
5g
2
lao 3 jen 2
cb^li,
1243
I
won't laugh at another for having grown old that will assuredly happen to me.
for
Mo 4
m m m a
hsiao 4 tâ 1
^:
jen 2
lao 3 ;
& m Tauan m m wo. 1244

chung 1
hsii
1
tao 4
We remember riding
ie.
on bamboos as boys, and

if ft
lo
we
are white with age.
n m m x s & m * m pai tW weng. kW k<an yu 1245

Chi 4 te 2 shao 3 nien 2 chH 2 chu 2 ma, 3
4 4
n & *
shih 4
On
earth impartial justice
is
with the aged
they
will not
show mercy
to noble offenders.
210
ON MAN.
a & * a kuei
Kung 1
4
ift
tao 4 shih 4 cbien 1 wei 2 pai 2
is
t*ou 2
jen 2
* f ^ shang pu
13
'It
la 3 ;
tseng 2 jao. 2
1246
The
older ginger
and cinnamon
is
are,
the more pungent

ft
yii 4
their flavour.
Chiang 1 kuei 1 chih 1 hsing 4
s m
& %
yii
4
lao 3
*
la.
1247
If deferential to
experienced old men, in perplexity you can rely on them.

Cb'ii 1 chih 4 lao 3 ch'eng, 2 chi 2
M &
# 1248
is
I'J
pT
*B
fft
i.
tse 2
k'o 3 hsiang 1
At seventy a man
a candle in the wind.
CM
At eighty
a
shih 2 feng 1 ch'ien 2 chu. 2
1249
man
-t
shih 2
is
hoar-frost
4
on the
tiles.
A
Pa 1
wa 1
% shang
II
shuang. 1
1250
He who
Pu4
won't take an old man's advice, will one day
become a beggar.
hsin 4
lao 3 jen 2
yen, 2
2 clri3 erh
;
yu3
te 2
tso.
1251
He must
Pu 4
err grievously,
who won't
pi 4
listen to
ifr
aged men.
A % jen * M lao
tfin
1
m
2
yen, 2
$ M
ft
huang 3
tso 4 hsin 1
*
shih. 4
BAD MEN.
211
(2)
BAD MEN.
1252
A. hook attached to a ring To him let nobody cling.
ft
:
*r
ta 3
Kou1
Note.
lien 2 *huan 2
Mo
:
mu 2
a a m
is
te 2 jen 2 ctfan. 2
or as the
This
;
is
a specimen also of the innuendo,

yil
Chinese call
;
it
f|X W. PO hMeh *hou
Only the
first
four words are ever spoken
the last
four being always understood. ed by him he is one of the lot.
The
sense of this proverb
Let nobody be deceiv-
1253
He who dare risk being made a mangled corse, May drag an emperor down from his horse.
She3
&#.-# M
te 2
yi 1
shen 1
kua, 3
'Huang2
^ f
ti
4
sg
lao 3
tzu 3 lo 2 hsia 4 ma. 3
? m t &
1254
His conduct is cruel, and he fights In cursing and swearing he delights.
fi Kl ff *. Hsing2 hsiung1 ta 3 chia 4
P
3
kâi 1 k'ou
chiu4 ma. 4
1255 A barefaced wight, thinks everything right.

Lien 3 erh 2 yi 1
m m --a. w
p% 2
teeth are white
pai 3 shih 4
m %
-&
cbi.
2
ta 4
1256
Whose
Is
and visage yellow,

fellow.
tiDg4
an opium-smoking
ch*ih 3 po, 2
Mien 4 *huang2 ya 2
*&. #*
pi 4
ya 1
pîen 4 k*o. 4
1257
Where he has trodden no
grass will grow.
212
Tsou 4
ON MAN.
liao 3
* m T ^ pu sheng
lu 4
4
1
ts'ao.
1258
A
rogue
3i5
is
4
soft
3
as
in
ju 2
cotton
2
;
a fool hard
2
Kuang1
u m kun yuan
m
m m mien ch%
1259
;
*han4 ying4
mm
3
as iron.
4
m m
ssii
tîeh.
rogue fears a simpleton

importunity.
and a simpleton
ta r p a 4 mien2
fears
Kuang 1 kan 4 p a 4 yen 3

r
tfi
m ?
tzii 3
;
yen 3
m ?
tzti
;
& m
is
cffan. 2
sure
to
Note.
The simpleton may

One
spoil
a rogue's plan
in.
and importunity
result in the simpleton's being
taken
1260
may
spoil the nest.
Tiuai 4 yi 1
rat
Yi 1 ko 4 lab 3 shu 3 ta s
ch'ao 2 tung. 4
1261
His heart
is
not upright whose eye looks askance.

len 3
m m $ * pu
hsieh 2 hsin 1
3E
cheng 4
1262
Amongst
bullies there is
;
than the rest ground down.
always one more overbearing and bad men must be by bad men
3S 4* 3S Chiang 2 chung1 ken1 yu 3 chîang 2 chung 1 shou 3

4 2
M W ^ ^ a m m a m yung m & o jen mo. O jen

hsii
1
1263
A tribe
of foxes
and dogs.
tang. 3
*Hu 2 ctfun 2 kou 3
m m m m 1264
:
vicious blackguard. Lit.
One with
a black heart
and a rotten
liver.
BAD MEN.
213
Iff
H.
'Hei 1
*&
hsin 1
iffi
Ian 4
karu 1
1265
A
shameless
2 2
man
A | Jen wu
in old shoes.
lien 2
ch%y3
is
ready for anything.

pai 3 shih 4 k*o 3
I I
:
pT
@
wei. 2
1266
A lazy good-for-nothing.
is
Lit.
One who goes
slipshod
Sa 1 pan4
^ m n
1267
all.
t*ou 2 hsieh. 2
Bad men
are hated
the street,
Lit : When a every one cries "Hit him/'
by
rat crosses
Kuo 4
m m shu
chieh 1 lao 3
3
*r
cffi
chiao 4 ta. 3
1268
An
untruthful
man
5i
erh 2
2
is
iron without steel

ff
an untruth-
ful
woman
15
is
rotten grass and tangled hemp.

Hk
fiS
Nan 2
nii 2
wu2
hsin 4 tun 4 t*ieh 3
2$
01
:
wu2 kang1
erh'
wu 2
hsin 4 Ian 4 ts'ao 3
ma2
jang. 2
1269
A
lying machine.
Ch<e 3 <huang 3 cLia 4 tzu. 3
&
m m ?
1270
A
nh
lying machine cannot enter a city gate.
Ch'e 3 'huang 3 chia 4 tzu 3 chin 4 pu 4 te 2 cb'eng 2 men. 2
&
m * # m
?<}
1271
The skin of
his face is as thick as a city wall.
II
Lien 3 yu 3 ctteng 4 cttiang 2
W M
38
J
*hoii.
4
214
ON MAN.
12V2
A bad man
Union
of
will not confront a
915
good man.
*
:
r
ft
ti
2
iE
cheng. 4
Hsieh 2 pu 4
bad men.
%t Kan1
Lit.
Dry
fuel rears a blazing
fire.
ch ai 2 pâng 2 lieh* 'huo. 3
m w m
12*73
tK
The disobedient provoke many

P$
Chiang 4
stripes.
A ft jen 1274
2
ft
ta. 3
to 1
t*ao 3
You've put your bowels out of shape by swallowing

a carrying -pole.
p
Note. Cffih 1 liao 3 pien 3 tan1 <heng4 liao 3 ch*ang 2 tzu. 8
t m m m t m
who
lias
This
is
said to one
degenerated into a violent and cruel
character.
CLEVER MEN.
215
(3)
CLEVER MEN.
1275
Wiser than the emperor none can ever be Shrewder than the premier you can never
be.
a n f wang m m n kuo Tsûng ming ft m M m i& ft Ling mo kuo

1
xno 4
4
yii
ti
2
:
li
yii
tsai 4 hsiang. 1
127S
In the wise and strong, There is nothing wrong.
*t
bjj
Ching1 ming 2 clfiang 2 kan, 2 ssu 1 <hao 2 pa 4
yi 1 is
# m m x
12*77
;
fm
Ian. 4
Half your talents are natural

Sheng1 ch'eng 2
the other half acquired.

pan. 4
pan4
hsiao 3 ch'eng 2 yi 1
1278
A
word
enough
to a clever
man.
Shih 4 ming 2 pai 2 jen 2 sbuo 1
& m 6 a m n m m
1279
men
2
te 2 chiu 4 chih. 1
Clever
1
are often the servants of fools.

jen 2
shih 4 *hu 2 tfu 2
m m a & m m a & yung m a Tsûng ming

jen 2
ti
1
jen. 2
1280
A
clever
man
needs few words
as a
drum but
to be
lightly beaten.
w a
Ming 2
hsiang 3
m m * m s m m m ku pu yung chung cKu.

jen 2
t, jb pu 4 yung 4
4
1
hsi
chiang. 3
4
216
Three
ON MAN.
1281
fools equal
one clever
man
1
three clever
men
equal one District magistrate.

San 1 ko 4
1
a mm h i i a tang t ko ming h i p a t i ip m san ko ming tang ko

yii
2
jen 2
jen; 2
jen 2
cbih 1 hsien. 4
1282
;
Clever for a lifetime
foolish for a
<hu 2
tf u
moment.
m m IVung ming
1
yi 1 sheng 1
m m - m
2
;
2 yi 1 shin.
12S3
A wise man
Yu 3
chih 4
can
fill
a thousand mouths
a fool can
only protect himself.

yang 3
cfrien 1 k c ou 3
;
wu 2
;
chih 4
pao 3 yi 1
jen. 2
1284
The wise
are minished
by
o
half
and
self-scrutinizing
men
are all gone.
in
Chih 1 che 2 chien 3 pan 4
I 1 f I I ^ wu. I hsing che 1285

3 2
;
ctfien2
The
clever
have more, the stupid

yu 3
yii,!
less,
than enough.
tsu.
3
Ch'iao 3 ch62
ohaeh chO 3 pu 4
128S
A wise man
3
needs three assistants.

4
1
m m m h m m % *Hao <han yao san ko pang

4 4
1
shou. 3
1287
The
clever
man
sees, at
a nod of the head.
m a
Ming2 jen 2
i$
tien
3
si
tfou 2 chiu 4 chih. 1
m &
1288
Clever
men
are sometimes the dupes of their
own
cleverness.
CLEVER MEN.
Tsûng1 ming 2 fan 3 pei 4 ts'ung 1 ming 2 wu. 4
217
m k m m m 1290
Dust do
never stains a highly-polished mirror nor licentious vices generate in a mind enlightened with wisdom.
;
Ching 4 ming 2 tse 2 chên 2

chih 4
2
* m m m m m m pu jan m m $ m pa # % ming o
ai 2
4
3
;
tse 2 hsieh 2
sheng. 1
1291
Let him do a thing once, and he will surpass
others.
all
Fan 2
% * R m m - h kuo A li S, ft ^f
-
shih 4 yiieh 4
li
yi1
<hui, 2
(pI
chien4 _shih 4 tsung 3
pu4 t'ung2
jen. 2
1292
Enlightened
Ming 2 jen 2 pu4
A^l
pao 3
men do no dark
US
an4
:
deeds,
tso 4
shih. 4
1293
A
very cunning man. Lit.: A murex wearing a pagoda has one point above another.
Lo2
m m
ti
ebih 1 ting 3
if
t'a
3
cbien1 kuo 4
^ m
ting. 3
1294:
A good
Hao 3 ku 3 pu 4 yung 4
mm
drum
does not require hard striking.
* n
cfrin 2
m m n
ctfui 2
ta.
1295
He
has met with his match. Lit. : The chess-player has met with a sturdy opponent the general has encountered a worthy foe.
;
218
Ch i 2
r
ON MAN.
m m %
feng 2
ti 2
ô
shoir*; cbiang1 yii* liang
s i #
2
1296
Clever
ts'ai.
men pronounce
Ming2 jen2 tzu 4
ai
sentence on themselves.
tuan. 4
(4)
CONCEITED MEN,
1297
He
1
is little
like
men, and
jen, 2
- # 7 San
fen 1
in
less like devils

fen 1
ft
pu4 hsiang4
A ^ # ^ chV
ft pu 4 hsiang4
kuei. 3
Note. Said
contempt of a proud pretentious knave.
1298
A
self-conceited
bad man must have many
errors.
Kuai 1
p<i
I
tzu 4
shih,
io 4
f
^hui 3
&% wu
4
pi 4
to.
1299
His eye beholds an empty world
;
within
its
range no
man
appears.
Mu 4 knmg1
egHe
m
yen 8
i*i
yi 1 shih*;
nei 4
wu 2
jen. 2
1300
looks on others as nonentities.
PWg
% %
2
ft
A
jen. 2
jo 4
wu 2
1301
*Hao 4 shna 2
Very fond of bragging.
n m m *
pâi 2 tzu. 3
CONCEITED MEN.
219
1302
Its
a bragging rat that climbs the steelyards.

Lao 3 shu 3 pa 1
* i w ^ kou ft 1303
cfreng 3
1
tzu 4 ctfeng 1 tzu. 4
One fond
St
Ai4
of wearing a lofty hat.

tai 4
M M kao
41
mao 4
tzd. 3
1304
The
self-conceited
come
to grief
the boastful are but
fools.
Tzu 4 man 3
m %
sko
;
che 2 pai 4
tzu 4 ching 1 che 2
n m &
yii.
1305
A
boastful
eel basket.
fellow.
Lit.:
One fond
of wearing
an
^ Ai
J8 4
tai
ehan 4
i I f ?
yii
2
lou 3 tzu. 3
1306
In his eye he has no superiors.
Mu4 wu 2
ft
chang 3 shang. 4
1307
Proud talk. Lit : When a toad gapes, what a mouth! and what breath
!
Lai 4 hsia 1
ma 1
ta 3
o 1 cfrien 4 ta 4 k*ou 3
ta 4
ch
4
1
1308
The humble
provoke
receive
advantage;
the
self-sufficient
loss.
Clrien 1 shou 4
m &
Mo
i
2
;
man 3
m m
chao 1 sun. 9
1309
Heaven, Earth, Men and Spirits, not the proud to the humble to the proud calamity.
;
all
is
love the humble, given happiness,
220
T'ien1
ti
ON MAN.
4
jen 2 sben 2 chii 4 hsi3 ch'ien 1 pu4 hsi 3 ying2
it
Note.
chîen 1 che 2 tzû 4 chih 1 fu, 2 ying2 che 2 tz*u 4 chih 1 *huo. 4
m s m & g % n
off." Ps.
"Though the Lord be high,

knoweth afar
138
yet hath he respect unto the lowly

:
but
the proud he
6.
1310
Proud men 'self and
are disgusting.
'
Lit: The characters for

'stinking'.
great'
compose the character for

ta 4 shih 4
u
Tzu 4
* & ko m m ?
4
ch<ou 4
tzii.
1311
A
lofty lamp-post lights what
is
is
distant, not
what
near.
Yi1 chang4 pa 1
4
~ * a K- fi * ch% kao teng I i 7. 1 I chao yuan pu chao

3 1
ti
t*ai,
Note.
people.
This
is
9aid of one blind to his own,
chin. 4 but not to the faults of other
1312
The humble reap advantage
fortune.
;
the haughty meet mis-
Tzu 4 sun3
m m
,
i
u
tzii 4
che 2
2
;
m m n
i
che 2 yang. 1
DEFORMED MEN.
221
(3)
DEFORMED MEN.
1313
From a dwarfish dwarf you'll hear, Nothing but the strange and queer.
Ai 3 tzu 3
m ? m ai,
3
at
yi 1
tu 3 kuai. 4
1314
To pry into what's said the deaf aro too prone The dumb cannot bear to let talking alone.
Lung2
;
? m tzu
3
*r *i.
ta 3 ctfa 4
5
ai 4
ya 3 pa 1
pa
shuo
ai4
is
1
*hua. 4
1315
The thoughts
Hsia 2 tzu 3 hsin 1 ssu 1 hsiang4
*&&*
1316
led,
of the blind are like a knife.
-fCJJ pa
yi 1
3
tao. 1
The blind get

6
and the lame supported.

#i
Hsia 2 tzu 3 yu 3 jen 2
? W A
ctfien, 1 p<o 3
? W A & M tzu yu jen

3 3
fu.
1317
When
one blind man leads several blind men, before long all will fall into a fire pit.
If 51 Wo ft >X ffi Yi 1 niang 2 yin3 chung4 mang, 2 hsiang1 chiang1 ju4 *huo 3 kêng. 1
1318
When
fall
the blind lead the blind, they will certainly into a ditch.
Hsia 2
we: 4
B,* m
tzii
3
ft
HI
ffi
cl/an1 fu 2
tiao4 Lsia 4
hsia 2 tzu, 3
* & pu * w t
pi 4
4
k^ng1
ch*u. 4
Note. " If the
blind lead the blind, both shall fall into the ditch." Matt. 15: 14.
222
ON MAN.
1319
The blind
sight.
are quick at hearing, the deaf are quick at
Ku 3
f I i
che 2 shan 4
Ya 3 pa 1
&
t'ing,
lung 2 che 2 shan4

;
1 i I
shih.
1320
l
<hao 4 tso 4
Dumb men
are fond of
making
ku4
signs.
m n
m m
tien. 3
1321
When
a
dumb man
sees his mother,
he wants to
speak but cant. PA Ya 3 pa chien4
te
niaflg2
' g ft yu 3 *hua4 shuo 1 pu4
fii
ch'u. 1
1322
Couldn't
Wu
Ta Lang,
get a living
jih 4
Wu
Note.
ft
Ta4 LaDg2 pu 4 kuo 4
IIS
3ft
*
tzu
3<
?
Ta-lang, a notorious dwarf of the Sung dynasty, was less than the least of dwarfs, yet seems to have made his way in the world. Hence thi proverb, used by dwarfs when repelling banter.
Wu
EXCITABLE AND ANXIOUS MEN.
223
(6)
EXCITABLE AND ANXIOUS MEN.
1323
Men
in a flurry
from morning to night,
Seldom
are seen to continue all right.
ft tc Chao 1 yeh 3 mang2 mu 4 yeh 3 mang
m 4
chien 4
Na 3
m m
it mang 2
jen 2
m 4 a n x
te 2 chiu 3 ch*ang. 2
1324
An
excitable, restless
man. .Lit:
One
IS
ctfi.
for
whom
no
ti-chH
was burnt
CMen 2
in his ante-natal
life.
shih 4 wei 4 shao 1
* 1 *
'
ti
Note. The ti-chf i is the deed of purchase of the grave written for the dead, and burnt at his funeral by a son or relative. It is supposed that one of the three
souls
Pluto,
(2$J) of the departed takes this document to Yen Wang (||fj 3E) ? or for his seal thereupon the grave is secured against violation, and the
;
soul vJyB) "which
is
supposed to reside therein,
secured in peaceful possession*
That such a paper should not have been burnt at the close of a former life, is though* sufficient to account for any amount of giddiness and restlesness, any person so
neglected
may
display in
this.
1325
men
chib. 4
Flurried
lack wisdom.
He
ft MaDg2 jgn2 wu 2
cat,
a m & 1326
si
t
c
has the head of a

ii
the eyes of a
3
rat.
Mao 1
ou 2
m m shu
horses,
yen. 3
1327
An
unsettled person. Lit:
off to
One who now wishes

and anon
to
to
be
to
Nankin
to
buy
Peking
buy
office.
Hsiang 3 tao 4
4
m m Nan a a s mai ma, x. m % ft g t yu Pei mai kuan.

2
ching 1
3
|
hsiang 3
ching 1
224
ON MAN.
1328
He
cannot wait
*Huo 3
li
till
his cake gets heated.
shao 1 pa 1 teng 3 pu 4 te 2 shu, 2
1329
He may
sit
in a tub of cold water,

r
and
it
will
emit
no steam.
& # Tso
4
*
4
tsai
leng
shui 4 p<en 2
;
* e & # & % pu
li
ctfi
ctfi.
Note.
Said of a sluggish individual
one not excitable.
1330
Anxious as the men of ChH who feared the heavens might fall.
>5
Hsiu 1 to 1
% m
kiio*
Mo
lu,
4
in
*B
ju 2 Ch'i 8
jfin
AM tW
3c
2
yu1
1331
An
anxious individual. Lit: One who is afraid that his bones should decay before he is dead.
Jen *huan wei
AsS'*W*E.t&iT#K
2 2
yu
ssu,
pa
Ian
liao
ku
t*ou.
1332
The same.
Lit.:
One who
is
is
afraid that his eyes
should decay before he

Jen 2 wei 4
ssu, 3
dead.
yen 3 ching. 1
p*a 4 hsien 1 Ian 4
1333
One who
head.
Shu 4 yeh 4
fears
the
*s
falling
leaves
will
break
his
m m
fears
3 tiao 4 liao
ta
p<a 4 ta 3
m n pV
*x
ta 8
t'ou. 2
1334
One who
the falling dust will crack his skull.
te
2
"Yang 2 cffen 2 tiao 4 hsia 4
m m t *
lai,
p*a 4
pV
us
nao 3
kô. 1
GOOD MEN.
225
anxious thinkers
J&
1335
Early risers are in jolly spirits; have enfeebled health.
Tsao 3
^ a *
-
S*
cb*i
cbing1 sben 2 shuang 1
&
S %
;
ssii 1
to 1
hsieh 3 cb*i 4 shuai. 1
SE
(7)
GOOD MEN.
133S
One good man
je Yi1 cheng4 ya 1 pai 3
represses a
hundred bad
hsieh. 2
ones.
m w
is
1337
Good men
3
2
suffer
to 1
2
much.
2
n a % mo m nan. m 'Hao jen

1338
Virtuous
men
are a kingdom's treasure.
Hsien 2 wei 2 kuo 2 chia 1 chib 1 pao. 3
1339
There are straight trees on the mountains, but no
straight
til
Shan1 chung1 yu3
4ffiiottlSt!il wu
ehih 2 sbu, 4 shib 4 sbang 4
2
men
in the world.
cbib 2 jen. 2
1340
Good men
get cheated
pei 4 jen 2
;
as
1
good horses get ridden.

3
Jen 2 sban4
#|fcA$;J#tfcAl ma
cbî,
sban 4 pei 4 jen 2
ch
i.
1341
Pretty things and good
*Hao 3 k*an 4 nan 2
men
4
are difficult to make.

nan 2
#o
tso,
*bao 3 <han 4
n m
mm
tso.
226
ON MAN.
1342
Men join
the
themselves to the good, but separate from
bad
Hao 3
i a hsiang
jen 2
i,
1
feng, 2
a * i o
4
jen 2 bsiang1
li.
1343
He
is
a good fellow
Ch'ih 1 te 2
who can endure wrong.

shih4 <hao 3 ( han. 4
kW
t
1344
A good fellow will stick
to his bargain.
U M <Hao <han
3
tso 4 shih4 'hao 3 <han4 tang. 1
^ M M %
fears
1345
True gold
Chen1
no
fire.
m &
chin 1
t> t& pn4 p'a4
>k
Tiuo. 3
1346
An
honest man. Lit.:
Suan4 lao3
One who
ft
shih 2
tells
true fortunes.
2
* %
fr ft ming4 ti 1
A
jen.
1347
The same.
Lit.:
An
uncoloured man.
* & A
Pen3
se4 jen. 2
1348
Good men
are one in a hundred.
yi.
1
Shih 4 shang 4 *hao 3 jen 2 par3 chung 1 hsien 3
1349
There arc two good
w m Yu Hang
3
*hao 3 jen, 2
UK
men
yi 1
~^ % T ~ ^ * & bo wei ko ssu

4 3
one dead, the other unborn.

liao, 3 yi
1
sheng. 1
GOOD MEN.
227
1350
An
innocent
*&
Hsin1
man
2
fears nothing.
Lit.
He who
hsi 1 kua. 1
is
free
from fever
rd
3
fears not to eat water-melons.
m wu
fc
S.
515
f&
p'a 4
leng 3 ping, 4 na 3
chW
1351
fell
Lit.
:
His goodness will appear by and by. water recedes the stories appear.
As
the
Shui 3
% % % m
tfui
4
shih 2 ch'u. 1
1352
and upright men, are honored by all.
1
Filial, disinterested,
2
a ie.a m m fang jen Hsiao

lien
cheng, 4
jen 2 feng 4 ching. 4
1353
He
is
a$
&
one who pursues a pig in a passage, going and

in a straight course.
li 3
coming
Hsiang 4
kan 2
chu, 1 chih 2 lai 2 chih 2
cfrii.
1354
His words command general assent whose conduct upright and unwavering.
ft
Hsing 2
is
te 2 cheng, 4 tso 4
E*S
li
te 2
wen, 3
IB
ehV
yen2 jen 2 chieh 1 chun 3
f A f ?
1355
Good men are not to be found amongst bad ones. Lit.: Out of an indigo vat you can't draw white calico.
Tien 4 kang1
3
la 1
pu 4 ctfu 1 pai 2 pu4
lai.
228
ON MAN.
(8)
HYPOCRITES.
135G
The man who pretends
May
to be deaf and dumb, have no truth, but of lies will have some.
Chuang1 lung2
m
is
ft
tBO 4
.3
ya,
as
wu 2
chen1 yu 3 chia. 3
w n
1357
When
a beggar being busy.
out o nights,
it is all
a pretence of
it
^
Kao*
tt
^hua 1
tzii 3
& ? tsou ^ yeh

4
. 4
lu,
tu 1 shih4 chia 3 mang. 2
nm m
1358
He
is
mock sportsman who

ko 4 ssu 3 lao 3
slings a
dead rat in his
girdle.
Yao 1
li
pêh 1
yi 1
4 1 3 shu, 3 chia 3 ctfuDg ta lieh
ti.
1359
His mouth
ginger.
Tsui 3
is
sweet as honey
ta
2
his posteriors biting as
m m
3 li
s.
mi i
;
m
p<i
tfien
ju 2
wc ku 3
m m m
la 4
ssii
4
chiang. 1
13SO
In the East he eats dogs head, in the West sheep's
head.
K
Tung1
.
J
pien 1
ffi
<Mh x kou 3
t'ou,
Mo 2
"H
i&
Lsi 1 pien 1 ch'ih 1
yang2
* M
t'ou. 2
13S1
Superior
man
befb:
mean man
>h
,
in secret.
Ming 2 wei 2 chun 1
m m
?.
tzu, 3
w wei n
an 4
a
2
hsiao-' jen.
HYPOCRITES.
229
1362
Saint outside, devil inside. Lit. : To have the mouth full of Benevolence, Bighteousness, Beason, and Virtue ; but to be in heart thief or whore.
Yi 1 k
ffl
When you see

he
is
ta3
n
li
n W
is
fc j|
jen 2
i
nan 2 tao 4
m m m & nu a
4
tao 4
2
te 2
cttang. 1
1363
man laugh all over his face, murderous sword in his heart.
yi
1
a cold-eyed
secretly hiding a
Chien4 jen 2 leng 3 yen 3 hsiao 4

hsin 1 chung1
a a n m m ~ m mien, *& * m m & a j\
an 4 tsâng 2 sha 1 jen 2
tao. 1
1364
laughing Tsâo-Ts'ao.
US
Note.
Hsiao 4 mien 4 k<ung 3 IVao 2 pleasant but craf:y fellow, like Ts'ao 2Vao
?L
ft W TsW
of Sdn-kuo notoriety.
13S5
man
;
false superior
but a true mean man.

>h
1
Wei4
m m % ? chen
chiin1 tzii 3
hsiao 3 jen. 2
1366
Outside he wears a sheep's skin, inside he hides a wolfs heart.
Note.
"Beware of false prophets,
Wai4
ifc
f
i*
yang 2
JSo
ft
pV
nei 4 ts*ang 2 lang 2 hsin. 1
m m $
to
which come
Matt. 7
:
you
in sheep's clothing, but
inwardly they are ravening wolves."
15.
1367
His mouth
is
sweet as honey ; his heart as venomous

jd
2
as a snake.
n K ou
?
ii
li
m.
mi 4
;
&
hsin 1
t ien'
ju 2
mm m m
li
tu 2 ssu 4 she. 2
230
ON MAN.
1368
One mouth with two
1
- m i s i Yi
1369
tongues.
tsui 3 liang 3 she 2 tfou. 2
fox assuming a tiger's terror.

'Hu2
m m
;
fit
chia 3 'hu3 wei. 1
16*70
Sweet-melon lipped
bitter-melon hearted.
fr
2 3
1
;
n Tien
He
josl
kua 1
s kua & erh % m ku % erh

2
a tsui 3
hsin.
1371
has the mouth of a Buddha, the heart of a snake. & p $j
Fu 2
k*ou 3 she 2 hsin. 1
13*72
Like a lamp-stand, he lights others but not himself.
Shu 3 teng1
ill
tfai
m
ti,
chao 4 pieh 2
m m
jen,
* m pu chao
4
&
4
tzti
a
chi.
3
(9)
RICH AND POOF^MEN.

(10)
(see section on wealth.)
STUPID MEN.
1373
Whilst the dolt is allowed to dine, The cunning knave is left to pine. ss it
.
Ch%
<l
ctfih2 tai 1
m & &
IB
tai 1
tW
ko 4 pao, 3
3 to 2 *hao.
Tiao 1 tiao 1 chiich 2 chiieh 2 o
IB
fit
4
m & H

RICH AND POOR MEN.
231
1374
He, like a camel in his might, Prefers the heavy to the light.
ft
Ta, 1 shih 4 ko 4
4
% Hi m m m o % a: * ie m tV chung pu tW cMng.
lo 4
t
c
hsing, 2
1375
Of wit and wisdom
entirely free,
Dog
to another
man
he must
be.
Tsâi 1 chih 4
^ & wu n
!
Wo
2
yu, 3 wei 2 jen2 tsou4 kou. 3
a m
1376
And
Stupid fool he lets one of his water-buckets fall, rushes on as if nothing had happened at all.
Meng1
4
ti m m.meng m m * m m tang x wang w j - m yu m cMen t a Lo

li
tfiao 1
tan 1 shui 3 tfung, 3

3
liao 3 yi 1 chih 1
chung. 3
1377
You're thick enough for a p'orridge.
*Hu 2
m m
t*u 2 cfreng 2 keng. 1
1378
An
ignoramus. Lit. : You cannot blow up a through a solid stick.
fire
Kan2
*
'
#;
>k
mien4 kun 4 ch'ui 1 'huo 3 yi 1 ch'iao 4 pu4
- %
t>
t'ung. 1
1379
Bore
as one will, the pricker will not enter.

Shih 3 tsuan 1 tzu 3 tsuan 1 pu 4 tung. 4
$ m * m * m
1380
A
note.
This
is
said to one intensely stupid.
Nothing can be got into him.
stupid bundle of dregs.

t
'Hu 2 tu 2
u m m ~ pao
yi 1
?t
1
cha. 1
232
ON MAN.
1381
An
ox-leather lantern.
p'i 2 ti
Niu2
&mm
1
it
teng 1 lung. 2
1382
A
wooden man.
Mu4
A fool.
Lit.
:
^ tW I A
1383
3
jn. 2
sixty,
3
One hundred,
and ninety.
W X % Pai k 1384
4
chiu,
The same.
Lit.
4
Three eighty-threes.
pa 1
shih 2 san. 1
San1
5 ^ A + H ko
138B
'
The same. Lit.

.
Two hundred and

pai 3
3
fifty.
Erh4
r s % wu.
1388
The same.
Lit.
The fourth of a thousand
cash.
Yi1 ctfuan4 (Men 2 ssu 4
I B 1
kâi. 1
1387
Black as pitch and ink.
Wu cM
1
mo 4
<hei>
note. ^-This
is said
as well of a dark night, as of a dark mind.
1388
Having eyes he yet cannot recognize gold
jewels.
inlaid with
Yu* yen 3 pu 4
W & ^
MP
sbih 4 chin 1 hsiang 1
3E
yii.
RICH AND POOR MEN.
233
his eyes.
lai
2
ti.
1389
One who has not yet opened
m w Ma yu
2
ia k ai x kuo 4 yen 3 k*ung3

r
m m m m
1
NOTE.
Said of a stupid, raw fellow,
who wonders
at every thing he sees.
1390
One who
looks brighter then he
is.
Lit.
bright-
eyed blind man.

8R S 5E Kuang 1 yen 3 hsia 2
tzu. 3
1391
One who mistakes a fc *'
teapot for a chamber-pot.
Who
sits
Pa3
ch<a 2
hu 2 tang4 yeh 4
hu. 2
1392
5c
in a well to observe the sky does not see
very much.
mnote. Said of an
naturally limited.
#"
illiterate
Tso 4 ching 3 kuan1
tfien 1 so 3 chien 4
m e pu * *
4
ta.
ignorant man, whose sphere of observation
is
1393
He
won't buy soy with

*r
money
3
for vinegar.
Ta 3
ts
m M m x n # m u pu mai
?
ti
clfien 2
chiang 4 yu. 2
Note. Said of one who is so stupid as not to see that it does not matter with which particular money he buys anything, so long as he buys it at all.
1394
Fools are unequal to great undertakings. cannot serve dog's flesh at a banquet.
Lit.:
You
Kou 3
jou 4 shartg 3 pu 4 te 2 cheng4
&
* # 1395
He
ff
je
m
hsi.
good-for-nothing. Lit.:
can make nothing out,

ft
either in literature or soldiery.

Hsi- wen'2 pu 4 ctfeng, 2 hsi2
V &.?
A*,
wu3 pu 4
IE
chin. 4
234
ON MAN.
139S
The more stupid the more happy.
Yiieh 4 pu 4 tsûng1 ming 2 fan 3 k*uai4 <huo. 2
m * m m r
1397
ft
If water be too clear it will contain
no
fish
and
if
man
be too parsimonious he will not be wise.

Shui 3
2
m wu 9k & a * m. m % % wu jen
?K
i/ai
4
cfring 1 tse 2
yii,
tfai
chin 3 tse 2
chih. 4
1398
A
'
goose.
Lit
One who meeting a bonze
cries out
Brother-in-law/
Feng2 tao 4
m m * shang * *
*ho 2
4
*han 3 chieh 3 fu. 1
1399
A
merciful
man
is
not stupid
a stupid
man
cannot
show mercy.
One unable to distinguish between right and wrong.

Lit.:
ctfih
2
/F 7B Jao 2 jen 2 pu4 shih 4 ch% 2 *han4 ;
a m * pu
'ban4
ft
4
m m m a
<hui*
jao 2 jen. 2
1400
$k
A fleshy,
pupil-less eye.
Jou 4 yen3
* m
wu2
chu. 1
SUPERIOR AND MEAN MEN.
235
(11)
SUPEIOi\_AND
MEAN MEN.
1401
The friendship of superior men is like water thin and pure Without constant interchange of feasts mean men's
friendship can't endure.
S % tan m in 7k * a & % m m m Hsiao

Chun 1 tzu 3
3
chih 1 chiao 1
ju 2 shui 3
jen 2 chih 1 chiao 1 tsui 3 *huan4
tsui.
1402
Honour maketh more humble superior men But avoidance the mean man resenteth again.
m
Chiin1
-
tzti
3
ching 4 chih 1 tse 2

3
>h ~X Hsiao 3 jen 2
* ip a z m pu gg m & m yuan. yuan

4
sheng, 4
4
chih 1 tse 2
1403
The One
superior
lash
is
3
man
but one word needs

for fiery steeds.
s
Chiin 1
?-
enough
to
yen 2
;
ft
kûai 4
tzii
yi 1
1404
The The
superior
intelligent
fate.
ma 3
& - m
yi 1 pien. 1
man contents himself in poverty's estate; man submits himself to all that is his
ft
:
Chiin 1 tzu 3 an 1 p'in 3
m *
m a jo p
ta 2 jen 2 chih 1 ining. 4
1405
There are plenty of men, but few superior men.

Jen 2
A|
g iF|
1406
man
is
to 1 chiin 1 tzu 3 hsi. 1
Though poor the
superior
not fearful.
236
Chun 1
ON MAN.
?i
tzii
3
sui 1 *han 2 erh 2
^ i i pu
fi
cyan. 4
One
1407
is
evening's conversation with a superior man,
better than ten years of study.
Kung4 chun 1
* s
-
yi 1
yeh 4 *hua, 4 sheng4 tu 2 shih 2 nien 2 shu. 1
ff
1408
The
superior
man
speaks beforehand, not
when
all is
over.
Chiin1
* w m * yen w pu yen 1409

-bit
tzii 3
ch'ien 2
hou. 4
The superior man's

k
life is
at the service of
4
Heaven.
Ta 4
& % M n * n ming chang

4
fu 1 hsing 4
chiao 1 yii 2 tîen. 1
1410
An equal combination
Wen 2
of elegance
and plainness
is
the
fashion of the superior man.
# < n w s ? yang. m
;
chih 2 pin 1 pin 1 chiin 1 tzii 3
1411
A
breaks off a friendship without any unpleasant words.
superior
Chiin 1 tzu 3 chiieh 4 chiao 1
man
m m m s x pu chV o
4
1412
is
-?
m
yen. 2
The superior man avoids intoxicated

Chiin 1 tzu 3 pi 4 chin 3
people.
m m %
k<o. 4
14:13
If the superior
man
tzti
3
desires wealth,
he gets
it
in a
proper fashion.
Chiin 1
ai 4 tsâi 2
ch u
r
chih 1
yu 3
tao. 4
SUPERIOR AOT MEAN ME1ST
237
but where
is
1414
In the wide world men are numberless the superior man ?
;
Hang 2 mang 2
fli
:
m m m & n m a wn * * ft # chang 3t * na ko nan

ssii
4
*bai 3 jen 2
shn 4
%
erh 2 shih 4
fa 1
1415
In liquor yet not loquacious, marks a true superior man just, in respect of wealth, proves one of su;
perior virtue.
Cbiu 3 chang 1 pa 4
ts'ai
2
e + * m chen chun m * w * * * ft ming m shang chang

yii 3
1 1
tzii 3
fen1
ta 4
fu.
1416
When
a matter is over,
f&
f
men recognise the superior man.

1 1
Kuo 4 hou4
_& & ? ssu chun tzu.

1-417
?.
1
Right moves the superior man, profit the mean man.
m m tang m chan
I4
4
tzii,
m n tang
li
j>
a
;
hsiao 3 jen. 2
1418
is
The superior man's friendship
thin as water
the
mean mans sweet

Chun1 tzu 3
as honey.
chih 1 chiao 1
4
hsiao 3 jen" chih 1 chiao 1 tfien 2
E Z & taa m in ?K * a & ^ m'-fa m ja

2
ja 2 shai 3
mi. 4
1419
He
a true superior man weather he is a mean embroidery.
is
:
who gives coals in snowy man who adds flowers to
Hsiielr
chin 3 shang 4 tfien 1 ^hua 1 shih 4 hsiao 3 ien. 2
s % sung m m m m * li m m & >h a

li
t*an 4 chen 1 chiin 1 tzii 3
238
ON MAN.
1420
The
superior
is
man
to
is
happy
in being such
the
mean
man
mean
no purpose.
le 4
Chun1 tzu 3
h
hsiao 3 jen 2
tS 2
3
A u U i wang tzu 1421

4
tso 4 chiin 1 tzu 3 ;
>h
tso 4 hsiao 4 jen. 2
A man
with a big head is a superior big feet is a mean man.
man
one with
TW
m * & m
2
*o
ta 4 shih 4 chiin 1 tzii 3
m * g 1422
;
>h
a
;
chiao 3 ta 4 shih 4 hsiao 3 jen. 2
The superior man
mean man
able to bear with others cherishes an envious spirit.

is
tzti
3
the
Chiin 1
hsiao 3 jen 2 tsûn 2 chi 4
W A Hang ^ * yu fi yung a & & & z & >h koa

3
2
jen 2 chih 1
4
2
;
chih 1 hsin. 1
1423
The superior man
-m
eats for the taste
is
;
the
ft
mean man
T> pu 4
gorges himself to death and

Chiin 1 tzu 3
not
satisfied.
* chW & m
*.
wei 4
tzii 1
* a m 1424
;
hsiao 3 jen 2 chang 4 ssu 3
&
tsu. 2
Propriety rules the
superior
man; law
>j*
rules
the
mean man.
m b % Li
3
chih 3 chiin 1 tzu
m & 1425
?o
j
a
is
fa 3 chih 3 hsiao 3 jen. 2
He whose virtues man he whose

;
exceed his talents
the superior
talents exceed his virtues is the
mean man.
iis
Te2
sheng 4
te'ai
wei 2 chiin 1 tzu 8
tsâi 2
m sheng
A
He*
wei 2 hsiao 3
YOUNG MEN.
239
142S
The
superior man's heart
is
liberal
the
mean man's
Chun1
>h
tzii
heart
3
is selfish
and indulgent and mean.
m ? &
A
to
to
chih 1 hsin 1
kung 1 erh 2 Bhu4 ;

ssii
1
it
& i s U W M
erh 2
k*o.
hsiao 3 jen 2 chih 1 hsin 1
1427.
thief is a
mean man
>h
a wise
man
surpasses the
superior man.
Tsei 2 shih4 hsiao 3 jen 2
M &
a
A
;
In
chih 1
kuo 4 chun 1 tzu. 3
1 g ?
and
is
1428
A
mountain stream
hausted
;
is
easily swollen
easily ex-
mean man's
3 4
heart
easily
moved
to
and
fro.
H M shan m * M chang $, r Mm * a &

ill
I4
4
t*ui 4
cffi
shui 3
1
fan 3
2 fu 2 hsiao 3. jen hsin.
(12)
YOUNG MEN.
1429
Who
has no hair upon his lips, In business will have many slips.
".
li
Tsui 3
. n wu
2
mao, 2 tso 4 shih 4 pu 4
"*
lao. 2
1430
In
all sorts
of affairs, youths are without experience.
JNien 2 chi 3
ft
#j
yu 4
m * m * 8 m m
Q
nen, 4 shih 4 shih 4
wei 4 ching 1 yiieh 4
li.
240
ON MAN.
14.31
Inferior in youth, useless in old age.
>p at T* fa Shao 3 chuang 4 shang4 pu 4 ju 2
A
jen. 2
4
jg
lao 3
lai
s % wu * k&i % yung. m 1432

2
1
to 1
The mark must be made

<&
Pi 4 ting4 shao 3 nien 2
in youth.
1
>>
# kao ^
fa.
1433
Withered
Spring burst cannot twice be young.
trees, in
forth,
afresh ; but
men
KV mu feng chûn yu a & m & n

4 2
1
jen 2
* % m s ?i & # wu Hang
2
tsai 4
fa 1
tu 4 tsai 4 shao 3 nien. 2
1434
The boy
is
father to the
man.
>h
Lit.
You may
see the
man
in the boy.
Ts<ung 2 hsiao 3 k<an 4
m * 1435
ta. 4
In judging of what a boy will be, notice what he

infancy.
Hsi 4
is
in
m wa m m *
1
fl#
k*an 4 hsiao 3 shih. 2
1436
He who
Erh 4
enters an
asylum
for the
aged at twenty, en-
joys that happiness too soon.
r +
si
shih 2 sai 4 ju 4
aa * ku
1
ô
lao 3 yuan, 4 hsiang 3 fu 2
? m m
t ai
f
tsao. 8
1437
old,
When Pai
Pai 2
chii 1
&,%&>
I 4 sheng 1
Chu-i was seven months two characters chih and wu.

chV
yiieh, 4 pien
he
knew
the
m m
4
.
1
shih
chih 1
wu 2
M ~ %
erh 4 tzu. 4
WOMEN.
241
1438
Wlien Li *IIuo of the T ang dynasty was just seven years old, lie composed his poem Kao-hsican-kuo.
x
T<ang 2 Li 4 <Huo 4
tso 4
1
^ 8 Wk He m ~ i m ff kuo # kao
Ji?
*\l
ts<ai
2
ctfi1 sui, 4
hsiian1
yi 1 pîen. 1
Yu-hsiao
Note.
For brief accounts of these two

>
celebrities see the
($J
i!|)
section wen-tsz
(jSC
5v
(13)
WOMEN.
1439
Mandarins, customers, and widow folk, You must be careful not to provoke.
W s m m WoM x n San teng kua pa 1440

~r?
Bo
-Q"
Yi 1 teng 3 kuan, 1 erh 4 teng 3

1
k*o, 4
fu, 4
je 3
te.
Nine women in ten are +:ft : X JL

Shih 2 ko 4 fa 4 jen 2 chiu 3
jealous.
+ ko
IP
4
tu. 4
1441
to please her parents; a
maid marries
please herself.
widow
to
Yu 4
i i n
defect.
lo
;
chia 4 tsûng 2 elfin 1
tsai 4 chia 4
III!
yu 2
shen. 1
1442
Even Mo's mother had some beauty, and
some Mo 2 mu 3
Note.
Hsi-shih,
K#fR
Ho
Mo or
yu 3 so 3 mei, 3 Hsi 1 shin 1 yu3 so 3 ch*ou. 3 Wang Mo (3l $tH)> a scholar of the Han dynasty,
King of
W I
whose
mother, though remarkably ugly, had some redeeming feature.

beautiful concubine of the
Hsi-shih, the
Wu V^)-
See note under proverb number 1460.
242
ON MAN.
1443
An
3
ugly Mary an ugly Miss.

2
1 T Mei i f 1 Ctfou
liao 3
hsiang1 ctfou3 hsiao 3 Chieh. 3
f)>
1444
If
heaven wants to rain, or your mother to marry again, nothing can prevent them.
55
Tîen 1 yao 4 hsia, 4 niaug 2 yao 4 chia, 4
To
%k
m*
wu 2
n m
fi
*r
fa 3
k*o 3 chih. 4
1445
Lazy women
3
will try to carry everything at once.

c
I I i i f Lan p
o 2 niang2 tso 4 shih4
yi1 tan1 tfiao. 1
1446
Unmarried, a husband.
woman
obeys her father; married, her
Tsai 4 chia 1 yu2 fu4 ; ctfu 1 chia 4 ts<ung2
& m *
&o
$ m
ie
*
fu.
1
1447
I guess that a good-looking
woman
chi 1
3
needs no rouge to
make
her pretty.
* m <huan m # & m m tV ku * & & % & K pu tsV <hung yeh feng 1448
Ta 4
4
ti
2 3
hao, 2
fen 3
liu
When a chaste lady desires pleasure she gets it properly.

Chen1
m m
fu 4
st
ai 4
m z n m 1449
se,
&o 4
na4
chih 1
li.
Fair maidens are very unlucky, and clever young have little beauty.
men
jx m & * m * tzd to po ming, m w * m & m m taking

*Hung 2 yen2
1
nii
ruing 2 tzu'1
4 ti
shao 3 yung 2 yen. 2
WOMEN.
243
1450
A
maid's virtue without end.
-k
Nii 2
is
unlimited
a wife's resentment
te 2
at fe wu 2 chi 2
;
fu 4 yiian 4
m & wu m chung.
2
1451
There
no such poison in the green snake's mouth or the hornet's sting, as in a woman's heart.
is
CMog 1
m % p.. * * i m ^ I $. i I i a ft Hang pan pu suan tu fu jen

ft.
3 1
chu 2 she 2 erb 2 k*ou, 3 huang 2 feng 1 wei 3 shang 4 chen. 1

4
4
tu, 2
tsui 4
hsin. 1
1452
The three kinds of nuns, and the
six kinds of
dames,
are the go-betweens of adultery
and robbery.
San 1 ku 1
Note. The
()b
three
h m
*_.m
lu 4
p o2
r
shih 2 yin 2 tao* chih 1 mei. 2

here
referred to
m s $
are
kinds of nuns
the
Buddhist nun
six kind s
ifi) the Tauist
nun
(^
#jjj),
and the Sorceress (3|[ #) The
of dames are the go-between
($
|g?) ? the seller of flowers

girl
(1? ^ l^)?
|)> the
See
the
midwife
(Jj)C ,
or spiritual
Sc)> the singing medium (gjjl |), and
or prostitute (fl|
sorceress
Doolittle's
the doctoress (-jf
Vocabulary and Handbook.
Vol. 2, page 596,599.
^ ^)'
1453
The
lover's eye sees a Hsi-shih in his mistress.
it Cfrmg 2 jen 2 yen 3

Note.
a m & m w n
nei 4
chV
Hsi 1
shik.
See notes under proverbs,
nos. 1442, 1460.
1454
A
smile of her's was worth a thousand taels of gold.
~ m m ^ & Yi
1
hsiao 4 cbih 2 clîen 1 chin. 1

of the C/iou
(
Note.
Yu wang (yij
men
3)
jp]) dynasty
had a concubine
called
Pao-ssu \1z |y). a great beauty, but very sedate. To make her laugh it is said the emperor resorted to very ridiculous expedients. This proverb, however,
is
applicable to
as well as
women.
244
ON MAN.
1455
The rouged beauty repudiates age; the
never speaks of poverty.
*Hung2
jolly profligate
feng 1 lia 2 lang 2
a # .a ft 5g a m m ? m b mo
tzii 3
4
fen 3 chia 1 jen2 hsiu 1 pien4 lao 3
chiao 4 p*in. 3
1456
The rouged beauty cannot come up to the bloom of youth
ffi
*Hung2
fen 3 chia 1 jen2
A.* R pa
4
ij
chi 2
tang1 chû. 1
1457
A
good-looking
plain ones.
*Hao 3
woman in
ô
2
a house,
is
the foe of
"ft
all
the
n & *
nii yii
shih, 4 cirou
m &
3
nti
chih 1 ch*ou. 2
1458
Young
she's a
*j>
Kuan-yin ; old
Kuan 1
she's
Shao 3
shih 4
#o
Yin, 1 lao 3 shih 4 <hou. 2
* s
a monkey. i
1459
A
woman's virtues need not be of the famous or un-
common kind her face need not be very beautiful her conversation need not be very eloquent; and her work need not be very exquisite or surpassing.
;
Fu 4
fu 4
* # & * ming n m m che pu m vung & yen % x m m & che m & mei pu
te A
2
pi 4 Isâi 2
pi 4
chiieh 2
3
se 4
li
fa 4
yen 2 che 2 pu 4
pi 4
li
k*ou 3 pien 4 tz*u 2

r
*
With one
I,
kung1
fu 4
A I ? ! S chJ5i kuo che pu 14SO

2
pi 4
chi 1
iao 3
jen. 2
smile she overthrows a city; with another,
a kingdom.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Yi 1 hsiao 4 chûn 1 jen 2 cffeng 2
245
#t
- i I a
lady to
i,
tsai 4 hsiao 4 cfrun 1 jen
m &
Hsi-shlh
a m
2
kuo. 2
Note. The
f
whom
this refers is
(W
/R&) the concubine of
Fu-ch a \y$, ;gl)> King of the ancient state of Wu (J?^)* She was eminently beautiful, and her beauty so captivated her lord that, for her sake, he neglected the affairs of his kingdom, which thereupon fell into disorder and ruin. Now, the
proverb serves to
warn
against the seductive smiles of beauty.
1461
Three-tenths of her good looks are due to nature, seven-tenths to dress.
A H # jen San
1
1
2
fun
:* , ? 2 ts ai,
chV
ft
fen 1
ta 3
# #
pan. 4
(14)
MISCELLANEOUS.
1462
rub off corners and round curves wind, Will everywhere peace and concord find.
II Chuan 3 wan 1 mo 3
Who
f I
chiao, 1 chû 4 ch*u4

m
i
:
i i ^ H i
*ho
2
te 2
cho. 2
1463
One whose eyes
>h
hsiao. 3
greedy fellow. than his belly.
Lit.
are bigger
Ten 3
m * E & 1464
ta 4
tu 3
p*i
Fellow-countrymen. Lit.: We are country and of one common well.
all
of the
same
Tu 1
on
shih 4 tûng 2 hsiang 1
kung 4 ching 3
& # m a
ti
1
jen. 2
1465
is
No
matter whether relation or not, he countryman.
my
fellow-
Cfrin 1 pa 4 cfrin 1 ku 4 hsiang 1 jen. 2
m x m & m a
246
ON MAN.
1466
A
meddlesome person. with hairy hands and
Lit.
feet.
:
An
enthroned monkey
i ? 1 *Hou tzu
2 3
5c
tso 4 tfien 1 hsia 4
I mao ^ 1467
T.
mao 2
chiao 3
2
shou. 3
useless fellow. Lit.:

Ctfuan1
clothes frame: a rice bag.
*
i
1
is ft
fu 2
ti
l
chia 4 tzu 3
?o
:
cMh 1
fan 4
m a *
ti
1
8 tai 4 tzii.
1468
The same. Lit: Literary men
fortunes ; military
can't scribble
mens
3
Wen 2
tf
ft pu4 neng 2 -
ts e
men can't ô4 ft

f
carry water.
tzu
wu3 pu4
ft
neng 2
% *
tîao
1
shui.
1469
as
2
One brave
3
Heaven.
tfien.
1
B * in 5c Tan ta ju 1470
4
An
ugly fellow. Lit

shape.
The Ho-shou-wu changed
into
human
Note.
ft ir *Ho 2 shou 3
Ho-shou-wu
wu1
m % pien
chêng 2 jen 2 hsing. 2

child.
a a &
;
&
a kind of herb, bearing some resemblance to a
14V1
ffi
miser. Lit.: One very clear in his accounts.
*Hao 3
clring 1 pai 2 suan 4 p*an 2
6 * 1472
:
ae
ni.
1
An
inhospitable man. Lit
One whose door opens on

pi
the top of his house.
Wu
An
oj
1
sban1 tôu 2 kâi 1 men. 2
m m
1473
inexperienced man. Lit: the face of the world.
One who has not
seen
MISCELLANEOUS.
247
ft
Hu 2
m % IS u yu mien 1474:
ift
3
A
jen.
2
chien4 shih 4
ti
The same. Lit: One who has not tasted of the sour and the sweet, the bitter and the pungent.
Mu2
a a m m e m n m yu shou kuo suan k<u

3
t*ien 2
la.
1475
The amiable get on smoothly. Lit: Fair winds no waves.
Jg Mi Shun4 feng 1 pu4
raise
^ U U 147S
ch<i
3
lang. 4
There
is
nothing
mean
in a generous
man.
Wei 2
m a m
&
jen 2 <hun 4 <bou 4 tzu 4
wu2
n & m kW
po. 2
CHAPTEBIII.
HUMAN NATURE.
1477
Just so long as you ask nothing, man's nature is bland For wine, abstainers care little what price you demand.
Wu
A & $ tao M & jen (S ^ f* ft Pn yin jen

2
If
2
ch'iu 2
ctfu4
1
effing 2 <hao 3
ffl
fife
if
tfa
chiu 3 chia 4 kao. 1
1478
To judge man from his face is as hard a feat, As it would be the ocean in pecks to mete.
Fan 2
A 7 ft pu mao ^ w ^ m # pu *Hai tou 1479

Jl
ijf
*B
hsiang,4
jen 2
k*o 3
ft
Hang. 2
shui 3
k*o 3
Man by right ascends Water downward tends.

;
Jen 2 wang 4 kao 1
a m m &
cffu 4 tsou 4
m * wang 1480
ô
;
<& j@
4 ti
1
shui 3
ch*u 4
a
liu.
The measure of heaven and earth you may

You'll never be able to, that of the mind.
5c
rT
Tîen 1 k<o 3
find
tu 4
2
& m
ti
rT k<o 3 liang. 2
'1 Wei 2 yu 3
A f jen
)&
hsin 1
7> pf pu4 k*o 3
HP
fang. 2
1481
Man's heart can ne'er contented grow Possessed of Lung, he longs for Shu.
;
A
Jen 2
>&
hsin 1
*
pu 4
J
tsu 2
;
K wang S -S n Lung
te 2
o 3
Shu. 3
HUMAN NATURE.
249
1482
Woe, and
snake
alas
!
the heart of
man
is
like a poisonous
Unknown,
like wheels, the eyes of
heaven their revo-
lutions make.
)B *H Kân1 tfan4 jen 2 hsin1 tu2 ssu 4
fit
m A
*n
tfien
Shui 2 chih1
# m chuan % yen m
1
^ M ia
she,
2
ju 2
chê.
1483
Though the heavens be high and
lofty,
man's desires
for the mis-
And though
yet higher rise his well yields wine to sing grain he cries.
Tîen 1 kao 1 pu 4 chien4 kao 1 jen 2 hsin 1
3
sell,
m x m x m m a & m kao m <huan m wu # * m mai m shuo m chu & w Ching

.-*
ti
yi 1
shui 3 tso 4 chiu s

'
tsao. 1
1484:
earth
is is
Nobody on
necessary
difficult to
manage
all
that
is
JT
1
three times to examine one's

hsia 4
2 2
self.
1 I ^ A I Tien wu nan H -T >3 a R M m san tzu ko

chih 3 hsii1
1
ch*u4 chih1 jen 2

pi 4
4
fan. 3
Note.
The phrase " Tzu-fan"
is
taken from Mencius.
See Legge, vol
ii,
page 209.
1485
Instinct naturally inhabits man's heart.
Kung1
tao 4 tzu 4 tsai 4 jen 2 hsin. 1
A 1486
&
*&
A man
may become
cannot become perfect in a hundred years corrupt in less than a day.

"5
Pai 3 nien 2 cffeng2 chih 1 pu 4 tsu 2
he
;j.
yi 1
tan 4 *huai 4 chih 1
A Z X m z m m yu
3
yii.
250
is
hsiao 2 tai3
ON MAN.
1487
good, a thousand days are insufwhat is bad, an hour is too much.
cffieii
1
In learning what
ficient
;
in learning
Hsiao 2 *hao 3
& m % =f b * pu m & m ? ~ yu
jih4
4
tsu 2
yi 1 shih2
yu. 2
1488
Man's heart secret your womb ?
Lit.:
Know
li
what
<+
shih 2
foetus is in
Wo
n m n &
3
at
hsiao 3 te 2 ni 3
tu 3 tzu 3
? m $ m 1489
3
*huai 2
ti
mo 1
m %
tfai ?
The same.
Lit.: I
know
1
not what sort of medicine he

it
1
has in his calabash.
* m % Pu
4
ft
t'a
hsiao 3 te 2
'hu 2
f-
m mm chuang m 1490
lu 2
li
shih2
mo1
m m
yao. 4
What the eye sees not, the heart does not vex itself over
Yen3 pu4
m * e
SI
>&
chien4 hsin 1
pu4
* &
yiian. 4
1491
Water can both
sxistain
Shui 3 neng 2 tsai 4 chou 1
Note.
II
i
and upset a
4
ship.
This proverb points to the
neng 2 fu 2 chou. 1 power men have either for good
i I I
-
1492
It is
or evil.
harder to change a man's natural disposition, than to change rivers and mountains.
Chiang 1 shan 1
m
i
%.
kai, 3
pen 3 hsing4 nan 2
* & s $
i.
1493
Man's heart
.)&
is
lofty as
heaven
l
his fate is thin as paper.
W
yu 3
5c
t*ien
Hsin 1
I. #
kao 1
;
fa ming 4 ju 2 chih 3
W
po. 2
HUMAN NATURE.
251
1494
Man's heart is never satisfied the snake would swallow
;
the elephant.
a
Jen
2
"
is
hsin 1
je pu4 tsu 2 she 2
m # a
-
tfun 1 hsiang. 4
1495
Man's heart is hidden in his belly, as the ch*ui-pi in a rice boiler. st jSo fit ts ft
is
Jen2
Note.
hsin 1
ko 2 tu 8
p% 2
fan 4 tseng4 ko 2 cfrui 1
m *
pi.
Chui-piis a small conical
plate of wicker work.
1496
of a mountain torrent
&
It is easier to
fill
up the bed
than to satisfy the heart of man.
CM
m %
1
'ho 4
t ien,
%
1
a
2
jen 2 hsin 1
nan2 man.3
i m
1497
healed, not the mind.
The body may be
m
I1
te 2
#o
alien,
*x n * pu
i 1
te 2 hsin. 1
1498
All
Chiu3 se 4 jen 2 jen 2
IUAf
men
ai,
love wealth, wine,

(
4
|SiAi6
2
and women.
ts'ai
pai 2 tung 4 jen 2 hsin. 1
1499
In difficulties
men
are easily tested,
and
easily saved.
Nan 2 chung1
*hao 3 shih 4 jen, 2 nan 2 chung1 *hao 3 chiu 4 jen. 2
1500
Distance tests a horse's strength a man's character. *n IS
;
long service reveals
Lu4
yao &
chih 1
ma 3
A # ^ chiu
li
shih 4
chien 4 jen2 hsin. 1

this
MA
*&
proverb,
see
Note. For a long and interesting account of the origin of "Notes and Queries on China and Japan/' vol iii, page 181.
252
ON MAN.
1501
The human heart
is
bad to fathom.
ts e. 4
c
a
Note.
>&
Jen 2 hsin1 nan 2

M
n m
17:9.
Who can know
it?" Jeremiah
1502
You may draw
bones
;
you cannot draw his you may know a man's face, you cannot
a
tiger's
skin,
know
his heart.
\Lua 4 <hu 3 <hua 4
fcn fco chih 1 jen 2 chih 1
m % s & nan # m ku
p'i 2
2
<hua 4
3
;
* m mien pu 1503
if
4 4
*5
chih 1 Lsin. 1
Man's nature is as thin as sheets of tissue paper the world is like a game of chess, varying at every move.
;
a
Jen 2
it
<a
us
sb
si
chfing 2 ssu 4 chih 3

2
chang1 chang 1 po 2
is
shih 4 shih 4 ju 2
m m m * m chH
chii
2
a.
2
chii
hsin. 1
1504
Man
naturally, like water, distinguishes between the
;
high and the low a cloud.
the world
7jC
is
ever changing, like
jf {fl Jen 2 ending2 ssu 4
n m Shih
4
fa
3 1 2 2 4 shih 4 ju yiin jen chiian shu.
# kao H T m & m &

shui 3 fen1
1
;
bsia 4
1505
Living,
man knows
not his soul
dead, he
knows not
his corpse.
Sheng1 pu 4 jen 4 *hun 2 ; ssu 3 pu 4 jen 4
* M
Mo
5E
* S
f
shih. 1
1506
ts
Eather fear the man whose disposition is a two-edged sword, than the savage tiger of the mountains.
Ju 4 shan 1 pu 4
in
pV
ft
shang 1 jen 2
<hu, 3
ft
HUMAN NATURE.
chih 3
253
ifi
&
t&
pa
c
A
4
'[#
jen 2 ch*ing2 liang 2 mien 4 tao. 1
7J
1507
One
anxious when another is not ; one may seem to be at leisure when his heart is not so. i& ? tii n#o
is
Ni 3
chi 2
&
tfa 1
wei 4 chi 2
a m 1508
;
jen 2 hsien 2 hsin 1 wei 4 hsien. 2
*
;
An old man may have a youthful heart and man may have a noble inclination.
a poor
A
No
Jg
i&
ife
5g D
Jen2 lao 3
hsin1 wei 4 lao 3
A $ $ 3 S pu cMung. 1509
;
jen 2 cffiung2 chih4
flower can retain
its
bloom
for a hundred,
no
man
his virtue for a thousand, days.
Jen2
a 4 wu
2
h #.
'
1 cfrien1 jih4 hao, 3 ^hua
w e wu
2
a:
pai 3 jih4 *hung. 2
15 lO
Each man has
his
own mind, and each mind its pecuhsin, 1 hsin1

4
3
liar intelligence.
Jen2 ko 4 yu 3
A # W *&*&# W i ko yu
1511
is like
chien. 4
A mind
ness
enlightened
like hell.
heaven
mind
in dark-
is
fr.X
Hsin1
li
3
t$ 3K kuang1 ming2
shih 4 tfien 1 t
'&
hsin1
I 1 lei
li
Bt an4
9K S 5c ang ^ I I
r
2
;
shih 4
ti
yii.
Note.
Over
44
John Davis wrote the beautiful The mind is its own place, and in itself Can make a heaven of hell, a hell of heaven."
this proverb, Sir
lines :-=
1512
Amongst men who
is faultless ?
m a Wei
2
if
2
fa
jOri
shui 3
wu 2
ko 4
m m m o chV
ts
f
Norn There
is
none righteous, no, not one."
Rom. 3
10.
254
ON MAN.
1513
What man is not guilty of one error and half a mistake ?
Yi1
ch'a 1
pan4
ts'o,
na 3 ko 4
mu2 yu3 ?
1514
Man
errs as the horse stumbles.
*r
Jen2 yu 3
shih 1 ts*o, 4
&
-s
ma 8 yu 3
m m m
lou 4
tfi.
1515
Though a snake get
change
its
into a
bamboo tube
it is
hard to
'ttAff-ff AttStt She ju elm t*ung chV hsing nan 1516

2
wriggling disposition.
4
2
3
kai. 3
Though stones should be transformed would not be satisfied.

Hr
Tien 3 shih 2 hua 4 wei 2
to gold,
men
fl;
ft
fc
A
;
5
1
chin, 1 jen 2 hsin
yn2 wei4
8 *
i&
tsu. 2
1517
Fire should be hollow hearted
man
4
true hearted.
1 shih 2 hsin.
'Hue- 3 yao 4 k'ung 1 hsin, 1 jen 2
ft.
*&
a m * yao
1518
is
The mind
the lord of the man.

yi 1
1
Hsin1 wei 2
- shen # & i
1519
;
chih 1 chu. 3
Men
love gentleness
dogs love food.

;
A S wen Jen
2
#.
1
lien 2
ts*un 2
kou 3
.ft
lien
2
shih. 2
1520
When you
that
see into man's disposition,
you perceive
all is false.
Note.
"The heart
a a tW KW
is
ii
jen 2
cMng2
above
tsung3 shih 4 lûng. 1

things."
i s
deceitful
all
Jeremiah 17:
9.
HUMAN NATUKE.
255
1521
A man's
ft
Hsiang 4
face is the reflex of his states of mind.
Bl
>&
o
;
ft
>fr
sui 2 hsiii 1 sheng 1
hsiang4 sui 2 hsin 1 mieh. 4
1522
:
However stupid a man may be, he grows clever enough when blaming others however wise, he becomes a dolt when blaming himself.
Jen 2
2
A I g I f A m
sui 1 chih 4
2 2 sui 1 chih 4 yii 2 tse jen 2 tse
wing 2
?! o
:
A I 1 jen
Men know not
Jen2 pu4
their
0| ming 2
tse 2 chi 3 tse 2 ^hun. 1
S B
II
1523
own
faults, as
oxen know not the to

chih 1
greatness of their strength.
a #
to
3 chih 1 chi kuo, 4
* a .a. niu f pu 1524

2
*
li
ta.
It is easier to seize the tiger in the hills
than to ap-
peal to
man
for support.
a Ju
in shan 1
m cMn
a
$t%o
2
*hu
kâi 1
k*ou 3 kao 4 jen 2 nan. 2
% a 8
for heart
1525
Who knows
to
Chih 1
himself knows others

heart.
can be
compared with
to
chi 3 chih 1 pi 3
chiang 1 hsin 1
m &
pi 3
hsin.
SECTION XII. ON MANNERS.
CHAPTER
1526
I.
BEAMING AND POLITENESS.
A man without politeness must perversely talk A weak ox in the harrows falters in his walk.
Jen 2
a m m wu
2
li
%t
Niu2 wu2
* ma
li*
shuo 1 *heng4 *hua 4

la 1 <heng4 p<a. 2
m & m m
ffi
152*7
The
politeness of rustics
is
notably great
fr
After cursing each other, conies friendly debate.

Hsiang 1
M U Am
li
jen 2
2
li^
hsing 2 ta 4
4
ft
Hsien 1
,i
ma 4
Encountering a soldier, it is plain, The graduate is polite in vain.

Hsiu 4
a m m jen *hou shuo 1528

o
yu 3
6
is
1
<hua. 4
n * a
ts*ai
2
jj
4
yii
tao 4 ping, 1
m m m pu # m
\i
chiang 3
4 ebbing. 1
1529
When persons meet they greet And cows low when they meet.
A
Jen2
fi
chien 4 jen 2 shuo 1 *hua, 4 niu 2 chien 4 niu 2
A 1 f f S tPffl
fl
ya. 1
1530
a damsel's boudoir, or teachers school, (To intrude one's-self is against all rule.)
Hsien 1 sheng1 hsiao 3
t*ang, 2 nti2 tzu 3 hsiu 4 fang. 2
On

BEARING AND POLITENESS.
257
1531
For the father to
Is the
sit, and the son to stand, proper politeness through all the land.
9 3
Fu4
? & m tzu
tso 4
&o 4
li,
m m m mao & cheng

li
ch'i.
1532
Much
politeness offends
no
one.
A * S jen H pu Li
3
to 1
1533
tt
Li3 to1 jen2
kuai. 4
Excessive politeness must cover deceit,
A #
'
'
pi 4 cha. 4
1534
Politeness wins the confidence of princes.
If
Yu 3
I
li
3
li ^
JEa?
te 2 chiin1
wang 2
II
tao. 4
1535
Keep your
offence in
your bosom, and you
may meet
as before.
Kuai4 jen2
I A
i5
hsin 1 tsai 4 tu/ hsiang 1 cbien 4
5L yu4
ft
s
ho 2 fang. 1
153S
He who
confounds morals, must confound manners. fa ii Pu 4 cbib1 hao 4 tai, 3 ch<i 3 ghih4 kao 1 ti. 1
# ^ &
m &
1537
For pleasing superior
ple, there is
officers and governing the peonothing so good as politeness.
An 1
shang
ft
4
JSo
club 3 min, 2
mo 4
1 K m shan
4
II
2
li.
yii
1533
Nobody stands on ceremony in hot weather Lit hot weather there is no superior man.
5c Bhu 3 Men 1
:
In
wtt 2 cbiin 1 tzQ. 8
1 S ?
258
Familiar friends
ON MANNNERS.
1539
may waive
be very
ffif
etiquette
but with, a rich
man you must
polite.
m # Shu pu
2
Ho
li
*m
fu 4
chii 1
3
;
erh 2
m % # wen.
to 1
1540
Ill-timed politeness. Lit.
:
He makes
wt
his
bow behind
1
the rider's back.
Ma3
a m
p'i
m w
ku3
*r
pei4 <hou4 ta 3
- m kung.
yi 1
1541
The same.
Lit.
:
To make
one's
bow
i.
in the dark.
Jen2 chiDg4 wo 3
'Hei 1
it
ti
T # m 1542
4
hsia 4 tso4
For every foot of honour shown me,
a ^ No
Ko
yi 1 ch'ih, 8
wo 3
m.
A -
show
3fc
ten.
ching4 jen 2 yi1 ch'ang. 4
1543
Man2
medicine can cure a vulgar man.
m a wu m m m yao
jen 2
2
i.
1544
Old and young, men and women, ought
to be in
man-
ners respectful, in conversation dignified.

Chang3 yu4
&
iji
ft
9k
nei4 wai, 4
& su m m
i
fa 3
tz'u 2 yen. 2
1545
Every
Tso 4
officer
9
has his etiquette.

it
tz*u 3
tz*ii
kuan1 hsing2
t ft 1546
chih 1 so,
m
li.
Before fathers and mothers, uncles and aunts, itch as you may, you may not dare to scratch.
Tsai 4 fa 4
% mu #
j
chin 4
ka 1
& * kan m pa & z m yang

a
:j
chua. 1
BEARING AND POLITENESS.
259
1547
Obedience
1
is
better than politeness.

in
4
W & * Kung pu
ching 4
ju 2 tsûng 2 ming. 4
U &
1548
The man may
be bad whilst his manners are not.
Jen2 o 4
a s m ^ m pu 1549
li
o.
He who
acts for the

is
emperor
is
emperor
who
acts
for the viceroy
viceroy.
3
Feng 4
feng 4
:
? IP 3c tzu * 5c tzu m m * chu m m to chu

t'ien 1
chi 2 tfien1
3
;
*hou 2 chi 2
*hou. 2
1550
Lit.
am unworthy this favour.

having
Mai4 tâng2
lost his gong-stick

ti
1
I S
^111 I
tiao 4
; The sweetmeat-seller dare not strike his gong.
lo 2 ctfui 2
pu4 kan 2
^ I f tang.
H AP T E E
COMPLIMENTS.
II.
1551
Offering congratulations, allow
me
2
to pray,
That your wealth

1
n
may
increase in a wonderful
way
m m n m yuan % pao Kung

hsi
lo
8
*ho 4 hsi, 3
3 lo 4 chft.
1552
May
he easily gtow up, and easily make a
Hr
man
of
himself
JS
Hr
i
I 4 Chang 3
1553
in
4 2
cfreng. 2
You
certainly will outstrip the
common herd
& Ting
til
a m chV jen
1554,
beat
all
ch'un. 2
May you
others
You
ChV
jen 2 t<ou2
a m
ft
ti.
1555
!
are the son of a noble sire

Chiang 1 men 2 chih 1
tsii.
3
155S
May
Lit. : May the all your descendants be famous epidendrum and the cassia put forth extraordinary fragrance
!
!
Lan2
*t
kuei 4 t'eng 2 fang. 1
3?
155*7
May
your brothers together grow famous

Hsiung 1
ti*
lien
fang. 1
COMPLIMENTS.
261
1558
The scholar has beaten his master. Lit. : The black dye succeeds the blue and is superior to it.
if
Cluing 1 ch'u 1 yii 3 Ian, 2 erh 2 sheng 4
ffi^ôW
1559
III
yii
2
Ian.
Yours
is
the pen of a ready writer
M W M Yi
1
^hui 1 erh 2 chiu. 4
15SO
A
wonderful child
=f
Ch'ien 1
!
Lit.
3
swift colt
m m
li
chii. 1
CHAPTER
PRESENTS.
III.
1561
Do not take anything easily obtained, and make it out to be unimportant.
Mo 4
chiang1 yung 2
i
forthwith
te,
pien4 tso 4 teng 3 hsien 2 Fan, 4
1562
When
the bearer of a trifling present to one at a distance, be sure you do not lose it.
Cffien1
* m sung m m
li
^.
*hao 2 mao, 2 chi 4
$ wu m * m & pu
4
4
chi 4 shih. 1
1563
Suit presents to receivers. Lit.: Present a jewelled sword to a warrior, a box of rouge to a pretty woman.
Pao 3
mm
n
chien4 tseng 4 yii 2 lieh 4 shih, 4
<hung 2 fen 3 tseng4 yii 2 chia 1 jen. 2
m if n
make
si
ft
1564
Though he has
will
is
to bolt his door against creditors, he

to
borrow money
a present.
2
Kuan 1 men2
n 1 to
i.
io
chai 4 chu, 3 chieh 4 chai 4
i a t f i kan
jen 2 effing. 2
1565
To carry an
tfe
offering of a pig's
head in one's hand, and

rc
be unable to find a temple.

Tan1
te 2
% chu
m.
1
t*ou,
chao 3 pu 4 tao 3 miao 4 men. 2
* m m
To
get a
gift,
make
li
1566
a proper return, *b
and
i.
still feel
dissatisfied.
Te 2
% n m m
3
<huan 2
;i
li,
tsung 3 pu 4 kuo 4
7 a x
4
PRESENTS.
263
1567
When a trifling may be light
Ch'ien 1
li 3
present is sent a long way, the gift but the intention is weighty.
f 1 I 1
ft
?o
mao, 2
2 chi 4 'hao
IHI A I 1
li 3
ch'ing 1 jen 2
chung. 4
1568
To a teacher present minced meat,
ft
'hsien1
fish,
2
and shrimps.
Kung1
fc sheng 1 jou 4 cha 3
w m m
yii
ffif
hsia. 1
1569
Return
ju
it
gift for gift.
I 3 citing 2 <huan 2 ch%g. 2
CHAPTER
1570
IV.
ETIQUETTE OF VISITING.
Better add a peck of rice to our lot, Than another mouth to eat what we've got.
4&?
Ning2
t'ien 1 yi 1 tou, 3
M A mo H
J$
4
~
1
tfien
yi 1 k'ou. 3
1571
P4.
When
You
magpies chatter before your hall, will soon from guests receive a call.
m Ya
ti
ch*iao 3 tfang 2 cftien 2 chiao, 4
g u
pu4
w ^ a yu
chili
3 3
si
k<o 4 tao. 4
1572
beware in making a feast, Since fifty may mean a hundred, at
Of
ladies
If
note.
Ctf ing 3 k o 4
r
IISA,
mo 4
ctfing 3
nu 2
k*o, 4
5 + wu
3
shih 2 tang 4 yi 1
S-I.
po. 2
least.
Each one may bring a child.
1573
Do
not be afraid of too many guests, One goose will satisfy all their requests.
Ctfing 3 k<o 4
w m g * pu p<a
4
o
4
to,
kung 4
p&
ctfih1 yi 1 chih 1
ii
o.
2
1574
Better slight a guest than starve him.
f Ning
If
PT
2
k<o 3
man 4
o
k<o, 4
pu 4
Pf
kV> 3
i o
4
k<o. 4
1575
you do not press an invited guest you
him.
fit
will offend
Ch'ing 3 k'o 4
g^fggRJUmfP kV
pu 4
ts'ui 1
fan 3
:l
te 2
g
4
teui
k'o.
ETIQUETTE OP VISITING.
;
265
1576
1
Wherever you
it
call,
give thanks for tobacco and tea.
Tsou4 jen 2
a m % m @ % yen
chia 1 to 1 hsieb 4
cffa.
1577
it is
It is easy to treat a guest well

if
on his
first arrival;
but
he stays too long

Hsiang1 chien4
i
hard.
;
te 2 ^hao 3
:
chiu 3 chu 4
nan2 wei 2 jen2
1578
He who
cannot in his own house entertain a worthy guest, when abroad will find few to entertain him.
Tsai 4 chia 1 pu 4
ffl
r^
*h.
yvai 4
chV
t i i # *n shao a fang
>j?
1
*hui 4 ying 2 ping1 k*o, 4
chih 1
chu 3
jen.
1579
He who
lacks hospitality to guests,
IBo
must be a
fool.
Ko
?
% chu * i pu
4
lai 2
ku, 4 ying 4 k<ung 3 shih4 etfih 2 jen. 2
IK
&'
m A
1580
He who
is
not hospitable to an excellent guest will
have none.
Liang 2 pin 1 chu 3 pu 4 ku, 4 tzu 4 shih4
I I i 7
make
i wu I Hang I I
2
2
;
pin. 1
1581
Long
visits
hosts uncivil
when a poor man

2
visits his relations
they are
;
cool.
lai
Chiu 3 chu 4
ling4 jen2 chien4
p*in 3
elfin 1
yeh 3
su.
1582
Having fermented your white wine, you can feast a worthy guest; having spent your gold, you can enjoy the odes and histories.
Pai2 cbiu 3 niang4 ch^ng 2 yen 2 *hao 3
6 i
r
tt
# g
k*o, 4
st , huang 2 chin 1 san 4 chin 4 wei 2
& * m n n m
shih 1 shu. 1
266
ON MANNEftS.
1583
Taoist monasteries entertain the genii; schools hide future premiers and scholars.
Tao 4 yuan4 ying2
m m m m % m & 1584
a
*a
hsien 1 k*o, 4 shu 1 tfang 2 yin 3 bsiang 4 ju. 2
Though we escort a guest a thousand must part.

Sung4 chun1
miles,
still
we
m m *
Yen4
So
li,
cfrien 1
chung 1
m m ~ m
hsii
1
yi 1 pieh. 2
1585
Entertain guests but do not detain them.
kV
ft
ctfieh 4
wu 4
liu
it
lien.
2
1586
His house is constantly cup is never empty.
full of
guests;
and the wine
Tso4 shaDg4 k'o 4 ch'ang2 man3
+**
;
pei 1
1587
Shen 4
Note.
What wind blew you
here
ni 3
'
chung 1 chiu 3 pu4 k'ung. 1
B mo m
1
Bfc
feng 1 cfrui1 liao 3
'ft
i*
lai ?
2
This
is
said to an infrequent guest.
1588
In ordinary economical ; than lavish.
life
you must not be otherwise than

inviting a guest not otherwise
when
m *
.
pT
Chii 1 chia 1
pu 4 k*o 3 pu 4 chien 3 ;
PR *r Ctfing 3 k (o 4 pu 4 k'o 3
* 1589
* ft * a
pu4
feng. 1
Receive
all
guests that come,
making no
difference
between relations and

K*o 4
others.
lai 2
wu4
ch*in l su 2
che 2 tang 1
sliou.
ETIQUETTE OF VISITING.
267
1590
I called at the
temple but saw not

ii
Ti. 4
4 4
Tu
%
Ti.
Shang 3
iniao 4
m & m wu chien TV
(
The T*u Ti, T'u-sMn %$), or sht* (jjfcfc)> are a pair of idols supposed to have all the cultivated land under their joint protection. They are spoken of as l husband and wife/ and are represented by male and female figures. Their shrines, often situated most picturesquely, stud the country over. Two festivals during the year, are celebrated in their honour the first occurs on the fiftieth day after the commencement of Spring (about the middle of March), and the second on the fiftieth da}' after the commencement of Autumn (about the
;
Note
this
middle of September). Seethe Yu-hsiao\f$J p), section sui-shih (|f| Iff). Now proverb is used when one calls upon a person without being able to see him.
1591
Keep back
before a mandarin, but not before a host.
Chien 4 kuan 1
mo
hsiang 4 clîen, 2 tso 4
kV
mo 4
tsai 4 *hou. 4
1592
As you
treat guests at
:
abroad. Lit.
home you will be treated At home do not beat men, then abroad
ffi
men will not beat you. . % # 4 ft A

Tsai 4 chia 1 pu
ta 3 jen, 2
chV
wai 4
& wu & A
2
;
ft
ta.
3
jen 2
1593
Eelations must be seldom visited
kitchen gardens
Chw
II
Note.
often.
ch'i 4
yao 4 tsou 4 te 2
iHI
your
ti
1
hsi ^
ts<ai
I yuan I I yao
4 2
iH
ch'ii
4
te 2 ch'm. 2
1594
I sting
flj
lips
3
with your
own
ni 3
is
bread.
1
Yang 3
& & man

ni 3
in apology,
m tW
ii
2
<fc
châi 3
m m
ti
tsui. 3
This
is said,
by a poor host who
obliged to serve up the
gift just
received for his guest to eat.
1595
Too much
politeness.
Lit.
:
cleared than he invites
No me
sooner are the tables to a return feast.

bsi.
2
Shib 4 cbo 1 *huan 2
a m m m
268
ON MANNERS.
1596
One guest does not
- % Yi
1
trouble
two
hosts.
k*o 4
t> pu 4 jao 3 erh4
chu. 3
1597
Singing clearly to each other on the border, still the I also cannot tarry go, ferry boat will not tarry yea, go I must ; after repeated hesitation, delay ,
;
;
I cannot.
1. fi Chiang 4 che4 yang2 kuan1 shang, 4 hsiao 3 chou 1 yeh 3 nan 2

wo 3 yeh3 nan 2
liu.
2
I 1 I
tsai 4
4^
ft
4
A 1 8
liu.
1
ch*ii
yeh 4 chung1
chu. 4
hsli
chîi
4
5
# n h m pu
san 1
liu
2
Note. This shapeless proverb is confessedly difficult to understand. Probably the clear singing referred to, indicates some ancient method of taking farewell, or of bewailing the departure of a guest.
SECTION
XIII. ON
MEDICINE.
I.
CHAPTEE
DISEASE.
1598
Still
by a
lotus fibre the big salt-junk is
bound
And
having reached their climax, diseases must turn
round.
Ou 3
& * m m n yen m chu *. w b m m a ft Tsai yang man ping tzu

ssu 1 chi 4
1
te 2
cffuan2
4
4
;
yu. 4
Note. This
chance.
proverb indicates a slight possibility of recovery.
There
is
just a
1599 A little food taken again

"Will enable the sick
>j?
and again,
health to attain.
new
4
pi?
Shao 3
chW
^ m n ping 'hao 1600

to 1 ts'an, 2
n
3
tzu 4 an. 1
Phlegm, waste, wind, worms, and stoppage, sure Nor gods nor fairies e'er can cure.
T<an, 2 lao, 2
m m u &
ch<i,
Mo
ko, 1
ku3
sUri2 hsien 1
* % m m m pu
1 i
t.
1601
Medicine for healing, soup for nourishment.
jr
Fu 2
yao 4 yin 1
m m m
m.
liao 3 ping, 4 cbien 1 t'ang 1
s pao m wei # 1602

4
shen. 1
Your medicines
2
are as effective as divine assistance.
m 1 I Fu yao
4
I.
ling-;
yu 3
S f
ch*i
2
iD
hsiao 4 ju 2
shen. 2
270
ON MEDICINE.
The
prescription
ti
1
1603
was good, but the medicine bad.
Shuo 1
m m a & chen
shih 4
%.
1
fang, 1
* m & m m 1604
mai4
ti
1
shih 4 chia 3
yao. 4
Though you drink a

taste in swallowing
bellyful of medicine, avoid the

it.
Yao 4 kuan4 man 3
ch-ang2 kôa 3 tûn 1
mo 4
chfong. 2
1S05
When
medicine cures, the patient
is
under provi-
dential care.
Yao4
iiii
i
1
a
jn. 2
it.
yu3 yiian2
1606
When
a disease returns, no medicine can cure Fan 3
k ping i s yao i i
4
wii 2
i.
1S07
There
is
no such thing as spurious gold, or genuine
o-wei.
ft *Huang 2
Note. O-wei,
its
chin 1
& wu m wu & n m & m o wei

.
2
chia, 3
chen. 1
"assafoetida." For some interesting remarks on this medicine, use etc., by the Chinese, see Dr. Porter Smith's Contributions towards the Materia Medica and Natural History of China, page 27.
1608
Give a
a golden pill, and the devil of his disease will depart in a trice.
man
TW
&
vx
2
i
chin 1 tan 1 ping 4
&
ft
m m & mo 1609
2
li
t'ui.
Men's constitutions
differ in different localities.
TV
tt
hsing 4
t> pu 4
toting. 2
DISEASE.
271
isio
When
disease enters the region of the heart,
no medi-
cine can effect a cure.
tk *r Ping4 ju 4 kao 1 mang, 2 pa 4 k*o 3 chiu 4 yao. 4
m a m
Wo
1611
Your ears wont go deaf if you don't have them examined your eyes won't go blind if you refuse to
;
use washes.
Erh3 pu 4
b * m * pu
kân4
o
lung 2
;
t> yen 3 pu 4
hsi 3
m * m pu
4
hsia. 2
1612
The most wonderful medicine must ness caused by resentment.
fail
to cure a sick-
Note.
If
Miao 4 yao 4 nan2 i 1 yiian1 yeh4 ping. 4 one man oppresses another to death, the ghost
afflict
m m m %
1613
mm
man
is
supposed to haunt and
of the murdered the oppressor with a sickness no medicine
can cure.
It is a disease
which neither needle nor medicine can
reach.
Kung 1
chih 1
pu4 k*o 3
te 2
chih 1
pu 4 neng. 2
1614
before a cook-house door will die,
A willow planted
not
live.
Tsao 4 men 2
m r $ yang
tsâi
1
m.
2
liu,
5E yu 3 ssu 3 wu 2
m &
sheng. 1
1615
T'is
easy to get a thousand prescriptions, but hard to obtain one good result.
Ctfien 1 fang 1
i
te,
yi 1 hsiao 4
nan 2
cttai.
CHAPTER
DOCTORS.
II.
1616
After diagnosis, we proceed to treat All sorts of diseases, in the way most meet.
ra
Wen4
cheng 4 fa 1
m m m $ ^
yao, 4
yii 3
*a
ping 4 hsiaog1
&
*ho.
1617
Chair-riding doctors don't call at the door Of any patient unluckily poor. $* Q
m sheng &
I1
tso 4 chiao, 4 cttiung 2 chia 1
x m m m pu
4
tao. 4
1618
When
More
I 1 sheng1
the doctor's fame

folks
is made, come than he can aid.
chV
ming, 2 chia 1 chia 1 chieh1
pu4
yiag. 2
1619
He
Yet
boasts that his merits
match those
of
Pien ChHo
he's Yen's fatal net, for
ought that we know.
*I fill $} 8$ Tao 4 tV kang1 kao 1 Pien 3 Ch fl IP Shui 3 chih 1 tfa 1 tsûi 1 ming 4 Yen 2 lo. 2
Note.
M H V t I ^ i I
Pien Olio was an ancient doctor spoken of

named Huan
in the Historical
Record.
Ho
was surnaned Chin
(J|)> \$|t)> and bore the polite designation of Yueh Jen ( Jw J\)- On one occasion he met Ch'ang Sang-chun \^& J jBi) a geni (?), and received from him medicine and a medical book. He was also
instructed to drink the dew from bamboo trees for thirty days, that at the end of that period his knowledge of diseases might become perfect. And so it happened.
See the Yu-hsiao (&}) 4|)> Book
4,
section chi-i (*$
'$$*)
16 2 O
All diseases incident to cold weather
and
hot,
There must be no question

Feng1
*han 2
3
if
the doctor
1
knows
te.
2
or not.
i i i ioil i ^ yao shu

je, 4
i
hsiao 3
DOCTORS.
273
1621
Hell warrant a cure when his fee is provided Men doubt it however, and are undecided.
;
n n Pao
1
.3
iL
;
<hao 3 shou 4 hsieh 4
jen 2
am m & mo
i
chiieh. 2
1622
ii Shu 2 tu2 Note. Wang
The profound est study of Wang Shu-'ho, Compared with great practice is mere so so.
Wang2 Shu 2
1
i,
'Ho, 2
^ ^ i i i pu ju
4
kW cheng
to.
Shu- ho, court physician during the Western Tsin dynasty, and author of a celebrated treatise on the pulse. See Wylie's Notes on Chinese
Literature, page 78.
1623
In a dangerous
:
illness call in three doctors.
#1
Chi 2 ping 4 chMng 3 san 1
I H I 1624
i
1
shih.
A clever doctor
2
cannot cure himself.

4
x k m pu Liang
against a doctor.
Shih 1
tzu 4
m
i.
1625
A teacher will not speak against a teacher, nor a doctor
u * m m * m * pu pu
Q
4
tfan 2 shih, 1
tfan 2
i.
1626
If
you do not remunerate a doctor for curing you once, you will get no one to do so a second time.
Ping 4 *hao 3 pu4 hsieh 4
*oT
i,
hsia 4 tzû 4
wu 2
|A|
jen 2
i.
1627
Only
ten years' luck, and your complaint will soon be better.
Chên 4 wo 3 shih 2 nien 2
avail yourself of
my
n n + # m yu w
yiin, 4
ffi
ping 4 tsao 3
^ $
lai 2
ff
i.
274
ON MEDICINE.
1628
A doctor
has the heart to cut flesh off his thigh to give patient, but never the mind to deceive him. to his
m as ft m I yu ko ku m & it is * ping wu
1
\ 1
chih 1 hsin, 1
hsii
chia 3 chih 1
i.
1629
Quacks puncture and
drugs.
plaster,
but only use spurious

fs
4
tt
it
chen 1
Ta3
t'ieh 1
kao
Ho
1
yao, 4 mai 4
m m yung m m yao 1S30

4
ti
1
chia 3 yao. 4
An
unskilful doctor kills
men with
a secret dagger.
1
* m m pu Hsiao
2
i
1
w
4
ming, 2
m an
tj
tao 1
m a sha
jen. 2
1631
The unlucky doctor
lucky doctor
Yiin 4
cures the head of a disease
the
its tail.
s m m
ff
Hsing 2
ft
4
ch*ii
hsien 1 sheng 1
ft
shih 2 lai 2 hsien 1
& m m m ^ m m m sheng
i
1
ping 4 tfou 2
ping 4 wei. 3
1632
Doctors have a run of ten years' luck.
l^f + ^ nien yu 1633

i
1
^c
2
?S
yiin.
4
shih 2
ta 4
Doctors knock at no doors

invited.
they only come when

f ft
ts*ai
2
* m pu
l1
PP
k'ou 4
men 2 yu3
R W
ft
hsiug. 2
ch ing 3
c
1634
A
stupid doctor murders without a sword.
Jf Tung2
8 A pu * yung * sha m
i
1
71
4
jen 2
tao. 1

DOCTORS.
;
275
;
1635
np
Yon
are both laying
secret merit,
and taking care
of yourself.
Pan4
^ n yin m
chi
2
.
?x
1
kung 1 pan 4 ts*ang2
& m #
shen* 1
1636
Many children of clever sorcerers are killed by devils and many children of clever doctors die of disease.
Liang 2
M ^ % K wu tzu ? K 9 Z tzu %
1
5E
ssu 3
chih 1
to 1
yii 2
m %
'M
2
knei 3
ft
ssu 3
te
yii
liang 2
chih 1
to 1
163*7
To take no medicine
Pu 4
is as
ping. 4
good as a middling doctor.

1
i.
chHh 1 yao 4 tang 1 chung 1
m % #
*
1633
When
-
medicine restores a man to health, the doctor truly has the ability of ChH and Huang.
Yao 4
m m @
Note.
Mo
(|ljj
tao 4 *hui 2 ctf un, 1 hsien 1 sheng1 chen1
% m Ch m
See
<Huang2 shou 3
4,
& m
tan. 4
Ch'i Pai
|Q) was a minister and
also Medical instructor of
'Huang Ti (fr
ChH-yi
*j),
B. C. 2697.
Yu-hsiao (ijj 4H)> Book
section
(^ H>
1639
He who with three fingers on the pulse can restore a man to health, may not be an able minister, but he
is
an able physician.
San1
H m A *hua jen
chih 3
4
ft
ft
hsing 4 ming, 4
1
Pu4
wei 2 liaog 2 hsiang 4 pien4 wei 2 liang 2
i.
SECTION XIV. 03ST MORALS.
CHAPTER
CONSCIENCE.
1640
Men who
afraid of a
never violate their consciences, are not knock at their door at midnight.
15.
A J> fi n jen pu & men ^ R pan yeh

Wei 2
4
2
*&
T> pu4
tso 4 kûei 1 hsin 1 shih. 4
i&
2
ch'iao 1
hsin 1
ching. 1
1641
A
good conscience pays badly.
p
4
Liang2 hsin 1
% & pu * chung +
4
us
^ho 1
"ft
ti.
1
chHh 1
1642
The same.
Lit.:
Talk of conscience and you will have
nothing to
eat.
Chiang 3 liang 2 hsin 1 mil 2 fan 4
% $ u u
1643
pfe 1 chîh.
Do
not violate conscience.

i&
Mo 4
Ill
4
kûei 1 liang 2 hsin. 1
1644
Of
all
important things, the
first is
not to cheat the

*&
hsin.
1
conscience.
Tsai 4 san 1
n * m - mo m % n h m chung
hsli
1
shib, 4
ti
yi 1
ch'i 1
1645
Don't put your conscience on your back.
Mo 4
us.
>&
2
pa'' liang
hsin 1 fang 4 tsai 4 pei 4 shang. 4
n a
CONSCIENCE.
277
1646
Since one cannot please others in everything, let us only seek not to shame one's own conscience.
:t o IB
i
Ch
is.
in neng 2 chin 4 ju 2 jen 2

ifc
2
A
i,
tan 4 ch iu 2
?
# wu u
kûei4
wo 3
^ *
hsin. 1
1647
Never
clo
desire
what your conscience cannot endure never what is improper to he done.

;
Mo 4
4
tso 4 hsin 1
ch*i 3 shih
4
shang 4 kuo* pu4

4
n m * shang mo
hsing 2
&%&&
ch'ii
chih 1 shih 4
pu4
ch*ii
chih 1 hsin. 1
Note. There is here,, in the orignlal, a beautiful antithetical collocation of words, which one attempts in vain to copy in the English.
1648
If
yon would
tivate virtue
train
;
if
your disposition you must culyou cheat your conscience don't
assume to be an
m Tang
tt
3
hsing 4 hsii 1 hsin 1 shan 4
it i
ascetic.
chî
i & mo & m ch W
1
a?
chai. 1
hsin 1
1649
Cheat your conscience and a whole life's happiness is destroyed let your conduct be faulty and Heaven will send you a life of poverty.
;
Cfri 1 hsin 1 che 2 chin 4 p*ing 2 sheng1 fu
hsing 2
^ ft m tuan
lif
i 4 i
2
;
5c
3
tfien1 chiao 4
m - m n
yi 1 shih 4 p*in. 3
1650
To destroy
one's
good conscience by doing some

one's bowels
evil
deed. Lit:
To distend
by swallowing
a carrying-pole.
278
p
ON MORALS.
CMh
liao 3 pien 3
*& t m tan m t 1S51

1
*heng 4 liao 3 châng 2
m ?
tzii.
To corrupt the conscience by unfair dealings. To eat a coal and blacken the heart.
P
Lit.
Cb'ih1 liao 3 mei 2 t*an 4 ^Lei 1 liao 3 hsin. 1
fc
a T
i5
CHAPTEE
GOOD WORKS.
II.
1652
To
Is
up a pagoda from top to base, unequal to lighting up a dark place.

light
$5
Tien 3
-fc
1
Mo^>
tseng,
2
tfa 3 chft
in pu4 ju 2
an 4 chû 4
m m ~ m
yi 1 teng. 1
1653
The odour
of virtuous conduct will last for a
hundred
generations.
Wei 2
^.
shan 4 tse 2
# m m ^
liu
2
-0
it
4
fang1 pai 3 shih
1654
Good deeds may
any
fill
the empire without provoking

5c
one's dislike.
Hsing 2 man 3
n m
t'ien 1 hsia 4
t wu m a wu.
.
yiian
1655
Do good
fa
fif
regardless of consequences.
Tan4
hsing 2 *hao 3 shih, 4
if.
mo 4 wen4 (Men2
ffi
1S5S
Good deeds may be done
Shan 4
;
m
4
2
fl
ch'eng. 2
bad deeds
shih 4
may
not.
i I
pi
shih 4 kô 3
fi
tso
4
;
i f mo l i
o4
wei. 2
1657
Do
not consider any vice trivial, and so practise it do not consider any virtue trivial, and so neglect it.
;
Wu
wu 4
in
& m * m wei n
i
o 4 hsiao 3 erh 2
chih 1
shan 4 hsiao 3 erh 2 pu 4 wei. 2
280
ON MORALS.
1658
Do
evil,
good, and devils and gods will do you honour and suffer the chastisement of Heaven.
do
Wei 2 shan4
@ #
ft
ft
i,
cKn
1
;
kuei 3 shen 2
I f S o
tso 4
4
5c
1
pei 4 tfien
chien. 4
1659
One good deed atones
for a
Bfc
4
thousand bad ones.
- f Yi shan
1
=f
kai 3 ctfien 1
m
o.
1660
It is difficult to
know how
to give alms.
Lit : The
good door
is
hard to open.
Shan 4 men 2 nan2
kâi. 1
1661
Religious books and preachers, influence* but do not
injure men.
Ch
ch* iian 4
m *'A m is wen ch*uan a & x m a m tung m jen pu

3sc
-
iian
shih 4
4
shih 4 jen, 2
4
hsin 1
*hai
jen. 2
1662
Cultivating right reason, though unseen of men, persevered in, will be seen of Heaven.
Hsiu 1 tao 4
if
i i
sui 1
ji
wu 2
yu 3
jen 2 chien, 4
lîen
1
a a
ts*un 2 hsin 1 tzii 4
chih. 1
1663
Exhort men not to commit the smallest sin smallest virtue is advantageous to men.
;
but the
-mz^MA-frm
yi 1
c
Yi 1 *hao 2 chih 1 o 4
-*.4'-A*fc mo
chfiian 4 jen 2
4
tso 4
hao 2 chih 1 shan 4 yu
jen 2 fang 1 pien. 4
GOOD WORKS.
281
do
the gentleman
1664
Each
his,
lias his
own good deeds

fa
bsia 1
to
the lady hers.
&
Kung 1
kung 1
4
& # ko
iM
te 2
;
m.
hsiu 1
M fa & m ko
pV
4
2
hsiu 1
2
2S t& p o 2 te, 2
c
te.
1665
To say you have done good
do good
Shuo 1
is.
is
not goodness
but to
n * wei m a pu
*hao 3
4
Mo
2
*hao 3
# # wei m fang
tso 4 *hao 3
1
*hao. 3
1666
To do good
dark
is
secretly
is
optional. Lit.
Bowing
fancy. i5
hsin.
1
in the
according to every man's

^Hei 1 chû 4 tso 4
own
P
M m
Uo
i,
ff
ko 4 jen 2 p ing 2
A p
1667
Never go out on the
ft
hills to net birds ; nor the waters to poison fishes and shrimps.
down
to
Wu
Note.
Oi teng shan 1 erh 2 wang 3 chîn 2 niao 3

"
to
gg
wu4
lin 2 shui
m m # & M # & m * erh tu

:
3
yii
hsia.
This does not mean that you may shoot the
birds, as Sir Jno. F.
Davis
suggests, but that their lives should be spared:
1668
Never
kill
the draught ox
nor throw away written

to
paper.
Wu
to
tsai 4
m keng m ^
1
niu 2
wu 4
;
m ^
is,
4
1669
In the family leave the family from the world.
Tsai 4 chia 1 ctfu 1 chia
1
ch
tzii
chih. 3
in the
world separate
tsai 1 shih 4 clû 1 shih. 4
282
ON MORALS.
"I pray not that thou shouldest take them out of the world, but that Note. thou shouldest keep them from the evil." Jno. 17: 15. "We need not bid, for cloister'd cell, Our neighbour and our work farewell Nor strive to wind ourselves too high For sinful man beneath the sky."
1670
He
does nothing that cannot be told to others.
Wu
ife
I $ 7 pu
2
pT
4
shih 4
k<o 3
tui 4 jen 2 yen. 2

said of himself that,
to others."
I A f
Note.- Ssu-ma Wen Kung (fij J|j fj^ $$) long he had done nothing that he could not tell
"All
his
It is
16*71 easier to run down a hill than up m m t m & &. shang Hsia 4 pV yung pW nan. 2
2
i,
one.
1672
Surely those
who have
in ten lives cultivated virtue,

;
may
cross in the
same boat
*. 2
.
as those
who have
in
a hundred,
may
it
-
sleep in the
same bed.
+.
is '*
flf.
Shih 2 shih 4 hsiu 1
lai
t<ung2 ctfuan 2 tu 4
4
3
'
ai
;
pai 3 shih 4 hsiu 1 lai 2
* chen m m * kung
i *
mien. 2
1673
Men
will no more be virtuous without exhortation, than a bell will sound without being struck.
Jen 2 pu 4
a * m * pu
ch'iian4
io
4
shan 4
chung1 pu4 ta 3 pu4 ming. 2
*r
>i
1674
It is
not hard to talk about good works, but to do them.

Yen 2 shan4
nan. t i i iii shan # wei m

fei
1
nan, 2 hsing 2
1675
To save one man s
storied pagoda.
Chiu 4 jen 2
life is
better than to build a seven-
a -
fro
yi 1 ming, 4 sheng 4 tsao 4
b m ch * fou
r
Jf
t*u. 2
chi 2
GOOD WORKS.
283
1676
His conduct is naturally exalted who will not condescend to beg
Jen 2 tao 4
A m m ^ & t m wu chHu kao.

2 2
^// 10
"1
f
p%
tzii
~7'~7
To
neglect to save
life is
one of the greatest of crimes.
Chien* ssu 3 pu 4 chiu,
i a *
it 4
ft
yi 1 <hang 2 ta 4 tsui. 4
* p
5 i
CHAPTEE
1678
If to be right
is
III.
REPROOF AND GOOD COUNSEL.
your
desire,
Then
of three aged
men
enquire.
lao. 3
Yao 4
If to
m n
all
&o
te 2 *hao ? 3
wen 4 san1
m h %
1.679
have
things right be your desire,
Then
of three aged
Fan2
% m yao m
shih 4
hao, 3 hsii 1 *ven 4 san 1 lao. 3
men you must fh m @ h
enquire.
1680
Although you may never have tasted of bacon, You have seen pigs pass and should not be mistaken.
Ma 2
Note.
perience,
w a yu
& * chW jou, 4

to
yeh 3
4 m a kW
o
3t
chien 4 chu 1 tsou. 4
Used by a superior
we have
an
inferior, this
it
of one's-self, or by one equal to another,
means
is
conveys rebuke. Used by one that, though lacking actual ex-
a knowledge of whatever
referred to.
To reprove one
.
1681
for another's warning.
Lit.:
To beat
the grass to frighten the snake.
#r Ta 3
n m
1682
kill
*&
ts*ao 3 ching 1 she. 2
The same. monkey.
Lit: To
the fowl to frighten the
m m m
Sha 1
chi
1
bsia 4 <hou. 2
16S3
The same. Lit: He points at Chang Liang and llan Hsin; who does he mean ?
K
curses

Chih 3 Chang 1 Liang 2
Note.
or
285
lai
2<
?
si
k ma m <Han n
4
f
Ho
2
Hsin, 4 wei 4 cho 2 shai3

ministers of
m m w
Chang
Liang and Han Hsin^ two

5
Liu Pang (^lj Wb)
Kao
Ti (J^
*^
first
of the
Han
emperors, whose reign datesfrom 206 B. C.
1684
The same.
Lit.
:
He
points at the great melon and

,i ?i
curses the gourd.
*t
Chih 3 tung1 kua 1
jos;
ma 4 hu 2
m
lu. 2
1685
The same.
the ash.
Lit.
:
He
points at the mulberry and curses
A
wise
Chih 3 sang1
mm mm
ma 4
Truai. 2
1686
man
will not reprove a fool.
yii.
2
Hsien 2 pu 4 tse 2
R * * &
1687
Faults must be corrected by competent persons. Lit.: Crooked trees must come under the straightening hand of the carpenter.
Wan1 mu4
tfou 2 tzii 4 pi 4
yu 3
chih 2
nm4
chiang. 4
You have done

trap.
it
1688
#r
is like
badly Lit: Your work
a rat
Tso4
m % m
Buy
tS 2 bsiang 4 ta 3
lao 3 shu 3
m a m * *
ti
1
chia 4
tzii.
1689
a fan to cover your face.
3 3
1JE I ? I I Mai pa shan

4
tzii
che 1
lien. 3
Note.
Said
to
another this conveys reproof; said of one's-self, apology.
286
ON. MORALS.
1690
Your rump
keep
?
is
hung
with, keys,
but what gate do you
P<i 4
lit us @. ku3 kua4 yao 4 ch%, 2

is
m
so 3
ff kuan 3 na 3
M - men? P^
yi1
Note.
This
used to convey reproof of neglect of duty.
Princes have censors,

1
m m E Chun yu
3
1691
fathers, sons that reprove
ctfen 2 chien, 4 fu 4
E l
them.
^F
tzii
3
yu 3
chien. 4
1692
It takes little
time to reprove a
man
B
but
it
takes a
long time to forget reproof. IB 1 fl# ô tt

Shuo 1 *hua 4
shih 2 tuan 3
;
B#
chi 4 <hua 4 shih 2
chWg. 2
&
1693
Flattery
It
is
sickness
reproof
1B
is
medicine.
Kan1
yen 2 chi 2 yeh 3
4o
:
k'u s yen 2 yao 4 yeh. 3
M 4
1694
A
bitter
mouth
is
good physic.
^ K*u
;
p
3
k*ou 3 shih 4 liang 2 yao. 4
& k m
1695
Reprove yourself as though seeking for something to blame reprove your friends as though seeking to
to excuse their faults.
* n m + * w a * a che yu kuo. wu kuo chung % m m a 4 & n & m % yu kuo chung wu kuo. Tse yu che
Tse 2
2
chi 3
yii 2
chîu 2
yii
chîu 2
1696
Stop your mouth, and talk not of the faults and shortcomings of others: and why should you speak of yours to them ?

**
287
p
fci
Shou 3 k*ou 3 mo 4
tzu tuan 3 'ho 2 ts'eng2
&4
a & m ft U a shuo BBV
tk
an 2 jen 2 kuo 4 tuan 3

sfc
1
yii
jen. 2
Before you blame others, submit yourself to blame.
Mo 4
shuo 1 tâ 1 jen, 2 hsien 1 shu 1 liao 3
tzii
chi.
1698
Be vexed
with, yourself that
;
nor leaf
you have neither branch do not accuse the sun of partiality.

wu 2
e
c
ir
Tzti 4 hen4
tt
*
;
chih 1 yeb 4
mo 4 yuan 4
f&
tfai
yang m d
4
2
;
pîen.
1699
Blame
yourself as you
would blame others
excuse
others as
you would
Tse 2 jen 2
yourself.
chih 1 hsin 1 tse 2 chi 3
4
yiian 4 chi 3 chih 1 hsin 1
a * a t& a z i& & a yuan

1700
jen. 2
Why do not those who are continually judging of other

men's faults, turn about and judge themselves
?
P ing 2
?
fp
v M
4
sheng 1 chih 3
*ho 2
^ n ^ pu
why
*hui 2 t*ou 2
MA iu i I
ft
*hui
4
fi
liang 2 jen 2 tuan, 3

liang. 2
pa 3 tzu 4
beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother's eye, but considerest not the beam that is in thine own eye ? Matt. 7 3.
:
Note.
u And
1701
First put yourself right, then others.
ft
Hsien 1 cheng 4 tzu 4
JE&BoÎEtfjA tV
chi, 8
*hou4 cheng4
jen. 2
1702
He who
is
flatters
me
is
my
enemy,
my
who reproves me
teacher.
288
ON MORALS.
Tao 4 wu 2 *hao 3 che 2 shih 4 wu 2 5S ^. it 2 4 Tao wu o 4 che 2 shih 4 wu 2
m # % ^ m m
^
tsei
6iil
2
;
sbih. 1
To butt
against the nose in washing the face. '

Hsi 3
m m m chu a # ?
lien 3
ai 4
4
pi 2 tzu. 3
Note. The meaning here is of encountering unpleasantness or danger in doing what one ought for instance, of encountering the dislike of any person of whose conduct we have felt bound to make complaint.
:
1704
He
my
won't listen to helm,
my
4
advice. Lit.:
He
won't obey
Pu4
* * ying
ft ft *B wo 3 ti 1 to. 4
.

CHAPTER
VICES
(1)
IV.
FLATTERY..
(My
is
IL705
As
to flattery, it
inferiors flatter superiors. Lit.:
only given by such, as captains of thousands, of hundreds, or of fifties. ig li =f as *s

1 3 4 Liin 2 pa 1 chieh 2 pu 4 kuo 4 shih ctfien pai
* g 1706
pa 3 tsung. 8
On
the departure of a high official, to fire a salute of four guns, is flattery that will not go.
Ta 4
% $ m n a m m yeh chV men m % * m m pu

lao 3
2 2
fang 4
ssii
p*ao,
feng4 -cheng 2
tao 4 chia. 1
1707
Only
to flatter the rich. Lit.:
Only to add
ffi
2
fuel to a
hot stove.
Chih 3
$&
je4
tsai 4
tsao 4
Jt * & cho 17 OS
li 3
>K
f
pa 3
huo. 3
To try importunately to flatter. Lit.: His flattery fails, so he adds more salt and pours on more vinegar.
PPT
Pi
O1
*hung 3 pu 4 kou4 tfien1 yen 2 cho 2
7 e
IS
I K H
tsû.
(2)
HYPOCRISY AND DECEIT.
1709
He something out of nothing makes And painteth feet upon his snakes. Wu
$k
2
chung 1 sheng1
Wo
yii*
;
'hua 4 she 2 tîen 1 tsu. 2
*fc
JS
JE
290
If
ON MORALS.
1710
yon deceive the aged, do not deceive the young the deceitful heart is not bright and clear. bj -& sg &. Ch'i 1 lao 3 mo 4 ch'i 1 yu 4 ch'i 1 jgn 2 hsin 1 pu 4 ming. 2
n m
m a
1711
To
lacerate one's skull in order to deceive.
m m nao m s pm a TW
p*o 4
3
ctfio 4
ien 4 jen. 2
Note.
This
is
sometimes done by knavish beggars in order to extort money.
1*712
To point a
stag out as a horse.
Chih 3 lu 4 wei 2 ma. 3
% m m n
Note. This was
done by
Chao Kao (J!Btj)> a powerful but
traitorous
minister of the Ch'in ( J ) dynasty, to his master the emperor JErh shih Now the saying simply means to deceive.
(^H
ftf*)-
1713
Sun Wu-ung
dha's palm.
can't turn his
summersets in Bud-
ft sr ken m Kûng i pa G I 7 I Fu I Yeh ^ pu chang kuo

as Sun1
Wu
4
tou, 1
ft
hsin. 1
ta 3
Note.
said to
fi).
Sun Wu-kf ung, a
deified or canonized
monkey, whose summersets are
extend over 108,000 lu His exploits are related in the Hsi-yu-chi This proverb is said to mean you cannot delude me.
1*714
It will not
do to say yes before a man's
face,
and no
behind his back.
*
It will
pi
k<o 3
is
mien 4
Pu 4
s m w
shih
4
pei 4
fei.
1715
not do to say one thing and
mean
1
another.
7
Ta 4
pI
k<o 3
P kW ^ & #
shih 4 hsin
1
fei.
HYPOCRISY AND DECEIT.
291
1716
Never burn
Chen1
p'u 2
false incense before a true god.

4
m m m mien m m mo m m n t 1717
sa 1
clrien 2
4
shao 1 chia 3 hsiang. 1
To
deceive the good and fear the bad.
CM
Delude superiors
inferiors.
;
m shan i
1
t&
p<a 4
m
o.
171S
it is
not worth while to delude

z> pu4 man2
Man2
It
is
m shang
m r
bsia.
1719
not beauty that beguiles
men
men
beguile
themselves.
e pu au mi Se
4 4
jen 2 jen 2 tzu 4 mi. 2
aa
(3)
INGRATITUDE.
1720
He
Note
freezes
my warm
i*
ifiL
blood into an icy cold.
Yi 1 clfiang1
is
4 4 je* hsieh *hua
fts * m wei ping

2 1
t*an. 4
This proverb refers to unappreciated service or kindness.
1721
If
he had not had a fisherman to lead him on, could he ever have seen the waves ?
Pu4
how
* yin @ m % fu
1
5i
yii 2
yin, 3 tsen3 te
% # a po m m
2
chien 4
tfao.
Note.
These
are said to be the words of
Tung Kao Kung

Tzu-ksii (f5.
( jf
JjL
5*
)>
who
thus complains of the ingratitude of

the State of
his service
Wu
~p W)'
Inab.
officer in
1 Sou
by whom
( J|), to
whom
he had rendered signal
service, but
had been
forgotten.
292
ON MORALS.
1722
To
feed and clothe one s-self without ever recognising the trouble our food has cost the ox, our clothes
3
$
the weaver.
ChW
fc
-toffi fan 4 pu 4 chih 1
chîian 1
3K
i
1
* k*u * hsin A * ^ if pu chih fang mien 1723 ;

niii
2
1
ft}
jen. 2
To return
one's friendship with enmity.
Jv-W
ft,
te,
2
fan 3
Jl
$ S
.ft
(4)
MEANNESS.
1724
He
But
wants
is
his
donkey
it
lii
to travel
away,
his hay.
not willing to
SI
yao 4
give him
it
31
?
tzii
3
Yu4
tsoa 4 te 2 -hao, 3
n n
fe
T
yu 4 yao 4
^ x I t ? pu
lii 2
tzii 3
ch%
^
ts*ao.
1725
You cannot endure the great melon, and grind down the small long one.
so
you would
Wu
2 nai 4 tung1 kua, 1 'ho 2 cbo 1 te
<hu 4 tzii 3
mo. 2
1726
To promise much and give
>b wt Shuo 1 ta 4 ^hua 4 yung 4 hsiao 3
little.
2
* n m
m
chîen.
1727
To show
perty.
by making presents with another's proLit.: To seize another's cap and throw it on
off
the stage.
MEANNESS.
293
4
3
m
Cbua 1
m,
pieh'2 jen 2
a m ? * n & mao tzu ch*u ta

4
3
tsâi.
1728
To be generous with other people's ing with what is one's own.
Yung4
pieh 2 jen 2
ti
1
things,
and grasp-
ta 4 fang 1
yung 4 tzu 4
chi 3
ti
shou 3 chin. 3
1729
To toady.
Lit.
:
To place
one's
warm cheek
Si
along side
another's cold one.

Je4
!&#
lien 3
ai 2 leng 3 lien. 3
1730
Unable
either to use or part with.
seizes a piece of ginger,
bitter,
throw
*Hou 2
it
m ?
tzii
because away, and yet cannot part with

fears to eat
it,
Lit.:
The monkey
it is
it.
Ik
3
chien 3 tao 3
la 4
chW
To
pg
liao 3 p'a 4
ta
a m - m chiang x % * n m m t yu she pu
yi 1 kûai 4
4
1
;
tin 1 liao 8
te.
1*731
slight. Lit.
'
To throw
ft
?%
into a tub of cold water.
m Tiu
ft
1
$l
p'en 2
m.
li 3
tsai 4 leng 3 shui 3
* t
chîi
4
liao.
(5)
qUAF^RELLING AND VIOLENCE.
1732
Cat's paw. Lit.:
Borrowing CWin
soldiers
with Ts*ou's
to fight,
He
scatters his bitter resentment outright.
ft
Chieh 4 Ch'm- fa 1 Ts<ou, 3
ft
men 4
m m m m tW
ch<i
4
ctfu 1
294
ON MORALS.
1733
With monkeyish excitement, like a leopard leaping, He demands with blows to have all that's in our
keeping.
*Hou2
m % pao m
chi 2
t*iao,
4 -
*r
chîang 2 ta 3
m m o
4
yao. 4
"Man
Kill
alive's a trifle,
1734
like a blade of grass
him though, and then

4
1
see
ft m s s ~ ken Tsai sheng *e t & - m * ko bsu

shih 4
yi 1
1
what will come

ts*ao 3
;
to pass."
liao
shih 4 yi1
pao. 3
1735
When
Be
against any your anger glows, sure you never do come to blows.
1 Yii 3 jen 2 fa
m a
it
nu, 4 chîeh 4
&
m ^ n mo cheng
4
1
tou. 4
1736
One thread
And more
a
Jen2
e -
of the feeling of kindness retain, pleasant will be your meeting again.
Ho
ch'ing 2 liu 2
4 3 yi 1 hsien, chiu
a m a * hou
(
1*737
To excite a quarrel.
Lit.:
<hao 3 hsiang 1 chien. 4
To set on a dog to worry a pig.
!$
So 1 kou 3 yao 3
3f
chu. 1
1738
They are not good which curse.
*H
*T
Hsiang 1 ta 3
fists
which
fight,
nor good words

*6
wn 2
1 <hao 3 ctfiian, 1 hsiang
H * ma
wu 2
*hao 3 yen. 2
1739
A
hopeless quarrel. Lit:
Chi 1 tzu 3
A
shih2
cock fighting a rock.

3
*.
yii
* m m s tzu
3
ton. 4
QUARRELLING AND VIOLENCE.
295
1740
When
the heron and oyster quarrelled, the fisherman got the benefit.
it
Yii 2 pang 4 hsiang 1
is
m # m a m m ch% yu jen
2
2 2
te 2
li.
1741
who
live
When
a road
it.
uneven, those
on each side
level
Lu 4
117
J
tao 4 pu 4 p ing 2 p*ang 2 jen 2 chân 3 hsiu.1

r
? f
All
woman.
IS
2
Note. This is said when bystanders take up an ill-used man's quarrel, and punish for him his oppressor.
1742
Never quarrel
Nan2 pu4
with, a
rT
k'o 3
H
yii
-k
3
nii
tou. 4
1743
Never
fight a knife
k<o 3
i
3
with an axe.
fu 3 tou. 4
Tao 1 pu 4
1744
Intimate with few affairs, you will have but few troubles acquainted with many men, you will
;
have
many
quarrels.
:
Chih 1 shih 4 shao 3 shih 2 fan 2 nao 3 shao 3

'
m $ >p m m m >p I A J I * I
shih 4 jen 2
to 1 ch fa

Chia 1 chung 1 pu 4 *ho 2
other.
2
li
^ m m * pu
lin 2
li
fa
4
'ho 2
1 I 1 chV m & # shuo

lin
3
1
shih 4
fei.
296
ON MORALS.
1746
Convert great quarrels into small ones, and small ones
into nothing.
* * Ta
4
.ft
>k
>J*
shih 4 <hua 4 hsiao 3 , hsiao 3 shih 4
ft
r
ftg
hua4 wu. 2
1747
A
Note.
quarrel
;
fiddling business
ti
1
:-**:
shih.
4
Ctfe 3 <hu 4 ctfin 2
I don't
for fiddling in
wonder that this illustration is used to express a vexatious China is worse than organ-grinding at home.
1748
One may
reconcile enmities, but not produce them.
Yiian 1
chW
ft
pt
2
kô 3 chieh, 3
m x n m pa
4
k*o 3 chieh. 2
1749
Whoever
Ma 4
Note.
chung
curses a Kiangsi
man,
insults the public
generally.
m - sheng M
yi 1
tt
1
Chiang 1 Hsi 1 lao 3 piao 3 ta 4 chia 1 yu 3

a
W %
Hupeh
* %
?
JUpj)
fi ft
fen.
1
This
7u
is
essentially
proverb.
About the beginning of the

and Chang Hsien-
present dynasty,
({jj|
two
rebels,
Li
Chih-ch'eng
(^
and left so few of the inhabitants alive that it had to be repopulated with Kiangsi men. So that for a Hupeh man to curse a Kiangsi man, is to curse an old relation, and to offend the public.
na)' devastated this province,
1750
To anchor
in order to quarrel.
3
2
Wan
m m ma. m tao m ch'uan m

1
she 2
1751
bamboo smokes.
$l
*h
of caloric.
Each
half of the riven
it
Pî 1
Note.
Said
chu 2 tsung 3 chia 1 yen. 1 of men who, when a quarrel is over, retain some remains
pV
ft
is
1752
Draw your bow
is
but do not discharge the arrow
for it
not so effective to strike as to frighten a man.
QUARRELLING AKD VIOLENCE.
297
ta 3 jen2 pu 4 j 8 hsia 4 jen 2 cMang. 2
m n *r a *
K'ai 1
kuii^ y l
mo 4
J1
*D
1 5& $ A 5S
fang 4 cMen,4
17'53 Quarrels cannot escape the verdict of public opinion.

Sbib 4
* i m cbung g # nan
iei
1
p
2
t*ao 2
k ou. 3
r
1754
Neither beat a a disgrace.
man on
nio 4
a -wound, nor curse
him about
*r
Ta 3
ma 4
a m m cWu a i I I mo i ma i
fr
ta 3 jen 2 tfung 4
4
2
4
;
jen'
bsiu 1 ch'u. 4
1755
The old man claims to be more so.
to be right,
&
Kung1
ft
sbuo 1 kung
a,f yu
J
ai pV
li,
sbuo 1
in
li 3
and the old woman
keng 1 cfrang. 2
175S
when
*r,
4
Lips wound the heart, as a rap from a fan.

V> en 2 cb
a mosquito provokes
m & m m ung sban

c
'm
tsai 3
tsao1
ta,
sbang 1 jen 2
m a &
hsin,
1757
Indiscriminate cursing. 'Lit.: One a whole boat-load of people.
Yi 1 cbu 2 ^bao 1 tzu 3 in 6
yi 1
bamboo
pole beats
-ft f fif- cbûan A

2
jen. 2
1758
If
you are offended with a person, you must what for.
tell
him
i,
Kuai 4 jen 2 bsu 1 yao 4
A S 8 * A
1759
ft
pei 3 jen 2 cbih. 1
Two
scholars lighting for a pencil.
298
ON MOEALS.
35 fi Liang 3 ko 4 hsiao 2 sheng 1 ta 3 chia 4 wei 4
^ n
lveo
n m
pi.
Note. This
is
another and very well kriuwn specimen of the innuendo.
The
to
'it is impossible/ are used two last words, identical in sound with yfc convey that meaning the rest of the proverb need not be spoken.
;
When men come
face to face, their differences vanish.

Shih 4 p*a 4 tang 1 mien. 4
ta
ir
us
(6)
SELFISHNESS.
1761
Each, for himself doth his hunger satisfy Each for himself is obliged to live and die.
;
Ko 4
I # a & % & a t Ko jen sheng ko jen

-
IA
jen 2 clfih 1 fan 4 ko 4 jen 2 pao 3

2
1
PM#A
ssii
o 3
liao.
1762
Coveting another's measure of rice, you lose full six months' keep Whilst wrangling over a quarter of pig, you lose a
flock of sheep.
Tân1
1
tfa
yi 1
toil
mi 3
r
shih 1 cl/ueh 4
pan 4 nien 2
liang 2
2
^ ^ - m m k Cheng un
tfa 1
*k
yi 1 chiao 3
fan 3 shih 1
yi 1 cfriin
~ m & yang.
1763
Fields are vain and lands are vain,
Men
so briefly
them
retain.
Gold is vain, silver is vain, Dead, you cannot them regain. Wives are vain, and children vain, In Hades they ne'er meet again.
SELFISHNESS.
299
3
4 M 4 yen k'ung, >P A ft & 7 *Huan shao chu weng. # 4 I 4 Chin yeh k'ung yin yeh *E ft t shou ^ 4 Ssu hou ^ <& i?4 CM yeh k'ung tzu yeh k'ung, $t k m x ft m *Huang
EB
THen 2 veh 3 kVmg 1

4
ti
liao 3 to
n
jen 2
3
k'ung, 1
3
*ho 2 tsêng 2 tsai 4

1
cluing. 1
clfien 2 In 4
shang 4 pu 4 hsiang 1 feng. 2
1764
Its
every man for himself, In the common struggle for
pelf.
Ko 4
# ^
#o
fit
ni-
shih 4 ko, 4
ka 4
ô
ni,
3
wo 3 ku 4
& m
&
wo. 3
1765
Go you
my
along your great highway, and one-pole bridge.

ft
ls i
T
I'll
get across
* s$ & m m & mu wo kuo wo

3
tsou 4 ni 3
3
*.$
ti 4
3
FIJI
ta 2
Tans; 2
knan 1
4
ta 4
lu, 4
ti
cfriao.
1766
Other mens glaring eyes do not affect your eyes; other men's stupidity does not affect your family.
TV
x & f* s A a m hi pu mu 7> # ft m % ^ m $ pu m> wu.

jen 2 hsieu 4 hsien 4
lu 1
4
she 4 ni'
4
:
t'a 1 shih 1 lu 1
she 1
1767
"
Do not neglect your own,

field."
in order to
weed
ffl
another's
Wu
^ & a
4
iffi
1
she 4 cbi
erh 2
yun 2 jen 2
A ^
chih 1
tfien.
300
ON MORALS.
1V68
Every fisherman with the great net has
Pan1 cheng 1
m #
&>
ti
1
his
own
spot.
sLou 3 fou 4 txm. 2
^ m
feet
17S9
To
act selfishly.
Lit.:
Both
arid
hands bend
towards the bosom.

Chiao 8
m wan 3 wan m m wan. # huai m m wang m shou

1
,:5
li
1770
The
stag-h miter
aa ill
not look at the hare.

2
Chu2
m u che % ^ pu
In
1
ii ku4
t<u, 4
1771
To grasp
others.
at gain regardless of suffering inflicted on Lit: To gouge out another's eye fearless of
blinding him.
Kua 3 yen 3
m m
ching 1 pa 4
^ t& m pV 1772
it
hsia.
When
is important business to be transacted, he the trouble but let him hear of a himself spares little profit, and he will risk his life to get it.
there
# * * it # m m c ^ ^ m >h m wang ming wen

Kan 2
2
2 ta 4 shih 4 hsi 2 shen1 erh
pi 4
.ffi
hsiao 3
li
erh 2
lai.
1773
He who
covets small gain, well hardly be able to accomplish great transactions.
n n
Tân 1
>j,
3
t
ts*ai j
kua. 4
SELFISHNESS.
L
301
1775
it
Since
not a hundred years, scheme for a thousand.

live
men
is
vain to
Jen 2 wq 2 pai 3
111 %
# W # sben
4
1
ft
wang 3
ft
'^
sui 4 shou, 4
tso 4 cVien1 nien2 chi. 4
f
21.),
177S
Naked we come, and naked we
go.
Ob%
&.
lai,^
erb 2
ch% 4
# # M *
:
sben 1 erb 2 ch*u\ 4

is
Note. This sentiment, exactly like that expressed by Job (1 ed to act as a check on covetousness.
intend-
1777
Man
is
goes empty-handed done.

it
Shih 4 chieh 4 tso 4
when
his
work on earth
M%
wan 2
kûng 1 shou 3 ctfii 4
^ *
1778
and trunks with
;
He who
lays
fills
his boxes
clothes, only
live to
them up for others for how can he wear each one of them out ?
&
to
it
Ying 2 hsiang 1 man 3 lung 2

*ho 2 tsêng 2 chien 4 chien 4
m it # a m # # chûan % i! k
t'i
jen 2 tsâng 2
1
tao^ lao. 3
1779
Of
all
the noble houses of the past, one half in ruins
lie,
overgrown with
Ts'ung 2
4
grass.
3
>p m # % shao n m m ^ ht wa & w m % m sheng pan

lai
2
to 1
<hao 3
1
loti
t<ai,
chêng 2
li
ebbing 1 tsâo. 3
,
1780
There
more money on earth than you can gain and more offices in the palace than you can fill.
is
is
Sbih 4 sbang 4 etfien 2 to 1 cbuan 4 pu4 chin 4

2
m % m ^ m m m kuan t % m x t cbâo pu
li'
1
to 1
tso 4
liao.
302
There
ON MORALS.
1781
is
no one to sweep a common
hall.
Kung1 chnng4
t'ang 2
I 8 A 8 I wu wu
1
jen 2
sao. 3
1782
First yourself, afterwards others.
Hsien 1 yu 3 tzu 4
chi,
3
Tiou 4
1783
Don't boast of being
you.
first,
ya3
t'a 1 jen. 2
for others indeed are before
Mo 4
1 I f
fir
#,
tao 4 chiin 1 hsing 2 tsao, 3 keng1 yu 3 tsao 3 hsing 2 jen. 2
I t I ^ A
O) SLANDER.
1784
Slander rises from nothing but a great deal of chatter As offence comes from meddling with another man's
matter.
n m % m kW m m p. wei m is # a ss chV a m Fan nao

Shih 4
2
fei
cbih 3
to 1 kâi 1
chieh 1 yin 1 clriang 2
t ou.
1785
His winds and waves
in
may
.
ch*i,
3
rise, I shall still sit
secure
my
ft Jen 4
fishing terrace.
fli
tV
a
1
si
feng lang 4
11 wen 3
1 tso 4 tiao
ft
& yu
-
2
tfai.
Note.
Said by one conscious of innocence amidst slander.
1788
Slander
*fe
slits
pantaloons.
T<iuo
sbih
# m po
!
w\
fei'
3 Bsu 1 k*u 4 tzu.
m ?
SLANDER.
303
1787
How can be I guilty of of my house
?
crime, since I never stirred out

IB
fan 4
Tso 4
NOTE.
I i I S wu
tsai 4
1
li
yeL 4
Said in contradiction of slander. 1*788
Slander spreads like

places,
fire.
and eight
will
Lit.: Light a burn to smoke.
fire
in seven
CM
-K
chû 4 faug 4 *huo 3 pa 1 ch*u 4 shao 1 yen. 1
m %
.
>&
a m i m
1789
Baseless slander. Lit.:
To have waves three
feet
high
without wind, and thunder in a level plain.
Wu
feng 1 san 1
ch%
lang, 4
p%g 2
ti
yi 1 sheng1
lei.
1790
Slander
may
injure
any
ft
cause.
Sbih 4 p<a 4
t&
yi 1 chii 4 yen. 2
1791
What man, behind his back, is not spoken against And who, before others, does not speak against men db m m h m A m pI^ j\ m m 4 w. ^
j[
? ?
Shui 3 jen 2 pei
*hou 4
wu 2
jen 2 shuo 1
m m na ko
3
nr
jen 2 ch'ien 2
j> pu4 shuo 1 jen2
m a
1792
Lai 2 shuo 1 sbih 4
fei
1
Those who slander, are slanderers.

che, 2 pien 4 shih 4 shih 4 lei 1 jen. 2
1793
Slander
is
of daily occurrence, but if

it, it
nobody would
listen to
Shih 4
would soon
cease.
& # chung m
fei
1
B Wo
1
jih 4 yu, 3
SB
tfing 1
&
pu 4
tzu 4 jan 2 wu. 2
9k
304
Mo 4
tsûng 2
ON MORALS.
1794
'
Don't wait for slander to enter your former love into hatred.
tai shih 4 fei 1
lai
2
ears, lest it
turn
ju 4 erh, 3
fi
>!
en 1
St
ai^
oMen2
fan 3 wei 2
R M
Vl
1795
One may leap into the Yellow washed clean.
Tiao 4
Note.
te 2
2
chW. 2
River,
and yet not be
m n m m m x m pu <Huang
<ho 2
hsi
4
is
ctfing. 1
The meaning
that one cannot clear one's-self of slander.
1796
Idle rumours are
m
r
rife
amongst the men of Ts*ou.
A * n
to 1
Ts ou 3 jen 2
Note.
yao. 2
This sayhg
is
not so complimentary to the
Hupeh and Hunan men
as another, written over the entry to the
Wu-chang examination Hall; namely
ftE Tit
WW
is
'only the
men
of Ts'ou possess talent.'
1797
What
said to a man's face is not slander.
1
1
Tang1 mien 4 shuo 1
b x & & # f m m 'Lua pu ch'eug

o 2
shih'
fei.
1798
Slander
may
spring up without a cause.

it
ti
1
P'ing 2 pai 2
^ 6 m
tsao4 yao 2 yen. 2
t%
1799
Idle slanders do not affect wise men.
Yao 2 yen 2 pu 4 tung 4
* 1 chih ^ %
)
che. 2
1800
To be fond ven and
of talking of female scandals,
injures
wounds Hea-
Reason in the
first
degree.
SLANDER.
305
hai 4
3
m - m 5c m m # m m pi & # hao chiang kuei men

Ti 4 yi 1 sbang 1 rten 1
4
3
1
?
li,
shih 4
fei.
1801
The tawny cur barks behind
*Huang2
one's back.
ctfiian 3 pei4
ft
*hou 4
fei.
1802
When
the ear will not listen, the heart escapes sorrow.
Erh 3 pu4
t>
b
tfing
:
at
1
tu 3
pu 4
* m
fan. 2
1803
Unheeded
slander. Lit.
;
the root
is
When
deep, winds
rage unheeded upright tree ?

Ken 1
4
can slanting moonbeams trouble an
* is a m m m shen m pu yao tung m m se n chW m ying shu cheng 1804

1
p*a 3 feng 1
2
'bo 2
yiieh 4
mm
3
4
:
hsieh 2 ?
To throw the blame of one's drag Chang and pull Li.

*t
faults
on others.
Lit.
To
Ctfe3 Chang 1 la 1 Li. 4
m n m
1805
Don't blame others for your
own
faults.
e
Tzu 4
chi 3
a w
yu s tsV
hsiu 1
g m a w kuai
4
pieh 2 jen. 2
306
ON MORALS.
(g)
STEALING.
180S
To break through, brass and iron Only for more exertion calls.
Tûng 2 chîang 2
walls,
tfieh
m m m yao s i m #
a
3
pi,
chih 3
fei
tien3
li.
1807
Some duck-egg
shells
YouVe
lost a little
1
have been scattered by the wind; property, but never mind.
a Feng
ctfui 1
& ya 1 tan4
kV
# * a
5
ts<ai
efrti
jeo 2
9t an 1
m
lo.
180S
With a thief arrest his stolen store With a whore arrest her paramour.
Na 2
tsei
2
;
yao 4 na 2 tsang 1
na 2 chien 1 yao 4 na 2 shuang. 1
1809
Thieves steal in the rain, but not when it snows Not in the moonlight, but when the wind blows.
T> T'ou 1 yu 3 pu4
i I
to
;
t'ou 1 bsiieh 3
t'ou 1 feng 1
T> pu4 t'ou1
i ^
yiieh. 4
1810
Having
lost
anything do not suspect men of stealing

Shih 1
it.
* wu m nan m ma
4
2
i
jen. 2
1811
Everybody has a black
pig.
<
m
^Hei 1
5g
mao 2 chu 1
m % m m m
theft.
erh 2 chia 1 chia 1 yu. 3
Note. This
is
used to repel a charge of
1812
All the clothes in the box are counted.
STEALING.
307
Hsiang 1
Note.
tzii
li
shang 1 yu 3 chien4 shu. 4
This
is
a caution against prigging.
1813
He who
steals fowls
and dogs,
will never
change his
disposition.
fi T'ou 1
m mo m
chi 1
fa
1
kou, 3 tsung 3
* & & n pu
4
kai 3 hsing. 4
1814
Nothing in the end
is
got
by
3
thieving.
4
i # m TW
te 2
li
is
erh 2 'Lou4
# * m yu
ft
2
<hai.
1815
Bobbers get plundered by thieves.
SB Chiang 8 tao 4
& M M M
yli
4
&}
cho 2
tsei
ta 3 chieh. 2
181S
A
thief
who
is
is
a stranger, must employ an accomplice
who
not one.
Yuan 3
m m m
tsei
2
pi 4
yao 4 chin 4
mm
t&
chiao. 3
1817
Though
sa
thieves infest the streets,
if
they have no
convicted.
tsui. 4
stolen goods, not one of
them can be
wu 2
Cb'iaDg 2 tao 4 yen 2 chieh 1 tson, 4
& m
is
%.
tsang 1 pu4 ting 4
n x & #
1818
Gambling
'*.!
the source of robbery.
Tu 3
che 2 tao 4 chih 1 yiian. 2
308
ON MORALS.
(9)
VARIOUS,
1819
Sweet as a biscuit is a damsel of sixteen But her loins are girded with a death-dealing
blade.
off,
Notwithstanding we see not men's heads dropping Yet, darkly, in the marrow, her havoc is made.
- A.i AH M jen su n & m x * m Yao chang chan fan m ?m x a a m m Sui jan pu a # m w jen $ ku An
Erh4 pa 1
1
chia 1
tfi
ssu 4
3
chien 1
1
chien 4
fu.
M
li 3
chien 4 jen 2 tfou 2

2
lo,
tsûi
sui 3 kû. 1
it is
Note. I have purposely given a free translation of this proverb the moral of good even the original is not plainer than many of the proverbs of Solomon, and it closely resembles that one found in Proverbs, 7 26.
; ; :
1820
Only dispense with your
You'll do
all evil
face,
with grace.
is
chi. 2
ti
Pa 3
lien 3
m yi 1
m. pV
pai 3 shih 4 ta 4
* *
1821
He who whores and gambles till he wastes his fortune, When his purse is empty must come to a stop.
lx iao 2 tu 3 chia 1 ts'ai 2 chin, 4 nang 2 k'ung 1 tzu 4 jan 2 hsiu. 1
1822
Leisure breeds lasciviousness.
m P
B'J
tse 2
& M
ssu 1
yin. 2
VARIOUS.
309
1823
Water once
spilt
cannot be gathered up again
pas-
sions once indulged cannot be restrained.

1 2 Shiii 3 yi 1 cluing tse
hsing 4 yi 1
x> pi m % ~ m m pu - m m * w k i tsung pu
4
k*o 3
3
fu 2
tse 2
k'o-
fan. 3
1824
Vice cannot be concealed. Lit.: An ugly daughter-inlaw cannot conceal that fact from her mother-in-law.
Cffou 3
m m m nan % pu ^ a & i m m m mien kung

hsi 2 fu 4
2 3
chien4
p*o 2
ti
mien. 4
1825
I look indifferently at you, as at a crab,
wondering
how
long you, will be able to carry on your perverse

fa Tan 4
practices.
m ^ m m B a m & m n m m m k*an
_ c
chiang 1 leng 3 yen 3 kuan 1 pâng 2 kai, 3

4
ni 3 *heng 4 hsing 2 tao 4 chi 3
skill.
182S
Depraved conduct. Lit.: A wry-mouthed man blows a trumpet with deflected breath.
Wai1
& m
vk
tsai 3 cfrui 1
m pa m m pa hsieh 1827
la 3
1
ch*i.
Accidental transgression
gression, sin.
is
called error
wilful trans-
in
Ou 3
jan 2 fan 4 skih 4 chiao 4 tso 4 kuo 4
ib
li
hsin 1 fan 4
m h t m m m w m m
fa 3 chiao 4 tso 4
o.
1828
What
is
done ignorantly
in
is
not
IP
4
sin.
*
Pu 4
% x
ckib 1 eke 2
pu4 wei 2
tsui.
310
ON MORALS.
1829
Men may
not be one day without employment.
A ^
He who
Note. he eat." 1 Thess. 3: 1Q.
1J
yi 1
B
jih 4
IS
Jen2 pu1 k'o 3

will not
2
wu2
yeh. 4
1830
work
shall
not
eat.
w * m w u Ting shou
3
chiu 4 tfkig 2 k*ou. 3
u This we commanded
you, that if any would not work, neither should
CHAPTER
1831
Mercy
V.
VIRTUE AND VICE.
Tz<u 2 pei 1 wei 2 pen 3
m m #
the root and core Opportunity the door. %

is
;
fang1 pien4 wei 2 men. 2
m m n
1832
To act upright is the rdle, Of every god, and human
IE
Cheng4
soul.
2 2 2 4 chih 2 wei 2 jen, 2 cheng chih wei shen.
m m a
:
ie
it
n m
1833
virtue's aid
They prosper who on
depend
Who
trust in vice reach an untimely end.
t#
Ssu 4
m %
te2
a.
;
t*
ssu 4
che 2 cffang1
c * wang/
ni 4
che 2
1834
Following virtue is an ascent steep Following vice a precipitous leap.
f . IS 1$ ft JH .# ft Tsûng1 shan4 ju 2 teng1 : tsûng 1 o 4 ju2 peng. 1
1835
It is a little thing to starve to
death
ts
it
is
a serious
matter to lose one's virtue.
.
ssu 3
ft
ti
1
shih 4 hsiao 3
>k
;
2 shih 1 chieh
m *
ti
1
shih 4 ta. 4
1836
Hold benevolence and righteousness important, and
death, in comparison, light.
Chung4 jen 2
1 t
io 4
i,
effing1 ssii 3
5E
wang. 2
312
ON MORALS.
Ning2
1837
Better die than turn your back on Reason.
5E
ssii
3
7 W f 1 pu
4
k*o 3 pei 4
li.
1838
Benevolence, Kighteousness, Propriety, Wisdom, and Fidelity, are the principles which ought to be followed.
Jen 2
timm ^
i
it
li
chih* hsin, 4
a m m tang
li
so 3
tsun. 1
1839
Let there be plenty of food and clothing, and propriety
and righteousness
1
n & nm m & & & erh I 1840

shih 2 tsu 2
2
will flourish.
li
*hou 4
hsing. 1
Accept your destiny do your duty be satisfied with your position and obey the voice of Heaven.
;
;
^ # Shou ming an
3 4
;
#o
1
fen 1
shun 4 shih 4 ;
jfto
is
5c
tîng 1 tfien. 1
1841
Men must set their minds on being honest and straightforward.
Chu1
m m m shen # wu
1
cfri
chih 2
pV
;
1842
Fear not when men speak evil of you should do evil.
fear lest
you
x
Pu 4
pV
t&
wt
shuo 1 ^huai 1
To
liao';
chin 4
pV
ts
tso 4 *huai 4 liao. 3
m m t
1843
In our actions
we
Heaven
in our
should accord with the will of words we should consult the feel-
ings of men.
VIRTUE AND VICE.

ft i? Tso4 shih4
ffi
313
1
hsii
B
yen2
ctfu 1
m m x m I I A (6 yao shun jen 1844

1
bsiin
t'ien
li ;
hsin. 1
Truth must always be

Chen1
true,
2
and falsehood
ti
1
false.
2
* m m u pu
ti
1
chia 3
n*
te,
chia 3
n m m * n chen pu
1
te.
1845
Virtue practised to be seen is not real virtue which fears to be seen is real vice.
Shan4
4
;
vice
A # m jen chien
yii
4
2
m & O kûng
:
jen 2 chih 1 pien4 shih 4 ta 4
Am
T> pu 4
M ' m %
<
shih 4 chen 1 shan 4

4
o.
1846
Better be upright and want, than wicked and have
superabundance.
Ning2
k'o 3 cherig 4 erh 2
pu4
tsu,
pa 4 k'o3
hsieh 2 erh'2
yu3
yii.
184*7
Never
lose virtue,
4
nor promote
e
4 4
vice.
3
# w & m *pt & ^ Shan pu k o o pu chang. 1848

4
c
shih 1 ,
k*o 3
All vice avoid,
all
virtue follow.
Chu 1 o 4 mo 4
tso,
chang 4 shan 4 feng 4 hsing. 2
1849
Virtue is the foundation of happiness, vice the presage of misery.
Shan4 nai 3 fu 2
chih 1 chi 1
;
o 4 nai* <huo 4 chih 1 chao. 4
CHAPTER
VIRTUES
(1)
VI
CONCESSION AND FORBEARANCE.
1850
Forbearance
Above
its
a noble word head behold a sword.

is
Whoe'er in
this is like Chang Kung Must happy be and never bored.
S ? I S ? I - & 7} u ^ m &hang pa Jen tzu a & ^ a neng m Kung t t Chang Wei n & & m & m ii wu Tzu jan
Jen3 tzu 4 kao 1 jen 3 tzu 4 kao 1
3
!
tfou 2
2
yi 1
tao. 1
jen2
4
hsiao 4
jen,
k*uai 4 *huo 2
fan 2 nao. 3
Note. Chang Kung was a certain superior man noted for writing out one hundred instances of the application of the word u Forbearance/' as well as for his own exemplification of its meaning.
1851
a snow mountain though ten thousand Forbear chang high, Melts into a river soon as the sun's in the sky.
!
Jen 4
T*ai 4
Note.
m yang m ~
f$
fifc
tV
hsiieh 3
Oi shan 1 kao 1
ffi
m H
<fc
wan4
chang, 4
yi 1
chV
r *hua 4 ch ang2 chiang. 1
it
equal to 10 Chinese feet, or to 11 feet 9 inches English. is a general term for any lofty height. An inscription at the front of the principal peak of the Wu-tang shan informs the visitor that it is Wan chang kao.
One
Chang
is
Kao wan
chang, however,
1852
Imitate Chang Kung, bearance.
who wrote
so
much on
For-
Hsiao 4 Chang 1 Kung 1 to 1 shu 1 jen 3 tzu. 4
ss
a % m & *
315
1853
Forbearance under a slight provocation, a hundred days' trouble.
may save one
Jen 3
mien 3
#te 2 te 2
JUf yi 1 shih 2 chih 1
chV
pai 3 jih 4 chih 1 yu. 1
1854
A moment's
>>
want
of forbearance
may
prove a
life-
long regret.
Shao 3 chien1 fu 2 jen 3 chung 1 shen1 chih 1
m $ s m & z 1855
hsiu. 1
Endure provocation, repress wrath, forgive an and yield a point.

Jen 3
offence,
- m m -* m jao
2
yi 1 chii, 4 hsi 2
yi1 nu, 4
yi1 cho, 2 t'ui 1 yi 1 pu. 4
185S
When
Te 2
it is
proper to forbear, forbear.
n & k
s.
jen 3 cfrieh 3 jen, 3
n m & m
te 2 nai 4 ch*ieh 3 nai. 4
1857
Want
of forbearance causes small offences to
T>
"3P J$ ;*; >J* jen 3 pa 4 nai, 4 hsiao 3 shih 4 chêng 2 ta. 4
become
great.
Bo
Pu 4
^
is
1858
The very word " Forbearance "
precious in a house.
s
Jen 3
*?
tzii 4
chia 1 chung1 pao. 3
m # *
1859
Without forbearance you will be in trouble think twice and you will have nought to hundred years.
at once
;
fear for a
316
Pu 4
ON MORALS.
fl#
* & -
jen 3 yi 1 shih 2 yu 3 *huo 4 ; san 1 ssu 1 pai 3 sui 4
H & W
i!
2$
wu 2
faag. 1
i860
Throw
off restraint,
;
fer loss
indulge fits of passion, and sufhave a forbearing thoughtful mind, and
avoid sorrow.
f& Tzu 1
w & n m k*uang n yu
i
fa 1
shih 1
*r yu 3
hsin 1 jen 3 nai 4
* m & & b wu
2
yu. 1
1861
Whoever
is
willing to suffer, covets not another's ad-
vantage,
p
Ctfih 1 kûei 1 shih 4
>1
fi tf f& fi! pu4 chan4 pien4 i. 2
1862
To show mercy
is
reckoned man's duty
to
win
is
reckoned man's ingenuity.

Jao 2 jen 2 suan4 jen 2
1
# m A A pen % a & m m a suan Shu

chih 1
3
;
jen 2
jen 2 chih 1
chi. 1
1863
Lifelong concession of road and dyke hundred paces, nor a single plot.
Chung1 shen 1 jang4
1
1
;
neither loses a
tt I ^ ^ wang m t I i pa pu ~ & & $t A m Z> *k chung shen jang pan pu

lu 4
4
3
pai 3
4
;
shih 1 yi 1 tuan. 4
1864
He
will neither concede on the road nor at a feast.
:
fr
2
Hsing pu 4 jang4
7gft'&7ftA)
lu,
4
tso 4
pu 4 jang 4
hsi.
1865
You may walk your
horse over a general's or a preyour boat in the belly of a pole and mier's neck ; duke or marquis.

Chiang 1 hsiang 4 hsiang 4
1
317
3
;
m ft m m % m ma ou k'an & m b% ft chang m m Kung

r
tsou 4
*hou 2 tu 3
li
*hao 3
ch*uan. 2
Note. This strange proverb is intended to express the boundless generosity and forbearance of the gentlemen mentioned.
186S
Affect a
little
indistinctness, rather
than
ii
insist
upon
absolute correctness.
Fang 4 mo
t m m ^^
1
(
;
2
liu
hsieh,
* w 1867
1
pu 4
k*o 3
ting 3 cben. 1
Here on earth
it
is
it is noble to yield even one step happiness to treat men with even a
and
little
generosity.
Ch u 3
f
f#
tai 4
n m m- & pu wei kao a % ft & m jen kûan

is
shih 4 jang 4 yi 1
2
1
1
;
yi 1 fen 1 shih 4 fu. 2
1868
One may give way
bluster
;
and bear with his not from weakness but for self-control.
to another,
Jang 4 jen 2
i a
i$
fei
1
wo 3
<& a p shou 1869

jo,
4
3
ft
m&
ss
chi 3 jen 4 tfa 1 chîang. 2
I yield
not for
fear,
but because I'm not fool enough
to risk imprisonment.
Jao 2 jen2
m m a m wo
fei
1
%
jo,
cttih 2 *han 4 ju 4 lao 2
n m a * men. n
318
ON MORALS.
(2)
CONTENTMENT.
18*70
With enough to eat ways be content
three times a
day you must
al-
And down
with your sail when a steady wind has long time kept it bent.
ft
Pao 3
m h m % w & - tt I f pf t f Te fan feng

2
tsân 1 san 1 fan 4 cttang 2 chih 1 tsou 2

yi 1
1
pien4 k*o 3 shou. 1
1871
A
constantly contented mind Free from disgrace you'll always find.
|Q
Chih 1 tsu 2 ch'ang 2
S f
J
tsu, 2
II
chung1 shen 1 pu 4
# 7 I
ju. 4
1872
Having obtained your wish be
content.
m pu x w m & n Te
2
i
k*o 3
tsai 4
wang. 3
8873
Be content with what
present time.
Jen 2 sheng1
is
sufficient to pass over the
a m m ft kuo 1874
te
2
st
sui 2 shih 2 kuo. 4
Compared with
with inferiors
it
superiors I have less, but

I
compared
have more.
Jfc
2
Pi J shang4 pu 4
* &
tsu,
pi-
hsia 4
T W yu
ft
3
yii.
1875
Be content with whatever you
have.
m & & m Te kuo

2
ch<ieh 2 kuo. 4
FILIAL PIETY.
319
(3)
FILIAL PIETY.
1876
First of virtues, as all books confess, Filial piety and righteousness.
Ch'ien1 chin 1
* 8
wan 4
****
tien,
3
hsiao 4
wei 2
hsien. 1
1877
Of a myriad
virtues
4
filial
piety
2
is
the
first.
Wan4
Of a myriad
% m shan # m wei
hsiao 4
bsien. 1
1878
vices fornication
filial
is
the chief; of a hunfirst.
dred virtues,
Wan
iisi
4
piety
is
"ff
the
ft
to
;
o 4 yin 2 wei 2 sbou 3
pai 3 hsing2 hsiao 4 wei 2 hsien. 1
m m %
earth.
ti
1879
Filial piety
moves heaven and

t'ien 1 'ho
2
Hsiao 4 hsin1 kan 2 tung 4
to
m m % & & 1880

4
filial
son Tzu 3
is
the joy of his father.

to
hsiao 4 fu 4 hsin 1 kuan. 1
m k
1881
One
unfilial
son involves nine others in ruin.

3
=f
tzii
Yi1
it t> pu4 hsiao 4 chiu 3 tzu 3 chieh1 mieh. 4
m % *
1882
When
the son lacks dutifulness, the daughter-in-law

filial
lacks
piety.
* ? a Erh pu
2
hsien 2 hsi 2
* * m pu
4
hsiao. 4
320
ON MORALS.
(4)
GENEROSITY AND KINDNESS.
1883
Who
constantly gives, does always possess
less.
His riches and honours never grow
m % % yu t m cfrang Chiang
2
she 3
fu 4 kuei 4 châng 2 chiu 3

Prov. 11
:
* #
a
24.
Note.- "There
is
that scattereth, and yet increaseth."
1884
Instruction impart, men's vices to correct
And
give of your money, their good to
effect.
m m Sun
Wan 4
To
call
1
se
tzu 1
JK #f
i
CLûi 2 hsuri 4
3
ko 2 jen 2
A #
fei
1
;
n & Am,
i
cb'eng 2 jen 2 mei."
1885
Always leave some way
shih 4 liu 2
& ~ m z m
1886
may
of escape to the erring.
1 yi1 hsien 4 chih lu. 4
up
aft
a breeze that all
be cooled.
e,
ch'i
j
'Kuan4
feng 1 lai 2
m ^ * m & ta
4
cbia 1 liang. 2
1887
For one good deed to forget a hundred bad
#. S, Chien 4 jen 2 yi 1 shan, 4 wang4 eh
A ~
ones.
$ m & & par

r
fei.
1888"
To conduct a
blind
man
over a bridge.
ii, Chîen 1 hsia 2 tzu 3 kuo 4 clfiao. 2
? m m 1889
To
stint one's-self
m % KV
and a.
chi, 3
treat others generously.

<hou 4 tai 4 pieh 2 jen. 2
k'u3 tzu 4
f#
m a
GENEROSITY AND KINDNESS.
A star,
Note.
hsing 1
321
1890
moon.
ft
4
however
willing, cannot help the
W S pu * Yu
In
this proverb there
is
SB
/i
neng 2 chao 4 yueh. 4
a play on the word

hsin,
l
J^
foiw^,
'star,'
which
is
almost identical in sound with
)(j
heart.'
1891
To
light one's lantern for another
man.
*r
Ta 3
m teng
it
1
lung 2 chao 4 pieh 2 jen. 2
m~
a
face.
1892
Look not on the
t>
gilt face,
1
but on Buddha's
ft
4
Pu 4
Note.
m & w m k<an cbin mien k<an

4
4
is
mien. 4
Fu 2
"gilt face" represents any offender, ''Buddha's face" any intercessor; and the request is that for the intercessor's sake the offender may be
forgiven.
Here the
-1893
"Help men
danger."
Chi 4 jen 2 chih 1
in -their necessities,
and rescue them from
W A
<
chi,
2
it
chili
4
A M
jen 2 chih 1 wei. 2
1894
It is
only kindness, and not severity, which can impress at the distance of a thousand miles.
M W *f m U mu yu cMen
2 3
ffi
li
A
wei 1
'ft
Chih 3 yu 3 cFien 1
1
fill
3 li 3
jen 2 chîng, 2
feng. 1
1895
Better not do kindnesses at hope of recompense.
Shih 1 en 1
all,
than do them in the
* & mo m n wang
4
.
pao, 4
wang 4 pao 4 mo 4
m m n n &
;
shih 1 en. 1
1896
Do
continually acts of kindness of secret virtue.
perform every sort
322
ft
ft
tso 4
;
ON MORALS.
Hsing 2 shih 2 sbih 2 chih 1 fang1 pien 4 ;
4 4
b# z -n u m m z m kung. % chung chung

chih 1 yin1
189V
To row with the stream
4
in doing a favour.
-f tso 4 jen 2 citing. 2
is
# m a m % m chou Shun
shui 3 tfui 1
1
Note.For
fond of study,
instance,
to give wine
to
one who
fond of
it,
or books to one
1898
Kindness
2
is
2
greater than law.

4
4 2
A * Jen ch'ing ta kuo wang 1899

fa.
Men must
be treated with great generosity.

hsii
1 1
Tai4 jen2
# a m tang & a *
(5)
liang 2 ta. 4 w
GRATITUDE.
1900
Fed on the
king's
soil,
recompense the king's favour.

4
P
Ctfih 1
3 wang2
:
shui 3
* tV # pao
1901
3E wang 2
&
en. 1
Enjoying the king's dignities and emoluments, recompense the king's favour.
Shih 2
m wang m m pao 2 m & wang

2
chiieh 2 lu 4
en. 1
1902
He who
is
grateful has nothing to blush for.
i& Hf g$ ft Hsin1 pu 4 fu 4 jen2 mien 4 wu 2
'ffi
ts*an 2 se. 4
&
GRATITUDE.
323
I 903
Thankful for small mercies. Lit.: For the favour of a drop of water, pay back a gushing fountain.
a m * # Te
2
i.
jen 2 tien 3 shui 3 cbih 1 en, 1

1
hsii
m tang % yung m m z m 1904

1
cb'ien2 chih 1 pao. 4
If you share a
man's wealth, try to lessen his misfortunes.
Tc2
m n a cMen
jen 2
o
2
ts ai,
yii
a & n jen
3
2
hsiao 1 tsai. 1
1905
Better that others be ungrateful to me, than that I should be so to others.
Ning2
hT
ft
ô
HJ
k'o 3 fu 4 wo, 3 chîeh 4
H mo
ft
4
A
;
fu 4 jen. 2
1906
Lambs have
the grace to suck kneeling and young crows return part of their food to their parents.
Tacg2 yu 3
As your duty
is,
^ *r n & en w m k & m m ya yu
kuei 4 ju 3 chih 1
1 3
1
;
'
fan 3 fu 1 chih 1
i.
1907
the cultivated fields have yielded their increase, and you are fed and warmed, give
when
thanks to Heaven.
Sui 2 fen 1 keng 1 ch*u 2 shou 1
tV
Be
f&
shih 2
m is m m pao m nuan m m m x
ft
Wi
ti
li,
hsieh 4 tsâng 1 tfien. 1
1908
forgetful of favours given; be mindful of blessings
received.
Shih 1 <hui 4
M M wu % &
4
>i
nien*; shou 3 en 1
mo 4
S H wang.
324
It is
ON MOKALS.
1909
unmanly
to be ungrateful for favours received,
fei
fcfl >1 T^ . Chih 1 en 1 pu 4 pao 4
A 4 * wei jen
1
yeh. 3
1610
He
is
a brute
t
who
JB
forgets favours receited,
and turns
bis
back on righteousness,
;
i,
Wang4
en 1 pei4
ch*in 2
shou 4 chih 1
t u.
1911
He who
vour,
eats another's food,
is
and receives another's
fa-
CbW jen
tender in speaking of and dealing with him. %> i fa n %l
ti
k'ou 3 juan, 3 te 2 jea2
% a m m shou
ti
1
juan. 3
1912
To return hate
En1
for kindness.
chiang1 ch ou 2 pao. 4
1913
Over a bowl of congee or
the trouble
it
rice, one should remember has cost to supply it.

1
Yi 1 chou1
yi
fan 4 tang 1 ssu 1
lai
chV
pu 4
i.
1914
He who
is
ungrateful for favours received
is
no su-
perior man.
Shou 4 en1 pu 4 pao 4
3 B ^
i8
# m ?
fei 1
3 chiin 1 tzu.
1915
When you put on your clothes, remember
labour
the weaver
s
When you
Shen1
jih
4
take your daily food, remember the hustrouble.

yi 1
lii
bandman's
pêi 1
ch ang 2 ssu 1 chih 1

r
nu 2
fu 1
2 chih 1 lao
1 shih 2 san 1 tsân
mei 3 nien 4 nung 2
chih 1 k'u. 3
GRATITUDE.
325
1916
He who
is
grateful for favours received, will be
filial
as a son
and loyal
4
2
1
as a minister.
Uff
2
T> S ft 5 A ,1 * Shou jen en erh pu jen m ? & * wei m e # s wei ch'en chuog.
4
3
fu 4
che, 2
tzii
pi 4 hsiao 4
pi 4
1917
When you drink from the
tfc
stream,
remember the
2
spring.
Yin 3 shui 3 ssu 1
* yuan. &
1918
A
1
Eating bamboo-sprouts, remember the planter of the bamboos. >.ff ft IB
Shih 2 sun 3
hsii
chi 4
tisai
chu 2 jen. 2
SECTION XV. ON PRUDENCE.
CHAPTEE
CAUTION.
I.
1919
Who
turns
te 2 shih 1 san. 4
him round
to reinspect,
Shall nothing lose through his neglect.

in si <Hui2 tfou2
tsai4 k<an, 4
m*
* n & m pa
4
1920
Each must take
Caution
4
care of his coat
and hat
is
needful, be sure of that.

"Ho
# M & Ko chao
4
i
>h
:
>6
mao 4
hsiao 3 hsin 1 wei 2 yao. 4
1921
Who
Of food and
Chao 4
Hi
2 4 shih 2 ctfang kou.
carefully looks both behind
and before, of clothes will have always good store.

ir
ctfien 2 cliao 4 *hou, 4
# s
i
1
1922
You must be clever in mind, and clownish outside Make too much of your wisdom, woes will you betide.
ft
;
Nei4 yao 4
us
Tsûng 1
k ft m wai yao s m & w m m m m *a & ming

ling 2
li
cttih 2 tai 1
ctfeng 3 chin4 je 8
*huo 4 chao 1
;
tsai.
1923
For one bad move, if you're to blame, Be sure that you will lose the game.
Hsia 4
t m - % m man
ts'o 4 yi 1
it
4
r
pu, 4
2 1 1 p an tu shu.
m m
CAUTION.
327
1924
Neither take poison, nor break law.
m a & mo n Tu
2
jen 2
ti
io cMh,1 fan4
m m m mo m m
fa 3
1925
ti
tso.
Never do what you don't want to be known.
m n a * Jo yao pu
4 4
&.
4
jen 2
chin/ ch\i 2
m m a n m mo 192S
fei
chi 3
wei. 2
State
all
conditions
1
first.
-mi
Ch'ou3 'hua4
n shuo m & %
192*7
tsai 4 hsien. 1
Beware of winds and waves by day, of thieves by

B.-.Eft.
Jih 4 fang 2 feng 1 lang4 chih 1 hsien, 3
4 2
night.
R Hk & m & m z s yeh fang

1928
tao 4 tsei 2 chih1 yu. 1
Avoid suspicion. Lit. : Do not lace your boots in a melon field, nor adjust your hat under a plum tree.
Kua 1
t*ien2
pu 4 na 4
li,
li
hsia 4
pu 4 cheng 3 kuan. 1
1929
The same.
Lit,
:
In a melon
field
and under a plum
tree avoid suspicion.
Kua 1
tfien 2
li
hsia 4 ko 4
pi 4 hsien 2
i.
1930
Be
as careful as if
you were entering a

ftl
battle, or cross-
ing a bridge.
hsin1 hsin 1 cfrang 2 ssu 4
& & W H E& >5 ft f i kuo i i m

tfc
ti
2
Nien4 nien4 yu 3
ju 2
lin
jih,
cffiao 2 shih, 2
328
ON PRUDENCE.
1931
When you know
go there.
Ming2
chih 1 shan1
there are tigers on the
hills,
don't
m & m W
yu 3
jfeo <hu, 3
mo 4
fo -tit
III
fir
hsiang 4 'hu 3 shan1 hsing. 2
1932
In a narrow passage be prepared for danger.
is-
Lu4
feng 2 hsia 2 ch'u 4 hstt 1 fang 2 chien. 4
m w m m m
1933
Always be provided against danger and

An1
rebellion.
T> pu 4
pT
k'o 3
& M wang
4 2
ft
wei, 2 chih 3
pT
pa4 k'o 3
& wang
il
4
Ian. 4
1934
In eating, avoid choking in walking, avoid stumbling.
;
Ch'ih 1 fan 4
m fang m
pio
ft
keng, 3 hsing 2 lu 4 fang2 tieh. 2
m k
1935
Proceed cautiously.
Lit.
:
Take a
#r
ta 3
-t-
step, drive a pile.
% Tsou
4
IP
pu, 4
yi 1
ko 4 cbuang. 1
&
1936
Look not on temptation, and your mind will be
at rest.
*
Pu 4
chien 4 so 3
m $ $ * shih Lsin pu 1937

i&
yii
4 4
1
ftL
Ian. 4
One who
acts cautiously
may
5c
1
go anywhere
one
who
does not, will always be suffering.
*
ta 4
i
&
Hsiao 3 Lsin 1
^t
4
pai 3 shih 4 ch'ih 1 k'uei. 1
t * n i i ^ m
tfien
hsia 4 ch*u 4 te 2
1938
To
act the part of one deaf
and dumb.
m u & Chuang lung

1
tso 4
ya. 3
Note.
That
is
for fear of
becoming involved
in
danger or crime.
CAUTION.
329
1939
Over
cautious. Lit.:
To wear
strings
on a
felt hat.
Tai 4 chan 1 mao 4 an1 sheng. 2
m S H $
1940
(I
If
you use a walking stick you take counsel you will not err.
will not fall
if
you
WW
1
Yu 3
w kuai a pu * m kun
3
ft
erh 2
4 tieh 2 tao 3
yu3 sbang1
% * * Gang erh pu 1941

ft
2
2 4
ft
shih 1 ts'ot*
A fall hurts not those who
fly low.
m * m m * pu Fei pu kao
4
1
fi
4
tieh 2
shang. 1
1942
Partition walls have ears
;
and there are
listeners
under
the window.
Ko 2
m $ m %
ctfiang 2 hsii 1 yii 3 erh 8
Wu
3
So
;
chûang1 wai 4
a % s n wu
eh*i 3
2
jen. 2
1943
When
ble
free from trouble be on your guard ; when troucomes don't get excited.
2
# 4 i yao m M M yu
r
shih 4 shih 2
yao 4
4
fang 2
ting. 4
shih 4 shih 2
eheu 4
1944
Diligence is an inestimable treasure, and prudence a defensive charm.
Ch*in 2 wei 2
m m wu m m m
2
chia 4 chih 1 pao, 3
iR
pI
Jl
shen 4 shih 4 *hu 4 shen 1 chih 1
it
fu.
2
330
If there is
ON PRUDENCE.
1945
no one at home, don't leave clothes before the fire to dry and drying clothes be careful lest a sash may catch the flame.
;
Fang2
m n
li
i
is
m
'hung1
&m
1
wu 2
yu 2 k*ung 3
m x & $ m m
a
3i
jen2
mo 4
Tiling 1
2 tai 4 tfou 2 chûi.
19-4:6
Don't carry a candle near inflammable things
;
and
when youVe blown

sparks.
a lamp out, watch the flying
Chih 2 chu 2 kuo 4 fang 2 kuang1 tsao 4

1 cbûi 1 teng
$ m m w m wu m yao n m >k m m
4 4
k*an 4 *huo 3 hsing 1
fei.
1947
Though a thousand things may claim
kitchen.
Chia 1 chung 1 tsung 4 yu 3 ch'ien1 pan 1
lin
2
attention in your household, never go to bed without a look at the
m + m w * wc m $k m M m fang
ehui 4 ch<u 2
2
shib,
tsou 4 yi 1
<hui.
1948
He comes
Lai2
publicly,
and goes openly.
# n
2 4 te 2 ming, ctfii te
* n 6
2
pai. 2
1949
When you
travel
by
boat, be prepared for a duck.

lo
4
Hsing2 ch'uan 2 pan4
m m m
n.
shui 3 chih 1 chi. 4
*.
z m
z
1950
One wrong thought may cause a
life-long regret.
ift
<hui.
3
- & Yi
1
nien 4 chih 1 clâ, 1 chung 1 shen 1 chih 1
$t
CAUTION.
331
1951
Deviate an inch, and lose a thousand miles.
Ctfa 1 cHh 1 <hao 2
li,
shih 1 chih 1 ctfien1
li.
1952
Though the wind has
settled.
waves have not yet

4
fallen the
Feng1
a m m * w lang wei
p'ing 2
4
cting. 4
1953
"A good
memory
3
is
not equal to bad ink."

4
2
in m M IB X Kuang pu ju tan mo 1954

chi4
4
4
;
Men
fear a slip of their pens,
women
fa
c
a slip of their
morals.
it fa Nan2 p a 4 shu 1
r
%
pi,
-k
nii
2
Hi
p a 4 shu 1
#
shen. 1
1955
t*
tfi
Rather fear that you should not prove an adept, than that you should lack employment.
a ^
Pu4
p*a 4 jen 2
it t& pu 4 ch ing, 3 chiu 4 p<a 4

r
* m m pu
i
chen. 1
CHAPTEE
DISCRETION.
II.
ZL95S
No
Be
sailor
by
trade,
of boat-hooks afraid.
cbûan 2 sbou, 3 hsiu 1 na 2 chu 2 kao 1 t*ou. 2
* m Pu
4
sbib 4
u m cbang
4
w m n n m
1957
Be only
And
if
to superior men your wants confessed you succour, succour only the distressed.
Cfriu 2 jen 2
Cbi 4 jen 2
* a m * * cbang * m a m m = m m
bsii
1
ctfiu 2 ta 4
fu 1
hsii
cbi 4 cbi 2 sbib 2
wu. 2
1958
Hope
Care
Wei 4
little
little for
'
from the yet to you unseen
what has already been.
* *
ft
So
wang 4
;
lai 2 bsiu ] cbib 3
kuo 4 ch*u 4
a * H & mo
4
ft
ssu 1 bang. 2
1959
Never ask a family whether things are gay or sad For all such information from their faces may be had.
AH
1
Ju 4 men 2
m Kuan
cbien 4
tt V a m m & yung yen

;
bsiu 1
wen 4 yung 2
2
kû 1 sbib 4
pien 4 te 2 cbib. 1
I960
Never open your lips when to speak is in vain Nor let other folk's business embarrass your brain.
.;
W & S S yen ^ kan =t a * Pu

Wu
4
2
i
ft
yti
hsiu 1 cbo 2 k*ou 3
P
.$
>p
cbi
sbib 4 shao 3
n m tang
1
t*ou.
DISCRETION.
333
1961
Talk to those
who can
understand, and give to those
who
1
need.
m m Sbuo
gt
<hua 4 shuo 1 yii 3 chih 1 yin, 1 sung 4 fan 4 sung4 yii 3 chi 1 jen. 2
m
a
m m m m u X
1962
Suit self to circumstances.
Chien 4 ching 3 sheng 1
iff cluing. 2
1963
If
if
your strength be small, don't carry heavy burdens your words be worthless, dont give advice.
Li 4 wei 1 hsiu 1 fu 4 chung 4
n m w n
a.
;
yen 2 chHug1
w m mo g m a
4
;
cftiian4 jen. 2
1964
if
If
you are poor, keep out of the crowd don t seek a relation.
unfortunate,
Wu
llftAilSIil
2
ch'ien 2 hsiu 1 ju4
chung 4
tsao 1 nan 2
mo 4
hsin 2 ch'in. 1
1965
Avoid
Jen 2
fierce
men, and strong wine.

ctfan, 1 cbiu 3 *hen 3
a m
*hen 3
t> pu 4
* m m m u pa
4
ctfih. 1
1966
Do
not trust in an excessive show of honesty beware of an excessive show of kindness,
;
and
SUt
Mo 4
;
hsin 4 chih 2 chung 1 chih 2
fioSHft^fc
;
hsii 1
fang 2 jen 2 pu 4 jen. 2
1967
Do
;
not say what you see do not know what you are asked do not meddle with other folk's business and if you have nothing to do, quickly return home.
Chien 4 shih 4
hsien 2 shih 4
lilt.
ft*ftft.H. mo shuo wen

4
1
;
shih 4
3*1
pu 4
jji
chih 1
mo 4 kuan 3
& * wu
2
if
shih 4 tsao 3 kuei. 1
334
ON PRUDENCE.
1968
Do
not present your verses to any but a clever man.
Pu4
^ 1 ^ A I i i
sbib 4 ts'ai 2 jen2
mo 4
bsien 4 shih. 4
1969
Wherever you
go, talk as the people
Tao4 na 4
m m
mm ii
li
of the place
?
talk.
shuo 1 na 4
li
hua. 4
1970
pu 4 k*o 3 *hung. 3
Neither indulge a slave, nor deceive a child.
Nu 3
ts*ai
pu4
k*o 3 chêng, 3 hsiao 3 ? hai 2
1971
You had
when in break off friendship when it
better retire greatest favour
is closest.
bsien 1 t*ni4
;
and
s Shou
2
m m % % % en shen m m n # ^ nung n Te
jb
4
1
ch*u 4
shih 2 pien 4 *hao 3 hsiu. 1
1972
When
the country is in confusion, look out for a good general ; when the family is poor, for a virtuous
wife.
ISal
WW
tp
Kuo 2
Ian 2 bsu 1 liang 2 chiang 1
i.
;
chia 1 p*in 3
* % % & 1 ch
ssti
1
hsien 2
i.
1973
Yield to circumstances. Lit. : If the wind be strong, if rain be heavy, yield to rain. yield to the wind
;
A ^ci Feng
1
.
;
ta 4 sui 2 feng 1
yd 3
1 *
HI
ta 4 sui 2
M
yii.
1974
If
you
t
lost
your needle in the grass, go and seek
it
nero
TsW
m.
:!
%
shih
1
to
n
:!
li
chen, 1 ts<ao
nw
li
hsin.
DISCRETION.
335
1975
Let every one sweep away the snow from before his own door, and not meddle with the hoar-frost on his neighbour's tiles.
hsiu 1
a g m P! m m # jen tzu sao men chien A % H % jen W kuan wa shang shuang.

Ko 4
2
hsiieb,
tâ 1
1976
If
you want
to be quiet,
do not meddle with other peo-
ple's business.
Yao 4
m & wu m
te 2
*o
2
shib, 4
sbao 3 kuan3 hsien 2
& m
mm
sbih.
1977
Only govern your own door, and don't talk about other men's daughters and wives.
Cbih 3 kuan 3 tzu 4
hsiu 1
1
n & # shuo m m a -k m
&
e.
cbi 3
men 2
*hu, 4
pieh 2 jen 2 nil 2
ch'i.
1978
Neither spend foolishly, nor work
fruitlessly.
3
m x Cbîen pu
2
t
4
m.
tsV
yung, 4 kung 1
x wu u m m wang
2
sbib. 3
1979
In the transaction of business, in the use of power, in the use of speech, and in the enjoyment of happiness, don't carry the thing too far.
Shih 4 pu 4 k'o 3 tso 4 chin, 4 shih 4 pu 4 k'o 3
i
chin, 4
b
Try
t>
yen 2 pu 4
pi n m, k'o 3 tao 4 chin, 4
^ n
j>
vt
fn 2
pu4
k'o 3 hsiang 3 chin. 4
^ m
1980
to oblige others,
Yii3 jen 2
1
and you
will be obliged yourself. a,

.
a m m $ a fang
pien, 4 yii 3 cbi 3 fang 1 pien. 4
# &
336
If
ON PRUDENCE.
198.1
you know where
D
Jfc
to stop
and always stop
there,
yon
will never be in disgrace.

Chih1 chih 3 ctfang2
All that accords with Eeason quarrel over petty profits.

*Ho 2
ft
pi
li
Ifco chih, 3
chung1 shen 1 pu 4 ch
$r
T>
M
f
ih.
1982
may be done
;
but never
^ i
3
ffc
:
>h
ksiao 3
k*o 3 tso 4
m M ^ mo
li
cheng. 1
1983
Better straightforwardly seize a thing, than beg
it
in
an underhand way.
Ning2 hsiang4 chih 2 chung1
ch*ii,
3
pu 4 k o 3
?
chîi
chung1
ch*iu. 2
1984
Dread law, and daily live in comfort and daily live in trouble.
Chii 4 fa 3 chao 1 chao 1 le 4
;
scorn justice,
m m a
ctfi
* kung
1
h b
1
jih 4 jih 4
yu. 1
1985
Men
of a certain height
must wear
clothes of a certain
length.
Chi 3 ch'ang2 j%a2 cb'uan1 chi 3 ch'ang 2
I f A f
| $I
i 1
fu.
1986
Whether
victorious or beaten never regret.
Shu1 ying2 wa 2
jg
&.
*hui.
1987
Treat a prodigy as though die out of itself.
it
were none, and
it
will
Chien 4 kuai 4 pu 4 kuai, 4
clfi
kuai 4 tzu 4 mieh. 4

ft
r
DISCRETION.
337
yourself
1988
;
Better go yourself than send better do than ask any one to do it for you.
Shih 3 k*ou 3 pa 4 ju 2 tzu 4 tsoa 4
iu 2
2
it
X in a a # jd $ a * jen eh pu ju 1989
5fe
4
2
chîu 2 chi. 3
If
you would control self you must rebuke self; if you would have faith in men do not suspect them. A2 * A B 3 1 2 Bo f 3 3 4
Shou
i *
chi
hsii
tse
chi
hsin
jen
pu 4
m
i
jen. 2
1990
Temperance in drinking, saves the mind from confusion restraint of passion, preserves fortunes unim;
paired.
Shao 3 yin 3 pu4 Ian4 hsing 4
ft
7 a
ft
;
hsi 2 cfri 4
% m mien shang
3
1
ts*aL 2
CHAPTEE
ECONOMY.
III
1991
Though you be a
millionaire,
Mend
Chia 1 yu 3
m m ~
one half the clothes you wear.
Ho
wan, 4
yi 1
liao 2
- ^ m m pu
3
yi 1
pan. 4
1992
If
you have only ten taels don't hanker for dress Never seek, on a hundred, a wife to possess.
M ft 1: 2c mo chih I l I ? 1 i g Pai liang yio mo 1993

ft
Shih 2 Jiang 3 yin 2
3
tzii
tzii
chîi
ctti.
Cold water and hot, yon nrast learn to waste not For both by man's labour alone have been got.
Leng3
* yao m a
shui 3
4
#k
;
jen 2 tfiao 1
a m # yao
je 4 shui 3
4
jen 2 shao. 1
1994
It will cost you, to
from upstairs to down, Three piculs of the finest rice that is grown.
flit
Sbang 4 wu 1 pan 1
1 I I T
hsia 4 wu, 1
& IH
1995
tl
yao 4 te 2 san 1 tan 1 no 4 ku. 3
I I
Have every thing you

Earthenware
is
use substantial and clean
better than gold

ffi
and
jade.
Ch'i 4 chir1 cbih 2 erh 2 chieh 2
M:
Wo
% 1996
;
wa 1
fou 4 shefig 4 chin 1
M &
3E
yii.
Neither build fine houses, nor covet rich
fields.
2
Wu
% ying m hua m
4 2
r
m.
2
wu, 1
wu 4 mou2
% m k m
liang 2
t*ien.
GRATITUDE.
339
1997
Never spend a farthing
uselessly.
Though
jf 3c Yi1 wen2 cMen2 pu 4
si
lo 4 bsii 1 k'ung. 1
1998
living near water do not waste
it.
*r ie Chin 4 shui 3 pu 4 k'o 3 to 1 yung 4

'
&
% m * 1999
te
shui. 3
Though
living near
mountains do not waste firewood.
Chin 4 shan 1 pu 4 k*o 3 wang 3 shao 1
m * w
m m
ch*ai. 2
2000
Be
careful of clothes
and always have them
of food
and always have

ft
Hsi2
i
1
it.
* * 2001 By all means avoid extravagance. ej % m & a m wu ch% kuo 2002

#.
i,
#
te 2
fflf
hsi 2 shih 2 te 2 sbih. 2
Ctfieh 4
she 1
tu. 4
Don't
fail to
make ends
4
meet.
m # m * m m pu 2003 The moon may be saved with a broken drum. ft M $C & J! P pV ku 2004 It wanton waste to feed a tortoise with barley. M II P * SI SI 8 Wu mai ~ 2005 Avoid breaking into a string of cash. m a m * # m Yi pu
Mo 4
ling 4 chieh 1
tao 4 t'ou. 2
til
;
o4
chiu 4 ehiu 4 yiieh. 4
is
kuei 1 cftih 1 ta 4
tsao 1 tfa 1 liang 2 shih. 2
tiao 4 ctfien 2 k'ai 1
te 2 eh'uan. 4
340
ON PRUDENCE.
2006
The trappings
cost
horse.
ti
1
1
more than the

te 2 chib 4
x Mai ma
3
ft
3
ti
cbîen2 rou 2
m n m an m mz 2007
to,
Cheapness may not be economy. Lit.: If you buy cheap firewood, you burn the bottom of your copper.
Te2
n t m & m m j m m m
liao
3
pîen 2
a 2 cb*ai,
sbao 1 liao 3 cbia 1
ti
kuo. 1
2008
To
leave
economy
for extravagance is easy

difficult.
to leave
extravagance for economy

Ts'ung2 chien 3 ju 4 she 1
i
+
;
ts'ung 2 she 1 ju 4 chien 3 nan. 2

"
200P
Economy makes men
Cbien 3 yung 4 mien 3 cbHu 2
independent.
jen.
2
M % # A 2010
M ^ 2011
US
tfi
3
Cut your cloth according to your measure.

Liang2
ts*ai
2
i.
Let every farthing go to its legitimate use. nail goes for one piece of sugar-stick.
Lit.
One
- m Yi ko
1
2 4 ting1 tzu 3 ta 3 yi 1 k*uai tfang.
#r
9l
2012
In providing for
self,
practise rigid economy.
Tzfl 4 feng4 pi 4
* b m
hsii
1
chien 3 yo. 1
2013
Taxes are
fixed,
but expenses are not.

sbu, 4 sbib 2
Cl/ien 1 bang 2
&
*i
m yu
*.
& m yung M wu
4
ft
2
shu
ECONOMY.
.
841
2014
basket cannot for long
it
,
An openwork
dam
a stream.
'Hua 1
m m
Ian'2
t'i-
* ii # m 201S
3
shni3 nan 2 ts'un 2 liu. 2
Make
1
every cash serve two purposes.

4
2
~ m m & m m m m Yi ko (Men pa ko yung. 2016

tso 4 liang 3
4
The poeony, though

*fc
large, is a useless thing the date blossom, though small, yields fruit.
while
tsao 3
B # E * S A mu ft m >h t * $ $ hua
Mu 3
c
tan 1 ^hua 1 ta 4 kûng 1 ju 4

x
sui 1 ksiao 3 chieh 2 sbih 2 ch'eng. 2
2017
Seduction of expenditure brings freedom of action. Lit.: Remove the turnips and you'll have plenty of room.
Ch
^ Hao T H
f
if it
p<u 2
ti
ii
lo 2
tfu 3
kuan. 1
2018
Who
spare men will always have men to use who spare their clothes will always have clothes to wear.
;
'It
A
m
Jfl.
It
bsi 2
Hsi 2 jen 2 te 2 jen 2 yung 4 ;
n
i
1
ft
i
1
t6 2
ch'uan. 1
&
20 10
hard to make money.
chuan 4
It is easv to spend, but
Yung 4
cLiîen
m & yung
2
a,
3
i,
ctfien 2 nan. 2
mm
CHAPTE E
V.
EXPEDIENCE.
2020
They know thenature of fishes who near to water dwell
And
those
ft
Chin
4
who
d
live near hills
know
ill
the song of each

if
ft
bird full well.
#"
shui 3 chih 1 yii 2 hsing 4
&
tto
;
ft
chin 4 shan 1 shih 4 niao 3 yin. 1
2021
Once
Yi 1
- m m m cho
c
a snake in passing by, second time he will of grass be shy.

bitten
by
hui 2
she 2 yao, 3 erh 4 *hui 2 pu 4 tsaa 3 ts*ao. 3
r in % m 2022
*
>w
;
He
learns less who looks on, than he does who makes Less by mere doing, than by many mistakes.
in aChien 4 kuo 4 pu 4 ja 2 tso 4 kuo 4
E
4
m Tso
Till
f&
kuo 4
m m * in it a % pu ju tsV kuo 2023

4
2 4
to'.
You can t
some one a fool of you has made, be up to the tricks of trade.
Pu 4 shang4
tang, 4
* j* pu 2024
.
ft' 4? chêng 2 nei 4 *hang. 2
They know what wind

rain
is
is
who
dwell in nests,
%\
what
who
Ctfao 2
dwell in caves.
n
1
m g
chii
1 1 chih 1 feng, 1 hsiieh 4 chii chih
^ m 2025
m,
31
i
yii.
He who
the
eats bread for the first time feels strange over
first
three mouthfuls.
%i\
ChV chW
fS
man 3
1 1 3 tfou 2 san k*ou sheng.
EXPERIENCE.
343
2026
If
yon have not lived in the country, you do not know what hardship means.
Pu4
ft
chu 4 hsiang 1 pu4 chih 1 chien 1 Dan 2 hsin 1 k*u. 3
m * & m m * ^
2027
If
you have not lived in town, you do not know what is polite and proper.
Pu 4
chu 4 ctfeng 2 pu 4 chih 1
m ^ ^ 2028
mm
li
i.
Suppose no one ever ascended the mountain to see, who would believe that the water flowed down eastward from a height as great as the depth of
the sea
?
Tang1
shui 3 hsin 4
! m * m m m pu teng kao wang, it m s m m yang as m shen tung 2029

shih 2 jo 4
4
2 1
1
liu 3
hai 3
1 "?
If
you drink the water

IK Yin 3
you'll
know
2
the fountain.
shui 3 chih 1
U * & yuan. 2030
bitter.
He
has tasted both the sweet and the

a*
Kan1
k'u 3 pei 4 ch'ang. 2
n m #
2031
What
the ear hears
is
not like what the eye

chien. 4
sees.
Erh3 wen 2 pu4 ju2 yen 3
S J9 7 i 1 g 2032
is
What
one hears
Erh 3 rtug1
5BI4.
shih 4 hsu 1
doubtful
;
what ones
sees is certain.
shih.
2
yen 3 chien 4 shih 4
ffifilf
344
ON PRUDENCE.
2033
No words p
equal personal observation.
K*ou3 shuo 1 pu4 ju 2 shen 1
m * p # % 2034
tt
3
feng.
Every one knows his own know the ways of rats.

<Hao 4
affairs best.
Lit: Eats
n *
tzfi
ts<ai
% ? & 2035
p
2 4 2
chih 1 <hao 4 tzu 3 lu. 4
The hole
*e
of a serpent, a serpent knows.

tsan
She 2 tsan 1
m m *e m n tung she hsiao 2336 ti

1
te.
No
one knows how tried to do it.

Sbih 4
difficult
anything
is
until he has
fei
ching1 kuo 4
w m % m
pu4
chih 1 nan. 2
2037
Though blind the road
3
is
familiar to him.
m m & m Yen 2038

satisfied.
hsia 2 lu 4 shu. 2
Until you go to the Yellow River you will not be
Pu 4
$]
tao 4
r
Huang2
MM
i&
2
*E
ssu. 3
<ho
hsin1
pu4
CHAPTEE
2039
FORETHOUGHT.
Grass not dug up by the roots, Will again send forth, its shoots.
Ts*ao 3
* &
pti
4
*ft.
ck*u 2 ken, 1 chung1 tang1 fu 2 sheng. 1
& & 2040

why
fa
4
2 <ho 2 ctfou 2 ctfai
Possessing a great tree,

*r i
be anxious about fuel

ft
shao 1
?
Yu 3
Treat
te 2
* shu
ta 4
m m
2041
men from
all
parts well,
you
will be well treated.
moon
in all the five the lack of an angling place.

Liu 2
4
and wherever you go Lit: Make sure of a clear lakes, and you will not suffer
s m m n & m n wu * m n & t & m pu wu 2042

te 2
3
Till
ining 2 ylieh 4
tsal, 4
ch*ou 2
ctfu 4 hsia 4 chin 1 kou. 1
Yearly guard against famine

thieves.
nightly guard against

Kr
Kf Nien 2 nien2 fang2
fu
chi 1
2043
;
ft
yeh 4 yeh 4 fang 2 tao. 4
Living securely, remember danger.

Chii 1 an 1 ssu 1 wei. 2
m & m
2044
In plenty think of want
plenty.
;
in
want do not presume on
346
Ch ang2
r
ON PRUDENCE.
B S & B m W wu yu m m # yu m m m Mo pa wu 2045
chiang1
s
jih
ssu 1
jib 4
shih 2 tso 4
shih. 2
Keep your ponds

soil,
full of water,
;
and you
will be pre-
pared against drought
cultivate thoroughly your

to support a family.
2
and
it
will yield
2
enough
^ m m m n< m fang m *han Ch% tâng m m m & m m shen keng yang

2
chi 2 shui 3 hsii 1
4
;
tfien
t*u 3
2046
;
tsu 2
chia. 1
Plant bamboos before your hall, and the phoenix may come and lodge thereon rear fish in your ponds, for they may become dragons.
,
"Ping2 tsai 1 chH1 feng4 chu 2
m m m a
n.
m 'hua & lung m a m yang 2047

;
ch'ih 2
yii.
Rear sons
for old age,
and lay up grain against famine.

2
Yang3
* % fang m
erh 2
m fang m ku w e 2048
%o
lao 3
;
chi 2
chi.
Though the weather be fine take your umbrella though you are not hungry take some provisions.
bi
Ctfing 2 tai 4
m ^ e m pao m san
yii
3 4
3
5
1 2 tai 4 chi liang.
2^49
Thatch your roof before rainy weather and dig your well before you become parched with thirst.
;
s wei * m m m mu m % w, n m m # wu kV 2050
I2
4
4
yii
erh 2 ch*ou 2
4
;
lin 2
erh 2 chiieh 2 ching. 3
Better be too credulous than too sceptical.
FORETHOUGHT.
Ning2 k'o 3 hsin4
347
pT
i #
ch'i 2 yu, 3
^ w
pu4
k*o 3 bsin 4
ir
<M2
a wu. a
2051
Those who prepare
3
for, will
2
f
escape trouble.
4
m m & wu Yu
pei 4
a huan.
Note.
There
is
a well-guarded street in
Hankow
bearing this inscription.
It is better to
Yii 3
ctfi
2
ward
4
off
4
than to cure
2 2
disease.
4
m ti neng n ch4u m n ping ^ yao, *hou ^P in $ U IS & Kf ping cMen neng

pu4 ju 2
4
2 2
tzii
fang. 2
3tter
prevent than cure disease
better diminish
than add to trouble.

#1 iU in m X> m pu ju Yu % $ ^ in ^ * pu ju sheng To 2054
4
ping 4
chîieh4 ping 4
shih. 4
shih 4
He who
enemy,
neither hoards
may
S.
shui 4
sleep in peace
4 yi1 chi 2 ts*ai,
up wealth, nor makes an and travel in safety.

pu 4 chieh 2
yiian,
4
Yi 1 pu 4
yeh 3 an 1 ning, 2 tsou 4 yeh 3 fang 1 pien. 4
ô
* 4 #
p.
2055
Let the past be past
trouble.
;
and
for the future
by no means
Kuo 4
l'*f El*
chîi
4
shih 4
4
wei 4
#, 2
lai
7 * # m @ 5 pu
i
kuo 4
yii
4
ctfii 4 liao
pi 4
ssu 1 liang. 2
205S
If
you wish
to
know
the road before you, ask of those

it.
who have
travelled
348
ON PRUDENCE.
Yii 4 phih 1 cfrien 2 t*ou 2
&
Kb
i%
lu,
4
*i
hsii
1
isg
wen4 kuo 4
m * a
lai- jen, 2
20.57
Equal to
can
all
it
dam
emergencies. Lit.: If water comes, soil if rebels come, a general can stop them,
lai
2
Shni 3
H<J .
t'u 3
yen 3
ping 1 lai 2 cbiang 1 tang. 1
2058
Forethought
jb
-tit
is
easy, repentance hard.

2
i
Ssu 1 cMen 2
m m % $ & nan. yupg

4
*nui 3 ^bou 4
CHAPTER
IMPRUDENCE.
VI
2059
When
your money is spent you cut off wine growing old you turn to the sacred books.
;
when
Wu
You
chien 2 fang 1 tuan 4 cbiu 3
1,
# 1
I. fiaf
;
lin
lao 3 shih 3
^ kI g an
c
ching. 1
2060
think only of advance, and never of retreat.
Chih 3 ku 4 chien 2 tson, 4 pu 4 ku4 <hou4
M I f
7 I i I 2261
ô
it
tfui.
Do
nothing to discredit yourself. Lit.: Do not thrust your fingers through your own paper lantern.
Chih 3 *hu 2 teng 1 lung 2
m m
m cfruan m x $ pu 2062
ts'u
2
1
te\
To pretend
be a
fool.
to be very clever
and show
one's self to
mNung4
ch'iao 3 fan 3 cho. 1
r m 2063
*5
To overlade
'
a rickety ship.
m.
*S
P'o 4 ch'uan 2 to 1 Ian3
% W
ft
tsai.
3
2064
To pour
oil
on the flames.
if
1
>K *Huo 3
m shang 2065
4
tfiea
yu. 2
Through credulity
sitting-hens.
to be deceived into selling one's
pi Hsin 4 Jen2 *hung 3 mai 4
i a
i t i i m
lia(r
chi
p*o 2 chung. 4
350
If
ON PRUDENCE.
2066
you plant a grove to rear tigers the tigers will injure men.
Tsai 1
lin
2
in,
when grown
#**.***
yang3
c
A
*
p*i.
hu, 3
'bu s ta4 shang 1 jen. 1
2067
To pine
Hsi 2
j m & n T wu
2 liao 3 lien 3 p<i
one's belly, to spare one's face.

4
Jit liao 3 tu 3
2068
To be
careless for the present
and scheming
for the
future.
She4 chin4 6rh2
* m w
2069
t<u 2 yiian. 3
m.
To
sail
any way with wind and

to,
4 4
tide.
Sui2 feng1 tao 4
k * m m shuu m * m m 2970
cho 2
ti
1
shui 3 t'ui 1 ch'uan. 2
He who rouses a sleeping tiger, exposes himself to harm.

Pa 3 wo 4
&
To
tzii
chao 3
m m # chW
2071
lao 3 *hu 3 *hung 3 chJ*
*k
shih 1 ta. 4
careless in great matters
and
careful in small
ones.
Ta4
* m * pu
ctfu 4
suan, 4 hsiao 3 ctfu4 suan. 4
* a * 2073
*o
us
4 4
To hide the head and leave the rump exposed.

it
Tsuan 1
chin 4
m r m t> m tW pu ku
p44
ku. 3
IMPRUDENCE.
351
a sore in another.
To pare off flesh
2074
mend
Kua 3 jou4 pu 3
in one place to
m m
To
ch'uaag. 1
20*75
k'o 1 chieh1 shih 2 t'ou. 2
present one's head to a shower of stones,

Sung 4 nao 3
m m m m % m 2076
till it
To
spare a swelling
4
becomes ulcerous.
IS
m m *Hu
^
/&
p*ao 2 ctteng2 nung. 2
2077
fair
He
won't go in
weather, but waits
till
rain soaks
his pate.
Ctfing 2 kan 1 pu 4 k<en 3 ch
m m
t>
t *
2078
The swallow which builds
its
it
chih 2 tai 4
m # M m tW yu
3
lin4
nest on a
bamboo door
screen, will find it difficult to rest.
Yen4
II fit
ch*ao 2
mu4
shang4
ctfi
shen1 nan2 an. 1
ft
2079
Build a cottage by the roadside, and you will not get
it
finished in three years.
$s ff Tso 4 she4 tao 4 p*ang2 san1 nien 2 pu 4

'
& m w h
to
* $
ctfeng.2
2080
To allow anything
other.
go in at one ear and out of the
Che 4
chih 1 erh 3 to 2 chin, 4
na4 chih1 erh 3
to 2 ctfu. 1
2081
To divulge a
secret.
Lit : To
Hi
diclose the horse's foot

3
Lou 4 chV ma 3
g 1 * chiao
lai.
352
ON PRUDENCE.
2082
He who
rides a tiger
Jtt
is
afraid to dismount.
hsia 4 pei. 4
Ch42
<hu 3
T # 2083
It nan4
4
Though under the

Ch'i 2
flag-staff,
he misses his
4
drill.
# m kan
tfi
2
teng 1 bsia 4
T m i% 7 $ tao wu 2084
two boats
liaDg 3 pien 1 ch*uan. 2
liao 3 ts'ao. 1
To
try to stand on
3
at once.
m m m % Chiao ta
4
SECTION XVI. ON THE FIVE RELATIONS.
CHAPTER
2085
A
I.
PRINCE AND MINISTER.
cup is the Prince that o'er us reigns We are the water that cup contains Eound or square as the cup may be, Just the same shape you'll the water see.
M IS 4 min i i 4 & yu S # % #. yuan M # W Pei fang 2086

Chun1
1
yii
pei 1 yeh, 3
shui 3 yeh, 3
shui 3 fang, 1 pei 1
shui 3 yiian. 2
In the Emperor's presence to abide, Is just like sleeping by a tiger s side.

'&
Shen 1
tsai 4
*huang S *
2
Bo
pien, 1
ffl
ti
in )fc yu 2 ju 2 kung4 hu3 mien. 2

c
&
2087
The minister remonstrates with the
Prince with the minister.
n
Prince, not the
K W E H S a w s m e î mu 2088
Chih yu 3 ch*en 2 chien 4 chun, 1
te 2 chiin 1 chien* ch*en 2 chih 1
2
li.
When
the Prince
is
not upright, ministers escape to

iE
foreign countries.
Chiin 1 pu 4 cheng 4 ctfen 2 tfao 2 wai 4 kuo. 2
S7
E 5 2089
#h
B
;
All the stars of heaven salute the north flows towards the east.
every stream
354
5c

Tîen1 shang 4 chung4 hsing 1 chieh1
shih 4 chien1
2
& # kung 8 4t * 13 m & * pu m m wu
pei 3 ;
shui 3
ctfao 2 tung. 1
Note. Thus, according to the high-flown notions of the Chinese, do and people combine to magnify the Son of Heaven.
all officers
2090 Sons of Heaven, and Each dynasty has - m 35 * - 19 E tzu Yi 209X

its
1
its ministers,
.
ch'ao 2 t'ien 1
yi 1 cb'ao 2 ch'en.
When
the Prince wants a minister to die, he dies.
Chun1 yao4
g I E % E 15E
2092
ch'en2 ssu 3 ch'en 2 chiu4 ssu. 3
The Emperor cannot make men be
his magistrates.
chih1 fa. 3
& s m m wu Ch ao
f
tfing2
ch iang 2
r
f 4 & kuan
1
2093
ku 1 yueh4 tu 2 ming. 2
The
light of all the stars is not equal to that of the
moon.
Chung4
hsing1 lang 3 lang 3 pu* ju 2
2094
An
upright royal family is prospered by Heaven and under pure magistrates the people enjoy peace.
;
H
Kuo 2
jE
cheng 4
5c
tîen
1
ft
)I
hsin 1 shun 4 ;
t i 2095
kaan1
chîng 1
min 2 tzu 4
an. 1
All kinds of divine influence will combine to support a sage Son of Heaven.
Sheng 4
5c
tfien
1
tzu 3 pai 3 ling 2 hsiang1 chu. 4
? i t 2096
ft
If the
Son of Heaven breaks the laws, he
is
guilty like
one of the people.
DISCRETION.
5c Tren 1
355
2
tzii
? m & m ^ fan 2097

3
fa 3
yii
inin
ip no ung2 tsui. 4
A faithful minister views death unappalled

woman
faces danger with a smile.
a virtuous
Chung 1
lieh
4
& S X wu % nan 1 fi m fi & yung. m m & wei m yu 2098

ctfen 2 shih 4
2
ssii
se 4
fu 4
lin
hsiao 4
loyal minister is not afraid of death not a loyal minister.
he
who
is, is
&
Chung1
eh*en 2 pu 4 p*a 4
E *
f&
5Eo
ssii
2
;
ffi
Jb
p*a 4 ssii 3
X &
;
pu 4 chung1
ehên. 2
2099
One attends
a Prince as a sheep a tiger
is
,
the slightest
shortcoming
punished.
|;3
Pan4 chun 1
yi 4
fir tien 3
# in * pu
ju 2 tfung 2 yang 2 pan 4 <hu 3

4
^ # t
fl
3 3
W tao yu sun 2100

1
4
;
shang. 1
A selfish minister is
selfish.
not loyal
a loyal minister
is
not
js. Ssu 1 ch'en2 pu4 chung1
e *
chung 1 ch'en 2 pu 4
e *
ssii.
1
2101
filial
You must
look for loyal ministers amongst
sons.
Ctfiu 2 chung1 ch*en 2 pi 4
&
E &
A.
ju 4 hsiao 4
$ *
tzii
3
PI
chih 1 men. 2
CHAPTER
2102
As
The young
II.
PARENTS AND CHILDREN.
the dragon and the phcenix propagate their kind rat will be able to bore a hole you'll find.
Lung 2
3
& H E & E % m a # n m Lao shu sheng 2103

II
o 3 1
sheng 2 lung 2 feng 4 sheng1 feng 4
erh 2 *hui 4 ta 3 tung. 4
The
faults of children are to parents all
unknown
And
farmers never grown.

Jen 2 mo 4
know how
n
chih 1 ch chih 1
r
rich their crops have
Nung 2 mo 4
A M A M
see
3 tzu o ?! p & W cK miao 2104

i
chih 1
chih 1 so. 2
Would you
They
ones growing up strong, must not clothe heavily, nor eat too long.
your
little
Hsii 1 tai 4
m % * a ft m % h # e is $ san o
Yao 4
te 2 hsiao 3 erh 2 an, 1
4
fen 1 chi 1
*han. 2
2105
As your
fields
must be by your own hands sown,
Sons are no use unless they're your own.
T ien 2
c
B S 8
yao 4
elfin
1
keng, 1 tzu 3 yao 4 cttin1 sheng. 1
? S 8 2106
He
Til
kept my early years from care keep and comfort his grey hair.
;
TV
ft
yang 3 wo 3 hsiao 3
* n
>k
;
wo 3 yang 3
m m
ft
tV
lao.
357
2107
parents may be thrown aside negle.cted While foster parents are as Heaven respected.
One's
own
Sheng 1 shen 1
3
# k # - m in m # mu # * ju % Yang shen
fu
4
rou 3
tsai 4
yi 1 pien, 1
2 1
fu 4
ta 4
tfien.
2108
Not to sow parental lands, good sons will take care Good daughters will not always their wedding dresses
wear.
ffl ^P ,1 <Hao 3 erh 2 pu 4 chung4 yeh 2 tHen2
i I ^ f n -k x g m & *Hao pu cr/uan chia 2109

ti
nii
2
shih2
i.
Near the ancestral home the eldest must reside Near to his mother's room the youngest must abide.
;
Chang3 tzu 3 pu 4
S *
$>
Y ao 1
erh 2
g % * m niang & m pu
Ml
li
tsung1 tfang 2
2
li
fang. 2
2110
#.
liu,
2
As
seed-corn is from former years reserved, So children are in former lives deserved.
Chung4 tzu 3 ko 2 nien 2
m * h *
& a
nii
2
ir
be,
ft
erh 2 cffien 2 shih 4 hsiu. 1
2111
r
One may see what a son will From what he is in infancy.

K*an4
ft
erh2
tai 3 *hao, 3 hsii 1 tsûng 2
^ ^ * yu
hsiao. 2
2112
Wise statesmen are the produce of prosperous dynasties
;
And
children's
is.
children bless
the
home wherever
virtue
358
ii

Kuo 2
m m K s i i i i tzu ri Chia
1
cttao 2 sheng 4 cr/u 1 hsien 2 chên 2
tao 4 hsing 1 k*an 4
sun. 1
2113
The fruit The sons
of one tree
of one
1
may
3
be sour and sweet

discreet.
3
tf ieo
~ m Z * W i f ?f 1 shu kuo yu suan yu - # -?wmw s Yi mu tzu yu yu yu

i
mother dull and

3
1
chih 1
2
;
chih 1
hsien. 2
2114
When
It's
descendants are in an unhappy condition,the grave, or the house, has a luckless position
M
Tzii 3 sun 1
$g
wu 2
I m 1 i wu.
fu,
2
'
lai
fen 2 lai 4
2115
Spoilt children are unfilial sinners.
Spoilt dogs will steal their masters' dinners,
Chiao 1 erh 2 pu 4 hsiao 4
m & ^
r
ô
;
chiao 1
m & shang m kou

3
tsao. 4
2116
When
fathers are unmerciful, sons fly to distant localities.
* t ? #
Fu 4 pu4
jen 2
tzii
3
ft
pen 1
tV
hsiang. 1
Kind
father
dutiful
tz*u 2 tzii 3
2117
son;
dutiful
son
virtuous
daughter-in-law.
Fu 4
k m ? f * f m s hsiao hsiao 2118

4
;
tzii 3
2 hsi 2 hsien.
The
child
knows not what
trouble
it
has given
its
mother.
Yang3
erh 2
pu 4
chih 1 niang 2 hsin 1 k*u. 3
359
2119
Like father like
ii
Lit.: Dragons give dragons, and phoenixes hatch phoenixes.
son.
birth
to
Lung 2 sheng1 lung 2
ii
tzu, 3 feng 4 sheng 1 feng4 erh. 2
a a a 2120
^Fo
The same.
into the
Lit.:
Water always drops from the eaves

holes.
2
1
3
same old
1
tien 3 tien 3
m m m m w. Wu yen kou m m m & m wo % m

li
shui 3
1
ti
tsai
chiu 4
li.
2121
He
is unfilial
is
who loves wife more than mother unwise who hates for him her son's wife.
Cheung 3
tH 4
cfri 1
she
pieh 2
mu3
tzu 3
3
pu 4 hsiao 4
4
# a m m mu s # * pu
erh 2 hsien 2 ch'i1
hsien. 2
2122
He
is
the son
who
buries his parents
and worn out
silks
and
satins are dress.
2s 5g If III Sung 4 lao 3 kuei 1 shan 1
g chûan
At
no
filial
wl
1
p<o 4 ling 2 lo 2 tsâi 2 shih 4
& % m m m g *
i.
ts<ai 2 shih 4 erh 2
2123
the bedside in cases of chronic sickness, there are
children.
Chiu3 ping 4 ctfuang 2 chien 2
& m
wu 3
$ ^ ?
hsiao 4 tzu. 3
2124
When
parents die old, dutiful children
3c
may
?
be merry.
Fu 4 mu 3
# *
3Co
ffi
lao 3 ssu, 3 feng 1 liu 2 hsiao 4 tzu. 3
360
2125
Strict fathers
have
ffl
filial
sons.
3
Yen2
1 ^ chV f ? 2126
fu4
hsiao 4
tzii.
When
father
and son
agree, the family will not fail
when
brothers agree, the family will not separate.
K * Fa tzu a % hsiung
4
3
1
fD
%a
'ho
2
Iff
<ho 2 erh 2 chia 1

iff
ti
erh 2 chia 1 pu 4 fen. 1
* ^ pu m * #
4
t<ui
4
:
2127
In a gambling-house
Tu3
mm
no
father
2
and
son.
ch'ien
ch'ang2 shang 4
wu & *
fu4 tzu. 3
2128
Bad descendants involve ancestors ,m 13 H A "X
<Hou 4 jen2 pu4
is
in disgrace.
:
.
^hao, 3 lien 2 lei
M
;
"
shang 4 jen 2
a purely Chinese notion, according to which the sins of descendants are charged upon ancestors they must have committed some enormous crime to cause their descendants thus to sin.
Note.
This
2129
The
parents' pet
is
the obedient child.

*&
4
m Tieh
>&
1
niang 2 tfung 4
m m shun m
ti
1
sa
hsin 1 erh. 2
2130
Parents can hardly secure that their descendants will be wise and good.
Fu 4 ma3 nan2 pao3
% # i
ft
* m
tzii
3
w,
hsien. 2
sun 1
2131
When
a father wants his son to die, he
dies.
% ? a k Fu yao tzu wang

4
-?
2
x
3
tzii
pu4
liu.
361
2132
Whilst the father lives the son dare not put himself
forward.
'
Fu 4
tsai 4
a ? * tzu pu kan 2133

3
if
2
tzu 4 ehuan. 1
The rod produces obedient, petting and

obedient children.
spoiling dis-
Kim 4 pang 4
#
SI
t*ou
,
ft ft shang 4 chû 1 *hao 3
tzii,
chiao' t'eug- chiao 1
yang3
wa3
ft
?|
ni 4
erh, 2
2134
Good
parents,
jolly
'
marriages
ft
good
children,-
decent funerals.
# g ^Hao n %
3
tieb 1
ma
-k
*hao 3 chîn 1 shih 4
*hao 3 erh 2
nu 2 *hao 3 tsang4
w m
|R
sbih.
2135
"
When
them
a tiger has three whelps at a birth, one of will be a leopard ; when a man has three boys at a birth one of them will be noble."
*Hu 3 sfong1 san 1 tzu 3
2
1
h * & yu m ~ pao m A E * & # ~ J* Jen sbeng tzu yu

tit
pi 4
yi 1
4
;
sau 1
pi 4
4 yi 1 kuei.
Note.
Curiously enough,
summoned
In
to
it is s;iid
that
when a man's wife bears him
three
sons, he is
magistrate. a present of
yamen to receive a congratulatory present from the one instance, known to my informant, the lucky father received
the
Taels.
Ten
This will remind the reader of the Queen's bounty on
the occasion of triple births.
213S
When
selling a son don't stroke his head stroke his head your tears will flow.
;
if
you
Mai 4 tzu 3 mo 4 mo 1
w ? n #
tW
si.
2
;
mo 1
m m yen m m m
t*ou 2
3
lei
liu.
362
2137
Dutiful sires beget dutiful sons undutiful children.
;
undutiful sires beget
Hsiao 4 shun 4 *huan 2 shong1 hsiao 4 shun4 tzu 3

3
m m m & m m * >w m m & ft i a wu huan shpng wu

ni 1
(
ni 4
erh. 2
2138
You must
rear children to
Yang 3
ft
erh 2 fang 1 chih 1 fu 4
#.&.## mu
2139
know
parental goodness.
-JB
3
en. 1
He who
not,
has a son must depend on him

his son-in-law.
1
he who has
must depend on
Yu 3
m
?
erh 2 k*ao 4 erh"
m %,-m % m m
;
wu 2
erh 2 k*ao 4
hsii.
2140
If
my
descendants surpass me,

still
why
should I covet
I
money
If
they be inferior to me,
why
should
4
do so
1
? <a Tsu 3 sun1 sheng 4 ssu 4 wo 3 yao 4

i
3
u m ? m x Tzii
sun 1 pu 4 ju 2
n s m m @ m shen mo yao ^ m a m m wo shen mo

clrien2 tso 4
3
chîen 2 tso 4
2141
Do
Mo 4
not spend your honest wit in fruitless scheming your descendants must get their share of happiness.
erh 2
* * a ft m M m % M s w % sun sun yu
ffi
pa 3 chen 1 hsin 1 kîng 1

1
chi 4 chiao 4
2
tzu 4
erh 2
fu.
2142
Reserve the square-inch plot for your descendants
to
till.
fe ft is Tan 4 ts'un 2 fang 1
*
tsûn 4
m
ti
j*
yii
;
liu 2
tzu 3 sun 1 keng. 1

is
i*
that parents
Note. The u square-inch plot " is the heart and the meaning must leave a good example to he followed by their children.
363
2143
Would you
love your child, then teach
him industry
and temperance.
m Jo
When
-*
4
Ik
t
yao
ai 4
tzil
? m m cbm & 2144

3
chiao 4 tâ 1
in
chien. 3
must not follow him

* Lao 3 tzu 3 kan 2
the father pursues the son with the rod, he for a hundred paces.
* *
E 2145
&
erh 2
ffi
2
ip T> pn 4 shang pai 3 pu. 4
The broken furnace may turn out good

m.
P*o 4
;
tiles.
m yao
ft
cb'u 1 <bao 3 wa. 1
2146
;
If
you love your child don't spare the rod

hate your child give
Lien 2 erh 2
to 1
yii
3
if
you
him plenty
4
;
of dainties.
to 1
yii
3
m. m m % % u pang
tseng 1 erh 2
his son
:
m & % & it %
shih. 2
" He that spareth his rod hateth Note. teueth him betimes." Prov. 13: 24.
but he that loveth him chas-
2147
The
pestle produces white rice
;
and the rod good
children.
Ch<u 3
w tW m
aj
2
6 Mo
;
cbû 1 pai 2 mi*
pang
m m tW
4
m
chV
<bao 3 tzu. 2
n ?
2143
Let parents say what they will, children must curb their tempers and hold their tongues.
'
Fu 4
mil 3 yen 2 yu, 3 jen 3 ctfi 4
fo
B m # m thm 2149
1
1
sheng. 1
Grown up
sons must separate from and grown up daughters from their
their
mothers
fathers.
fu. 4
$ * m
T
2\
a 2 ta 4
pi'
mu
#o
;
nil 2
& * m K
ta 4
4 pi* pi
364
2150
We
dare not injure the bodies received from
our
parents.
$t
Sben 1
ti
m 5 z % # * s sbou mu? pu kan ^3 sbang. fu 2151

3
fa*
fa 1
cbih 1
Whomsoever
his parents love, the son loves.
K # IV mu
ft
ai 1
- A
yi 1
iio
*
j
ft
ai 4
- A B
"
jen2 yen, 1 tzu
yi 1
1 jen2 jen.
2152
Sons and grandsons have their destined pleasures not treat them as horses and cows.
Erh 2 sun
Mo*
;
do
% u
ie
na^
w % % * f* m f & ma erh sun

@
?i.
2
1
tzu 4 yu 3 erb 2 sun 1 fu 2 ;

tso
4
j
niu. 2
With
Yu 3
2153
may
correct a father.
right on his side even a son
S?
li
J
#T ft
ta 3
1 tS 2 tieb.
2154
If
you honour your parents at home,

burn incense
1
why go
fcbao J
afar to
Tsar cbia cbiug'
#*$##.
?
fir
'ho'
2
iu*
urn, 3
$f
pi 1
yuan'
hsiang 1 ?
2155
Every man loves
ko 4
his
own
flesh
and
*
tfeng.
2
blood.
A
jen 2
Jfe
p*i
2
ft fr jou 4 ko 4 jen 2
2156
Whether a man
tf
1
strike his father
and curse
his
mother
or not, depends on his natural disposition.
M M
tieh
1
ô
1
Hi
uia
uiang,
cbû 1 tzu'
par
#,
6
tain.
1
365
2157
A
prodigal's repentance
is a
2
priceless treasure.
chin 4 chih 1 pao. 3
k ? h Lang tzu
4
m.
f
'hui- t o;i,
& m & a wu"

-k
nii. 2
2158
A stupid
son
is
better than a crafty daughter.
Ck'ib 2 nan'2 sbeng 4 kuo 4 cb'iao 3
m % w n n
2159
*ta 4
Full-grown fledged birds

Chang3
lao cli'ien2
fly
away.
'&
ko 4 tzu 4
a
fei.
2160
If sons are
filial
you don't want many,

t> pu 4
^liao 3 t/.u 3
# *
is
m %
vao 4
to.
1
2161
A
daughter-in-law
very diligent on her

*,t Lsi 2
first arrival.
% m
Hbin
ch'ii
J
*M 4
fn
?T
ehV
&
lai
2
Wi
ch'in.
2
2162
A
child does not dislike a plain
mother
a dog does
not despise a poor master.
Tzu 3 pu4
m # f # Lsien inu
2
pw
3
cli'ou 3
kou3 pu 4 yen 4
$ * i $ m
much
u
3
chia 1 p*in. 3
2133
He
is
no
man who
ft
!
thinks
of his wealth,
and
little
of his parents.
ft
Mo
ts'ai,
2
Cbui.g 4 kio 4
B % # * po an, pu 2164
a
S
4
fu 4
cb'eng 2 jen 2 tzu. 3
A ?
Imbecile sons boast of their ancestors.
Wu
& & nan % %

2
te
pa
1
sa
chih 4
&
if
erh-'
tsu 3 tsung 1 kûa. 1
2165
Wealth excites men
:
children
awaken
their affections.
366
j

IVai 2 pai 2 tung 4 jen 2
fj
,t.
bsin
1
%
;
-k
nu 2
erb 2
t*ung 4 jen 2 hsin. 1
m a
,&
2166
He who
has sons cannot long remain poor has none cannot long remain rich.
;
he who
Yu 3
was,* i
erb 2 p*in 3
pu 4
cbiu 3
? t ^ g n tzu pu 2167
;
wu 2
fu 4
cb*ang. 2
Empty
granaries bring months and years of want stupid posterity, laxity in manners and uprightness.
Ts ang
c
t m & % m n z =$ u m % mmm tzu sun

[
lin
bsii
bsi 1
sui 4 ylieb 4 fa 2
yii
bsi
li
su.
2168
Better rear a playful than a stupid child.
Ning 2
n ^ /m ^ kV wan
yang'
?
2
tzu, 3
x n m
pu 4
kV
yang 3 cb
m ?
r
ib
tzu. 3
2169
Children whom the mother nourished three years at the breast, leave her of their own accord when grown to man's
estate.
?l if ji is San 1 nien 2 ju 3 pu 3 cb ang 2 *buar pao, 4

,
,
s $
cbang 3 ta 4 ctfcng 2 jen 2 ko 4 tzu 4
M M
r
kâi. 1
$ i
2170
It is a miserable
it is
family where there are boys and girls geni family where there are none.
*r
hi
ft
-k
nii
2
Yu 3
IK
Notk.
erh 2 yn 3
shih 4
\vu 2 erb 2
IS -k wir nir
sbib
* s yuan & %
1 till
1
cbia 1
bsien 1 cbia. 1
This may be said
in jocular reply to congratulations,
by the father
of a targe family.
367 have none
2171
If we have none to foul the bed, we to burn paper at our graves.
shall
Chiang- sbang4
fen 2 eb ien 2
r
mu 2 yu 3
2 3
o1
1
sui 1
ti,
w m ^ m & yu m t mu sbao
cbib 3
ti.
2172
Don't fear that your father won't love you for when children are wise and good, parents are naturally
;
glad.
Pu 4
If
* I ^ 7 pu <buan
4
fu 4
tz<u 2
tzu 3 bsien 2 ctfin 1
? I 1
&
tzii
4
I
le.
2173
you would pray for dutiful children, piety to your father and mother.
Yao 4
first
show
filial
s * sbun m
cb*iu 2
ô
4
tzu, 3 bsien 1 bsiao 4 tieb 1 niang. 2
% m m
i&
CHAPTE R
2174
III.
HUSBANDS AND WIVES.
For wives your sons are longing, your maids for husbands call This is the one arena in which strive one and all.
-k m ms % m *i # nir cbao lang a a t p m ~ sbib chien nao Jen cb'ang. 2175
ErhHW
2
hsi 2
fu 4
tsai
yi 1
Marriages
when properly
negociated,
Cause neither family to be aggravated.

Cbieh 2
& s ins
A
Men 2
marriage
J*
1
cb*in 2 ju 2 cbieb 2
i i i 4 m mo bbeng 2176
io
i,
liang 3 chia 1
cb*i.
When
doorways match and houses
pair,
may
ffi
be settled there.
R tang
S.
*bu 4 tui, 4 liang 8 hsia 4 cb^cng 2
ft
ft
hun 1
m
p*ei.
2177
Very
In betrothing a daughter to any young man, careful enquiry's the only safe plan.
i a i a | kuo * a sbuo
Nii 2 erb 2
1
it
jen 2 cbia, 1
bsi
2178
o
fang 3 cb r a. 2
Where
true love exists between husbands and wives,

liês.
They're happily joined to the end of their
Fu 1
* m % n
ctfi
1
ai
<bao, 3 t*ung 2 cbieb 2 tao 4 lao. 3

;
m 217
ft
In the great majority of cases,
Wives have fair, and husbands ugly faces Yet there are many, on the other side, Where the man is bound to an ugly bride.
HUSBANDS AND WIVES.

*Hao 3
369
ta 4
4
;
# m wu & cM n n Mo % t - -k pan u m wu go 5c t - * m % ch^ ^ hao <Hao 2180

1
*hao 3 *han, 4 tîen 1 bsia 4 yi 1

f
<han4
tfien
hsia 4 yi 1
ta 4
tui.
Nought must divide the married

Its
pair
weight the steelyard cannot spare,
Kxrng 1 pn 4
&
t>
m
li
pV
io
2
;
cffeng 3 pu 4
j>
m m
li
t<o. 4
2181
People married early, see in plainness nothing wrong
:
And
clothes,
though made of coarsest
cloth, are often
very strong.
*s
Chieh 2 fa 3 fu 1
m & % m * m chW yeh

ch<i
]
<hao 3
TsV
pu4
2
feng 3
3
yeh 3
lao. 2
"; chieh Ja, Note. and a half or two years.
u Early
the knotting up of the hair, at the
age of one
2182
The bride that
Is like a
man
is linked to a worthless groom, buried in a luckless tomb.

2
Chia 4 *huai 4
m m a m m m
jen,
tsang *huai 4 fen. 2
2183
Widow
marriage must always Consummated immediately.
Kuo 4 hun1
Note.
higher bid.
be,
m m
tL
sao 3 lien 2 yeh 4 t*ao. 3

price, or accept
m & m
Else the widow will demand a higher
some one
else's
2184
Having
lost
her
first
husband, again she's a bride
And
Ssu 3
so she gets higher at every stride.

fu 1
liao 3 cfrien 2 fu 1 chia 4 *hou 4
Yi1 pu 4 kao 1
yi 1
pu. 4
370
2185
For virtue a woman our wife we make For her beauty we a concubine take.
Ctfu 3
$$$&&
cM
1
ch'ii
t&
ctfii
ctfieh4 ctfii 3
se.
218S
Long not for the Long that the star
goddess' beauty divine of your husband may shine.
;
Pa4 yao 4 Kuan1 Yin1 mien4
chih 3 yao 4
fa 1 hsing1 hsien. 4
Note. "Goddess," i. e. Kuan Yin, the well-known goddess of mercy. For an interesting and learned account of this divinity, see Eitel's "Handbook of Chinese Buddhism," page 18.
2187
The dislike of her husband's parents she need not mind But from her husband's dislike what escape can she
find?
Kung1
s m huan yu * * m wu m m m Chang
p*o 2 hsien 2
2 2
saw
2
k*o 3
2
fu 1 hsien 2
ch'u4
to.
2188
The
well-to-do
maiden
is
not married into a poverty-
stricken family.
Yu3
fu 2 chih1
nu 2 pu4
lo 4
wu2
fu 2 chih 1 chia. 1
2189
Early marriage
2
&&'*.<&':* Nan nu
ta 4 hsii 1 'hun 1
2
;
is
the duty of adults of both sexes.

ta 4 hsii 1 chia. 4
2190
A
match-maker can scold both sides stupid match-maker gets scolded by both.
clever
;
while a
* m m % ma b m m t> # m mei m m m tW m ma. m pu

*Hui 4 tso 4 mei 2
4 ti
1
liang 3 t*ou 2
<hui 4 tso 4
ti
liang 3
HUSBANDS AND WIVES.
371
2191
Those who rear daughters hope
for great suitors.
m Yang
The upper
classes
-k
3
nii
m m wang kao
4
ra
1
men. 2
2192
their daughters on marriage ; the middle classes do nothing but rear and marry them ; and the lower classes make money by marrying them.
Shang4 t&ig3 chih1 jen2
1 3
endow
2 p'ei 2 ch'ien chia
nii
2
;
hsia 4
A * A ft ft # ^ i jen chia chung teng yang $ a chuan t teng m ft m ft jen 2193

chih 1
2
3
nii
nii
chih 1
2 ctfien 2 chia 4 nii.
Without clouds in the sky it cannot rain so without go-betweens a match can never be made.
;
Tên1 shang 4 wu2

ti
t m % m m * pu m t & mei & n m * pu ch*eng wu 2194

yiin 2
2
hsia 4 yii 3
2
hsia 4
cfrin. 1
When
one family rears a daughter, a hundred families
ask her in marriage.
- m m Yi yaog
-k
3
chia 1
nii
w m * pai
3
chia 1 ctfiu. 2
2195
;
In marrying a daughter select an excellent son-in-law and do not extort costly wedding presents.
Chia 4
-k
nii
tse 2 cbia 1 hsu, 4
% m
m m s m so chung 2196
m*
wu4
3
p<in.
In marrying a son seek a virtuous maiden, scheme not for a rich dowry.
Ctfii 3 hsi 2 ch'iu 2 shu 2 u nii, 2
and
m m * m
wu4
ft
nc
chi 4 <hou4 lien. 2
372
ON. THE FIVE RELATIONS.
2197
Negligent farming may induce temporary poverty but a mistake in marrying blights a whole life.
Chang 4
;
tfao 3 *huai 4 lao 3
m m' x # # m pu & m m a % m~ sheng

tfien 2
4
*hao 3
yi 1 shih 2 chîung 2
p*o 2
yi
ctfiung. 2
2198
Nine out of ten go-betweens are m,
liars.
+ Shih
rnei 2 chiu 3
luiang. 3
2199
You
expect condiments with vegetables with a concubine.
Ctfih 1 ts ai 4
f
a pretty face
chW
yu 2 yen 2
ch*ii
cfrieh 4 ctfii 3
yung2 yen. 2
2200
You may exhume
a coffin betrothed son-in-law.
it nr Tsang4 fen 2 /huan 2 k o 3
?
you may not

pt
4
reject a
ch'ii
* w m pu 2201
Mo
3
;
tse 2
hsli
k*o 3
m
*hui.
Matrimony, exhort men to complete men to put away.

*& ^Hun 1
yin 1 ch'iian 4 lung 3
strifes,
exhort
m m
m & 2202
;
kuo 4 *huan 4
ctfiian 4 kâi. 1
There are Five Relations, but that of husband and wife stands first there are three thousand great Rites, but that of marriage is most important.
;
A
Jen 2
k
ta 4
s % w k m wei h ^ m m m s m san cWien ^hun

ft
'
liin
yu 3
1
wti 3
1
fu 1
fn 4
hsien 1
li
yin 1 tsui 4 chang. 4
Notk. According to the present custom of speaking of the Five Relations, they Prince and Minister Parents and children Husoccur in the following order But in the Yibands and wives; Elder and younger Brothers; and Friends. CIling the relation of Husband and wife stands first hence this saying.
: ;
HUSBANDS AND WIVES.
373
2203
Marriage results from ante-natal causes.
ft
CMen 2
shih 4
m yuan m ^ m m f yu
3 2
chin 1 shih 4 chieh. 2
2204
In the husband fidelity is the thing that's good the wife obedience is the thing that's proper.
;
in
Fu 1
am
i
Ho
;
wei2 liang 2
vx
i
1
fu 4
'shun 4 wei 2 cheng. 4
m n
je
2205
Husband and
at the
wife are indeed birds of one grove, but

his separate flight.
3
bourn of death each takes

Fu 1
chî 1
3
* g # f m ft M> pen tWg k m pj 35 # m m ta tao ko tzu 2206

shih 4
2
lin 2 niao,
hsien 4
lai
fei.
Ugly men marry pretty

get flowery boughs.
wives. Lit.: Scabbed-heacls
HI La 1
If
M
li
2
S$
?e
t<ao 3 'hua 1 chih. 1
2207
they match by nature, marry them.
JS
Sheng 1 chêng 2
yi 1
tin',
I.4
niu 3 chêng 2 yi 1 shaang. 1
IS
2208
Husband and wife
in perfect concord,
lute.
2
are like the
music of the harp and

Fu 1 chV
hsiaiig 1
3
* m * a & *hao
* m m u sheng m waug. 2209

*ho,
cfrin 2 se 2
yii
Conjugal felicity. Lit.: The husband sings and the wife accompanies.
Fu
châng 4 fu 4
m m m
stii.
374
2210
Horses will not re-mate
re-marry.
;
but
men and women
will
Ma 3 wu 2
tsai 4 p*ei 4
jen 2 yu 3 cftung2 ^hun. 1
2211
When
a man's vessel is upset and its masts broken, but when a man marries a lie is poor for a time bad wife he is poor for life.
;
Fan1
t*ao 3 *huai 4 lao 3 p*o 2
m m ~ * m ^ m t i ^ i - sheng
yi 1
1
cb*uan 2 che 2 wei 2 yi 1 shih 2 cttiimg2
cfriung. 2
2212
The
fool fears his old woman reverences her husband.
Ch*ih 2 *han 4 p*a 4 lao 3
;
but the virtuous wife
m m
fa
s. pV
is
x & m * 2213
;
hsien 2 nii 2 ching 4 chang 4 fa. 1
A talented
bridegroom
;
worthless bride and a clever married to a dolt.

Cluing 1 hsiu 4
sometimes matched with a woman is sometimes
*
ts*ai
m.
kuai 1
vj
-k
cMao 3
nii
tzu 3 fan 3
W * H m w J3 #m * ? r chao
SB
J
lang 2 tao 4 p*ei 4 pu 4 liang 2 chih1 fu 4

1
yii
chiieh 2 chih 1 fu. 1
2214
may
not be
2
When
the two have been united they
separated.
Pan 4
a & % n # a m w jen pu k o pan

*ho 2
4
f
jen 2 kâi. 1
2215
Fu
Loving husbands and wives, enjoy the affection of their sons and daughters.
enduring
* $ 1 en
1
Ho
<hou,
4
5i
erh 2
chî 1
^
nii
ffif
ending 2 ctfang. 2
HUSBANDS AND WIVES.
375
she
2216
A man may
be ten years older than his wife
;
must not be one year older than

Chih 3
hsli 3
'*-'*
nan 2 ta 4
pi
?
he.
yi 1 tsêng 2
#
A man
ic
nii
2
pu 4 k o 3
cffang 4 yi 1
31
sui.
4
2217
without a wife has a home without a mistress a woman without a husband is an unprotected being.
;
Nan 2 wu2 cM 1
nii
2
2
JB zn
M
j\
W? 3c
?t\
M
>>>
ttr --C
chia 1
wu 2
$s
chu 3
chu. 3
k wu n * #
When husband and
1
fu 1 shen1
wu 2
2218
wife disagree, they become the
slaves.
dupes of their own female

fu4
4
x ^ & & * m pu Fu nu
<ho 2
3
c
ctfi.
1
pi 4
In bed,
husband and wife
%b
fu, 4
2219
;
out of bed,
%k
;
Shang4 cttuang2 fu 1
* W J 2220
5co
;
hsia 4 eh ? uang 2
k o. 4
c
%
;
guests.
Husbands
are as
Heaven
t,
to their wives
wives are
the slaves of their husbands.
Fu1
ib
nai 3
fu 4 chih 1 t'ian 1
m
clfi
1
75
nai 3
* n
fu 1 chih 1
nu. 3
2221
Husband and wife have no enmities which can survive
a night.
Fu1
If I
* m m m s wu ko yeh 2222
ch'i
1
z.
vl
chih 1 ch'ou. 2
keep to
my
wife, others will

fu,
4
2
keep to
theirs.
ch'i.
1
Wo
j> pu4 yin 2 jen 2
a m a m jen
t> pu4 yin2 wo 3
m m
376
2223
A
good man will not beat his wife not worry a fowl.
c
a good dog will
t> *r m* *f <Hao 3 han 4 pu 4 ta 3 chH 1 ; *hao 3 kou 3 pu 4 yao 3
n m x # 2224
fi
ctfi
3
chi.
Is
he a superior man who listens to his wife, and turns against his brother ?
sp f> $j -m Tîng 1 fu 4 yen 2 kuai 1 ku 3 jou, 4
B m
2225
8o
chV
it,
shih 4 chang4
s * *
fix
Do
not curse your wife in the evening, or you will have to sleep alone.
Mo 4 ma 4
If
I I I I yu
3
shih 2
- S I I yeh shou ku
yi 1
4 4
1
ctfi.
222S
your wife
is
against
P
Si
Girth 1 tsK
He detests his own wife, but loves He lightly esteems the domestic
wild pheasant.
Ctfing 1 chia 1
chi 1
ai 4
3
other men's. Lit:

fowl, but loves the
m ch& m m m & yeh

r
ih.
2228
Fine houses are man-measuring skeps
are ferry boats.
;
and
fair
wives
*Hua 2 wu 1
Note.
wives;
for,
liang 3 jen 2 toil 3
chiao 1
chV
tu 4
k o 4 ch*uan. 2
r
The moral of
out of the one
this proverb is
Neither
you
will be turned by death, and, after
covet fine houses nor pretty your death, the
other will
marry again.
2229
Take no notice
of
said
what you hear

pien 1 chih 1 yen 3
on the pillow.
VL Chen8
**
^ mo
*to 1 4 trtng.
HUSBANDS AND WIVES.
377
2230
A
virtuous wife causes her husband to be honoured a bad one brings him to shame.
;
Note. ashamed
is
Hsien 2 fu 4
kuei, 4 o 4 fu 4 ling 4 fn 1 chien. 4 "A virtuous woman is a crown to her husband but she that maketh Prov. 12 as rottenness in his bones. " 4.
ling 4
1
:
w m & & fu
*,
m w
ft
& m
2231
Ugly wives and stupid maids
are priceless treasures.
ChW
Do
not
m chS m $ u m nu wu
3 1
.
2
chlieh 2
chia4 chih 1 pao. 3
2232
many
wives or concubines
who
K:
are gorgeously
fine.
Ch'i 1 .ch ieh 4 cl/ieh 4 chi 4 yen 4 chnang. 1
f
IB
.&
2233
1
virtuous wife saves her husband from evil ways.

Chia 1 yu 3 hsien 2
ch'i,
nan'2 jen 2
pn 4
tsao 1
hun4
shih- 4
2234
Nothing
will frighten a wilful wife
but a beating.
#r
ta.
3
m m & k ta Chiang niang p'a 2235 :

4
p'o 2
chih 3
She who
1
is
wife to one
n 2
~ m & % Yi erh
chia 1 nii 2
man
*
cannot eat the rice of two.
j>
ch'ih 1
pu 4
% m
te 2 liang 3 chia 1 fan. 4
mm
1
223S
Slanders cluster round a widow's door.
Kua 3
% m
pi
tf
fu 4 nen 2 ctfien 2 to 1 shih 4
& & m
lei.
2237
Dress to meet your parents, undress to meet your husband.
Ch<uan T
i
l
chien 4 iu 4
nin, 3
ox
chien 4 chang 4 fu. 1
378
2238
If she rises early she offends her
husband
<fc
if late, his
father
and mother.
jg
Ctfi 3 tsao 3 liao 3 te 2 tsui 4 chang 4 fu 1
3
ch*i
117 11^1
yen4
liao 3
% T
ft
te 2
tsui 4
kung1
p*o. 2
2239
Happy
the wife who dies before her husband happy she who dies after him.
;
un-
Yu3
si
fu 2 ssu 3 fu 1 ch'ien 2
& *
mr.
;
si
wu2
% * m m fu szu
2 3
fu 1
'hou. 4
2240
Good tempered and
careful
she's a
good wife indeed.

-k
nii.
5o Hsia 4 chV hsiao 3 hsin 1
T & *
ts*ai 2 shih 4
& & m
fu 4
2241
A
good horse will not turn back to eat grass and a good wife will not marry a second husband.
;
*Hao 3
51 M ma * pu ou ~ * * m # m t> pu chang
jg
flfc
elfin 1 *hui 2 t
ts*ao 3
*hao 3 ctfi 1
chia 4 erh 4
fu. 1
2242
A
loyal minister will serve but one Prince
;
a virtuous
woman but
one husband.
ch'en 2
n& Chung1
J|
6 7
4
$*
if
chen 1 fu 4
* ~ * * pu
shih 4 erh 4
pu4
shih 4 erh 4 chiin 1

fu. 1
31
;
2243
A
widow.
Lit.:
rudderless boat.
Wu
to 4 chih 1 cbou. 1
CHAPTEE
IV.
ELDEFÂND YOUNGEI\_BROTHER,S.
2244
" In childhood
>h
who
&. 4
ti,
as brothers are,
When grown up
Hsiao 3 sbih 2
oft are severed far."

etfang 4 ta 4
4
1
$
shiti
5t
4
hsiung 1
m. * #ko m hsiang 2245

feet.
li.
Brothers resemble hands and 3ta
% % Hsiung
1
ti
ju 2 shou 3 tsu. 2
everywhere in
&
Note. This Chinese books.
is
the stereotyped illustration which meets one
2246
Though the
is
left
hand conquer the

ft ft
ta 3
right,
no advantage
gained.
Tso 3 ctfuan 2
&
yu4
shou, 3 sui 1 sheng 4
M B 2247
$-o
;
T> fa pu4 ju 2 wu. 2
Torn clothes
may be mended cannot be stuck on again.

Ic
but a hand or foot
I 1 shang 1 p r o 4 shang 4 k*o 3
lit
JE
tsu 2
4
? shou
I IHiS tuan nan 2248

2
I pu |
3
;
te 2 lien. 2
When brothers disagree they are imposed on by others.

51
Hsiung 1
% X pu
ti 4
% A $ 2249
ft
*ho 2 p*aug 2 jen 2 chî. 1
A brother is
harder to get than lands.
m Nan
'#
2
te 2
* R che hsiung
2
%o
1
ti
4
;
% % che m m m
4
i
te 2
tfien 2
ti.
380
2250
A brother's injuries are soon healed. % Hi* - 7} It - <t- M
Hsiung1
ti 4
sba 1 yi 1 tao 1 kuan 4 yi 1
ko 4 pa. 1
2251
Though, brothers are so closely akin, himself in money matters.
ft
it is
each for
% m
ti
Hsiung 1
2 1 sui 1 elfin ts*ai
# m ko & m 2252
ii
li 1
pieh. 2
Though a brother commit murder,

his brethren.
it
does not involve
Ti 4 hsiung 1 sha 1 jen 2 ko 4 fen 1 shou 3
tsu. 2
2253
Brothers sometimes disagree. Lit.: Top and bottom
teeth sometimes
come
3 3
into
awkward
Ch%
4 f t ^ ya yeh yu
3
ft
hsiang 1 chuang 4 jih 4 tzu. 3
as-?
collision.
2254
The same. Lit: Dishes and smashed together.
basins will sometimes get

ft
ti
1
Tieh 2 wan 3 yeh 3 yu 3 hsiang 1 chuang 4
B8'4
difficult
1
W *
ffi
?
a brother.
4
jih 4 tzu. 3
2255
The most
thing on earth to get
2
is
% T I i i I % % che hsiung T'ien nan 2256

bsia 4 tsui 4
te'
2
ti.
Kind
friends are better than 5t Hsiung

1
unkind
brothers.
i # m K hsiang
ti
4
1
*hai
. in -ft. pu 4 ju 2 yu 3 sheng. 1
2257
Be he never
so
so
good he
bad he
still is
still is.a stranger part of myself.
be he never
ELDER AND YOUNGER BROTHERS.

*Hao 3 sha 1
liao 3 shih 4 tfa 1 jen 2
381
*huai 4 sha 1 liao 3 shih 4 tzu 4 chi. 3
Ti
-m
i a
m o rx o
Never allow the
slightest consideration of profit, to
injure the affection proper between those
who
1#
are of
the same bone and

4
i
flesh.
Q 4
% a 6SU n m m Wu <hao
3
1
fi
li,
pien 4 shang 1
ku 3 jou 4
# a
cluing. 2
CHAPTER
FRIENDS.
2259
Unless you will give him some
trifling
sum,
You
Note.
it
can't get rid of a destitute
chum.
i # Shuo
1
lo
te 2
tV
A ^ pa
te 2
1
<ho. 2
The above
is
the
commonest application
creditor.
to
which
this proverb
is
put
can also be applied to any importunate
2260
Chiao 1
MX
4
i
Friendship existence to attain, Must rest on goodness not on gain.

3c
#.
ts ai 2
c
3c
;
st
pu 4 chiao 1
chiao 1 ts c ai 2 lia'ng3 pu 4
m X #
lai.
;
2261
Mix with mandarins and grow poor With merchants and increase your store With Bonzes and you soon will find,
Subscription
lists
not far behind.

;
3c ft. ff Chiao 1 kuan1 cfriung2 3c

Chiao 1
fo
*ho 2
ft.
shang 4 te 2
g * m m # yuan
3c
chiao 1 k*o 4
2
fu 4
pu. 4
22S2
With every
You
friend and fellow you meet, can do nothing but drink and eat
ft
4
a
San 1 p*eng 2 ssu 4
h m n % % m E. yu, wan chiu k uai

3 3
c
jou. 4
22S3
Friends are at fault his dress awry.
I1
when
man
is
allowed to wear
kuan 1 pu 4 cheng 4 pêng2 yu 3
chih 1 kuo. 4
FRIENDS.
383
2264
Friends in the morning foes at night.
Chao 1
4 Lsiuiig 1 ti
m f mu
"'. :
ft
ch'ou 2
M
ti.
2265
Never make friends of tmgenial men.
Jen2 tao 4
A M
$h
'ft
wu 2
chîng 2 chHeh 4
U M mu 2266
is
2
ft
4
hsiang 1 chiao. 1
well-known friend
2
a treasure.
a i i i Jen shu
2267
Men
shih4 pao. 3
are friends the world over.

,
Wu
m m m m & m #
3
*hu 2 ssu 4 *hai 3
tu 1 shih 4 p*eng 2 ya. 3
2268
Lingering friendship. Lit.: The lotus root broken and its silken fibres remain united.
may
be
m m n x m Ou tuan ssu pu 2269

3 4
1
tuan. 4
When
friendship
2
is
real
4
men
can talk without reserve.

so 3
4
m wang & n Te
yen 2
n m * m pu 2270
nr
wu 2
t/an. 2
miserable friendship. Lit: probe scraped by a bit of pot.
An opium-smokers
2
la 1
# yen m m
pîen 4
1
?*
chîen 1 tzii, 3
m m % m m wa yu cho
4
tz*u 2
kua. 1
2271
Impossible alliance. Lit.: Friendship between ice and
coal.
?X
Ping 1 tfan 4 chih 1 chiao. 1
B Z
3e
or
or,
?Jc
*B
$
tfou. 2
Ping1 t*an 4 hsiang 1
384
2272
Who
are firmly joined can be hardly severed
iii
Ku 4
chieh 2 pu 4
&
t>
pt
k<o 3 cbieh. 3
2273
Drink only with familiar friends only with a poet.
;
and
recite poetry
5t
&
ft
Chiu 3 feng2 cbih 1
chi 3 yin 3
W 2274
;
fa
shih 1 hsiang 4 *hui 4 jen 2 yin. 2
# A
;
Rfr
One's acquaintances must fill the empire familiar friends must be few.
fa
Hsiang 1 shih 4 man 3
but one'e
m m
5c
tfien
1
To
hsia 4
;
chih 1 hsin 1 neng 2 cbi 3 jen. 2
& $
ig
2275
Let the politeness of
all after intercourse,
first
acquaintances characterize
arise.
and in the longest friendship

<El
nothing disagreeable will

ft
it
Hsiang 1 feng 2 <hao 3 ssu 4

tao 4 lao 3 chung 1
chV
ts
ft
hsiang 1 shih, 4
*hen 3 hsin* 1
m % &
us
wu 2 yuan1
m &
o
2276
If friends
meet and part empty, the blooming peach blossom round the grotto will deride them.
Hsiang 1 feng 2 pu 4 yin 3 k*ung 2 kuei1 ch
4
3
S If * 4 ^ a m p ^ ^hua # yeh tung kW

ft
ife
tfe
ii,
t*ao 2
hsiao 4 jen. 2
2277
Having money and wine your friends will be many but who will visit you when in distress ?
w m w ft $ hsiung yu & nan f # H - A ho

Yu 3
ch*ien 2
2
?
chiu 3 to 1
ti
4
;
fnl
chi 2
tsêng 2 chien 4 yi 1 jen
2<
Note.
riends.
The poor
Prov. 14
;
is
hated even of his own neighbour; but the rich hath
many
20-
FRIENDS.
385
Chieh 2 chiao 1
2278
Unless your friend be your superior, you had better have none ; and for a few days observe whether his subsequent greetings equal his first.
&
fa
tan 4
m So m n * & wu & m sheng n wo pu ia m I H 5 H. ft a ^ pu ju k*an san wu

hsli
1
ehi, 3
ssu 4
ju 3
2
2
;
jih,
hsiang 1 chien 4
ctfu. 1
2279
No joy
row
equals that of making a new friend that of being separated from friends.
;
no
sor-
Le4 mo 4
pei 1
m n m % m *b & hsiang pieh % m m n m % eheng mo 2280

le 4
hsi 1 hsin 1
cLih 1
2
pei1 hsi 1
li.
Tigers and deer do not stroll together,.

f
Hu3
lu 4
pu* tfung2 yu. 2
2281
The crow does not
roost with the phoenix.
Wu
% m ^ n e
1
ji
ya1 pu 4
yii
feng 4 Tiuang 2
cM. 1
2282
Though conversing
thousand
hills
face to face, their hearts have a
between them.
Tui 4 mien4
is
n
yii
yii,
Wo3
)&
hsin 1
ko 2
m m
chîen1 shan. 1
2283
He who
has friends in every place finds every place
delicious.
Ssu 4
*hai 3 chiao 1 yu, 2
tu 1 ctteng 2 Ian 2 wei. 4
2284
Of
all acquaintanceship, that in which each the other s heart, is best.
knows
386
on'the five relations.
A
Jen2
ft
chih 1 hsiang1 chih, 1 kuei 4 hsiang1 chih 1 hsin. 1
&.*.*&
2285
3
*&
When men
are friendly even water

2
is
sweet.
A n M % 4 m Jen yao *hao yeh 2286

4
shui3
tien.
You can
hardly
make
2
a friend in a year
ffl
but you can
easily offend
1
^ 8 * H A Yi nan ko jen ~ m m n m ~ m a Yi ko
nien 2
1
one in an hour.
hsiang 1 yii3
yi1
2
;
shih 2 pien4 te 2 tsui 4 yi 1
j&.
2287
Better associate with one well
stranger.
known than with a
ff Pan4
sheng1 pu 4 ju 2 pan4 shu. 2
*n
w m
2288
Having wine and good feeding you'll have plenty of none. friends but in the day of adversity
;
m m ft * % m % yu jou yu ~ m n & m z b# 'huan nan ko wu.

Yu3
cbiu 3
3
3
;
to 1 p'eng 2
4
chih1 shih 2 yi 1
2289
When
pnrposes agree the most hostile grow friendly when they disagree near relatives become enemies.
ft m Wu n & Yiieh n hsiang x & m i? fa m vi m m pu ku jou wei
ft
I4
<ho 2
4
tse 2
ctfin
<ho 2
tse
cfrou 2
ti.
Note. "The most

were often
at
hostile, " lit:
'
Wu
and Yueh"; two ancient States that
Wu.
enmity with each other. The Yueh was finally destroyed by the See Dr. Legge's CUun ch'iu, pages 759, 831.
FRIENDS.
387
;
appearance
;
2290
his
Without a good mirror no lady can know her true
Without a true friend no scholar can know

errors of conduct.
own
Nu 2 wu 2
shih 4
w m * & n a & ming pu mien shang wu $i ft $ B 2S K ; ^ n yu pu pu

2
ching 4
chih1
ching1 tsû 1
liang 2
chih 1 hsing 2
kûei 1 yii. 4
2231
is
Two
are better than

;
short
A Yi
1
ona Lit: One man's plan the plan of two is long.

ft
jen 2 chi 4 tuan 3 ; erh 4 jen 2 chi 4 ctfang. 2
^ ~ A
2292
ft
When
is
the world's affairs are calm

;
we can judge
it
of
them
when
affection is
4
moderate
will endure.
Shih 4 shih 4 ching 4
* m fang a
jl
chien 4
;
jen 4 ctfing 2 tan 4 shih 3 ctfang. 2
^ m m
CHAP TEE
VARIOUS.
VI.
2293
Those who violate the Five Eelations and the Five Constant Virtues will quickly perish.
fit
Liin 2 ch'ang 2 kuai 1 ctfuan, 3
w m
v
.
**.
m
li
$l
chien 4 hsiao 1 wang. 2
m e
.
2294
Relatives are
5t
Hsiung1
ti
bound
2
to stand
by one
4
another.
3
u m m % shu
4
;
ft
chib 2 hsii 1 fen 1 to 1
% jun % m kua.
^2295
;
Friends while good dinners last while fuel and food remain.
Chiu 3 jou 4 p*eng 2 yu 3
husband and wife
ft
* m m * mi fu cM. 2296
%o
;
cfrai 2
Go
into partnership with a brother

son.
and into
s&
ti
4
;
battle
with father and

*r
Ta 3
J:
*buo 3 c huan 2 shih 4 chîn1 hsiung 1
8 a i 8
2297
sbang 4 cb6n 4 ting 4 yao 4 fu 4 tzu 3 ping. 1
&&&%?&
fathers' fortune
;
;
Sons receive their
and wives share
their husbands' lot.

Tzii 3 teng 1 fu 4 yeb 4
f S ^ i I 5 ^ ^ shou fu 2298
ctfi
1
fen.
Parents notwithstanding their deep love must be parted from their children husband and wife though
;
most
faithful,
must
also separate.
Fu 4 mu 3
fu 1
k # a m
cbi
1
en 1 shen1 cluing 1 yu 3 pieb 2

i
& w m
li.
cbung 4 yeb 4 fen 1
various.
389
2299
One, though related, is no relation not related, is a relation.
Shih 4 ctf in1 pu 4 shih 4 etfin 1
;
another, though
**.*
;
*U
fei 1
ctfin 1 ctfiieh 4 shih4
chW
his heart
ft
2300
His
is
griefs are
few whose wife is virtuous enlarged whose sons are dutiful.
Ctfi 1 hsien 2 fu 4 *huo 4 shao 3
m i * m
know
>j?
;
tzii
* * fu & &
3
hsiao 4
hsien1 kûan. 1
2301
Princes
their Ministers, Fathers their Children,
Elder Brothers their Younger Brothers, and Teachers their Scholars, better than any one else.
Chih 1 ch*en 2
mo 4
ju 2
cbiin,
chih 1 tzii 3
mo 4
ju 2
fu,
p
Chih 1
HI
ti
4
mo 4
in
ju 2 hsiung, 1 chih 1
$ H
ti 4
in
ja 2
shih. 1
mo 4
2302
Would you know
j
the character of a Prince, then first observe his Ministers would you become acquainted with a man, first look at his Friends ; would you know a Father, first consider his Son.
Yu4
a . ^ i s e m m & a % m % % yu '& & n # % m s * 2303

Yii 4 shih 4
ch*i 2 jen, 2 hsien 1 shih 4 ctfi 2
chih 1 ch*i 2 chun, 1 hsien1 shih 4 ch*i2 ch*en 2

3
Yii 4 chih 1 ctfi 2
fu, 4
hsien1 shih 4 ch<i 2 tzu. 3
If
not an injured family, we should have neither sons nor daughters if we were not at enmity we should never have been husband and wife.
;
we were
390
4
* % m x & a & Pu yuan chia pu ctfeng erh % % m m * $ * m Pu tW ctfeng

shih 4
1
1
nii
2
;
"
shih4 tui 4
pu4
fu 1
fu. 4
Note.
This
is
used in reply to congratulation, in a jocular and self-depre-
ciatory sense.
2304
Poverty in a family brings out the dutiful Son
;
and
confusion in the state reveals the loyal Minister.

Chia 1
m m a m
p*in 3
?o
5
chien 4 hsiao 4 tzu 3
kuo 2 Ian4 hsien 3 chung1 ch en. 2

c
ft
m &
2305
Who
honours his Prince, will think lightly of rank and emolument who honours his Parents, will honour his wife and child less who honours his Brothers, will think lightly of money and heritage.
; ;
Shih 4 ch f ao 2
4
ft tt IS m m chung chHng n se mu s m m tzu ? m # chung Shih m % % chung m m % m m ch<an Shih hsiung 2306
II
Bffl
t*ing 2
tze 2 chiieh 2 lu 4
3
1
5
fu 4
tse 2 ctfi 1
ctfing1
4
ti
2 tse 2 ts<ai
ctfing. 1
Those who at home are not given up to their wives
and children, will serve their Parents filially; those who abroad do not deceive their Friends, will serve their Prince with loyalty.
Nei 4 pu4
ni 4
yu 2
ctfi 1
tzu 3 che, 2 shih 4 cttin1 pi 4 hsiao 4
Wai 4 pu 4
ctfi
yu2
p*eng 2
yu 3
ch, 2 shih 4 chiin 1 pi 4 chung. 1
2307
The thing important
fulness
is
;
Respectthe perfect embodiment of the Ten Virtues

is
to the Five Relations
Sincerity.
VARIOUS.
391
ching 4
5 f i vao S fi I tsar m m + m & & wei Shih

Wu
3
lun 2 club 1
4
chih 1 cttien 2
ch*eng. 2
Note.
Five
The Ten Virtues are those which belong
to the
Ten members
of the
relations.
2308
He
has perfect tranquility whose wife is virtuous and sons obedient and all things are satisfactory when rains are seasonable and winds moderate.
;
ChH 1
* K tzu * # - shen # a m m m & wan Yu shun feng 2309
MM
3
hsien 2
hsiao 4 yi 1
tiao 4
hsien 2
shih 4 tsu 2
If sincerity be
wanting between Prince and Minister if between Parents the nation will have no peace and Children, the family will have no concord if
;
;
between Brothers, their affections will be loosened if between Friends, their intercourse will be distant.
Chun 1
fu 4
n s * pu
ch*en 2
3
f
4
hsin 4
tzu ? * pu % * % hsiung pu
1
is
fa
4
hsin 4 chia 1
m x % % x m
pu 4
run 4
4
kuo 2 pu 4 an 1
ti
hsin 4 cluing 2
4
m x m pu ctnn
i
1
1
;
I r?:#. % fta p*eng yu pu

2
hsin 4 chiao 1
su.
2310
The
honest truth
;
and Wife and Friend.

Fu 1
must not be told between Husband and lies must not be told between Friend
m m shuo * m mien m f mo m chen

chî 1
4
p*eng 2
Note.
a.p t J yu mien mo
3 4
ch*ien 2
1
;
fi
chîen 2
shuo 1 chia. 3
This proverb supposes that the truth between husband and wife could
not bear to be told, both beiDg immoral.
SECTION XVII.ON RELIGION.
CHAPTER
HEAVEN OR
GOD.
2311
Heaven rules o'er all things, don't fret yourself to pray Trouble spent in making plans, is but thrown away. Wan4
;
n # & % m ch @ # yu mo m w ^ m m moa. m 'Ho kV

shih 4
2
tfien 1
iang 2 ch'iu 2
2
bsil 1
k'u 3 yurig* chi 1
2312
Imperial Heaven will never slight
*Huang 2
men
of sorrow.
5c
tîen1
* H
IS
ft
pu4 fu 4 k*u 3
hsin 1 jen. 2
2313
Man would
have things so and
*n Jen2 pien4 ju 2
t'ien
1 li
so,
but Heaven negajft
tives bis plans.
A m ft in ju * jan m wei * x a wei 2314

tz*u 3
2
2
tz*u, 3
s
4
Jan.
It is
man's to scheme
Mou 2
it is
i f
It
A,
;
Heaven's to accomplish, T$ JS
shih 4 tsai 4 jen 2
ch*eng 2 shih 4 tsai 4
& H
tfien.
2315
Heaven responds
form or echo to
5c
1
to
man
4 2
as quickly as
'
shadow
to
voice.
'
mi
ying
Tîen chih
a m m & m jen min ju ying

3
hsiang. 3
HEAVEN OR
GOD.
393
for
2316
Heaven never sends a man without providing clothes and income.
5c
Fieri1 sheng1 yi1 jen, 2
him
2317
S
u
- A
#
pi4
*r yu3
i 1
lu.
What man
knows.
sees not
and knows
3c
not,
Heaven
sees
and
T> Jen2 yen3 pu4 chien4

2
A 1 A * jen
tîen1
yen 3 chien4
pu4
chih1 tao 4 t'ien1 chih1 tao.4
5c
1 1 & M
2318
kuo 4 jen 2
:
Man
can be bound, but Heaven cannot.

te2
Niu3
lai,
niu 3 pu 4 kuo 4
tfien.
2319
man
4
Heaven
sent never the grave for him. 3c
but Earth provided a
T'ien1 sheng1 yi 1 jen, 2
~
p
A.
& ~ R m sheng 2320

ti
yi 1 hsiieb. 4
Our
daily bread depends on Heaven.

Ctfih1 fan 4
m k ao
!
3f.
4
t'ien.
2321
Heaven knows bow eacb man
P&
gets bis living.
5c
2
Wl
Ch'ih1 fan4
Si * pn man 2322
4
t'ien.
Men
deceive good men, Heaven does not bad men, Heaven does not.
Jen2 shan4 jen2
jen 2
men
fear
A | A I A M A t&
o4
3c
1
ctfi
ien1
7 pu4
I
cifi
1
;
5c
jen 2 p*a4 t*ien x pu 4
ft
p<a. 4
394
ON RELIGION.
2323
When men
them.
Jen2 yus shan4 yuan4
have good desires Heaven must further

>&
k m m m n 2324
T'ien1 yen 3 'hui 1 'hui, 1
4 t'ien 1 pi ts'ung2 chih. 1
m z
t> pu4
Nothing can escape the eye of Heaven.
% m m
$<,
m n
su 2
erh2
:
lou. 4
2325
Heaven
sees clearly,
and rewards quickly.
Bg 8S. 5c Tien 1 yen 3 chao 1 chao, 1 pao 4 ying4 sheng4
i 1 S ^
ear of
su. 2
2326
Our whispers thunder in the
evil
Heaven our secret

;
deeds flash into the eyes of the gods.

Jen2 hsien2 ssu 1
an4
1
a m m wu M
m> a
yii
5c
t'ien 1
Stf
m
wen2
%
jo 4
lei
&.
1
&
mu4
fa
ju 2
k'tiei
hsin 1 shen 2
tien. 4
m %
2
2327
Heaven stands by the good man.
Cl/i 3 jen 2 tfien1 hsiang. 1
A 5c ft 2328
thousand human schemes scheme of Heaven.

Jen2 yu 3
may
be thwarted by one
aw*
ch'ien 1
Thunder
strikes
2
2329 and Heaven repairs. w tr 5c m Lei 2330

ta 3 t'ien 1 pu. 3
in suan 4 pu 4 ju 2
m *
t'ien 1 yi 1 suan. 4
n ~ m
Man only sees the present, Heaven sees into the a ja a m. % m a m

Jen 2 chien4
future.
mu 4
cbîen, 2 tfien 1 chien4 chiu 3 yiian. 3
HEAVEN OR
GOD.
395
2331
Man
depends on Heaven, as a ship on her
Jen 2 k'ao 4
pilot.
1
a m x x m m m & kung, ch'uan k'ao to kung. 2332

t'ien1
1 2
Neither repine against Heaven, nor blame men.
Pu 4 yuan 4
* &
t'ien,
* % A pu yu 2333
ô
1
jen. 2
To enjoy the favour
of Heaven.
TV t'ien
It is
3c
Z,
1
m
it is
chih 1 fu. 2
2334
Heaven's to destine, but or prolong his days.
fr Ming4
tsai 4 yii 2 t'ien, 1
man's to shorten
jfc 2 2 yii jen.
&
3c.
shu4 tsai 4
&
2335
The heart of the people
is
the heart of Heaven.

3c
&
Min 2
It is for
IP
>&
hsin 1 chi 2 tfien1 hsin. 1
2336
me to put forth the utmost with Heaven to succeed my plan.
Chin 4
ctfi 2 tsai4
effort,
it
rests
wo 8
tfing 1 ch*i 2 tsai 4 tfien. 1
2337
When you
have fully clone your duty, abide the will
of Heaven.
Chin 4 jen 2 shih 4 erh 2
m a m m
tfing
5c
1
^
1
tîen
ming. 4
2338
Would
that Heaven would always produce good men and that men would always do good
!
396
Yiian4
ON RELIGION.
tfien 1
HE
yiian4 jen 2 ch'aDg2 hsing2 <hao 3 shih. 4
n # A a % ft m *
?c
ch*ang 2 sheng1 *hao 3 jen 2
2339
There
is
nothing partial in the ways of Heaven.

Tên1
m wu ^ tao a m
4
2
ssu. 1
2340
Man may
not, but
Heaven knows.
5c
n
A #
Jen2 pu4
chih 1 tfien 1 chih. 1
2341
When Heaven
men
rears a
is
rear one he
lie grows very fat when nought but skin and bone.
;
man
jen2
5c
Tien1 yang 3
jen 2
3
* a p*ang m m a m a & u # pao yang

4
su4
1
su,
3
jen2
p'i2
ku.
2342
You may
0iî&A$ man Bi#M5c Man

o
2
deceive
te 2
men you
;
can't deceive
2
Heaven.
1
kuo 4 jen 2
lai
pu4 kuo 4
tfien.
2343
Heaven and Earth
honourable.
are great
;
father
and mother are
% m TW
ti
4
*.
;
wei 2 ta 4
fu 4
% # wei
mu 3
2
tsun. 1
2344
Heaven knows, Earth knows, you know, and
5c
Note.
know.
J&
ti
4
n
chih, 1
Tîen1 cbih, 1
d ifc ni 3 chih, 1
wo 3
n
chih. 1
This was the nohle saying of a virtuous mandarin of the 'Han dynasty,
bribe in
whose name was Yang Tsen iffi St') wl ]en some one brought him a
the night.
HEAVEN OR GOD.
397
2345
Death and life have their determined appointment riches and honours depend upon Heaven.
Ssu 3 sheng1 yu 3 ming4 ;
f 4 kuei 4 tsai 4 tfien. 1
2346
Heaven complies with the wishes of good men
springs spontaneous in harmonious homes.
Jen 2 shan4
;
joy
a #
5c
tîen 1 tsûng 2
m
yuan4
;
chia 1 *ho 2
ft
m
fu2
&
&'
tzu 4 sheng. 1
CHAPTER
IDOLS
II.
AND IDOLATRY.
2347
When
troubled with sickness, and very bad, Petition the gods that health may be had.
1H *Huan4 ping4 pu4
"Is any among you
&
&o
Note
*hao, 3 ch*iu 2 shen 2

afflicted? let
I*
-t
shang4 piao. 3
James 5
:
him pray."
13.
2348
You may
B
deceive a
Deceive a God,
man who can ?

3&
shen. 2
Man2
&
kuo 4
te 3
jen, 2
m X 2349
wen2
man 3 pu 4 kuo 4
Nao 2 po 2
m m~
Soon as the cymbals clang, Three taels go with a bang.

yi 1 hsiang, 3
s m m m gan
yin 2
1
liang. 3
Note. This proverb illustrates the expeusiveness of worth about six shillings.
idol worship.
One
tael is
2350
Men
without gods can never proceed
are useless indeed.
Gods without men
A
Jen 2
$k
fro
;
It
shen 2
wu 2
shen 2 pu 4 hsing 2
wu 2
A 7 i I jen pu
2
ling.
2351
To Heaven, Earth, Sun, Moon, and
Light your stick of incense at the break of every day Stars, devout thanksgiving pay. Pray that in every place crops may ripen in the Sun Wish for every man a long career of life to run.
;
IDOLS
Mei 3
AND IDOLATRY.
4
399
;
& # M ~ chu ii H 5 i i f san 5c Hsieh kuang J J $ ^ i5 ch u chV So shu ji a a m it f ^ Wei yuan jen shou ming
#
ffi jih 4 cfriiig1 ch'en 2 yi1
hsiang1
t'ien 1 bsieh4 ti4
hsieh 4
ffl
2
1 ;
J5?
ctfiu 2
t'ien
'ho 2
4
jen 2
châng. 2
2352
3
To cheat their ancestors men constantly pay, For sham silver nuggets, good money away.
Chia 3 ving 2 tzu 3 tu 3
ch*ien
2
3
m m ? & m s
li
kûng, 1
l
m m mai m m m m T*ung 2353

*hung tsu
4
3
tsung. 1
without divine assistance, Cannot move an inch of distance.
Man
A
Jen 2
$$
wu 2
shen 2
;
fto
ling,
2
-$
ts*un
4
iP pu4 nan4
fr
hsing. 2
2354
exhort men to avoid deceit above our heads the gods are
Whatever be the
watching.
affair,
for only three feet
Wan 4
chti
I I 1 a ft i man mei m m h r m m w san yu shen

shih 4 chîian 4 jen 2 hsiu 1
2
4
;
t*ou 2
ctfih 3
ming. 2
2355
You may
carry deception into the yamen, you cannot carry it into the temple.
ri n * & m % ya men, si 5 m z> n m re pu miao men,
c
Heng4
hsin 1 chin 4 te 2
4
*heng 4 hsin1 chin 4
te 2
2356
Kneel once, bow your head morning and evening.
thrice,
and
offer incense
400
ON RELIGION.
- I H Yi
1
PP
f,
kuei 4 san 1 k*ou4 shou, 3 tsao 3
^ wan I - i f
3
yi 1
lu 2 hsiang. 1
2357
Praying for blessings to reward one's parents, we go up the hill to burn incense.
if
,1
Ch*i 2 en 1
*. SB 01 pao 4 pn, 3 ch r ao 2 shan1 chin 4 hsiang. 1

;
2358
hsi 3 tsao 3
He who
removes an idol to bathe
it,
puts the god to
needless inconvenience.
Pan1 p*u 2 sa 1
m m m m m wang & m m
2359
lao 2 shen. 1
Three strokes of the axe are enough to complete an image of the idol Yang-ssu.
San1
h # m & m m m m m m Yang ssu p*u sa k*an

fa 3 tfou 2
3
ting 4
ti
hsiang. 4
Note. Yang-ssu: the god of sailors, a beardless divinity, with a somewhat rudely carved triangular head.
23SO
A beard should not
sailors.
be put on his Worship the
God
of
Yang2
m m m m % yeh
ssu 4 lao 3
2
*.
*hu 2 tzii, 3
lies
an 1 pu4 shang. 4
and
it is
to
Note. The meaning of this proverb condemn any impropriety.
in the last three words,
used
2361
If
you pray
to a
Buddha, pray to one only.

ft
Ctfiu 2 fu 2 ch iu 2 yi 1 tsun. 1
* ~ *
f
2362
When
the poor are sick they use charms and invoke
idols.
Cheung2
Note.
practice referred to
is
m a m
is
ô
jen 2 *hai 4 ping4 cViu 2 fu 2

through a medium
:
$ # kang & w
1
shen. 2
This invocation
and
it
cannot be said that the
confined to the poor.
IDOLS
AND IDOLATRY.
401
2363
Though you neglect to offer incense when you will have to fall at Buddha's feet
sorrow.
Hsien 2 shih 2 pu 4 shao 1 hsiang, 1 chi 3 shih 4 pao 4 fu 2 chiao. 3
all is well,
in time of
at
* i m
m m m m b
2364:
Ancestors however remote must be sincerely sacrificed to.
iff
Tsu 3 tsimg 1
Mo
sui 1 yuan, 3 chi 4 ssu 4
s-a ^ pu
pi
4
k*o
t> pu4
clfeng. 2
2365
You honour
but not your parents. living Buddhas you do not honour honour dead Buddhas.
idols
;
Lit: The but you
*s
'Huo 2
m ^ pu*
fu 2
ft
ching*
;
ching* ssu 3
m m
fu. 2
2366
All idolatrous superstitions are man's invention.
Sbih* shang*
wu2
shen 2 kuei, 3 pai 3 pan1 jen 2 iso*
ch'i.
2367
and myriads of gods are but one
*u
'
All the thousands
God.
2 Ch'ien1 shen 2 wan* shen 2 tu1 shih 1 yi 1 shen.
^ m m w
^ -
s*
2368
from a distance, not of
The god on Wu-tang-shan hears the prayers of men
men who
3
live near.
ying 4 chin. 4
in the north-
Wu tang shan p*u Note. The Wu-tang-shan

3
x m & & pa m % & m m m yuan

4
1 2
sa 1 ying 4
is
a very famous mountain situated
west of Hup eh a day's journey from the city of Chun-chou (j>J ^T])It is a The mounnoted retreat of Taoists, and is full of their temples and monasteries. and it is the favourite tain, with its surrounding scenery, is exceedingly beautiful resort of pilgrims from far and near. Their ascent is greatly facilitated by means of a fine stone staircase, with heavy ornamented balustrades on each side ; and also, in the steepest pans, by massive iron chains suspended from the balustrades.
,
;
402
quite a village near the
ON KELIGION.
There are temples and refreshment rooms at various stages of the ascent, and summit of the peak. The very highest point of what is called, "The peak of the heavenly pillar/' is crowned by what is generally believed to be a Golden Temple. This is a very small but unique structure, built throughout of brass, and floored wich marble. It contains one principal idol
called
Tsu shih
said to
(jjj||
Jjjjj))
and
this is the
gentleman referred to
in this proverb.
He
is
have been a
prince, the son of
Fan Wang ($ 3l) a
king of some
western state tributary to China in the days of the T'ang dynasty.
2369
Unless you have business never go up to the temple of the Three Precious Ones.
Wu
The gods
* & = * m m $ pu teng san pao

2
shih4
tien.
2370
of the door are one good
shen 2 p<u 2 sa 1
and one bad.

o.
4
Men2
yi 1 shan 4 yi 1
2371
Though you
in the
don't believe in other gods, you'll believe
God
of
Thunder
fg
ffi
though you don t believe

If
in medicine generally, you'll believe in purgatives.
Pa4
pu4
^ *
ft
ft
4
S*
;
hsin 4 shen 2 hsin4 lei 2 shen 2
ft
hsin 4
yao
hsin4 hsia 4
t yao. m
2372
Better do a kindness near home, than go far
away
to
burn incense.
Y iian 3
j8
ch in tt pu 4 ju 2 chin 4 ti* tso 4
&
# m
fu.
2373
You have exposed You have burst open the temple door and let the idols see your deed.
yourself. Lit.:
Tûi 1 kâi 1 miao 4
p*u 2 sa 1 k*an 4 yi 1 k c an, 4
r
men2 pa 3
2374
An
honest magistrate has lean clerks has fat priests.
;
a powerful god
IDOLS
AND IDOLATBY.
403
ffi
fei.
Kuan1
ch'ing 1 ssu 1
I f s
li
i.
shou 4
;
shen 2 ling 2 miao 4 elm 4
i i i i
2375
Age
robs
men
jg
of strength,
and gods of virtue.

2
a
The stinking
Ch*ou 4 chu 1
Jen2 lao 3
n wu
tg.
2
neng, 2
m % wu & p shen
lao 3
2
ling.
2376
pig's-head meets the smell-less idol.
chuang4 tao 3 nung4
& m m
tfou 2
is
a?
pi 2
tzii 3
s i
p<u 2
sa.
2377
He knows
a fierce-eyed Lohan, but not the kind-eyed
Kuan-yin.
K R & ft HR JR m. m * P * te mei f pu kuan

Chih 3 ien 4 te 2 nu 4 yen 3
4
lo 2 *han, 4
jea 4
te 2
c
li
ying. 1
Note. u Kind-eyed
:"
lit:
Kuan-yin of the bending eyebrows.'
CHAPTER
2378
As a Bonze about
*Ho 2 shang4
III.
PRIESTS AND NUNS.
to marry,
So your promises miscarry.
I f
S I
3
cbîi
cfrin, 1
sbuo 1 kuo 4 kuang1 yin. 1
Hi
I I
2379
Chien3 tao 3
# m m ~ pen
yi 1
He takes the prayer-book in his hands, And reads, but no one understands.
Mo
3
cbing, 1 nien4
& yeh 4 * m pa
3
nien4
4 ebbing. 1
23SO
When
the
dram sounds
to
before the dead man's shrine,
Each day you have

ft
ff
pay a
three-tael fine,
P|nJ
yi1
B
jih4
Ling 2 chien 2 ku 3 bsiang, 3
san 1 liang. 3
H M
2381
If
you entrust a great

priest,
recitation to a
wry-mouthed
he will spoil
it.
~
1
Wk
fa
$$
Yi 1
ftj
tsâng2 <bao 3 cbing. 1
pa 3
m m n wai
te 2
;
2 tsui 3 'ho
shang 4
0. men 4
'huai 2 liao. 3
m,
2382
never at leisure
;
magistrate
is
a Bonze always
is.
B
Chii
1
kuan1
~* pu 4
tzii
4
.
tsai 4
;
wei 2 seng 1 to 1 ebbing1 hsien. 2
ft
ffi
23S3
The monastery
that
faces the
nunnery
there's
nothing in
yet there
1M an
may
ssii
4
i-.fr 2
seng 1
$**<**
tui 4
be.
cbo 2
3
nil
seng 1 ssu
urn 2 sbib 4
4 & m yeh
Ki
yu 3
sbih. 4
PEIESTS
AND NUNS.
405
nothing wrong
2384
The
priest's
is
!
door faces the nun's
there
<
Seng 1 meng 2
n s
tui 4
ni 3
men
w. 2
:
wu 2
n 1
effing2 ! ch'iieb 4
i t i yu
3
pi.
2385
He
has not yet cast off the world.
Wei4
It
t<o
4
r
II
hung2
ching. 1
2386
To
recite the breviary carelessly.
Nien4 hun4
?
m p m m ang
2387
known
effien 1
t
f
ching. 1
One poor Bonze
is
to a
thousand donors.
- ko B wo t *
jen4 te 2
3
Yi 1
ko 4 shih 1 chu 3
ft
ffl
yi 1
hsiao 3 *ho 2 shang. 4
2388
Keep 'up
end your first priestly ardour, and it will be more than enough to make you a Buddha.
to the
in ffl Ch'u1 chia1 ju 2
Jft f/o cttu, 1 chêng 2 fu 2
W m yu
ft
yii. 2
2389
Pleasanter the cottage with its bamboo hedge, than the monasteries of Taoist or Bonze.
ft ff Chu 2 li 4 mao 2
ffi
tao 4 yiian 4 seng 1 fang 2 tsung 3
* u 3 * M kuang ft & m * pu
'
.
she 4 feng 1
*hao,
ju. 2
2390
Books exhaustively contain the world's good words and Bonzes have invaded every noted mountain.
is
Shih 4 chien 1 chao 3 yii 3 shu 1 sbuo 1 chin 4
tfien
1
n m m in ft % T ming
hsia 4
2
wt
fi shan 1 seng 1 chan 4
to. 1
406
Destroy
Mieh4
ON RELIGION.
2391
all
passion while you light Buddha's lamp.

6
*u
1 3 ctfiieh 4 hsin t'ou2 'huo,
*Xo
i'J
tfi
1
ch'i
m m m m chW
3
fa 2
;
teng. 1
2392
If
you are a Bonze

Tsou4
u is
;
for a day, ring his bell for a day.
h
;
ft
The sun
risen
high
yi 1
jih 4 *ho 2 shang, 4
chuang 4 yi1
m -
jih 4 chung. 1
2393
Bonze has not
profit are not equal to
in the sky, but the
mark how fame and
leisure.
Jih 4 kao 4 san1 chang4 seng 1 wei 4 hsing 3 j
m h % m M ^ ming K*an
4
ft
7>
^ m
fM
in
lai
li
pu4 ju 2
priest,
hsien. 2
2394
For one son who becomes a
get to heaven.
Yi1 tzu 3
nine generations
ch'u 1 chia, 1 chiu 3 tsu 2 sheng1 t'ien. 1
2395
virtuous
woman may meet

fn
*ho 2
a Bonze without
fear.
4 4 3 4 3 Ctfiin 2 tai chin k<u tai chin,
m m n m m ft n m $t shang shang
shen 1
4
ta 3
239S
church's door.
te 2 kun. 3
Buddha's precepts are unbounded, open wide his
i i wu
tfu 2
fa 3
i.
2
1 3 pien, 1 ta 4 kâi fa
^ m m
o
2397
The Bonze
is
P5 men. 2
queue-less
yi 1
1
all his life.

pien 4
3
is
fo *Ho 2 shang4
wr m m ? - sheng
tzti.
Note. This joke on the shaven pate of the Buddhist priest, a person to take things quietly.
used in advising
PRIESTS
AND NUNS.
407
2398
Those who become
relations.
ffi
priests
no longer acknowledge their
ChV
" If a
chia 1
* m m m pu jen 2399
4
4
cbia. 1
be not enlightened within, what lamp shall he ? If his intentions are not upright, what prayers shall he repeat ?"
light
Hsin 1 pu 4 kuang 1 ming 2
4 4
1
man
s teng s * % w m shen it * li @ @ sung I pu kung shen 2400

tien
4
3
p'ing2
ching 1 ?
Bald-heads are (ready-made) Buddhist
priests.
TV
& tzu * m % n wei Lo 2401

3 2
!
shang. 4
Only those become Bonzes who
can't get a living.
Wa chieh
If
m m
m * n 2402
ffi
shao tso *ho shang.
you wish Buddhism

praise Bonze.
to flourish, then let
Bonze
Jo 4 yao 4
m n # &
fa 2
fa 3 hsing, 1
-I
f
huan2
shih 4 seng 1 tsan 4 seng. 1
ft
it
ft
H A P T E E IV.
REWARDS AND PUNISHMENTS.
2403
Who, out of season, laugh and cry, Must meet misfortune by and by.
Ai 1
g m &
le
4
fl#
shih 1 shih, 2
n # & m 2404
yang1 chiu 1 pi 4
*huo, 2
'
chih. 4
Those who care but for the joys of to-day, Fling all thoughts of future misery away.
Chih 3
4
m Kt ft m # m % m m a Pu kuan 2405
tfu 2
yen 3 efrien 2 k*uai 4

3
<
ssti
*hou 4 tsui 4
o.
Who Who
Shan4
lay lay
up goodness have gladness up evil have sadness.
n m che % i m m % ctfang o che
chi 2
chi 2
sang. 1
2406
;
'
In curing men of evil ways, Cangue, and expose to public gaze.
Ch eng 3
c
j&
js&
chih 3 hsiuhg 1 o, 4
m * 2407
m.
-ft
4
3
it
fa 1
chia 1 tse 2
lo.
Whoe'er an
idle life will lead,
Must take
-
- & m Yi
1
starvation as his meed.
sheng 1 Ian 3
s 2408
Nf.
to,
jjen
chi 1 shou 4
*
o.
account of abounding ancestral merit, the destruction they ought to inherit Others lose the promotion their virtues might claim, Through the crimes which adhere to their ancestral name.
On
Some miss
409
mWeibo # pa
4 4
Mo
4
ffi
'W
mieb, 4 tsu 3 yu 3
n
yii
fi
te^:
Wei4 shan4 pu 4
I i ^
I,
cfrang, 1 tsu 3
if
yu 3 yu2 yang. 1
s S
2409
Do not mistake, though punishment tarry, When the day comes it cannot miscarry.
* *
Pu4
shih4
pu4 pao, 4
B
jih 4
tzu 3 wei 4
* * m
tao.
4
3
Note.
Prov. 11
:
Though hand
join in hand, the
wicked shall not be unpunished.
21.
2410
Distant punishment
Mis on a man's descendants immediate punishment on the man himself.

it Yuan3 pao 4
chin4
4
m m m & sun & pao m m s s

ffi
tse 2 tsai 4 erh 2

'
1
;
chiu 4 tsai 4 tzii 4
chi.
'-
2411
later
;
Punishment is certain sooner or no such thing.
say not there
is
Mo 4
B& 1 n m yen # Jg wu pao m % %, m n * s

shuo 1
3
chîen 2
ying4
'huo 4 shih 4 lai 1 tsao 3 yii 3
lai 2 ch'ih. 2
2412
Do good now and be rewarded hereafter. $ ffc . # r *
Chin 1 sheng1 tso 4 fu 5 2
lai
2
sheng1 hsiao 1 shou. 4
2413
He who
spares himself no pains shall have a place
above others.
p Chih 1
is
te 2
k*u3 chung 1 k'u, 3
a $ m jen 2414
s.
tso 4
to 2
;
_t
A
ever saw a
shang 4 jen. 2
We
only see the living punished ghost wearing a cangue ?
who
410
ON RELIGION.
Chih 3 chien 4 *huo
.
s i m a m a shou s& % m $. *
-
jen
tsui*
ssu 3 kuei 3
2415
The
tablet before
Yen Wang
contains the words

J
'
not
according to man's reckoning/

Yen 2 wang2 mien 4
3
m 1 H ^ & a tsung pu yu jen 2416

4
2 2
ch*ien 2 yi 1 k*uai 4 p*ai5 2
suan. 4
To be thunderstruck
.
ft
is visible
punishment.
Lei 2 ta 3 yen 3 cfrien 2 pao. 4
i f i 2417
1
Our good
question
or evil
is
# m m m m % m Shan o tao chung ya pao

4
4
must have its reward; the only shall it come sooner or later ?
4
t'ou 2
4
;
chih 3
k cheng ^ $ & yu $ # m
1
lai 2
tsao 3
lai 2 ch*ih. 2
2418
He
shall reap
hemp who sows hemp, and beans who
sows beans.
Chung 4 ma 2 te 2 ma,"2 chung4 tou4 te 2 tou. 4 Note. " Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap. Gal.
m m %
Mo
a s n s
6: 7.
2419
Every man gets what he
Ko4
cultivates.
te.
2
# a
#?
jen 2 bsiu, 1
# a ko jen 2420
4 2
Good has
its
own
4
3
reward, evil
4
its
3
own punishment.
##
pao. 4
# m # m m w a Shan yu shan pao, yu o

4 4
o4
411
2421
Those who do good are very happy cannot escape.
Wei 2
;
those
who do
2
evil
8 shan
ft
4
tsui 4
. 4
le
;
ft
wei 2 o 4 nan 2
SI
li 3
^
t'ao.
2422
To excuse a murderer
Sba 1 jen 2
t a
#
pi
k'o 3 shu, 4 ch'ing 2
is
abhorrent to reason.
ft
m nan m m
2
yuiig. 2
2423
The good
i$
pi 4
live long, the

shou 4 lao 5 3
4
bad die
early.
3
Shan4
& & wang. a n % m o 2424

pi 4 tsao 3
He
is
certain of a rich reward
who
3
escapes in a hazar-
dous enterprise.
Ta 4 nan2 pu4
it
7*
ssu, 3
% & W yu 2425
Q
J|
pi 4
<hou 4
*
lu.
;
Eewards are used

to repress evil.
to stimulate goodness
punishment
Shang 3
a m
i
to
;
3
fa 2
jei
i
eh'iian 4 shan 4
chêng 2 o. 4
2426
He who from
secret malice shoots
in the dark, brings calamity
an arrow at another on his descendants.

<huo 4
25 Wo Ni 4 yiian4 erh 2 yung 4 an 4 chien
m n m 2427
a.
3
2
mm?
yen 2
m
3
tzii
sun. 1
Good
or evil deeds are sure to be discovered. Lit. One buried in the snow must after a while be discovered.
Hsiieh 3
m % mai a
li
jen, 2 chiu 3 *hou 4
% m 2428
&
tzu 4 ming. 2
Grievous wrong necessitates signal redress. Lit. great bend must have a great straightening.
412
Ta 4
ON RELIGION.
J0
cffii
1
& w * # yu
pi 4
3
ta 4 shen. 1
2429
There must come a day when the tumour will be
punctured.
II
W -
5c
Tsung 3 yu 3
yi 1 tfien 1 chûan 1
3B W g pao 2430
1
ti
3 jih 4 tzu.
If
lust,
you look on beauty till your heart is filled with you will suffer for it in your wife and
daughters.
Chien 4 se 4 erh 2
fe
m e g <M ying
3
*&.
2
bsin, 1
pao 4
* * chH
tsai
4
1
nii.
2431
The upright
in heart fear
no thunderbolts,
*& IE tfi Hsin1 cheng4 pu 4 p*a 4
W
lei
ft
ta.
3
2432
Embrace every chance
of laying
up
merit,
and your
daily wants will be regularly supplied.
Kung1
te 2
sui
shih 2 chi, 2
fan 4 sui 2 jih 4 sheng. 1
2433
There
happiness in doing good, and secret merit in virtuous deeds.
is
i w t Chi yu
1
i
2
So
f?
fu 2
fu 2 tsai, 2 hsing 1 shan 4 yu 2 yin 4 kung. 1
# w m %
2434
Would you know what you were, see what you are Would you know what you will be, see what you do.
fi
Ya<>
tt ttB,^ S'S f | m & * is a ^ 4f i^ yao sheng

1
cbih 1 cl/ien 2 shih 4 yin, 1 chin 1 slicing 1 shou 4 che 2 shih 4

4
chih 1 lai 2 shih 4 yin, 1 chin 1
2 4 tso 4 chc shih.
413
2435
Cultivate virtue in this world, and in the next.
Chih 1 shih 4 pien 4 hsia 1
you 11 be happy
9
it
m m ^ 2436
lai
it
shih 4 fu. 2
A human body
Nan 2
Note. This
to put
is
is
hard to beg.
.
a # m m n m jen shen
te2
t*ao 3
2
1
ti
said in
warning
to
impossible for a bad
man
wicked men. The idea is that it will be obtain a human body in the future life he will have
to
;
up with the body of some
reptile, bird, or beast.
SECTION XVIII .O
1ST
TIMES,
CHAPTEK
SEASONS.
2437
When
spinach
is
for sale
on the eighth of the fourth

farmers will
moon,
Then planting out

be soon.
their crops all the
A m * JS pa H A KJG i pa Ssu 2438

B M
Ssu 4
4
yiieh 4
hsien 4 ts*ai 4 chîa, 1

ffi
3
bsiang 1 jen 2 chia 1
hsiang 1 cbâ. 1
On
the twenty-eighth of the third

is
month year by
year,
Sugar-cane
Nien 2 nien 2 san 1
Chia 1 chia 1 <hu 4 <hu 4

Note.
city of
+ A 5 M erh t m m m & f kan

'
eaten in every household here.

yiieh 4
4
shih 2 pa, 1
1
p^: ctfih 1
cha. 4
The reference
is
to
a custom, principally
if
not entirely confined to eth
Wu-chang (jt\
q)?
of keeping a feast on the above date, in honour of

it is.
Tung yo (jfj JU) a
Taoist deity, whose birthday
2439
As days lengthen more work may be done. Lit After the winter solstice, days lengthen and a thread
:
may
be added.
Tung 1
4 1 4 2 chih4 jib ch*ang t/ien hsien.
a a &
SEASONS.
415
2440
Spring
is
sooner recognized
d
by plants than men.
Jen2 pu4 cbih1 ch'un1
a #
ts'ao 3 chih 1 ch'un. 1
& m
2441
It is spring
when
3
the gayest colours abound.
Wan4
H & f
tzti
fe
IS
cffien 1 *bung 2 tsung 3 shib 4
g cbVm.
2442
When Autumn
;
comes the hills are covered with beauty when spring comes every spot is perfumed with flowers.
CMu
cftun1
#&.*#
lai
2
I>l man 1 Hi llfi

1
chib 4
sban 1 to 1 bsiu 4
se,
wu 2
cb u4 pu 4 ^bua 1 hsiang. 1
f
2443
Nightingales and flowers fear the passing away of Spring how then can you teach men to spend it
;
carelessly
Ying1 ^hua 1 yu 2 p'a4
^J
c
i i * E w cbW i kuang * a fe S pr ^ ^ m yv cb wang tu

1 1
lao 3
*:
;jc
4
k*o 3 cbiao 4 jen 2
cbûn. 1
2444
Everything in season.
Lit: The mandarin orange
;
is
over by the feast of lanterns coming of spring.
and turnips by the

fi
;
Kan 1
lo 2
*
tzti
S'
3
?
k an 4 pu 4 te 2 teng 1
|a8
* #
te2
p<u2
pu4
chW
416
ON TIMES.
2445
When
is
a leaf of the iou-t
ung
3c
falls,
every one knows
it
Autumn.
Wu
H i - yeh 1
2
t<ui]g
yi 1
lo 4
lo,
t/ien1 hsia 4 chin4 chih 1 ctfiu. 1
t m &
2446
The year
moon.
Nien 2
Note
fears
mid-autumn, as the month the

tfi
full
p*a 4 chung1 ch'iu, 1 ylieh 4 p*a 4 pan. 4

year and month seem to hasten to
tft
-Because
after these times both
their close,
CHAPTER
TIME.
II
244*7
As
in a looking-glass one's likeness
So in the ages past the present

Ming2 ching 4 k o 3
(
may be shown, may be known.

2,
w m pt jh ch ma m f # ^ n & 4Wang ku k*o

i
hsing, 2
yi 3
cbih 1 chin. 1
2448
A
inch of time is like an inch of gold ; But time can never be at that price sold. lost inch of gold may be sought somewhere Where time may be sought for cannot be told.
An
Yi 1
tsûn 4
4
**&-*&
kuang1 ying 1
2
3
yi 1 ts*un 4 chin 1
1
% m m mai ^ nan m -* kuang Ts*un & & & m m m yu tsW Shih % m n m m & * kuang Shih wu ch*u
*
chin 1
4
tsân 4
3
yin, 1
Tj-
ctfii
chin 1
hsin 2 ch'u 4
4
chîi 4
yin1
hsin. 2
2449
Time
flies
like
an arrow
days and months like a
shuttle.
Note.
Kuang1 yin 1 ssu 4 chien 4 ; jib 4 ylieh4 ju 2 so. 1 u My days are swifter than a weaver's shuttle." Job, 7
6.
2450
Past events are clear as a mirror as dark as lacquer..
;
future events are
Kuo 4
m in M m * * ming ju ching *n * & * $ m wei an ju

ch*ii
4
shih 4
4 ;
lai
shih 4
chî. 1
418
ON TIME.
2451
Observe the present, but reflect the past past there had been no present.
II
;
without the
Euan1
cbin 1
fi
i 2
chien 4
'fro
ku3
& 2452
;
J>
ril
wu 2 ku 3 pu4
ch'eng2 chin. 1
Time
passes easily to those fully employed.
Kung1
X yung & ^
fu 1
2
i
ii
kuo. 4
2453
From
the past you
may
forecast the future.
m m Yen
4
i
2
ch'i
ch'ien 2 pien 4 chih 1 ch si2 'hou. 4
m & s & 2454

* 2455
@o
it
it
To one
full of
expectation a
moment seems
a year.
Hsiang1 ssu 1 chih 1 shen, 4 ts'un 4 yin 1 jo 4
* & z
&
s a
sui.
Idly spent years or months hinder a
Hsu1
mm
ii
tu 4 sui 4 yueh 4 tan 1
~ & m ko
1
man
for
life.
yi 1 sheng. 1
245S
This morning knows not this evening's
Chin 1 chao 1
affairs.
* m ^ m wan pu 2457
4
-m
3
chih 1 chin 1
shih. 4
One quarter of an hour is worth a thousand taels of gold.

Yi 1
- M =? & 2458
is
1
k'o 4 ch'ien 1 chin. 1
Procrastination
2
the thief of time,

tsei.
2
m m * m Hsu che 2459

shih 4 chih 1
In calmness heaven and earth seem greater days and months seem longer.
in leisure
TIMES.
419
Ching 4
m m ft m * m chung * cb kûn 2460

li
b
1
m
:
ien 2
ta 4
hsien 2
jih 4
yueh 4 cluing2
Eosy-faced ladies resemble trees in Spring the lowing years are but a throw of the shuttle.
s
fol-
Hnng3 yen 2
& m ^ m
pi 3 ch'un 1 shu 4
m ^ ~ m & 2461
o
;
liu
irien
yi 1 chih 4 so. 1
Never waste
time.
% m * Kang yin pu
1
pt
4
k'o 3 ts'o* kuo. 4
Jk
2462
We
work with the
rising, rest
with the setting sun.

ju 4
b
Jih 4
ai
chV
#. h
erh 2 tso, 4 jih 4
a m m
erh 2
hsi.
CHAPTEK
WEATHER,
III.
2463
When
The
Yii 3 sa 3
it
rains about the break of day,
traveller's
3
1
sorrows pass away.

Bio
tfou,
2
S M m wu keng
ff
$<
hsing 2 jen 2 yung 3
wu 2
M M
yu. 1
2464
With, lightning in the East, the sun will be red ; With lightning in the West, showers you may dread With lightning in the South, it will rain more and more With lightning in the North, the southern gale will roar.
;
Tung 1 shan 3
it
* m
h
jib
Nan 2
shan 3 châng 2
m,
m 3K. w shan m w s n ung i a i nan # j* * ft shan m meng

t*ou 2 *hung 3
liu 2
;
^hsi
jii
chûng 2 ctf
3
2
:
shui 3
pei 3
feng. 1
2465
Our yesterday's plans liave all been put to flight, For an old north wind has risen in the night.
Tso 2
m * * m $ -tt -.J '' $ A Pan yeh 2466

m
b
is
2 1 jih 4 sliang liang ta 4
2 pii4 tfung,
3 ch*i3 liao lao 3 pei 3 feng. 1
In the seventh month vertical, in the eighth oblique In the ninth and tenth it is far to seek.
Cbiu 3 yiieh 4 shih 3 yiieh 4 k*an 4 pu 4
M + A M iS % n + n m * a
<t
Cbî 1 yiieh 4 chung 1 pa 1 ylieh 4 pîen 1
;
chien. 4
Note. This
is
said of the
^C %%
-
2467
M>
the Seven star, or Charles' Wain.
The seven cornered
constellation
Charles's wain,
again.
Rises in the East, in the
West descends
WEATHER.
<t
Chî 1
421
M ku
M-
hsing 1
Tung1
*
pien 1
clfi 3 hsi 1
% n M W & B
-t
ctti
1
chih1 chio, 2
pien 1
lo.
2468
When
We
the weather is hot and hard to bear, pursue the breeze for a little fresh air.
Tîen 1 je 4
^ i i t i a m s nan tang, kan feng ctfeng Bang.

,
2
1
2469
Dread the fifth month's rattling rains Dread not the height the water gains.
Pu 4 p a4 wu 3 yueh 4 chang 3
r
tfi
:So
M W 2470
;
5.
PiSj
chih 3 p<a 4
wu3 yueh4
hsiang. 3
On the third of the third month travellers may Don their thin clothes, and put their thick ones away.
San1
yiieh4 san, 1 lu 4 shang 4 hsing 2 jen 2
tfo
1
i
tan. 1
24:71
On
Of
the ninth of the ninth month, Traveller beware the lakes (for there will be storms in the air).
!
Chia 3 yiieh 4
chiu, 3 hsing 2 jen 2
mo 4
hsiang4 *hu 2 pien 1 tsou. 4
2472
When
ctiing-ming
falls in
the second month, don't be

the third, plant your rice
in a flurry
When
cliHng-ming
falls in
in a hurry.
Erh 4
San 1
Note.
- m h m
yiieh 4 chîng1
yiieh 4 ctfing 1
m * s ft m ming pu yao mang m m m ming & t yang.

2 4
4
\
2
:
tsao 3 hsia 4
It falls
rendered terms into which the Chinese year and is mild and genial.
Ch'ing-ming,
"Pure Brightness,"
is
divided.
one of the twenty-four about the 5th of April,

is
422
OK TIMES.
24*73
On
the ninth month's cttung-yang
all desire,
To gather around the household fire. % 3 M 4 S 2 . 2 M 4 >K 3 m 4

Chiu
is
yiieh
chûng yang,
pao
huo chin fang. 2

The 9th of the name of the feast
9th
Note. month
1, 3, 5,
7 and 9, are numbers belonging to Yang, a Double Yang number, hence Gh'ung-yang, the
then celebrated.
2474
Twill
fall at
re
j!.
hsi.
2
If it rises at night,
daylight.
kâi 1
re
Kuan 1 men2 ch% 3
m 2475
Mo
soil
men 2
In the sixth
month continuous
rain,
Covers
all
the
with golden grain.

ti
*\ m
Lu 4
yiieh 4 hsia 4 lien 2 yin, 2 pien 4
t ; m* m m & 2476
4
shih 4 *huang 2 chin. 1
&
When
With
Kuo 4
Note.
the 18
half the seventh

iron
month
is
passed,
Lohans men may be

%\>
fang 1 shih 4
classed.
3
m j * m
By "iron Lohans
liao 3 chî 1 yiieh 4 pan, 4

" is
# &
'm
tfieh
m m
4 lo 2 *han.
meant the cast-iron images of the 500, and of S'akyamuni, common in Buddhist temples. At the time mentioned in tilts proverb, the festival of burning paper etc. to the dead occurs; and, according to my informant, it is believed that the Gates of Hades are opened It for half a month, and ghosts allowed to wander back to their former abodes. is the supposed presence of these infernal visitors which makes the people afraid,
disciples of
at this particular period, of sickness or death.
If they escape unhurt, afterwards
they are as sturdy as 'iron Lohans."
2477
If there
be one fine clay at the coming in of Spring, the farmer need not labour hard at ploughing.
fa Tan4
n
tc>
jl
li
1
ctfun 1 cfting2 yi 1
m ~
jib,
ji nung 2 iu
* * pu
L
jb
4
ii
m. h
yung'
WEATHER.
423
2478
The farmer hopes fc
rain, the traveller for fine weather.
m Keng
it
h,
1
Wen2
it
m & wang
4
Mo
yii 3
*
;
lo
tso 4 k*o 4
m ? m m % wang
tfien
4
cUing. 2
2479
first
Though
rain ever so hard on the
of the month,
will not last
more than a
clay.
3
Lo 4
yii
bsiang 3
cbV
yi,
lo
yii
mo 4 kuo 4
jih.
2480
In the morning look toward the South-east evening toward the North-west.
If, 49 Cbao 1 k*an4 tung 1 nan 2
t
in the
M m
86 wan 3
k*an 4 hsi 1
M w *
pei.
if
eastern sky be bright in the morning, the day will be fine the western sky be bright in the evening, the next day will be line.
Note.
If the
A halo
2481
is
round the moon
a sign of wind.
m
If it
ft
ro
m
S within
;
Yiieh 4 yum 1 erh2 feng. 1
2482
rain on the winter
;
sheep will die of cold
you may roAv to St. SwithinX rice

less);
on the summer Swithin market a boat on the autumn

St.
s,
St.
s,
cattle
and
in
produce two ears (both useon the spring St. Swithin s, the earth will be red (with drought) for a thousand miles.
will
1 ung 1
hsia 4 cbia 3
? M ^ ^ p f tzu Yang tnng I I "*B ? It 1 tzu cbang dr*uan

chia 3
3
3E
4
Yii 3
inn 2
4
ssu 3
If
;
yii
cbiu 4 sbih 4
cb'iu 1 cbia
tzu 3
3
yii3
*ho2 sbeng 1 liang 3 erb 2

3
4
m
Note. "St.
cbûn 1 cbia 3
?'m drib # m * m tzu

yii
ti
4
cb^'en 1
li.
Swithin's:" lit: chia-tzu. This is a term of sixty days and there are six snch terms in a year. They do not, however, correspond exactly with the year. The superstition is that if it rain on the first day of any of these terms, it will be unusually wet for sixty days.
;
424
ON TIMES.
2483
The
east
wind breaks up the

1
frost.
* a m a Tung 2484
'Han2 p*o 2 p o 2 kuo 4 chiang1
c
feng 1 chieh 3 tung. 4
Old dame Han has crossed the river Buddhist priest is gathering sticks.
;
and
Ma
the
ma 3
'ho 2 shang 4 chien 3 ch'ai. 2
Note. This local proverb is much used by the people of Hankow and Wuchang on the 20th of the 9th month. If that day be fine they use this saying as If the day be it stands, and conclude that the coming winter -will be severe* wet and windy, the saying is reversed, and a mild winter is expected.
2485
It is so
P'ing 2 feng1 hsi 2 lang 4 , shni 3
calm and smooth one might write on the water.
i.
m.
* i i 2486
li
it
hsieh 3 te 2
tzu. 4
rainbow in the east will be followed by a

in the west
fine
day
Tung 1
by a rainy a. b
'hung 4 jih 4 t'ou 2
day.
i a i
;
hsi 1
'hung 4
yii.
2487
On
the 8th, 18th, and 28th, of the fifth month it should rain if it rains not on the 8th, on the 18th it will not if it rains not on the 28th, sow your green-coloured beans.
; ;
Wu
H A ft m W M san vao pa ~ a m a wu w & i pa pa

3
yiieh 4
tu 1
yii
t'ou 2
San 1 pa 1 wu 2
Note. Beans
are to be
HA
litis
2
yii
erh 4
hsiu 1
yii 3
chung 4 lu 4
tou. 4
sown because the season
will prove too dry for corn.
2488
Great heat brings wind.
m m m sheng Je
4
chi 2
feng. 1

WEATHER.
425
a prosperous year.
Hsiieh 3 ^hua 1
1
2489
fei
When it snows in six-leaved flakes it is a good omen of
m w % m & m x & ft chao 2490

la4 chû 1 hsien1
4
;
feng 1 nien. 2
Fair weather offends nobody
incessant rains
make
men gloomy.
3c
T'ien1 ch'ing 2
A I wu I jen
2
yiian 4
A 2491
;
chiu 3 yii 3 ling4 jgn 2 ch'ou. 2
BÂ
2
Five days' rain, ten days' wind, are both good omens.
Wu
m m + n # wei 2492
.
feng 1 shih2 yii 3 chieh1
jui.
Like a fruitful shower after a long drought is the meeting of an old acquaintance in a strange land.
Cffiu3 *han4 feng 2 kan 1
x $ m *
Weather
Mo3
yii,
tfa 1
& & m m s ku
hsiang1 yii4
4
chih. 1
2493
varies every
hundred miles.
w m
Pai 3
li 3
t> 5c pu4 tfung2 tfien.1
2494
How
to keep cool. Lit.: If the
mind be calm the body
will
keep
cool.
ft
Hsin1
tiog4 tzu 4
& e jan m m 2495

2
liang. 2
Nobody complains over a hundred fine days

Tung1
in winter.
ending 2 pai 3
I & | I wu 2496
jih 4
yiian. 4
When
the mid-autumn
moon
is
beclouded, there will
be rain on the next Feast of Lanterns.
426
Yun2 yen3
cbung 1
ON
cMu1
all
TIMES.
mm* m
it is
yueb, 4 yii 3
s i sbang -^
sa 3
it
yiian 2 teng. 1
km
:
24:97
When
is
bright
round
will not rain
when
it
bright only over-head
it will.
Wu
yii
ssu 4 hsia 4 liang4

;
yu3
is
yii
ting 3 sbang 4 kuang. 1
2498
The moon
Yueb4
Mm*
yi 1
of
mid-autumn
tao 4 cbnng1 elfin 1 fen1 wai 4 ming. 2
exceedingly bright.
2499
From
the summer solstice days begin to shorten the winter solstice they begin to lengthen.
Hsia4 cbih 4
yin1 sbeng 1
;
from
tung 1 cbib 4 yi 1 yang 2 sbeng. 1
2500
When
be
the plinths of the pillars are
damp
there will
rain.
Sang3 jun4 erh 2
I'l I I
yii.
2501
When
it
rains in the morning,

K'ai 1
it
will be fine at night.
ft
men2
yii,
Mo 3
;
ft kuan1 men2
hi
citing. 2
2502
Cold sends us to the
fire
heat sends us into the shade.

tfi
;
ft >x Yin1 *ban 2 hsiang4 *buo 3
pV
m m
w*
je 4 ebbing 4 liang. 2
SECTION XIX.ON TRAVEL.
CHAPTER
SCENERY.
2503
Exactly what heaven must be on high, Are Suchow and Hangchow below the sky.
Shang1 shuo 1
Note.
tion
ii5ct,
tfien
1
tfang, 2 hsia 4
is
Till
;
shuo 1 Su 1 Hang. 2
by Marco Polo, in
his descrip-
u of the noble and magnificent
This
well-known saying
referred to
city of Kitisai."
Bonn's Edition, page 313.
2504
The rapid rushes down without design and the white cloud rises from the mountain gorge without any
will of its own.
pai 2 yiin 2
;
* t m * yu W M m .m & wa 6 a chV m & pen 2505

Liu 2 shui 3 hsia 4 tfan 1
fei
hsiu 4
hsin. 1
The deep mountain gorges must hide the fierce tigers as the great sea must receive every small river.
as
Shen1 shan 1
ta 4
u M meng *w m * m chung m m m na
iii
a %
1
tit
;
4 pi 4 ching tsâng
*hu 3
2
<hai 3
bsii
4 si
liu.
250S
The
sea
is
boundless
the river bottomless.

;
'Hai 3
)\\
m wu m
Mo
2
pieu 1
chiang1
& & & wu

2
ti.
2507
it is
All the rivers flow into the sea, and yet
not
full.
Wan4
Note.
cfruan 1 kuei 1
x & m m m m pu
f
hai? 3
erh 2 *hai 3
ying. 2
:
"All the rivers run into the sea
vet the sea
is
not full." Eocles. 1
7.
428
ON TRAVEL.
2508
Where
hills are lofty rivers are deep.
01
San1 kao 1
& M ^ % yeh
shui 3
3
kao. 1
2509
Of noted
rivers there are three
hundred
of branch
streams three thousand.
i. ;n Miog2 ctfuan1 san1 pai 1 ;
chih1 cffuan1 san1 clfien. 1
s m H f
2510
The Yangtsze and the Huai, every flower and every
tree,
each has
it
its
own
ts*ao 3
peculiar name.
*<> mu,4
Chiang1 Huai 2
m m
# & m %
i
chih1 erh3 miog. 2
2511
" The distant grove you see house or a grave."
Yiian3
is
sure to enclose either a
m ~ * s wang
4
#o
2 2 yi 1 ctfung lin,
* & m m & m pu Bhih wu chiu

4
shih4 fen. 2
CHAPTER
TRAVELLING.
II.
2512
thousand strokes, ten thousand shoves, do Than the bending loins of a ragged sail.
Chîen 1 chiang 3
less avail,
n m wan
n*
4
ft
pi 3
kao, 1
m x n m m cbaug m yao.
pu4
te 2
? 2 p o 4 p*eng
2513
Walk
That
Pu4
I fear not,
along slowly perhaps you will, but lest you stand still.
p*a 4 tsou4 te 2 man, 4 chib4 p*a4 lu4 sbang4 cban. 4
2514
who can
4
2
Ah me
Hi
this travelling,
bear
it
it ?
One's- suit gets torn

Ctfu1
and who's
!
to repair
2
R + men
8.
sbib2 fen1 k*u y
* A i p*o wu jen
i 1
2515
He who
clear,
pu. 3
does not covet, and
is
from every falsehood

without the slightest
May
travel
anywhere he
likes
Sbou 3 wen3
tsui 3
wen, 3 tao 4 cb*u 4 *hao 3 an1 shen. 1
25ie
You go to the end of a stage, on land By boat, you stop when the jetty's at hand.
;
Lu1
ft
bsing2 chan 4 k*ou 3
Po
;
cttuan 2
m wan m ma m m
1
t*ou.
2517
Rap on a
and have three days' delay Rattle your chopsticks, and pine through the third day.
vessel,
430
ON TRAVEL.
Ch'iao 1 ch'uan2 san1 jib 4 tso 4 :
i h
(Mao1 wan3 san1
i h
m
ti
h
jih4
i
o.
2518
Of
three
men on
1 2
H A San jen shang

Put up before
it
a road, the youngest has to P ft >h

4
suffer.
lu,
hsiao 3
cffih 1 kûei. 1
2519
is
dark
and when the cock crows
take a look at the weather.
Wei4 wan 3
* m %
hsien1 t/ou 2 su2
a m
;
chi 1
ming2 tsao 3 k'an4
m ^ m ^
t'ien.
1
2520
May
the star of happiness shine on
all
- H Yi
1
your journey
ll
lu 4
fu 2 hsing 1
2521
May
1
all
your journey be in peace

r
~ m Yi or an 2522
lu4 p'ing2
1
!
ft
lu4
yi 1
an1 wen1
% m
the
May you
have
fair
wind
all
way
ft
ii
a
!
!
Yi 1 lu4 shun4 feng1
2523
May
fair
winds attend you
shun 3 feng 1 hsiang 1 sung4 !
m m * m
2524
is
2
To
leave
2
home
shih 2
easier
i
than to return.
4
m # yung a # n & a chien nan. Pieh

4
shih 3
2525
He who
can use his tongue, can find out any road,
ft
Lu4
tsai 4 k*ou 3
*f.o
li,
ffl
yi 1
wen 4
M &
cbiu 4 cbib. 1
TRAVELLING.
431
2523
Better at
m Li
A
chia 1 yi 1
l-l?inl8
li
5
home than a
3
mile from
it.
pu4 ju2
wu1
li.
2527
thousand days at home, are better than the shortest time abroad.
Tsai 4 chia 1 cttien 1 jih 4 *hao, 2 ctfu1 wai4 yi 1 shih 2 nan. 2
* % *
.-
-a
r.
ffl
*h
~ m m
2528
After three years of drought, hope for fair weather.
5c
all
who go
out for a day
ti
#.
IB
re
~
yi 1
H
jih,
4
Tîen1 kan 1 san 1 nien, 2 ch'u 1
men 2
a wang
tu 1
4
ctfing.
2259
If a
himself friendly wherever he goes, where can he go and not find a friend ?
'
man makes
is
sa
erh 2
Nan 2
wu3
fij
ai
*hu 2 ssu 4 *hai 3 wei 2 p*eng 2
&
ft *B
jw
a
yii,
ft
jen 2 tao 4 'ho 2 ch f n4 pu* hsiang1 feng. 2
3t
2530
Ko 2
rivers.
tsui 4
Mountains do not hinder a journey so much as
in shan1 yung 2
sfitfi* lift
i
tsou, 4
ko 2 shui 3
nan2
hsing. 2
On shipboard
2531
everything
fn
is
- m Yi tan
1 1
in the captain's care.
Ko
chin 1 *ho 2 pao, 3 chiao 1 yii 3
% n
jg
if
lao 3 shao 3 kung. 1
&
2532
On
a journey each pursues his
way without
alighting
to greet every one he meets.

Hsiang1 feng 2 pu4 hsia 4 ma, 3 ko 4 tzu 4 pen 1 chîen2
* & * t
# * s
ctfeng. 2
432
TRAVELLING.
2533
There
is some cause of anxiety, whether one by boat or on horseback. K& J H "& ft IB
travel
Hsing2 ch'uan 2 p'ao 3
ma3
san1 fen1 yu. 1
2534
Fellow-travellers
2
must not
lu 4
2
desert each other.
m & & T'ung wu so
ft
pan.4
2535 A youthful son or brother grows old

>j?
by
travel.
Shao 3 nien2 tzu 3
& m % & chiang

ti
4
1
*hu2
lao. 3
2536
Whether you hurry on or take it easy, the road bet fore you has only a certain length.
Chi 2 hsing2
It
man 4
ft
If
2 2 hsing, 2 ch'ien ch'eng chih3
W W K e K yu
3
hsii
to 1
lu.
2537
When
the vehicle in front upsets, the vehicle following takes more heed.
(Men2
ctfe 1
II
fu 2
<hou4
I I i chW
chieh. 4
2538
There is no place like home. Lit.: CKang-an may be a fine city, but it won't do for a permanent home.
1 sui 1 <hao ? 3 pu 4 shih4 chiu 3 liu 2 chih 1 chia. u Note. Cft ang~an, the name of the old capital of Shensi province, also the capital of China in the 2Vm, Han, Sui, and T'ung periods." See Dr. Porter Smith's. "Vocabulary of Chinese Proper Names," page 3.
Chiang3 an 1
2539
The same. Lit: Though Lo-yang be
like
pleasant,
it is
not
home.
TRAVELLING.
PCM.
433
ta
ju 2 chia.
Lo Yang 2
4
sui 1 4iao 3
m n ^ pu
of
Note.
25
;
Lo-yang, the
capital of
China under the Eastern
Han
dynasty, A. D.
now a
district city in the prefecture
Honan*
2540
Eemove but an
ship goods for
freight.
Ts'un 4 pa4 chiao 3 ctfien2
inch,
and you must pay porterage a thousand miles, and you must pay
* # m
ft
;
=f
(Men1
m m m cb'uan
li
ch'ien.
2541
If
you can get by land do not go by water.
m m mo n s & Yu 2542
3
lu 4
teng 1 chou. 1
The
rider
those
who
on horseback knows nothing of the travel on foot. *B ft ft ft ft CM 2 ma 3 ti pa4 ehih1 pu 4 hsing2 ti k<u. 3
toil
of
"
2543
When
on travel provoke not these three young, the blind.
ffi 58 ra Ctfu 1 men 2 pu 4 je 3 san 1 tzu 3
the
old, the
lao 3 tzu 3 hsiao 3
m ?
>h
H ? m -? tzu
3
hsia 2 tzu. 3
2544
You may become
three years
;
you cannot
a master of Arts in the space of in ten become an accom-
plished traveller.
San1 nien 2
tsao 4 ch'u 1 yi 1
Sbih 2 nien 2 hsiao 2 pu 4 tao 3
+ % m x m ~ m & m ko chiang
yi 1
4
1
ko 4 chu 3 tzu 3 ;
'ha.
434
ON TRAVEL.
r*>
ez/1
fcr
Sitting in a boat, or galloping a horse over a track, you never ask about the road.
Tso 4 chûan2 p*ao 3 ma 3 pu4 wen 4
m m m *
P5
m
lu.
Get
off your horse to cross
a bridge
anc1 never wrangle
at a ferry.
Feng 2
m m m j
Mo
ma 3 j
1 ctfiao 2 hsii hsia4
kuo1 tu4
m m
wu4
cbeng1 ctfuan. 2
SECTION XX.ON WEALTH AND POVERTY,
CHAPTER
POVERTY.
I.
2547
eating fond, at working slow, You'll short of food and clothing grow.
Of
*Hao 4
Wi
Wt.
ft
i
ctfih 1 Ian 3 tsou, 4
shih2
pn 7
*
kou. 4
2548
The man's poor indeed whose clothing is torn Yet rags not patches encounter man's scorn.
ft
I1
pV
^ m & ku chen
1
shih4
3
;
hsiao 4 p'o 4
m mo m
and
J
#s
hsiao 4 pu. 3
2549
In great
distress,
penniless.
m
My name
is
fs
c
Ao1 k u3
shon4 nan, 2
m.
wu 2
a
P4
i?
ch'ien2 ts'u4 pan. 4
2550
Joy
;
But never a cash have

3
I to
employ.
m yao
mu
li
h Hsiao ming
3
ibu 2
I Hsi n ~ ko m m &
2
chiao 4
te 2
yi 1
tfung 2
p*i.
2551
Just one mealtime without food, Scattereth all the household brood.
- m Yi
1
fti
it
fan, 4
tsân 1
wu 2
m
cbi 1
si
li
tzu 3 san. 4
* %
2552
you may be the poorer you will grow For craftiness is that which Heaven never will allow
The
craftier
436
ON WEALTH AND POVERTY.

Yiieh 4 chien1 yiieh 4 chiao 3 yiieh 4 p*in 3 cffiung 2 ;
ft
ft
ft
Chien 1 chiao 3 yiian 2
m m m % m m B W 5c * pu
lai
2
t/ien 1
yung- 2
2553
Let the
bells
on the necks of your horses be broken,
All relations
by marriage
will flee at that token.

4
Ma 3
Note.
shang 4 tfung 2 ling 2 p*o, 4

line is literailv
The second
. ti j 4 ^ chW cb*i wu pan " Not the half of a relation
ko. 4
by marriage
will be left."
2554
you don't spend money wherever you stay, You'll provoke dislike stay wherever you may.
If
Tao 4 ehV pu 4 yung4
m m *
jb
s.
cfrien, 2 tao 4
m m a m m chV jen
je 3
2
hsien- 2
2555
To be poor
And
men cannot abide the growing corn dreads a wind at noon-tide.

in old age
t&
p*a 4 lao 3 lai 2 chîung 2
a
Jen 2
^ i
it ta ku 3 p a 4 wu 3
f
fl#
shih 4 feng, 1
2556
Thirsty yet having nothing to having nothing to eat.
:
drink
#r
2
hungry yet
K o wu
c
9k
Br
2
ft
3 yiri
;
so 3
m M wu o
4
ft
so 3 shih- 2
2557
He
buy enough rice to fill wine to make him drunk. h. fit 4 *4 ffi. 3 h 3
can
t
his belly, or
enough
Mai 3 Ian pu
m x
sf
tsui.
pao,
mai chiu 3 pu 4
2558
A
brave fellow
cash.
Yi 1 won 2
may
be harassed by the want of one
~ % m mm ^ m m tao ying hsiung mnclîen 2 pi 1

3
1
POVERTY.
437
2559
Poverty forces
men
to
commit
crime. Lit,:
One may
is
know
the king's law well enough, but starvation
hard to bear.
Ming2
w n
chih 1
wang 2
i aiti
fa, 3
chi 1
o 4 nan 2 tang. 1
if
15
2560
Poverty cannot change the virtues of the benevolent
and
disinterested.
Jen2 jen2
t a & m X pu
lien 2 shih 4 cffiung2
Wc
4
kai 3 chieb. 2
2561
In abject poverty. Lit: His
his debts too
lice are
too
many to
itch
many
4
to trouble him.
Shih 1 to 1
;
E % pu * Mo yang
J
<M
;
chai 4 to 1
% * M
pu 4
chW 2
2562
The same. Lit: Without
as much rice as a fowl could eat in a day, or a rat in a night.
b
Jih 4
j&
wu 2
ft
yeh 4
&
wu 3
shii
m % z m & - tt Hang. tt
chi 1 chia 1 chih 1 mi, 3
3
'Lao 4 chih 1
2563
The same. Lit: Rats run away out of
is is
tseng 4
his rice boiler.
Ian 4
m %
li
ifj
p<ao 3 ctfu 1 lao 3 shii 3
b.
m
lai.
2564
The same. Lit: Just
being burnt.
pt
able to save the eyebrows from
K<o 3 chiu 4 jan- mei. 2
m m m
2565
Often
when want
is
extremest supplies come.
Chiieh 2 ch<u 4 feng 2 sheng. 1
i I i 4
438
ON WEALTH AND POVEKTY.
2566
Tis hard to have to
tell one's
wants.
Kâi 1 k*ou 3 kao 4 jen 2 nan. 2
# A 1
all
2567
There
is
poverty for
fF
kinds of rogues.
Ix
S!
Pai 3 pan1 chien 1 chiao 3 pai 3 pan1 chîung. 2
I i
î
2568
Reduced circumstances must be submitted to humbly. Lit.: Under another's eaves one must bow the head.
*t
Ta 3
te 2 lang 2
is
yen 2
hsia, 4 shui 3
To
m.
kan2 pu4
i&
ti
1
m
tfou.
2569
Nothing but thinness makes horses go feebly poverty keeps men from being merry.
.1
;
Only
fr
3
Ma
hsing 2
wu 2
a
jen 2
t> pu4 feng1
I H ^ f S shou a m p, n n wei
li 4
chieh 1 yin 1
4
;
liu 2 chih 3
p*in.
2570
Hunger and cold make men glad and clothes.
fi
Chi 1 pu4
tse
2
of
any kind of food

35c
i.
* w &o m * n
shih, 2
*han 2 pu 4
tse 2
2571
In great straights. Lit.: When the fire singes one's eyebrows, all one can do is to provide for the present.
>x *Huo 3 shao 1 mei 2 mao 2
m m m m k ku yen
chih 3
4
3
ctfien. 2
2572
At
one's wits'
end
no
road up to the sky, no door
into the ground.
POVERTY.
439
5C
t'ien
1
We
& &
2
Pi
fljo
fa 3
k o3
(
chin 4
;sbang4
$g
4
wu 2
M K
bsia 4
T m
ti
wu2
men. 2
2573
Penniless. Lit;
Naked-handed and empty-fisted.

%>
f
# Ch
When
ih 4
shou 3 kîing1 ctfuan- 2
s $ 2574
4
poor a man's resolution horse's hair grows shaggy.

Jen 2
p*in 3 chih 4
3
fails
when
cffang- 2
lean a
A t * g. S S I tuan ma shou mao

3
;
2575
A man is
not beggared by eating or dressing, but by the failure of his plans. P& S
ChW
pu 4 cUiuDg chiian1 pu 4
chi 4
^ M
suan4
ft t* pu4
f ^ m - j# m tao
4
ch*iung,
2
yi 1 shib 2 ch'iung.
2576
In poverty be patient.
Wu
Do
II
2
cb'ien 2
<Meh3
nai 4 fan. 2
IS
tz*u 2
2577
not plead poverty
Ctfien 2 tang1 yung 4
is
when you ought

)B
to spend.
?'J t pu p%.
4 ^
2578
ta
A good
Chinese
not afraid to confess the poverty
from which he
rose.
*Hao 3 <han4 pu 4 p<a 4 ctfu1 shen 1
% m *
a #
i&
ti.
2579
Without
a
oil
man
a lamp can give no light can hardly exist.
without money
440

Teng 1 fâi 2
4
shih
*-,* m X % wu yu pu kuang wu a m m nan m wei f shang

rib
2
2
tieD 3
ch*ien 2
jen. 2
2580
When man
becomes poor
lie
calls to
mind ancient
debts due to him.

Jen 2 ctfiung2 ssu 1 ku3
a m
b *
ik
chai. 4
CHAPTER
POOI\_MEN.
II.
2581
Destitute knaves,
The public
saves.
Kuang1 kun4 kuang1
it
kun, 4
ta 4 chia 1 pang 1 ts*un. 4
* m w
folk.
it
2582
A
j&
cold stove has no
smoke
*&
1
No money
ft
have poor
rt
ffl
a i
Leng3 tsao 4 wu 2 yen 4
jen 2 chîung 2 wti 2 ctfien. 2
2583
One
so poor that he
is
Chiang 2
m n
te 2
glad to get before a chaff *i >x ft hsiang 4 tsV k'aug 1 *huo. 3
fire.
2584
Rice straw gives out out much wrath. is j Tao 4 ts'ao 3 yen1
much smoke
ô
to 1
;
poor
men
1
give
ch'iung 2 jen 2 cb'i 1
m a m %
to.
2585
There
is
many
4
a good under a shabby hat.

4
ti
1
I I I T yu I A P'o mao
hsia 4
s
jen- 2
258S
A
frog in a well can hardly get out.
Ching 3
i nan # n e ma i m tsung
li
hsia 1
fan 1 shen 1
it
fi wen 1
2587
Meeting poverty-stricken relatives and neighbours, be very genial and kind.
Cbien 4 p*in 3 k<u 3 ctfin 1
f S 8
lin 2 hsii 1
Bl
I
to 1
<[t
hsii.
442
2588
Scornfully to treat the poor
2 4 1 2 Yii 4 pîn 3 cffiung erh tso chiao
m % m
if
is
most dishonourable.
4
i m % cHen m m mo
tfai
che 2
shen. 4
2589
He who
has no store at home, must gallop about for
a living.
m
Chia 1
si
wu2
chi 2 tsan 3
m m m wei
n
4
k*ou 3 pen 1 clfik 2
* m
CH4 PTER
III
RICH MEN.
2590
Washing
his face
rice
Eating his
Hsi 3
Note.
he wets his paws he wets his jaws.

;
m m
*r
1 3 lien 3 ta shib
&
^
shou 3
chW
fan 4 ta 3
m n n
shih 1 kôu. 3
All that a rich man does or needs
to do.
2591
Yu 3 cMen 2
ti. & m i i yu m yn pêng

3
He can never want a friend, On whom wealth and wine attend.

ik
2
chiu, 3 pi 4
yu. 3
2592
remain
When
a big vessel
comes to
pieces, there still
three piculs of nails.
Ta 4
t'l i
chûan 2 p*o 4 liao 3 c huan 2
TiJ
2593
yu 3 san 1 tan 1
H fiU
(
ting.
The
rich are treated with the respect
due to those
thirty years older than themselves.
Yu 3 cMen2
W M
chang4 jen 2 san 1 shih 2
i A H + K 2594
;
sui. 4
Heroes walk a dangerous path

flowering branches.
it Ying1 hsiung2 bsing 2 bsien3 tao 4 ;
the rich are like
m m n
man
has
t m & &
in*
kuei 4 ssu 4 'bua 1
chili.
2595
If a
money every place

chîen 4 tao 4
v
is
Yang-chou
4
to him.
Yu 3
m m m m m yang m w ch u
4
shih 4
chou. 1
444
2596
A
real rich
man
ts*ai
2
is
careless of his dress.

3
Chen 1
m m chu * # & pu
4
ctfuan1
i.
2597
Though you have money, you cannot buy what is not
to
sell.
Yus
There
is
f I'l
ch'ien
2
1
M.Tv
nan2 mai 3 pn4 mai4
ft
'huo. 4
2598
never a poor
4
ti
1
man under
2
a gauze hat.
# m m t wu u m a Sba mao
hsia 4
cfriung 2 jen. 2
Note.
The gauze hat namely of the
Ming
mandarins.
2599
His
person loses dignity
who
has no servants under

$t
him.
Shou 3
^ T
$k
A
be,
hsia 4
wu2
jen 2 shen 1 pu 4 kuei. 4
% *
2600
However
rich
you may
never slight the

ft
literati,
nor be rude to
Chia 1 yu 3
4
artisans.
4
m * pi 8 H kuan m W wan 2601

pv"
k'o 3 ch'ing 1 shih 1
man 4
chiang- 4
A
Note.
great tree attracts the wind.

Shu 4
m x m a
A rich man
is likely to
ta 4 chao 1 feng. 1 tempt the squeezers.
CHAPTER
2602
IV.
RICH AND POOR, MEN.
The wealthy can no more the village clubs suppress, Than mountains can the plains of sunshine dispossess.
m
-m
ft
Fu 4
kuei 4 ya 1
Shan 1 kao1 che1
* $ m M m pu m * & m pu cbu
i
3 tao 3 hsiang1 tang,
t'ai4
yang. 2
2S03
The rich man anticipates years in advance The poor can but think of what's under his
;
glance.
^ A & # ^ Fu
4
jen 2 ssu 1 lai 2 nien 2
m A 2604
;
Jg
ssii
1
Hg
ctfiung 2 jen 2
yen 3 cMen. 2
Better
mend
Ning 2
old garments as a poor man's wife,

life,
Than
as a rich, man's concubine pass your
pT
k*o 3
yii
A f t I jen i choking pu o
3 2 2 3
^c
i,
Pu4
k<o 3
yu 3
2S05
fa 4 jen 2 tang4 ctfieh 4
cM. 1
Let not the poor

in pride,
man murmur,
nor the rich
man boast
certain to
For with
abide
?
whom
P*in 3
3
are either wealth or
want
ft
* *B * 8 * % pu pu A i t t i Na yu 2606
4
viian 4 lai 2
fu 4
chiu 3 fu 4 ctfang 2 p*in 3 chia 1
mm
Bl
kûa, 1
Men honour
Dogs worry those who

Jen 2 ching4 yu3
those of wealth possessed are ill-dressed.
A 1
If
fifc
ti
1
:
ft
6Sf
ti.
1
kou 3 yao 3 ch*ou 3
446
2607
A man
is
a dragon, with
money
in store
He's an insect without
w Yu
ch*ien 2 yi 1 tfiao 2
~ m
m m ~ m & lung wu 2608

2
it,
and nothing more.
cffien 2 yi 1 t*iao 2 ch*ung. 2
He who He who
1 u3
yin 2
has wealth has cause to weep has none may soundly sleep.
w m m cbo
1
io
lei
3
yin 2
^ & m 2699
;
ft
wu 2
yin 2
te 2 chiao 4 shui. 4
Eich
men spend
p|
til
1
their time
on books
ppc
<ra
After pigs a poor
man
^5
looks.
Fu 4
n A
jen 2
io
shu 1
;
IH
cfriung 2 *han 4 wei 4 chn. 1
2610
The fragrant epidendrum may beneath the jungle hide The future duke or monarch may beneath thatched
roofs abide.
^Hao1
# 3 m j 1 yu m Ian * hsiang
.
. .
tsâo 3 chih 1 hsia4 *huo 4
1
;
Mao 2
tzû 2 chih 1
wu 1
<huo 4
2S11 ~
fi.
en 1
;
yu 3 kung1 wang. 2
The poor enjoy the grace of the

grace of Heaven.
Cheung 2 chan 1 in 4
rich
the rich the

>i
ffi
ff
3t
lu 4 chaD 1 tfien 1 en. 1
2612
A
poor
man
associating with a rich
man,
will soon be
too poor to
m
Cheung 2
like a fool.
buy even a pair m f?4 4 Wo
of breeches.
ft
ti
1
ti
pan
fu
ti,
pan 4
ma 2
;
* a kV
if
tzii.
2S13
If poor don't lose
your
self-reliance
rich don't act
RICH AND POOR MEW.

gg ^?
Ch'iuDg'2 rao 4 sbib 1 cbih 4
447
3fr 3X
^ ^ &.
j|r
-dh
**
EEJ
;
>ô
fa4
mo 4
^
-gr
t J^R,
tien 1 kûang. 2
2614
If poor don't cheat
P'in 3
? w t pu
4
k*o3 cb'i 1
a
;
if
rich don't presume.
? n * pu
fu 4
4
;
11
k'o 3 sbib. 4
2615
The
rich
have man)' learned friends

all.
-9*
'ST
the poor have
none
at
S +
;
Fu 4
kuei 4 to 1 sbib 4
ff Pi 3E pin 3 chien 4 kua 3
^
chiao. 1
;
2616
The well-fed know nothing
is Pao 3
of
hunger
the rich no-
thin? of the hardships of the poor.
*M
fu 4
jen 2
a * & m a m jen pa A % n m H ^
jen 2
4
cbib 1
o4
cbi 1
pu 4
chib 1 cbHung 2 *ban 2 k*u. 3
2617
A
poor man easily turns flatterer grows very proud.
Pin 3
tse 2
i
;
a rich
man
soon
cbân 3
fa 4
erb 2
to 1 cbiao. 1
2618
Nob6dy
calls on the poor man though he dwell in the market place but distant relations visit the rich man in his retired mountain home.
;
t PW
fu 4
JB
cbu 1 nao 4 sbib 4

ill
1
& shen m
tsai
4
sban ]
I A wen R I i,l yu
wu 2
3
jen 2
4
;
yiian
cbîn.
2619
The poor
cling to the rich, not the rich to the poor.
Lit.: It is the crust
which
it.
sticks to the rice, not
the rice which sticks to
448

Chih 3 yu 3 pa 1 pa 1 chan 1 fan, 4
2
K I G E I f m w m chan G G pa Mu yu
Ifi
3
fan4
pa. 1
2620
If
you have money your words are taken for truth if not, they are taken for lies you doubt it ? see the wine at a feast, cup after cup is first pressed on the rich.
;
lu 3
chîen 2 tao 4 chen 1 yii 3
wu2
ctfien2 yii 3
2
pu 4 chen1
pu 4
shih 4 ? tan 4 k*an 4
fc
pei 1 pei 1 hsien 1 ctfiian4
* m ft n i i yen chung 1 A % % I f yu
1
chiu 3
ctfien 2 jen. 2
2621
The poor have peace
P in3 ch%ng 2
c
the rich
many
-a
troubles.
1
&o
;
tzu 4 tsai 4
fu4
kuei4 to 1
% yu. m
2622
The
rich must adhere to duty indulge vain thoughts.
4
;
the poor must not
2 p*in 3 ctfiung
ft & s * # ^ pen Fu yao fe & s & n m * wang pu

kuei 4 ting4
4 4
i
fen 1
pi 4
ssii
liang. 2
2623
The
rich feed
on
flesh
o
the poor on herbs.

3
Fu 4
I f
^1
kuei 4 jou 4 shih 2
f f f 1 I ho 2624
;
p<in
chien 4
shih.
man's wealth exalts him three degrees poverty degrades him three degrees.
and a man's
Yu 3
W&i&E*. wu &&fcE*
ctfien 2
kao 1 san 1
pei 4
ch*ien 2
ti
san 1
pei. 4
RICH AND POOR MEN,
449
2625
The poor man must not murmur must not boast.
;
and the rich man
f i
P*in
r
haii 2
hsm 1 yao 4
^13.
jg
ssti
1
ylian 4
fu 4 kuei 4
f f pu ?
fi
hsii
1
chiao. 1
2626
The
and well-warmed indulge lustful thoughts; the pined and starved encourage thoughts of stealing.
well-fed
m m
Pao 3 nuan3
yin 2 yli 4
m m
sl
;
cbi 1 *han 2
m k & &
ch4 3 tao 4 hsin. 1
2627
;
Those who have money can appear in public those who have no clothes cannot leave their own doors.
o Tu3 (Men 2
k'an 1 ctfu 1 chnng 4
m a
of
ô
;
wr
ii
# a
i 1
p^
lau ch'u 1 mn. 2
2628
Even the Son
5c
Heaven
lias his
3
poor relations.
T'ien 2 tzfi 3 chiao hsia3
h,t, w yu 2629
4
ft
a
relations.
p'in- cMrt. 1
Even
the
c
Emperor has straw-sandalled
^
Huang 2
ft ft
ti 4
i
w yu 2630
3
tsâo 3 hsieh
me
3
a
cfrin.
When
one
is
poor, his parents disown
him but when

;
rich, relations revere him.
%
(
in 3 ctfiung 2 tse 2
m
Note.
fu 4 kuei 4 tse 2 cttin 1 cbî 4
m m $e # * ? mu pu tzu s m n m m & wei

fa 4
4
4
3
;
chii.
This
is
the saying of an ancient worthy
named Su
of
Ch'in
(j^ Jk)j
who
flourished as
Prime Minister
of the Six States

f
Ch'i
(^)>
Ts'ou
(^)
Yen (#&)? Tsao ($E)> Wei (j^) and ZZa ($?)> contemporary with the reign of Shih 'Huang Ti (]8 j| *j^) of the CAe ifi (J|), b. c. 246. He found it tme in his own experience. Having tried in vain to find employment in the service of Shih 'Huang 77, he returned crest-fallen to his native state of Tsao,
only to be ill-received by his parents, wife, and
all.
After this he gave himself
450
hy he induced the
(JH),
six

to
most earnestly to study, often piercing his thigh

small States to
keep himself awake.
By and
ChHn
make a
defensive alliance against the
His success in this diplomacy gained for him very high rank and widely On this, returning to his native place, he was met 30 li away extended fame. from the house by parents, wife, relatives, and friends hence his famous saying.
:
See the Chien Ho
(HI ^), Chan

rage,
lew chi (Sp Hi p)-
2631
The poor man's
p-pprj-f-
and the rich man's
eyes, are
'm
Ctfiung2 jen 2
a a
ti
1
*.
ta 4
;
ctfi
fa4 jen2
m s a n yen
ti
1
ta. 4
2632
Though you have money you cannot buy a son though you have none you may beg a wife with some.
;
Yu3
m i nan i i 4 ? i mai m m m m % m yu wu
chfien 2
2 3
ctfin 1 sheng 1 tzu 3

3
rt ch'ien2 k'o 3 t'ao 3
cb'ien2 ch'i. 1
2S33
The
rich
man expends money

a 2 ]?u4 jen2 she3 clfien
the poor
man strength.
li.
m k % m
ch f iung 2 jen 2 she 3
m A % #
2634
The poor must not quarrel with the
rich with magistrates. rich
;
nor the
Cheung2 mo 4
m m * s
yii 3
n.
tou 4
;
fu4
m kuan * m t n mo
fu 4
4
yii
tou. 4
CHAPTER
FUCHE3.
V.
2635
Great possessions depend on fate
On
Ta 4
diligence small possessions wait.

fu 4
2
6 * yu
is
ming4 ; hsiao 3 fu4 yu 2
ô
* t H 2636
2
ctfin. 2
That
man
well-to-do in
Fuel, rice,
oil, salt,
sauce, vinegar,
2
whose house we see, and tea.

4
Châi 2 mi 8
1
m * yu m m % if m yen chiang Am % *? % $ n jen an CM

tzii
4
1
ts'u 4 ch*a, 2
2
p*ai 2 *hao 3
chia* 1
2637
When
3
run off with gourds we find, The thick end always comes behind.
rats
3
m % m % Lao shu tW
Note.
<hu 2
lu,
io 2
ta 4
This proverb
m % tW *W m
t
tsai 4 <hou 4
is
applicable in the case of gradual acquisition of wealth.
Covet wealth,
Don't,
2
Tan1
#**!#.
ts<ai
and want and luck grant

it
2638
will
it.
pu4
te 2 tsâi 2
2639
And
Hsien 1 k u 3 *hou 4
r
tf pu 4
tW
& # # tzu
1
tsâi
lai.
Sweetness followeth bitter fears, leaves us rich for a myriad years.

tîen,
2
fu 4 kuei 4
wan4
nien. 2
2640
Consult a fortune-teller would you a fortune make His answer will direct you without the least mistake.
452

Ctfiu 2 ts ? ai 2 tien 3 kua 4
fen1 *hao 2
pu4
cl/a. 1
2641
When
,1
the bells on one's horses resound, All one's relations gather around.
pi& shang 4 t*ung 2 ling 2 hsiang, 3
Ma 3
vfi
m &
m m m 2642
cMn 1
ch*i 4
fi
wang. 3
tu 1
lai
>
A glimpse of money makes the Makes the Bonze dispose of his

Hsia 2
blind man see breviary.
m * %
tzii
3
chien 4 ch*ien 2 yen 3 yeh 3 kâi 1
ft fir *Ho2 shang 4 chien4
ch*ien 2 ehing1
ill!
chîen2 tao 4
1
br
4 r
yeh 3 mai. 4
2643
A pig's head
^Huo 3 tao 4 chu1
grows tender before the So before money all quarrels expire.
fire
* m m
Who
Mo
tfou 2 Ian 4
m m kung & * m 2644

;
shih 4 pan. 4
Estates must descend from heir to heir
has one
now
ffl
will
ti 4
have
it
to spare.
1
CMen 2 jen2
'
'Huan2 yu 3
U A it W
t I | A shou ft A \ H shou tW. 2645

tfien
2
*hou 4 jen 2
jen 2 tsai 4
'hou 4
Wealth serves
u* lVai 2
for heroism
wine
for bravery.
shih 4 ying 1 hsiung 2
m &
Mo
;
chiu 3 shih 4 tan. 3
m m m
2646
Great wealth troubles breeds discomfort.
at
its
owner
too
much
1
food
%
lei
J
Ts'ai 2 to 1
cW
shih 2
& pao shang
ft
1
hsin.
RICHES.
453
2647
Who make
c
Ko
Warn men
mm &
4
a fortune meanly will not enjoy

po 2 ctfeng 2
chia, 1
it
long.
M m wu m x ? 2648
a
li
chiu 3 hsiang. 3
against keen coveting of wealth, for wealth thus coveted provokes the wrath of Heaven.
Chilian 4 jen 2
tfan 1 te 2
* & ^ m % n a pu ku f II. I ^ Pf i 2649

4
pi 4
tfan 1 tsâi 2
1
ts ai
lai
tfien
chiang 4
tsai.
Honour
springs
from
diligence,
and riches
from
economy.
Kuei4 tzu 4
elfin 2
chung 1 te*
fu 4
tzu 4 chien 3
li
lai.
2650
Wealth and honour have
its seed.
their root,
and cleverness
Fu4
t,
kuei 4
t
yu 3
ken, 1 tsung1
ming 2 yu 3 chung. 4
m w m
2651
When any
scales.
family has gold, outsiders have money-
w
?
Cbia 1 yu 3 huang 2
* & wai m n m yu teng 2652

chin, 1
4
3
chêng. 3
Who
does not desire riches

rats
LiL:
What
SL
3
cat will not
worry
Na 3
m m ko
ffi
mao 1
erh 2
% X> f& % pu lao 2653

4
ctfih 1
shii.
SMn Wan
3
san killing a man.

4
1
m S H ff A Shen Wan san

ta 3
ssii
3
jen. 2
san of Nankin was a sort of Chinese Rothschild. If he happened to kill a man, what matter ? he had plenty of money to satisfy the relatives and so escape punishment.
Note. Shen Wan
454
Yellow gold
2654
is
up
in diligent
chin 1
not grown from seed, but only springs and economical families.
chung, 4 tu 2 sheng1
*Huang2
wu2
cMn2
chien 3 jen 2 chia. 1
2655
Wealth is but dung Benevolence and Kighteousness are worth thousands of gold.
;
(Men 2
If
fit 2 tsâi
im
ju 2 fen 4
0
thi6
;
m f # p jen
2
i
chih 2 clfien 1 chin. 1
2656
you long
for wealth
and honour, you must work

it.
yourself to death for
Yu4
& # sheng
clfiu 2
1
if
fu 4 kuei, 4 hsii 1 hsia 4 ^su 3
X * T % kung
1
fu.
2657
Men grind a knife because they dislike it blunt ; but when they have sharpened it it cuts their fingers men pray for wealth because they dislike small inbut when they get injury to them.
comes
much
4
it is
a personal
Mo
7]
2
tft
tao 1 <hen 4 pu4
Mo 4
li
; ;
7i
tao 1
ctfiu 2 ts*ai 2 *hen
m m
it
4
pu 4 to 1
* % 265S
r
.
ts ai
m shang % a jen ws % m a a jeV

li
chih.
to 1 *hai 4
chi.
A man
seldom gets rich without ill-gotten gain ; as a horse does not fatten without feeding in the night.
Jen 2
ft-
a wu &m m * pu ***'
.
*hun 4
tsâi
, 2
fu 4
2
M
;
r
-
ma 8 wu 2
yeh 4
tsâo 3
pu 4
fei.
2659
Pray not
and all sorts of expensive things but desire that each of your descendants may be virtuous.
for gold, jade,
;
EICHES.
455
3fe
Pu4
tan 4 yiian 4 eih 2 sun 1
ii.iiii
yii
chiu 2 chin 1
& 5 S
4
clfang2 cfrung 3 kuei 4
ft
;
I.
hsien.
2
ko 4 ko 4
2660
Men
will die for wealth, as birds for food.
ft
If.
ts*ai
2
Jen2 wei 4
-ft. ft ssu 3 riao 3 wei^ shih 4 wang. 2
& .&
2661
Though, your fields yield bushels of rice, you can eat but a pint per day; though your house be never so large, you sleep on but eight feet by night.
Liang 2
s m wan n cMng h a - sheng ft ia k, M ^ yeh mien pa ch%.

fcs
t*ien
jih 4 shih 2 yi 1
1
;
=f-
ta 4 hsia 4 chîen 1 chien 1
Much money moves

Kuang3 chien 2
2662 m m im
2SS3
hides
the gods. **
t'ung 1 shen. 2
Money m"
Yc
3
many
offences.
3
ch*ien 2 kai 4 pai 3
m m w m chW 2664
3
Money can buy living beings for the
vilest of purposes.
3
ti-
w m Yu
3
ck'ien 2
it n m a m m <huo jen tao mai 2665

te
2
2
Wealth infatuates
Pu 4
tan 4 se4
as well as beauty.
2
mi 2
jen, 2 ts*ai
yeh 3 neng 2 mi 2
jen. 2
2666
Ability to
dresses.
does not lie in being very rich elegance and grace do not depend on multitudes of
;
command
456

<Hui 4 sbih 3 pu4
1
* a m feng
liu
ffi
t> z> pu 4
& ^ m % m m & % yung cho

tsai
4
chia 1 <bao 2 fu 4
2
1
to. 1
2667
Getting gain is like digging with a needle it like water soaking into sand.
;
spending
m (Men m yu m ju it m p chen in W m M chWg yung yu ju 2668

Li 4
4
2 2
tfiao 1 t -u 3
7jc
ctfien 2
shui 3
sha. 1
Wit
protects one man, wealth and honour protect a whole family.
ft Tsung1 ming2 pao 3
A.
yi 1 jen, 2
fu4 knei 4 pao 3 yi 1 chia. 1
* ~ *
pearls
2
2669
The
five grains are
Chii 1 yii 4
more precious than
and
jade.
n x m
fei
*.
pao, 3
s.
wu 3 ku3
% % m wei
pao- 3
2670
Amiability begets riches.
Obstinate
<Ho 2
* m m sheng 2671
ctfi
4
1
ts<ai.
men waste wealth, as obstinate oxen strength.
Jen2 yao 8 sun3
m m
HJ.
ts*ai,
2
niu 2 yao 3 sun 3
ft
fl 1J
li.
2672
" If riches can be acquired with propriety, then acquire them but let not unjust wealth be sought
;
for with violence/'
Yu 3
is
w m z m
wu 2
tao 4 chin 1 ts*ai 2
li II
1$ pt tao 4 chih 1 chîen 2 fang 1 k*o 3
m
ctfii
3
;
mo 4
cffiang 2
& m
lai.
RICHES.
457
2673
He who
gets a large
sum by
erh 2
chance, will either be
made very happy,
11 ^ ku ^ m m pu yu
Wu
4
2
or very miserable
te 2 cffien 1 chin/
i f ^
pi 4
by
it.
>%
ta 4
fu 2
yu 3 ta 4
sb
<huo. 4
2674
When
his
a virtuous
man
;
has
much
wealth,
it
knowledge
it
when
1
a worthless
man
4
diminishes has much
wealth,
i ai Pi m sun m & j& Hsien jen to * a % # s % kuo. m hsiap jen

2 2
increases his faults.

ts*ai
2
tse 2
ch*i 2 chih
pj]
2
i
to 1 ts*ai 2 tse 2
ch*i
2675
Unjustly-gotten wealth is but snow sprinkled with hot water lands improperly obtained are but sandbanks in a stream.
*
Wu
f&
m m m m m m pV
4
cfrien2 tsâi 2 tâng 1

4
hsiieh 3
t*ang 3 lai 2 tfien 2
ti
shui 3
tf ui
sha. 1
2676
Never
desire unjustly-gotten wealth
;
nor undertake
*9
J
affairs
which don t belong

ft
Wu
i 18 W ^ ^ pu kan
2
i
to you.
-file
ch ien 2
c
chi 3 shih 4
an
tsâi
2
3 hsiu 1 cho 2 hsia,no: Ô
mo 1
t i tang
1
t'ou-
2677
Unjustly-gotten wealth will go unjustly.
Yiian 1 wang 3
% m & yuan m wang u *

tsâi
2
lai
chîi-
458
2678
The
Changs, and the houses of the Lis, to-day belong to the ChHens, and to-morrow to the Lus.
fields of the
chin 1 jih4
m n m m w s Li men wu. m m b m t Ctfien

Chang1 men2
tfien
2
chia 1
ming2
jib 4
2679
One family with plenty
to eat of a thousand other families
Lu. 4
and wear is the envy and half a life-time's ; fame provokes the resentment of a hundred generations.
Yi 1 chia 1 pao 3 nuan3

4
- ,,* it ' f M U yuan ^ is kung a ming it pan 2680

chîen1 chia 1
2
4
;
shih4
pai 3 shih4 yiian. 1
Do
not covet wealth on which you have no claim.
Wu4
To grow
rich
in
tfan1
M M wai ft z #
i
chih1
ts'ai-
2681
by
one's
own
ja
sole endeavours.
Pai 2 shou 3 ch*eng 2
6 *
chia. 1
2682
Whoever can
foresee the affairs of three days, will
be rich for several thousand years.

Neng2
H i * san
chih 1
b
1
?o
shih, 4
jih 4
fu 4 kuei4 chi 3 ch'ien1 men- 2
f f i f
go easy.
tS 2
ctfii.
2683
Come
I4
te
2
easy,
lai,
Note.
Generally said of wealth.
CHAPTEE
2684
VI.
RICHES AND POVERTY.
" With money you're a brave son of 'Han Without it you cannot play the man."
5Tu 3 cffien 2
mm
Fu4
nan 2 erh2 *han4
% a
&
m wu
2
chîen2 *han 4 erh 3 nan- 2
s % s
poverty
2685
Riches spring from small beginnings
result of non-calculation.
tsûng 2 sheng 1 <ho 2 chi 3
p*in 3 yin 1
;
is
the
pu4 suan4
lai.
2686
Politeness
and Righteousness are the children of wealth and contentment Robbery and Rebellion
:
are the offspring of poverty.
tao 4 tsei 2
m m a & a* n % & m chV m

Li 3
i
sheng 1
yii
fu 4
tsu 2
yii
p*in
chîung. 2
2687
With money one may command
one cannot
devils
-
without
it
summon
jr;
3
a man.
shih
3
ie $ a a Yu n i huan ^ n a $ m pu wu
clrien
2
te
kuei tfung 2
3
chîen 2
to 2
jen 2
lai. 2
2688
Riches and honours are altogether the results of diligence and economy poverty is altogether occasioned by a slack hand.
;
Fu 4
a * h
2
fit
kuei4 chieh 1 yin 1 ctfin 2 chien 3
cM
3
;
pW ciriung
tu 1
wei 4 shou3 tfou 2 sung. 1
460
2689
Diligence and economy are the root of wealth and honour whilst idleness is the shoot of poverty
;
and
disgrace.
Cffin 2 chien 3 fu4 kuei 4 cbib 1 pen 3
lan3 to 4
m ^ * # mt t i ^ i
2S90
p'in 3 chien 4 chih 1 miao. 2
He who
is
patient in poverty, may become rich. ** Mai4 te2 p'in, 3 sbou3 te2 fu,4
lit.
life
n m
jb
2
2691
A
gay
melts
away
fortune.
hsing. 2
Wan 2
m n & % wu %
4 te 2 *hua shui 3
2692
A poverty-stricken family is, as it were, washed clean
Chia1
;
a well-to-do family puts on the appearance of youth.
% %
in
ju 2
m
;
p*in 3
shui 3 hsi 3
% %
chia 1 kûan 1
Hi
>>
chV
shao 3 nien. 2
MISCELLANEOUS
2693
In the mock-waves of painted water, no fishes dwell In your embroidered flowers though fine, there is no
smell.
fi
*Hua 4
shui 3
it
Hsiu4 ^hua 1
* wu m kûng m # # m n * pa wen 2694

ft!
ffc
yii 2
tso 4 lans; 4
2
sui 4 *hao
hsiang. 1
And
Get up by yourself should you happen do not depend on another at all. & a *a i a
Tzii 4 chi 3 tieh 2 tao 3
to fall
m m
tzii
chi 3
pa 1
Pu4 yao 4
k*ao 4 cho 2 pieB 2 jen 2 chia. 1
2695
A
great tree affords a pleasant shade.
Ta 4
m & m m * shu
4
*hao 3 cbe1 yin. 1
2696
I
only heard a noise upstairs, but saw no one descend.

Chih 3
m p m pan
tfing 1 lou 2
,
3
hsiang5 3
? a a t pu chien jen
4 4
2
hsia 4 lou. 2
2697
Whilst fire remains in your cooking-stove, guests will never cease to arrive.
Tsao 4
li
pu4
hsi 2 *huo, 3
lu 4 shaiig4
pu4 tuan4
jen.
2698
Necessity of assistance. Lit. : However high a city wall may be, it must have guards stationed inside
and
outside.
462
Cfreng2 chîang2 tao 1
MISCELLANEOUS.
wan 4
chang, 4 nei4 wai 4 yao 4 jen 2
1
fu*
2699
One grain
of rats
r Yi
He who
m%
li
dung
3
will spoil a
whole pan of
1
rice.
lao 3
m m m m n m ~ kuo shu 2700

shih 3 ta 3 <huai 4 yi1
1
fan. 4
fishes in
muddy
water cannot distinguish the
great from the smalL

*Hun4
m * cho U
shui 3
fL2
yii,
>h
ta 4 hsiao 3 nan2 fen. 1
ft
2*701
Cabinet ministers, head clerks, and beggars, have got as far as they can go.
jit
j&i 2
Kuan
* m m hj A i ft | i T 1 tao
pj
3
tao 4 shang 4 shu 1

4
li
tao 4 tu, 1
t'ao 3 fan* cbin4 liao 3 t'ou, 2
2702
A
Note.
clay drumstick
makes but one sound.

ch*ui 2 yi 1 hsia 4 hsiang. 3
g m m pa *Huang
2
m.
ku 3
ni 2
m ~ t m
This
may
be said either of
men
lacking perseverance, or of things
lacking durability.
2703
Scraping iron from a needle's point.
Chen1 miao 3 shang4
Note. The
m m
hsiao 1 t*ieh- 3
opposite of a lucrative employment.
2704
One
horse one saddle.
& ~ t ma
lei
1
tt
an. 1
yi 1
2705
It is easier to build
up a fortune than
to retain one.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Ctfuang 4 yeh 4
4
463
i,
shou 3 yeh 4 nan. 2
2706
It is easier to
gam
than to secure the advantages of
victory.
Chan'1 sbeng 4
m %
i,
Q 4
*$
shou3 sheng4 nan. 2
w m
2707
The well
Ching 3
li
frog
3
is
best in the well.

1
m & n n # m i ma
bsia 1
ching
li
hao. 3
2708
Ghosts fear
men much more than men
a *r h & pV Jen yu m a % m x* & pV Kuei yu cM

-tt
2
fear them.
san 1 fen 1
1
kuei
2
fen 1
jen.
2709
First
come
first
;
served. Lit:
Who
ii
conies first shall
be prince
the next shall be minister.
% m m Hsien
1
ô
;
tao 4 wei 2 chiin 1
<hou 4 tao 4 wei 2 ch'en- 2
&
s e
27lO
Customs vary in every
"&
Pai 3
place.
|FJ
4
^ m S pu
li
Mo
=F
t'ung 2 fengi 1 ch'ien 1
2711
Pretence
M ^ pu
li
t'ung 2 su. 2
&
may become
J*
o
reality.
Nung 4
m u
chia 3 chêng 2 chen. 1
2712
Six of one and half a dozen of the other. Lit.: Half a
catty
and eight ounces.

Pan 4
*. jf
chin 1
pa 1
.1
liang. 3
464
MISCELLANEOUS.
2713
Planting rice and cutting
wheatbusy on
4
m m m m Tsai yang ko mai

1
liang 3 t
mm
r
all
hands.
it
ou 2 mang. 2
2714
Too busy
for pleasure.
Lit:
have
both, to
beat the
drum and row

Tu 2
the boat, *r st
ta 3
ku 3 tu 2 hua2
nm
m
ctfuan.?
2715
Everything has
1
its special use.

yi 1 'hang. 2
~ # m ~ n Yi
will
fu 2
2716
A cup
in the
hand
is
worth
all besides.
Wan4
n m
shih 4
t- ta pu4 ju 2
pei 1 tsai 4 shou, 3
% ^
2717
Self-respect.
himself
Lit: He will be honoured who respects but he who holds himself cheap will be
lightly esteemed.
&
Tzii 4 tsun 1 tzu 4 kuei 4
& it
.
tzu 4 ctfing1 tzu 4 chien. 4
&
i m
I
2718
If a
countryman of mine gets beaten
am
thereby
weakened.
Sbu 1
m t m m n t s hsiang 2719
liao 3
1
;
4 3 3 ch'in 1 jo liao chi.
However much you have promised never

ffc
Hsii 3
A ~ m f # x chin pu jen wu
2
fail to
2
give
it.
yi 1
ctfien 1
i.
MISCELLANEOUS.
465
2720
An
able
man
loves to diminish
work
and when
di-
minished
it
proves him able

;
loves to get-up an affair
one lacking ability, ; and when got up, it
proves him unable.
m * pen & n Sheng U & mu pen & n sheng

Yu 3
,
te 2 shih 4 lai 2
3
shih 4
te 2 shih 4 lai 2
m w m W pen * * m 35 yu * hao n m * m & pen m * mu

shih 4 *hao 4 sheng 3 shih 4
3
3
?
shih 4
sheng 1 shih 4
2
3
shih. 4
Note. This is designed to admonish imbecHe people not to meddle with If furnishes also a very good example of play upon things too great for them. words.
INDEX.
311,774. on gods and men, 2375. 1660. Almsgiving, difficult Ambition, 580. 1475. Amiable, The .. .. 759-767. Amusements, Ancestors, must be worshipped 2364,
Actors,
Bravery,
..
1207,1469,2645.
.
Age,
its effect
Brothel-keepers,
311.
Brothers,. .2244-2258,2296,2301.
Buddha, ..2361,2363,2365,2388.
Busy,
.. ..
..
Butchers,
Buying and
Selling,
2391,2396. 2713,2714. 308,326. 124,156-235.

. .
Animals,
Anxiety, Armies,..
Artisans,
Assafoetida,
..
..
....
Assistance, needed
Asylum, aged .. Autumn,. .2442,2445,2446,2498.
132-146. Calamity and Grief, 768-81 1. 1330-1335. Camel, The 1374. 236-247. .. 1206. Capital, .. .. 309. Cats, .. 138,952,1326,2652. 1-14. 1607. Cause and Effect, .. .. 1919-1955. 2698. Caution, 1436. necessity for 1920,1922. ..
.
.
1924-1936,1942,1943.
1945-1955.
Beauty, female 1442,1447,1453..
value of 1919,1921,1923,
..
..
..1456,1458,1460,1461.
.
Beautiful women,unlucky, 1449- Censors, Beggars,.. 886,1357,1711,2701. Chair- bearers,

.
1937,1940,1941. 1691.
.
312. 147-155,881,888,924. Chang-an, old capital of Shensi, Blind, The 599,636,804,897,13 15, 2538. .. 1319,2037- Chang Kung, an example of for. . .
Birds,
..
Boasting,
1301-1305,1307.
.
.
.
Books,
ChWcMu,
Histories,
.
bearance, 1850,1852. 509. Chang Liang, a minister,. .1683. 513. Character, how tested, 1499,1500.
.
.
1661. Chia Kuan, the actor, 578. 511. Chiang T<ai Kung, 4 3 6,726 512. Chieh, the tyrant, 900 507. Chîh Pai, a famous doctor, 1638. 510. Children, See Purents andChildren. Wu-tsu, .. disobedient, 520. 389. .. Yu-hsio, 508. Chou Kung, rules of 502. .. .. Borrowing, 258,260,261,275,276. Classics, The 536,543,550.
Beligious,
.
San-kuo, .. Sun-tzu, Tseng-kuang, Tso-chuan,

. .
..
.
468
Clothing,
INDEX.
Discretion,
..
.
342-345,347,365-368, 388,1778,2596. 2602.. .. Clubs, Village Cock, The .. 137,150,1739. Compliments, .. 1551-1560.
Concession, ..
.. ..
1956-1990.
..
1863-1869.
..
value of
805.
Concubmes,21 85,21 99,2226,2232 2604. 5 78-6 01 Conduct, ridiculous

Confucius,
1598-1615Doctors, .. .. 1616-1639. Dogs, 133-138,426,810,898, 1060,1200,1263,1519,1737, .. 1801,2115,2162,2606. Dragon, The 145,866,889,876. 2102,2119,2607. Dress, a lady's 1461.
. . .
Discussion, value of Disease, .. ..
1036.
634..
Conscience, ..
Conversation,
1640-1651.
Drunkard, a noted, 993. Drunkenness, 988,990,992,1005,

. .
Contentment, 851,857,1870-1875.
1013-1051,1960, 1961,1963,1969.
see
Drunkenness, cure of
1006,1412,1415. 989.
.
Dumb, The
Duty, Dwarfs,
..
Country-life, hardships of
Courts,
official,
2026. Yamens,
1773,1776,
787,1314,1320, 1321.
835,
Covetousness, avoid
Credit,
604, 705, 1313,1322.
1777,1779,1780.
.248,253-256,259Crow, The 151,152,1906,2281. 142. Cruelty to animals, .. 818. Cursing, novel effect of Custom, 2710.
.
.
.
Eagle, The Ease, illustration of
..
1521085.
Economy,
..
..1991-2019.
exhortations to use, 1991-
1999,2001-2006,20102012,2015.
Dames, The
Daughters
six kinds of
1452.
versus
less precious
than sons,
cheapness, 2007. value of .. 2000,2009,
195,2158.
Dead, The
Deaf,
The
..
..
..
Death, certain
dreaded,
near,
..
906. 1314,1319. .. 911. 926. .. 927.
2017,2018. Education generally, 457-470. early.. 460, 540, 541. must be carried on daily,
troubled .. .. 929. Debt, 250,252,257,262-270,274. Debtors, no prison for 273. Deceit, 1709-1 712,1717-171 9. Deer, 2280. Degrees, on obtaining 471,474,
.
542,553,560. method of 537. necessity of 466, 536,

..
..
native
..
..
..
..
of wives, ..
practical
.
539. 457,465.
.
468.
requires a proper method,

requires
475 478-482,975, 978,2544.

?
Delirium tremens, 1 002 Depravity, illustration of 1056. Diligence, advantages of 1 14, 1 94 4.

. . .
5463,522,524,550. diligence, 470, 533,548,549,551, 555,576, sources of 569.

..
.
. .
INDEX.
Education, value of 458,459,464, 490, 505, 520,538,555,
..
469
175,191,197,277-289,
Frauds,
Free-will,"
2023".!
'.'.
556,566,572,-574.
.
*674,675.
Effort, the necessity of.
15-27.
Friends, 2259-2292, 2295, 2310,
Elephant, The
..
..
1031.
Friendship,
..
2615,2618.
Emperor, The 1253,1549,2086,
1971,2260,2268Superior
..
2089,2628,2629.
Error, definition of
.
1827.
of
..2271,2245,2492. and Mean

1401,1411,1418,
.
.
Examinations, literary 471-485.
men,
Example,
Excess, against
. .
28-49.
.
.
Expectations, great Experience,

. .
..
850. 593.
2591,2641,2697. 2586,2707. Frog in a well, 2450,2453. Future, The

.
2020-2038.
. .
Gambling, 760,762-767,2127. Fame, vanity of 962. Generosity and Kindness, 1476, Fan Wen Cheng Kung, the philo1883-1899. sopher, 678. Gentian, 787,798.. ..
. .
Farmers, Farming,
3 14,333,2478. 467,515. . .
Ghosts,
2708.
.
God, see Heaven,

Fate, 652-682. Fiddling, Chinese 1 747. FilialPiety, 955,957,969,1876,

.
of carpenters, of farmers,
584.
1590.
1882,2101.
Fishermen,
Flattery,
of happiness, of medicine,
.
616.
2438.
2359. .. .. 323,1768. of sailors, 677. 1693,1702,1705-1708. of the city, Flowers, 690,1556,2016,2443, of the door, 168,2370. 2371. 2610. .. of thunder, 230. embroidered .. 2693. of war, 1458. Food, 336-343, 345-364, 383, Goddess of mercy, 168. 1360.1394. Gods, trade in door .. Forbearance,' 1850-1862. .. omnipresence of the 2354 examples of. .1850,1852. omniscience of the 2348, value of .. 1853,1854, 2355. 153. 1557-1860. Goose, the wild 547. Forethought,.. 2039-2058 Grammar, Chinese .. ..1900-1918. advantages of 2041,2045, Gratitude, .. 1463. 2046, 2047,2051-2054. Greedy, The advice to exercise 2039, Guests, don't invite lady 1572.
. .
2040,2042-2044,20482050,2055 Fornication, ..1819,1821,1878. Fortune-telling, 682,693,2640. Foxes, 1263.
may not be
starved, 1 574.
must be hospitably entertained, 1578-1580,1582 1588. must not be detained, 1585.
470
INDEX.
Home, no
place like
Guests, should not stay too long,
.1570,1577,1581.
2484. Han Hsin, a minister, .. 1683<Han KungWu, the Emperor 1027. <Hang Ssu, scholar and poet, 1038.
<Han,
Happiness,
.. ..
. .
Dame
812-860.
..
.
god of Happinesses, the Five Harmony, value of
616.
837.
846.
Honesty, Horoscope, Horse, The ..139-141,813,890, 1403,1514,2704. *Ho-shou-wu, the herb 1470. Hospitality, 1472. Household affairs, 369-3 95. Houses, 388. Hsi shih, a type of female beauty,
. .
.
2526,2527, 2538. .. .. 1346,1347. 658,681,685,720.
Haste, evils of 89,95,129,1 11,1 1 5. 148. Hawk, The Health, value of 823,860. Hearing & seeing, 203 1 -203 3 Heaven, or God, 779,2311-2346,
. .
.
Humble, The Hunter, The Hupeh, noted
1442,1453,1460. 1308,1309,1312.
for slanders,
1770. 1796.
repeopledfromKiangsi,l749.
2316, .. .. 2320,2321,2331. furthers good desires,2323, 2346.

providence,
and
Husbands and Wives, 2174-2243, 2295,2297,2298,2300,2303,

2308,2310.
Hypocrisy,
Idleness,
..
..1714-1716.
hears prayer,
is is
..
..
impartial,
2315. 2339.
omniscient, 148 2,1662,

..
2317,2324,2326,2330,
is pitiful,
2340,2342,2344. .. 2312,2341. must be obeyed, 1840, 1843,2337.

..
..
596,967,1054,1445, 1829,1830. Idols and idolatry, 2347-2377. 1396. Ignorance, bliss of.
.
.
Impossibilities,
Imprudence,
Indictments,
..
2 05 9-2
50-74. 84
ought to be thanked, 1907.

punishes,
1649,1658, 2552,2648.
231 1,2313,
. .
1150,1157,1158. The 1473,1474. Ingratitude, .. .. 1720-1723,

Inexperienced,
Injuries,
..
..
861-902.
799,
rules supreme,
Innuendo, examples of the
2314,2328,2334,2345.
892,1022,1252.
J ealousy, common amongst women, 1440 .. ..
.,
rewards, 2325. sends calamities, 793,795, 902. sends happiness, 843,2094. stands by the good man,
. .
Jokes,602-6 17,703,866,869,1 527-
2327.
Kan
Lo, the luckv prime minister,
and Earth, 788,2343. Heron, The .. 154,772,1740. 2389. High places, 532. History, The
\.
Kiangnan men,
..
. .
..
..
. .
Kiangsi men, Ko Hsien, a tale of
726. 1023. 17491096-
INDEX.
Fu's race after the sun's 68. shadow, Kuan Lao Yeh, god of war, 230. Kuan Yin, a type of beauty, 1458.
.
471
The
in
K ua
c
Lohans,
Lotus,
.. ..
2377,2476. 1598,2268.
. .
Lo-yang
Luck,
Honan,
..
....
2539. 683-732.
2186.
Ma, the Buddhist priest, 2484. 493- Magpies, 1033,1571. Mandarins, see Officers.. 1223-1233. .. Lambs,patterns of gratitude, 1906- Mankind, 1316. Marriage, see Husbands and wives. Lame, The of maids and widows, 1441. Laws and penalties, 1 1 3 2 -1 1 43, 1984. Masters and Servants, 396-440. 1724-1731. Learning dyes a man, .. 565. Meanness, .. Mediator, A is a priceless treasure, 575.. .. 1892. Medicine, 1599,1601-1608,1610, is the highest pursuit, 558. .. .. .. .. .. 1612. produces elegance of bear ing, .... 506. Mediums, spiritual 29. Legend, A 732. Men, Aged ..1234-1251,1508, Leisure, danger of 1822. 1678,1679. Lending 249,261,263,264,27l,272. Men, Bad .. .. 1252-1274. Clever 1275-1296,1449. Leopard, The. 964,1733,2135. Conceited.. 1297-1312. Leviathan, The .. 130. Li <Ho, a precocious boy, 1438. Deformed.. 1313-1322. Li Mi, a rebel, Excited and anxious 1328620. Li T<ai Pai, the drunkard, 993. 1335. Liars, 1268-1270. Good.. .. 1336-1355. Life, a performance, .. Hypocritical 1356-1372. 915. fated, Eich and Poor 2 5 81-26 34. .. 912,925,934. 903 908,935, Stupid precious, .. 1373-1400. Superior & Meanl23, 619, 938-940. short, 1361,1365,1401-1428, 905,910,913,914, Young .. 916,918-921,923,936. .. 1429-1438. 945,1244. Mencius' mother, 444. uncertain,.. 904,907,909- Mercy, duty of showing 1862. .. .. 930,932,941,942. versus stupidity, 1399. and death, 903-945,1505. Mind, an enlightened .. 1511. Lion, The 1031. lord of the man, 1518. Literati, 1 2 9,308,31 6,48 6-506. Ministers, see Prince & Minister. Literature,507-5 2 1 ,5 31 .54 5,57 7. Misfortunes, the three 803. Litigation, .. 1144-1167. Mistakes, absurd .. 618-651. .. avoid 1144,l 145,1152,1160. Mock waves contain no fish, 2691. ..75-118. brings calamity, 1147,1149, Modus-operandi, .. .. ..1153,1154,1163,1165. Mo's mother,type of ugliness, 1442.
K*uang *Heng, a
diligent student,
. . .
.
472
.-.".
INDEX.
Opium smoking,
Opportunity,
. .
1583. Monasteries, .. .. Money, power of 2642,2643, 2662-2664,2687. Monkey, The.. 1458,1466,1682, 1713,1730,1733. Mosquito, The .. 883,1756.
. .
..
. .
..
1256. 733,758.
1740.
Ox, The
Oyster,
..
813,1523,2671.
The
..
946-960. Mourning, _ .. Mulberry, The' 468. .. .. Murex wearing a pagoda, 1193,

Musicians,
Pa Wang, .. .. Pan or Lu Pan, god

ters,
1013i84.
of carpen-
Pao
311,315.
.. 1 477-1 5
a noted beauty, 1454. Parents and Children, ..2102Ssii,
Nature,
human
alike,
25
2173,2296-22982,300-2306, 2308,2343,
1525. Parsimony v. wisdom, 1397. Particles and " real " words, 547. 489. the seven .. .. face, 1478,1521. hard to change,149 2,1515. Partnership, business 156,169,
cannot be judged by the
.
.
.,
171,203,236,242. .. .. 1501. Past, The2447,2450,2451,2453. insatiable,.. 1481,1483, Patriotic sentiments, 1011,1464, .. ..1494,1496,1516. 1465,2718. . 1485. Pawning, just, 293-296. .. .. secret, 1488,1489,1495, Peking, 746. 1502. Perseverance, 75,77,92,96,116, .. vile,1482,1486,1487,1503, 2702. 1509,1512,1514,1520. Pien Cr/io, a famous doctor, 1619.
immeasurable, 148 0, 149 3,
Neighbours, 441-456,816,1745.
Nightingales,
Phcenix,The 1 45,845,2 1 02,2 1 19,
Ni-shan,
Nuns and
priests,
2443. 408. Politeness, 2383,2384. Pompous,

1452.
Porters,
2281.
..
..1526-1550.
1052.
312,
the three kinds of
Poverty, 2547-2580,2684-2692.
Odes,
Office,
,,
The
523. dangerous .. 1177,1191. dignity of.. .. 180.
emoluments of 1 1 90,1 192, w 1194. causes of 2547,2567,2575, 1174. how to get into .. ..2685,2688,2689. .. 661. .. Officers, 420,736,1545. Poverty fated, .. 661. Civil .. 1168-1200. fated, .. .. Officers, Military 1201-1211,1972. how to bear 2568,2576, 2690. Omens, 694,695,721,776,2463, 2464,2469,2477,2480,2482, its effect on families, 255 1
2549,2550,2557, 2561-2564,2571-2573. and crime,.. 2559,2686. and old age, 2555.

abject,
.
..
2484,2486,2489,2491.
2553.
INDEX.
473
Practice, use of . .77,79,103,104. Reputation, value of a good 963. 119-131. .. Prayer, 685,777,778,2311,2347, Resolution, .. 236L Respectfulness most important,
.... 2307. 1661,1673. 2447,2451. Rewards, 1662,2325,2403-2436. . 2635-2692,2705. Presents, .. .. 1561-1569. Riches, and virtues, 2686. .584,591. Presumption, foolish .. difficult to acquire, 2656, Priests, .. 281,325,327,501,930, 2667. 1398,2261,2378-2402,2642. fated, Prince and minister, 2085-2101, 659,2635. .. gained by chance, 2673. 2301, 2302, 2304-2306, 2701.
Preachers, use of
.
Present,
The
..
Procrastination,
Promises,
..
..
100. 1726,2719.
. .
sources of 2649,2650,2654,
2658,2670,2682,2688,
2689.
unjustly
gained,
1204. Promotion, open to all. . Providence, 2316,2319-2 321,2331. Prudence, value of 1944. .. Punishment,1649,1658,2293,2403-
2675-
v.
virtues,..
..
2436. v. wit, Puns, examples of 257,309,1310, Rising, early

..
2677,2680. 2655-2659. 2668. ..

394;
..
2510. theYangtzu 2506,2510. Quacks, 1629. the Yellow 711,1794,2038. Quarrelling, 618,1732-1760,1982. Rothschild, A Chinese. 2653. Questions, value of . 1037. Rouge, 1447,1456.
..
. .
1890,2549. River, the Huai
Eats, 797,1260,1267,1302,1326, Sages,
..
469,551,562,1226.
.
1358,2034,2102,2562-2564, 2699.. .. Ready money, .159,199. Reason, the word, 1116. Relations, .. .. 2294,2299. tfceFive .. 2085-2310.
. .
Sartor Resartus, . . . 1224. .. Scenery, .. 2503-2511. Schools,.. 522-529,1558,1580.

Scriptures illustrated
1581,1593,1964. 2157. too late, .. 738,2059. Reproof and good counsel, 16781714,1804,1805. Reputation, .. .. 961-9&3. a great, 966,968,970,977.
visits to
II Samuel xiv: 14; 789. Job i: 21; .. 1776. 2448. .. vii: 6;
Repentance, a prodigal's.
for scholarship,
975,978. .
sometimes unjust, 974. survives a man, 964,965, 971,973,376,979,981,982.
Psalms cxxxviii 6; 1309. cxlvii: 9;.. 359. Proverbs i: 32; .. 812. vii: 26; 1819. xi: 15; 291. xi: 21; 2408. xi: 24; 1883. xii : 4;.. 2230.
:
xiii:
xiv:
24; 2U6. 10; 784*
474
Scriptures illustrated;
INDEX.
Stag,
The
.
145.
.
Proverbs xiv
2 2 7 7. Stars, the seven

Stealing,
..
2466,2467.
667. 1353.
xv: 1;..1096.
..1806-1818.
.
.
xxvii: 10; 446. Stoicism, Eccelesiastes i : 7 ; 2506. Straightforwardness,
iii;
i
;
2
.
;
.
934.
Students,diligent 493,546,552,554.
530-577,674. Jeremiah xvii: 9; 1501,1520. inducements to 572-574. Matthew vi: 26; 359. pleasures of .. 571. vii: 3;.. 1700. Stupid,.. .. .. 1053. .. vii: 15; 1366. Su Ctfin, a minister, 1062,3630. xv: 14; 1318. Suchow, 2503. xvii:l;5 1609. SunPio, a military officer, 520. John 512. Komans iii: 10; 1512. Sun Wu, Galatians vi 7 ; .2417. Sun Kung, a monkey, 1713. Thessalonians iii: 10; 1830. Superior man, see men. James i: 19; ..1034. Superstitions, various ..694,695, i: 13; ..2347. 721,776, 1608, 1612,1627,
Isaiah
144. Study,
Wu
2437-2446. 1636,1672,2003,2110, 2114, 1761-1783. 2128,2176,2203,2416,2436, 2517. Self-reliance, 2694. Self-respect, 2717. Suretyship, ..290-292,297-305. .. 147,155. Servants, seeMasters and Servants. Swallow, The 340,1811. Sheep, 894,2099. Swine,
Seasons,
.
Selfishness,
..
..
Shen
Wan
San, a Chinese Koths- Swithin's, St

.. .. ..
2482.
, .
child,
Shrimps,
Silversmiths,
Similes,
2653. 340. Tai, Mount
55.
329. 745. Teachers, 522,524,525,527-529. 805. . . Sin, difinition of 1827,1828. Temper, dangerous, .578,585,692,759. Sincerity,knportance of 2307,2309. Theatres, Sinners, all are 1339,1349. Thieves, 57,651,1148,1427,1808. Slander, .. .. 1784-1805. Thoroughness, 76,78,87,94,749. ..2329,2415,2431. Slavery, .. .. 439,1970. Thunder, Sleep, value of 395. Ti-cî ($& fg), the term explain1324. .. .. ed, .. .. Slowness, advantages of 90,91,113.
Si-ngan-fu,
.
.
313. Tailors, 1052-1085. Tallymen,
313.
Smuggling,
Soldiers, not
277. T<ien-fang
(^
-fi\
the terra ex-
616. 1202. Tiger, 791,809,866,882,971,979, Sparrow, The .. 1502,1506,1524,1931,2066, .. 149. Spring, 2440-2448. 2070,2082,2086,2099,2135, 2280,2505. Su Ma Wen Kung, 34,1670.
good men,
.
1 302.
plained,
Song of the Partridge,
INDEX.
Time,
475
.. ..
827,853,2447-2462. .. must not be wasted, 246 1passes easily to some, 2452.
War, god of..

Weather,
..
230.
578.
..2463-2502.
..
Wei
Cheng,
a prime minister,
..
1013,1140. 682. .. 2454,2459. .. r< diagrams of swiftness of 2449,2460. Widows, .. 2236,2242,2243. 1000. value of 2448,2455,2457. Wine, a dreaful poison, . 999 Tongue, ungovernable 1024,1042. discovers secrets, 808. Toothache, moderation in drinking Tortoise, the 145,265,340,1061, 1001,1004,1008,1012, 2004. 1990. T ou-ti, gods of farmers, ..1590. pleasures <fcc. of 984-1012, Town-life, politeness learnt in 1965,2273. 2027. promotes conversation, 1009 1010. Traders, various kinds of 306-335. Tranquility, pleasure of 854,856. useless in real sorrow, 991, Travelling, 341,450,2056,2463, 1001. 2470,2471,2478,2512-2546. useful, ..992,997,998. 2135. Triple-births, .. 987. .. victims of 1844. Wives, 388,389,457,465,1972. Truth and Falsehood, .. Ts*ao Ts*ao, a hero in the San- Wolf; 791. 1364. Women, kuo, .1439-1461,1954. Tso ChHu ming, author of the Tsobeautiful ill-fated, 663. chuan, 510. Words, 1086-1131. Tsu Shih, the god on Wu-tangbad ..1109,1111,1123. shan, 2368. cannot be recalled, 1108. Tung Kao Kung, 1721. .. faithful 1087,1117,1124. fewl094,1098,1103,1104, Ugliness, 1470. 1107,1113,1126,1128, Uselessness, illustrations of 1057, 1129. 1084. 1093. fine
passes
slowly to otherg,
Wen Wang,
goodl096,1106,1115,1120.
of sages,
..
Vegetarians,
Vices,
326.
.
1088,1118.
..
Virtue and Vice,
1705-1830. 1831-1849.
more precious than life, v. thoughts, .. 1835-1837. v. writing,. Virtues, 1836,1838,1839,1850- World, like a cloud, 1918. like a game of chess,
.
.
reveal the niind,1100-l 102.
value of
..
1099. 1112. 1089. 1504.
1503.
Wad,
the great
..
..
936.
doctor,
Wu Ch% a military officer, 520. Wu Ta Lang, a noted dwarf,

Wu-tang-shan,
..
Wang
Shu <Ho, a famous
1622.
1322. 1851,2367.
476
Wu-t*ung
tree,
INDEX.
845,2445. Yangchow,
Yang
ssu,
god of
sailors,
Yamen and Yamen-runners,

..
1212-
..
......
. .
..
. .
2595. 2359, 2360.

310.
..
..
1222. Year, the new

officer,
Tang
..
chen,
..
a virtuous
Yen Wang
or Pluto, 925,2415.
2344. Youth,
740,743.
ERR
Page
?5 35
A.
55
.A-.
VI
vii
xiii
for
55
277"
"310, 339, 389" " 2597 >5
read
"279
55
55 55 55
"311 338, 388." " 1597."

,
55
5,
55
xvi
XX
xxiv
xxix xxxi
55
"2457,2485,2715" "2716,2450" "2363

>5
"2458,2486,2716." "2717,2451."
2364."
j*
55
55
line 8.
Before a sufficient w read

all
'
"but those already

quoted are."
55 55
add one to xxxii for " 2362

53 68 105 112
117
for
55 55
the references.
read
"2363."
read
55
Proverb No.
?> 55
55
55
"IB* "
" overs
"SI
u
ma- 2
"
" covers."
"instalments."
j>
55
"instalments"
$&\
15
55
55
55
55
55
15
55
,)
"ilT'chuan4
"
55
m-"
"tit fa.*-
157 175
55
>5
55
"#"
u
it
"ffr"
55
55 55
-ft-"
"."
?? 55 55
55
55
55
J?
55
55
55
55
"
184 217 240 278 814 369 378
""
"erh. 2 " lu. 4"
"
55
^ rh 3
55
55
ta4 "
55
55
55
55
g V
"Hiang*"
"^."
" Hsiang. 1 "
55
55
55
*Ma
"M"
"
"H-"
55
5'
"
ERRATA.
Proverb No.
33
35
477
read
55 55
jj
35
55 55
33
35
33
33 33
55 55
33
53
33
35
33
33
35
53
33 33
35 55
55
55
55
35
55
55
55 55
55
35
33
33
55
55
55
33
33
35
33
35 55
55
33 33
33
33 35
55
55 53 55
35
392 399 437 452 472 510 513 518 578 594 601 644 688 793 795 812 857 886 904 928 940 962 973 977 997 1017
1023 1034
for
33
35
""
""
"$Lt<a.i"
"
<hua* fl>
2
cheng 1 "
"
33
33 33
35
"Wa
55
55 55
55
55
"Wu.
chgn. 1 2"
"
" Hsiao 1 " " proligomena n
" Hsiao. 2 "
"prolegomena."
"If"
it
>'"
"ti. 4
33
yefcS
"
55
55
*w "%"
" chiang1 "
55
55
"If."
" chiang. 4 "
55
55
?w
33 33
33
tW
1"
55
55
55
"
t'iao. 1
2
"
35
55
"wei chai 1 "

" rtng 1 "
55
35
" "wei. " "chia. 1 1" t'ien.

" "
55
55
55
55
"H"" " h<si " ^"

3
n-" "
hsi.
3
55
55
^."
" ming. 2"
" ming 3, '
33
35 55
55
55
-JT
'"M"
"
Pal
55
53
"Vt"
" gj hsien 2 "
chien. 1
"
"
53
55 53 55
-ff-7 Ot <hung3"
55
55
"
pu 4"
" yung 2 " " nan 1 ''
K<ai*"
j|
'hung. 1
55
pei. 1
"
"
55
" yung. 4"
55
55
55
55
35
"nan. 2
"K'ai. " let."
"
55
55
55
55
33 33
33
35
33
33
35
53
35
1039 1104 1153 1 1155 J 1157 1199 1226 1234 1272
"
set
5?
55
" pîng 1 "
55
" p'ing. 2 "

"
"
33
shih*"
53
fj
ssu. 1
"
33
35
" ho 2 "
53 55
55
35
"ju. 2
"
9jt "
sheng 1
"#"
" sheng. 4 "
"of." " near."
55 35
33
his
"
55
" rears "
33
33
1357
35
"^gKao^hua1 "
/"#
53
it
1chiao4 hus
4"
478
tges
ERRATA.
231,
233
f"Kich and
for
1
"
Poor Men,"
read
55
35
55
" Stupid Men."
over bNo.
33
5) 55
55 55
5)
5? 33
55
55
55
55
55
35
55
55
1374 1389 1427 1491 1613 1619 1682 1699 1763
55
55
55
f i\P "ft*
" n chin*" " * tsai4 " " te 2
"JS*
"
*<>.*"
"?L"
55
chin.*"
tai.*"
55
55
53
55
$<
ta. 2
55
55
"
"
" geni
" genius." " shu. 4"
ctfi. 1
55
55 55
" yuan 4 " " chi 1 "
"If."
55
55
"
"Gratitude," read "Economy." f " for " p ien, 2 " read "pien. 4 Page 355 for "Discretion," read "Prince and Minister." " " chien2 " Proverb No. 2123 for read " ch<ien. 2
for
Page 339
Proverb No.
2007
53
55
33
35
35
55
5?
55
2149 2351 2385 2433

35
33
35
" na2 ,J
55
55
" so "
"
55
"so.
" nan. 2 " 3"
5?
55 55
55
" chingi"
tsai
2
53
33
"
55
53 55
"
" ch<en. 2 " 4"

tsai.
" hsing 1 " " yin 4"
" hsing. 2 " " yin. 1 "
35
53
53
55
55
53
53
5* 35
33
53 33
33
35 33
33
2435 2437 2460 2486 2585 2628 2674 2687
55 55
53
"chin 1 "
" hsiang
1"
55
55
" chin. 1 " " yang. 1 "
" following "
" flowing."
35
after
33
35
" hung 4 " " good "

" T'ien 3 " "
f
" hung. 2 " * 55 read " man."

read
53
" T'ien. 1 "
**
" tung. 4 "
35
ung 2 "
misprints,
33
Errors
in
punctuation,
is
and mere
are not corrected.
* N. B. This character
read " kang. 4 " at Hankow, as in Peking.
,f *y-33
\mmmS!m 0F CONGRESS
0029561
728 7
*
Hfl

A Collection of Chinese Proverbs

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A Collection of Chinese Proverbs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SB

With an Introduction, Notes, and Copious Index.

AMERICAN PRESBYTERIAN MISSION PRESS.

Yale Univ. LiDt

pleasures etc. of,

172 178 183

ON LAW AND GOVERNMENT.

Yamens and Yamen Kunners. ----SECTION XL

190 192 196 202 204

Aged men. Bad men.

206 208 208 211 215 218

Kich and Poor Men. See Section on Wealth.

Young Mea. Women.

230 235 239 241

-----Bearing and Compliments. ---3.Presents. ----- Etiquette

260 262 264

2. Good Works. Reproof and Good 3.

Hypocrisy and Deceit.

(6) Selfishness. (7) Slander.

(3) Filial Piety.

(4) Generosity and Kindness.

310 314 314 318 319 320 322

2.Discretion. 3.Economy. 4.Experience. 5.Forethought.

326 332 339 342 345 349

ON THE FIVE RELATIONS.

353 356 368 379 382 389

392 398 404 408

414 417 420

Rich and Poor Men. -----------451 -------- 459 Riches and

435 441 443 445

would have been easy

to have doubled the size

That, on the stretch'd fore-finger of

"Jewels five-words long, all Time,

None of these definitions can be accepted as accurate,

which the J Su hua, or a Common

number 2720 too long

and most important of these

will suffice for illustration.

"The poor must

not quarrel with the rich; nor

the rich with magistrates." Another class of couplet-proverbs

show how melodiously

this class of proverbs can chime.

n m -M y ~ ta pan m % # wa m hao % m Wu m %ao t ~ ta m m Wen 5c * m <Hao <han

* See a striking example of this antithesis in proverb No. 1674.

rare in Chinese proverbs.

Foam on the waves is

Less by mere doing than by

cynical element, said almost always to charac-

1 See Nos. 220, 233, 1050, 1692, 2022.

2 See Nos. 705, 787, 801, 931, 958, 1042.

cooks spoil the broth,"

expressed in Chii^ese by,

'As the twig

bent the mulberry pig in a poke," the Chinese

See Nos. 209, 604, 614, 1051, 1381.

2 See Nos. 257, 309, 1310, 1890.

3 See Nos. 103,

1 Nos. 107, 306, 460, 650, 1969, 2313, 2314.

36, 77, 106, 178, 317,

1434, 2052, 2335, 2457, 2485, 2715.

very often a proverb aptly quoted will

may be considered as a medium with tolerable accuracy the existing